UN0386

II 1.1D None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden 10 5E Trinitrobenzenesulfonic acid Trinitrobenzoic acid, dry or 1.1D UN0215 II 1.10 None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden 10 wetted with less than 30 percent water, by mass. 4.1 UN3368 I 4.1 162, A8, A19, None 211 None 0.5 kg 0.5 kg E 36 Trinitrobenzoic acid, wetted with not less than 10% water by N41, N84 mass. Trinitrobenzolc acid, wetted with 4.1 UN1355 I 4.1 23, A2, A8, A19, None 211 None 0.5 kg 0.5 kg E 28 not less than 30 percent N41 water, by mass. Trinitrochlorobenzene or Picryl 1.1D UN0155 II 1.1D None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden 10 chioride. Trinitrochlorobenzene (picryl 4.1 UN3365 I 4.1 162, A8, A19. None 211 None 0.5 kg 0.5 kg E 36 chloride). watted, with not less N41, N84 than 10% water by mass. Trinitroethenol Forbidden TrinitroethyInitrate Forbidden 1.10 None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden 10 Trinitrofluorenone 1.1D UN0387 II Trinitromethane Forbidden 1,3,5-Trinitronaphthaiene Forbidden 295 Trinitronaphthalene 1.10 UN0217 II 1.1D None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden 10 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT Trinkrophenetole 1.1D UN0218 II 1.1D None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden 10 Trinitrophenol (picric acid), 4.1 UN3364 I 4.1 162, A8, A19, None 211 None 0.5 kg 0.5 kg E 36 welted, with not less than 10 N41, N84 percent water by mass. UN0154 il 1.10 None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden 10 5E Trinitrophenol or Picric acid, dry 1.1D or wetted with less than 30 percent water, by mass. Trinitrophenol. welted with not 4.1 UN1344 I 4.1 23, A8, A19, N41 None 211 None 1 kg 15 kg E 28, 36 less than 30 percent water, by mass. 2,4,6-Trinitrophenyl guanidine Forbidden (dry). 2,4,6-Trinitrophenyl nitramine Forbidden 2,4,6-Trinitrophenyl trimethylol Forbidden methyl nitramine initrate (dry). Trinitrophenyimethylnitramine or 1.1D UN0206 II 1.1D .. None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden 10 Tetryl. 1.1D UN0219 # 1.10 None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden 10 5E Trinitroresorcinol or Styphnic acid, dry or wetted with less than 20 percent water, or mix- $ 172.101 ture of alcohol and water, by mass. $172.101 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS TABLE-Continued (8) (9) (10) Vessel stow- $172.101 Hazardous materials descrip- Hazard Identifica- Special provi- Packaging Quantity limitations age Sym- Label tions and proper shipping class or Dition Num- PG sions (§ 173.***) (see §§ 173.27 and 175.75) bols Codes names vision bers ($172.102) Loca- Excep- Non- Bulk Passenger Cargo air- Other tion tions bulk aircraft/rail craft only (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8A) (8B) (8C) (9A) (9B) (10A) (10B) 5E Trintroresorcinol, wetted or 1.10 UN0394 II 1.1D None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden 10 Styphnic acid, wetted with not less than 20 percent water, or mixture of alcohol and water by mass. 2,4,6-Trintroso-3-methyl Forbidden nitraminoanisole. Trinitrotetramine cobalt nitrate Forbidden Trinitrotoluene and 1.1D UN0388 II 1.1D .. None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden 10 Trinitrobenzene mixtures or TNT and trinitrobenzene mixtures or TNT and 296 hexanitrostilbene mixtures or Trinitrotoluene and hexanitrostilnene mixtures. Trinitrotoluene mixtures con- 1.1D UN0389 H 1.1D ** None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden 10 taining Trinitrobenzene and Hexanitrostilbene or TNT mixtures containing trinitrobenzene and hexanitrostibene. Trinitrotoluene or TNT, dry or 1.1D UN0209 II 1.10 None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden 10 watted with less than 30 percent water, by mass. Trinitrotoluene (TNT). wetted, 4.1 UN3366 I 4.1 162, A8, A19, None 211 None 0.5 kg 0.5 kg E 36 with not less than 10 percent N41, N84 water by mass. Trinitrotoluene, wetted with not 4.1 UN1356 I 4.1 23, A2, AB, A19, None 211 None 0.5 kg 0.5 kg E 28 less than 30 percent water, by N41 mass. Tripropylamine 3 UN2260 III 3,8 B1, 83, T4, TP1 150 203 242 5L 60 L A 40 Tripropylene 3 UN2057 II 3 IB2. T4, TP1 150 202 242 5 60 L B III 3 B1, IB3, T2, TP1 150 203 242 60 220 L A Tris-(1-azindinyl)phosphine 6.1 UN2501 II 6,1 IB2, T7, TP2 153 202 243 6L 60 L A 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) oxide, solution. III 6.1 IB3, T4, TP1 153 203 241 60 L 220 L A Tris, bis-bifluoroamino diethoxy Forbidden propane (TVOPA). Tritonal 1.10 UN0390 II 1.1D None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden 10 Tungsten hexafluoride 2.3 UN2196 2.3, 8 2, N86 None 338 None Forbidden Forbidden D 40 Turpentine 3 UN1299 III 3 B1, IB3, T2, TP1 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A Turpentine substitute 3 UN1300 I 3 T11, TP1, TP8, None 201 243 1L 30 L B TP27 = 3 IB2, T4, TP1 150 202 242 5L 60 L B III 3 B1, IB3, T2, TP1 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A Undecane 3 UN2330 III 3 B1, IB3, T2, TP1 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A Urea hydrogen peroxide 5.1 UN1511 III 5.1, 8 A1, A7, A29, IB8, 152 213 240 25 kg 100 kg A 13 IP3, T1, TP33 Urea nitrate, dry or wetted with 1.1D UN0220 II 1.10 119 None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden 10 less than 20 percent water, by mass. Urea nitrate, welted, with not 4.1 UN3370 I 4.1 162, A8, A19, None 211 None 0.5 kg 0.5 kg E 36 less than 10 percent water by N41, N84 mass. Urea nitrate, wetted with not 4.1 UN1357 I 4.1 23. 39, A8, A19, None 211 None 1 kg 15 kg E 28,36 less than 20 percent water, by N41 mass. Urea peroxide, see Urea hydrogen peroxide. Valeraldehyde 3 UN2058 EI 3 IB2, T4, TP1 150 202 242 5L 60L B Valeric acid, see Corrosive liquids, n.o.s. 297 Valeryl chioride B UN2502 II 8,3 A3, A6, A7, B2, 154 202 243 1L 30L C 40 IB2, N34, 17, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT TP2 Vanadium compound, n.o.s. 6.1 UN3285 I 6.1 IB7, IP1, T6, None 211 242 5 kg 50 kg B TP33 II 6.1 IBB, IP2, IP4, T3, 153 212 242 25 kg 100 kg B TP33 III 6.1 IB8, IP3, T1, 153 213 240 100 kg 200 kg A TP33 Vanadlum oxytrichtoride 8 UN2443 II 8 A3, A6, A7, B2, 154 202 242 Forbidden 30 L C 40 B16, 1B2, N34, T7. TP2 Vanadlum pentoxide, non-fused 6.1 UN2862 III 6.1 IB8, IP3, T1, 153 213 240 100 kg 200 kg A 40 form. TP33 Vanadium tetrachioride 8 UN2444 I 8 A3, A6, A7, B4, None 201 243 Forbidden 2.5 L C 40 N34, T10, TP2 Vanadium trichloride 8 UN2475 IN 8 IB8, IP3, T1, 154 213 240 26 kg 100 kg A 40 TP33 Vanadyl sulfate 6.1 UN2931 II 6.1 IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, 153 212 242 25 kg 100 kg A TP33 Vehicle, flammable gas powered 9 UN3166 B 135, 157 220 220 220 Forbidden No limit A Vehicle, flammable liquid pow- 9 UN3168 9 135, 157 220 220 220 No limit No limit A ered. Very signal cartridge, see Car- § 172.101 tridges, signal. Vinyl acetate, stabilized 3 UN1301 Il 3 IB2, T4. TP1 150 202 242 5L 60L B § 172.101 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS TABLE-Continued (8) (9) (10) Vessel stow- $172.101 60> Hazardous materials descrip- Hazard Identifica- Special provi- Packaging Quantity limitations age Sym- Label tions and proper shipping class or Dition Num- PG sions (§ 173.***) (see §§ 173.27 and 175.75) bois Codes names vision bers ($ 172.102) Loce- Excep- Non- Bulk Passenger Cargo air- Other tion tions bulk aircraft/rall craft only (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8A) (8B) (8C) (9A) (9B) (10A) (10B) Vinyl bromide, stabilized 2.1 UN1085 2.1 N86, T50 306 304 314, Forbidden 150 kg B 40 315. Vinyl butyrate, stabilized 3 UN2838 II 3 IB2, T4, TP1 150 202 242 5L 60 L B 2.1 21, B44, N86, 306 304 314, Forbidden 150 kg B 40 Vinyl chloride, stabilized 2.1 UN1086 T50 315. Vinyl chloroscetate 6.1 UN2589 II 6.1, 3 IB2, T7, TP2 153 202 243 5L 60 L A Vinyl ethyl ether, stabilized 3 UN1302 I 3 A3, T11. TP2 None 201 243 L 30 L D Vinyl fluoride, stabilized 2.1 UN1860 2.1 N86 306 304 314, Forbidden 150 kg E 40 315. 60 L B Vinyl isobutyl ether, stabilized 3 UN1304 II 3 IB2, T4, TP1 150 202 242 5L Vinyl methyl ether, stabilized 2.1 UN1087 2.1 B44, T50 306 304 314, Forbidden 150 kg B 40 315. Vinyl nitrate polymer Forbidden 298 Vinylidene chioride, stabilized 3 UN1303 I 3 T12, TP2, TP7 150 201 243 1L 30 E 40 243 1L 30 B 40 Vinyipyridines, stabilized 6.1 UN3073 II 6.1, 3, 1B1, T7, TP2, 153 202 B. TP13 Vinyltoluenes, stabilized 3 UN2618 III 3 B1, IB3, T2, TP1 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A Vinylirichlorosiane, stabilized 3 UN1305 I 3.8 A3, A7, B6, N34, None 201 243 Forbidden 2.5 L B 40 T11, TP2, TP13 Warheads, rocket with burster or 1.4D UN0370 II 1.4D ** None 62 None Forbidden 75 kg 02 expelling charge. Warheads, rocket with burster or 1.4F UN0371 II 1.4F None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden 08 expelling charge. Warheads, rocket with bursting 1.1D UN0288 a 1.1D .. None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden 03 charge. Warheads, rocket with bursting 1.2D UN0287 II 1.2D None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden 03 charge. Forbidden Forbidden 08 Warheads, rocket with bursting 1.1F UN0369 il 1.1F None 62 None charge. Warheads, torpedo with bursting 1.1D UN0221 II 1.1D None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden 03 charge. G Water-reactive liquid, corrosive, 4.3 UN3129 I 4.3, 8 None 201 243 Forbidden 1L D n.o.s.. Ы 4.3. 8 IB1 None 202 243 1L 5L E 85 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) III 4.3, 8 IB2 None 203 242 5L 60 E G Water-reactive liquid, n.o.s. 4.3 UN3148 I 4.3 None 201 244 Forbidden 1 E 40 II 4.3 IB1 None 202 243 1L 5L E 40 III 4.3 IB2 None 203 242 5L 60 L E 40 G Water-reactive liquid, toxic, 4.3 UN3130 I 4.3. A4 None 201 243 Forbidden 1L D n.o.s.. 6.1. II 4.3, IB1 None 202 243 1L 5L E 85 6.1. III 4.3. IB2 None 203 242 5L 60 L E 85 6.1. G Water-reactive solid, corrosive, 4.3 UN3131 I 4.3. 6 IB4, IP1, N40 None 211 242 Forbidden 15 kg D n.o.s.. II 4.3, 8 IB6, IP2, T3, 151 212 242 15 kg 50 kg E 85 TP33 III 4.3, 8 IB8. IP4, T1, 151 213 241 25 kg 100 kg E 85 TP33 G Water-reactive solid, flammable, 4.3 UN3132 I 4.3, IB4, N40 None 211 242 Forbidden 15 kg D n.o.s.. 4.1. II 4.3, IB4, T3, TP33 151 212 242 15 kg 50 kg E 4.1. III 4.3, IB6, T1, TP33 15t 213 241 25 kg 100 kg E 4.1. E 40 G Water-reactive solid, n.o.s. 4.3 UN2813 I 4.3 IB4, N40 None 211 242 Forbidden 15 kg II 4.3 IB7, IP2, T3, 151 212 242 15 kg 50 kg E 40 TP33 III 4.3 IB8, IP4, T1, 151 213 241 25 kg 100 kg E 40 TP33 Forbidden E 40 G Water-reactive, solid, oxidizing. 4.3 UN3133 II 4.3, None 214 214 Forbidden 299 n.o.s., 5.1. III 4.3, None 214 214 Forbidden Forbidden E 40 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT 5.1. G Water-reactive solid, self-heat- 4.3 UN3135 I 4.3. N40 None 211 242 Forbidden 15 kg E ing. n.o.s. 4.2 II 4.3, 185, IP2, T3, None 212 242 15 kg 50 kg E 4.2. TP33 III 4.3, IB8, IP4, T1, None 213 241 25 kg 100 kg E 4.2. TP33 G Water-reactive solid, toxic, n.o.s. 4.3 UN3134 I 4.3, A8, IB4, IP1, None 211 242 Forbidden 15 kg D 6.1. N40 Il 4.3, IB5, IP2, T3, 151 212 242 15 kg 50 kg E 85 6.1. TP33 AI 4.3. IB8, IP4, T1, 151 213 241 25 kg 100 kg E 85 6.1. TP33 Wheel chair, electric, see Battery powered vehicle or Battery powered equipment. White acid, see Hydrofluoric acid. I White asbestos (chrysotile, ac- 9 UN2590 III 9 156, IB8, IP2, 155 216 240 200 kg 200 kg A 34, 40 a anthophylite, IP3, T1, TP33 tremolite). Wood preservatives, liquid 3 UN1306 II 3 149, IB2, T4, 150 202 242 5L 60 L B un $172.101 TP1, TP8 III 3 B1, IB3, T2, TP1 150 203 242 60 L 220 A 40 § 172.101 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS TABLE-Continued (8) (9) (10) Vessel slow- $172.101 Hazardous materials descrip- Hazard Identifica- Special provi- Packaging Quantity limitations age Sym- Label tions and proper shipping class or Dition Num- PG sions (§173.***) (see §§ 173.27 and 175.75) bols Codes names vision bers (§ 172.102) Loca- Excep- Non- Bulk Passenger Cargo air- Other tion tions bulk aircraft/rail craft only (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (BA) (8B) (ec) (9A) (98) (10A) (10B) AI Wool waste, wet 4.2 UN1387 III 4.2 151 213 240 Forbidden Forbidden A W IB6, IP2, T3, 212 241 15 kg 50 kg D 40 Xanthates 4.2 UN3342 II 4.2 None TP33 III 4.2 IB8, IP3, T1, None 213 241 25 kg 100 kg D 40 TP33 Xenon 22 UN2036 2.2 306 302 None 75 kg 150 kg A UN2591 2.2 T75, TP5 320 None None 50 kg 500 kg B Xenon, refrigerated liquid (cryo- 2.2 genic liquide). Xylenes 3 UN1307 II 3 1B2, T4, TP1 150 202 242 5L 60 L B III 3 B1, IB3, T2, TP1 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A Xylenols, solid 6.1 UN2261 H 6.1 1B8, IP2, IP4, T3, 153 212 242 25 kg 100 kg A TP33 300 6.1 UN3430 II 6.1 IB2, 17, TP2 153 202 243 5L 60 L A Xylenols, liquid 6.1 UN1711 II 6.1 IB2, T7, TP2 153 202 243 5L 60 L A Xylidines, liquid Xylidines, solid 6.1 UN3452 II 6.1 188, IP2, IP4, T3, 153 212 242 25 kg 100 kg A TP33 6.1 UN1701 II 6.1 A3, A6, A7, IB2, None 340 None Forbidden 60 L D 40 Xylyl bromide, liquid N33, 17, TP2, TP13 6.1 UN3417 II 6.1 A3, A6, A7, IB8, None 340 None 25 kg 100 kg B 40 Xylyl bromide, solid IP2, IP4, N33, T3, TP33 p-Xylyl diazide Forbidden 5 kg 25 kg E Zinc ammonium nitrite 5.1 UN1512 II 5.1 IB8, IP4, T3, None 212 242 TP33 Zinc arsenate or Zinc areenite or 6.1 UN1712 II 6.1 IBS, IP2, IP4, T3, 153 212 242 25 kg 100 kg A Zinc arsenate and zinc TP33 arsenite mixtures. Zinc ashes 4.3 UN1435 III 4.3 A1, A19, IB8, 151 213 241 25 kg 100 kg A IP4, T1, TP33 Zinc bisuifite solution, see Bisulfites, aqueous solutions, 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) n.o.s.. Zinc bromate 5.1 UN2469 III 5.1 A1, A29, IBB, 152 213 240 25 kg 100 kg A 56, 58 IP3, T1, TP33 5.1 UN1513 II 5,1 A9, IB8, IP2, IP4, 152 212 242 5 kg 25 kg A 56, 58 Zinc chlorate N34, T3, TP33 8 UN2331 III 8 IBB, IP3. T1, None 213 240 25 kg 100 kg A Zinc chloride, anhydrous TP33 8 UN1840 III 8 IB3. T4, TP1 154 203 241 5L 60L A Zinc chioride, solution None 211 242 5 kg 50 kg A 52 Zinc cyanide 6.1 UN1713 I 6.1 IB7, IP1, T6, TP33 Zinc dithionite or Zinc hydro- 9 UN1931 III None IB8, IP3, T1. 155 204 240 100 kg 200 kg A 49 sulfite. TP33 Zinc ethyl, see Diethylzinc III 6.1 IB8. IP3, T1, 153 213 240 100 kg 200 kg A 52 Zinc fluorosilicate 6.1 UN2855 TP33 Zino hydrosulfite, see Zinc dithionite. Zinc muriate solution, see Zinc chioride, solution. Zinc nitrate 5.1 UN1514 II 5.1 IB8, IP4, T3, 152 212 240 5 kg 25 kg A TP33 5.1 UN1515 II 5.1 186, IP2, T3, 152 212 242 5 kg 25 kg D 56, 58, Zinc permanganate TP33 138 Zinc peroxide 5,1 UN1516 II 5.1 IB6, IP2, T3, 152 212 242 5 kg 25 kg A 13,52, TP33 66, 75 4.3 UN1714 I 4.3, A19, N40 None 211 None Forbidden 15 kg E 40, 52, Zinc phosphide 85 6.1. Zinc powder or Zinc dust 4.3 UN1436 I 4.3, A19, IB4, IP1, None 211 242 Forbidden 15 kg A 52,53 4.2. N40 301 II 4.3, A19, IB7, IP2, None 212 242 15 kg 50 kg A 52,53 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT 4.2. T3, TP33 242 25 kg 100 kg A 52. 53 III 4.3, IBB, IP4. T1, None 213 4.2. TP33 Zinc resinate 4.1 UN2714 III 4.1 A1, IB6, T1, 151 213 240 25 kg 100 kg A TP33 Zinc selenate, see Selenates or Selenites. Zinc selenite, see Selenates or Selenites. Zinc silicofluoride, see Zinc fluorosilicate. A1 151 213 240 25 kg 100 kg A Zirconium, dry, colled wire, fin- 4.1 UN2858 III 4.1 lahed metal sheets, strip (thinner than 254 microns but not thinner than 18 microns). Zirconium, dry, finished sheets, 4.2 UN2009 III 4.2 A1, A19 None 213 240 25 kg 100 kg D strip or coiled wire. Zirconium hydride 4.1 UN1437 II 4.1 A19, A20, IB4, None 212 240 15 kg 50 kg E N34, T3, TP33 5.1 UN2728 III 5.1 A1, A29, IB8, 152 213 240 25 kg 100 kg A Zirconium nitrate IP3, T1, TP33 1.3C UN0236 II 1.3C None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden 10 5E Zirconium picramate, dry or § $ 172.101 wetted with less than 20 percent water, by mass. $172.101 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS TABLE-Continued (8) (9) (10) Vessel stow- $172.101 Hazardous materials descrip- Hazard Identifica- Label Special provi- Packaging Quantity limitations age Symtions and proper shipping class or Dition Num- PG sions bols Codes (§ (see §§ 173.27 and 175.75) names vision bers ($172.102) Loca- Excep- Non- Bulk Passenger Cargo air- Other tion tions bulk aircraft/rail craft only (8B) (8C) (9A) (9B) (10A) (10B) (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8A) Zirconium picramate, welted 4.1 UN1617 I 4.1 23, N41 None 211 None 1 kg 15 kg D 28, 36 with not less than 20 percent water, by mass. Zirconium powder, dry 4.2 UN2008 I 4.2 T21, TP7. TP33 None 211 242 Forbidden Forbidden D II 4.2 A19, A20, IB6, None 212 241 15 kg 50 kg D IP2, N5, N34, T3, TP33 И 4.2 IB8, IP3, T1, None 213 241 25 kg 100 kg D TP33 Zirconium powder, wetted with 4.1 UN1358 II 4.1 A19, A20, IB6, None 212 241 15 kg 50 kg E 74 not less than 25 percent water IP2, N34, T3, (a visible excess of water TP33 302 must be present) (a) mechanically produced, particle size less than 53 microns; (b) chemically produced, particle size less than 840 microns. Zirconium scrap 4.2 UN1932 III 4.2 IB8, IP3, N34, None 213 240 Forbidden Forbidden D T1, TP33 Zirconium suspended in a liquid 3 UN1308 I 3 None 201 243 Forbidden Forbidden B II 3 IB2 None 202 242 5L 60 L B III 3 B1, IB2 150 203 242 60 L 220 L B Zirconium tetrachloride 8 UN2503 III 8 IBB, IP3, T1, 154 213 240 25 kg 100 kg A TP33 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101 APPENDIX A TO 172.101-LIST OF HAZARDOUS able quantity (RQ), in pounds and kilograms, SUBSTANCES AND REPORTABLE QUANTITIES for each hazardous substance listed in Column 1 of TABLE 1. 1. This appendix lists materials and their corresponding reportable quantities (RQ's) 5. A series of notes is used throughout that are listed or designated as "hazardous TABLE 1 and TABLE 2 to provide additional substances" under section 101(14) of the Cominformation concerning certain hazardous prehensive Environmental Response. Comsubstances. These notes are explained at the pensation, and Liability Act. 42 U.S.C. end of each TABLE. 9601(14) (CERCLA; 42 U.S.C. 9601 et seq). This 6. TABLE 2 lists radionuclides that are listing fulfills the requirement of CERCLA, hazardous substances and their cor- 42 U.S.C. 9656(a). that all "hazardous subresponding RQ's. The RQ's in table 2 for stances." as defined in 42 U.S.C. 9601(14). be radionuclides are expressed in units of curies listed and regulated as hazardous materials and terabecquerels, whereas those in table 1 under 49 U.S.C. 5101-5127. That definition inare expressed in units of pounds and kilocludes substances listed under sections grams. If a material is listed in both table 1 311(b)(2)(A) and 307(a) of the Federal Water and table 2. the lower RQ shall apply. Radio- Pollution Control Act, 33 U.S.C. 1321(b)(2)(A) nuclides are listed in alphabetical order. The and 1317(a). section 3001 of the Solid Waste RQ's for radionuclides are given in the radio- Disposal Act, 42 U.S.C. 6921, and section 112 logical unit of measure of curie, abbreviated of the Clean Air Act. 42 U.S.C. 7412. In addi- "CI", followed. in parentheses, by an equivation. this list contains materials that the lent unit measured in terabecquerels, abbre- Administrator of the Environmental Protecviated "TBq". tion Agency has determined to be hazardous 7. For mixtures of radionuclides. the folsubstances in accordance with section 102 of lowing requirements shall be used in deter- CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. 9602. It should be noted mining If a package contains an RQ of a hazthat 42 U.S.C. 9656(b) provides that common ardous substance: (i) If the identity and and contract carriers may be held liable under laws other than CERCLA for the requantity (in curies or terabecquerels) of each radionuclide in a mixture or solution is lease of a hazardous substance as defined in known. the ratio between the quantity per that Act, during transportation that commenced before the effective date of the listpackage (in curles or terabecquerels) and the ing and regulating of that substance as a RQ for the radionuclide must be determined hazardous material under 49 U.S.C. 5101-5127. for each radionuclide. A package contains an 2. This appendix is divided into two TA- RQ of a hazardous substance when the sum of BLES which are entitled "TABLE 1-HAZthe ratios for the radionuclides in the mix- ARDOUS SUBSTANCES OTHER THAN ture or solution is equal to or greater than RADIONUCLIDES" and "TABLE 2-RADIOone; (ii) if the identity of each radionuclide NUCLIDES." A material listed in this appenin a mixture or solution is known but the dix is regulated as a hazardous material and quantity per package (in curies or a hazardous substance under this subchapter terabecquerels) of one or more of the radio- If it meets the definition of a hazardous subnuclides is unknown, an RQ of a hazardous stance in $171.8 of this subchapter. substance is present in a package when the 3. The procedure for selecting a proper total quantity (in curies or terabecquerels) shipping name for a hazardous substance is of the mixture or solution is equal to or set forth in $172.101(c). greater than the lowest RQ of any individual 4. Column 1 of TABLE 1. entitled "Hazradionuclide in the mixture or solution; and ardous substance", contains the names of (iii) if the identity of one or more radiothose elements and compounds that are haznuclides in a mixture or solution is unknown ardous substances. Following the listing of (or if the identity of a radionuclide by itself elements and compounds is a listing of waste is unknown). an RQ of a hazardous substance streams. These waste streams appear on the is present when the total quantity (in curies list in numerical sequence and are referenced or terabecquerels) in a package is equal to or by the appropriate "D", "F". or "K" numgreater than either one curie or the lowest bers. Column 2 of TABLE 1, entitled "Re- RQ of any known individual radionuclide in portable quantity (RQ)", contains the reportthe mixture or solution. whichever is lower. 303 § 172.101 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) TABLE 1 TO APPENDIX A-HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES OTHER THAN RADIONUCLIDES Reportable Hazardous substance quantity (RQ) pounds (kilograms) Acenaphthene 100 (45.4) Acenaphthylene 5000 (2270) Acetaldehyde 1000 (454) Acetaldehyde, chioro- 1000 (454) Acetaldehyde, trichioro- 5000 (2270) Acetamide 100 (45.4) Acetamide, N-(aminothloxomethy1)- 1000 (454) Acetamide, N-(4-athoxypheriy)- 100 (45.4) Acetamide, N-fluoren-2-yl- 1 (0.454) Acetamide, 2-fluoro- 100 (45.4) Acetic acid 5000 (2270) Acetic acid (2,4-dichlorophenaxy)- 100 (45.4) Acetic acid, ethyl ester 5000 (2270) Acetic acid, fluoro-, sodium salt 10 (4.54) Acetic acid, lead (2+) salt 10 (4.54) Acetic acid, thallium(1+) salt 1000 (454) Acetic anhydride 5000 (2270) Acetone 5000 (2270) Acetone cyanohydrin 10 (4.54) Acetonitrile 5000 (2270) Acatophenone 5000 (2270) 2-Acetylaminofluorene 1 (0.454) Acetyl bromide 5000 (2270) Acetyl chloride 5000 (2270) 1-Acetyl-2-thiourea 1 (0.454) Acrolein 1(0.454) Acrylamide 5000 (2270) Acrylic acid 5000 (2270) Acrylonitrile 100 (46.4) Adipic acid 5000 (2270) AldicarbD1 (0.454). Aldrin 1 (0.454) Allyl alcohol 100 (45.4) Allyl chloride 1000 (454) Aluminum phosphide 100 (45.4) Aluminum sulfate 5000 (2270) 4-Aminobiphenyl 1 (0.454) 5-(Aminomethyl)-3-isoxazolol 1000 (454) 4-Aminopyridine 1000 (454) Amitrole 10 (4.54) Ammonia 100 (45.4) Ammonium acetate 5000 (2270) Ammonium benzoate 5000 (2270) Ammonium bicarbonate 5000 (2270) Ammonium bichromate 10 (4.54) Ammonium bifluoride 100 (45.4) Ammonium bisulfite 5000 (2270) Ammonium carbamate 5000 (2270) Ammonium carbonate 5000 (2270) Ammonium chloride 5000 (2270) Ammonium chromate 10 (4.54) Ammonium citrate. dibasic 5000 (2270) Ammonium dichromate @ 10 (4.54) Ammonium fluoborate 5000 (2270) Ammonium Buoride 100 (45.4) Ammonium hydroxide 1000 (454) Ammonium oxalate 5000 (2270) Ammonium picrate 10 (4.54) Ammonium silicoftuoride 1000 (454) Ammonium sulfamate 5000 (2270) Ammonium sulfide 100 (45.4) Ammonium suffite 5000 (2270) Ammonium tartrate 5000 (2270) Ammonium thiocyanate 5000 (2270) Ammonium vanadate 1000 (454) Amyl acetate 5000 (2270) iso-Amyl acetate sec-Amyl acetate tert-Amyl acetate Aniline 5000 (2270) 304 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101 TABLE 1 TO APPENDIX A-HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES OTHER THAN RADIONUCLIDES-Continued Reportable quantity (RQ) Hazardous substance pounds (kilograms) o-Anisidine 100 (45.4) Anthracene 5000 (2270) Antimony # 5000 (2270) Antimony pentachioride 1000 (454) Antimony potassium tartrate 100 (45.4) Antimony tribromide 1000 (454) Antimony trichioride 1000 (454) Antimony trifluoride 1000 (454) Antimony tricxide 1000 (454) Argentate(1-), bis(cyano-C)-, potassium 1 (0.454) Aroctor 1016 1 (0.454) Aroctor 1221 1 (0.454) Aroctor 1232 1 (0.454) Aroclor 1242 1 (0.454) Aroclor 1248 1 (0.454) Aroclor 1254 1 (0.454) Aroclor 1260 1 (0.454) Arsenic # 1 (0.454) Arsenic acid 1 (0.454) Arsanic acid H3AsO4 1 (0.454) Arsenic disulfide 1 (0.454) Arsenic oxide As203 1 (0.454) Arsenic oxide As205 1 (0.454) Arsenic pentoxide 1 (0.454) Arsenic trichloride 1 (0.454) Arsenic trioxide 1 (0.454) Arsenic trisulfide 1 (0.454) Arsine, diethyl- 1 (0.454) Arsinic acid, a 1 (0.454) Arsonous dichloride, phenyl- 1 (0.454) Asbestos ## 1 (0.454) Auramine100 (45.4). Azaserine 1 (0.454) Aziridine 1 (0.454) Aziridine, 2-methyl- 1 (0.454) Azirino[2",3':3,4)pyrrolo(1,2-a)indole-4,7-dione,6- amino-8-[[(aminocarbonyl)oxy] methyi]-1,19,2,8,8a, 8b- hexahydro-8a-methoxy-5-methyF, [1aS-aalpha,Sbeta,Baaipha,Bbalpha)]- 10 (4.54) Barium cyanide 10 (4.54) Benzijjeceanthrylene, 1,2-dinydro-3-methyt- 10 (4.54) Benz(c)acridine 100 (45.4) 3,4-Benzacridine 100 (45.4) Benzal chloride 5000 (2270) Benzamide. 3.5-dichloro-N-(1,1-dimethyl-2-propynyl) 5000 (2270) Benz(a)anthracene 10 (4.54) 1,2-Benzanthrecene 10 (4.54) Benzjajanthracane, 7,12-dimethyl- 1 (0.454) Benzenamine 5000 (2270) Benzenamine, 4,4'-carbonimidoylbis (N,N-dimethyl- 100 (45.4) Benzenamine, 4-chloro- 1000 (454) Benzenamine, 4-chloro-2-methyl-, hydrochloride 100 (45.4) Benzenamine, N.N-dimsthyl-4-(phenylazo)- 10 (4.54) Benzenamine, 2-methyl- 100 (45.4) Benzenamine, 4-methyl- 100 (45.4) Benzenamine, 4,4'-methylenabis(2-chloro- 10 (4.54) Benzenamine, 2-methyl-, hydrochloride 100 (45.4) Benzenamine, 2-methyl-5-nitro- 100 (45.4) Benzenamine, 4-nitro- 5000 (2270) Benzene 10 (4.54) Benzene, 1-bromo-4-phenoxy- 100 (45.4) Benzene. chtoro- 100 (45.4) Benzene, chloromethyl- 100 (45.4) Benzene, 1,2-dichloro- 100 (45.4) Benzene, 1,3-dichioro- 100 (45.4) Benzene, 1,4-dichtoro- 100 (45.4) Benzene, 1.1-(2.,2-dichloroethyidene)bis[4-chloro 1 (0.454) Benzene, dichloromethyl- 5000 (2270) Benzene, 1.3-disocyanatomethyl 100 (45.4) Benzene, dimethyl- 100 (45.4) Benzene, m-dimethyl- 1000 (454) Benzene, o-dimethyl- 1000 (454) 305 $172.101 49 CFR Ch. 1 (10-1-06 Edition) TABLE 1 TO APPENDIX A-HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES OTHER THAN RADIONUCLIDES-Continued Reportable Hazardous substance quantity (RQ) pounds (kilograms) Benzene, p-dimethyl- 100(45.4) Benzene, hexachioro- 10 (4.54) Benzene, hexahydro- 1000 (454) Benzene, hydroxy- 1000 (454) Benzene, methyl- 1000 (454) Benzene, 1-methyl-2,4-dinitro- 10 (4.54) Benzene, 2-methyl-1,3-dinitro- 100 (45.4) Benzane, 1-methylethyl- 5000 (2270) Benzane, nitro- 1000 (454) Benzene, pentachioro- 10 (4.54) Benzene, pentachloronitro- 100(45.4) Benzene, 1.2,4,5-tetrachioro- 5000 (2270) Benzene, 1,1'-(2,2,2-trichloroethylidene)bis4-chloro- 1 (0.454) Benzene, 1.1'-(2,2,2-trichloroethylidene)bis[4-methoxy) 1 (0.454) Benzene, (trichloromethy)) 10 (4.54) Benzene, 1,3,5-trinitro- 10 (4.54) Benzeneacetic acid, 4-chioro-alipha-(4-chloropheny)-aipha-hydroxy ethyl ester 10 (4.54) Benzenebutencic acid, 4-[his(2-chloroethyl)amino) 10 (4.54) Benzenediamine, ar-methyl- 10 (4.54) 1.2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, [bis(2-ethylhexyl)] ester 100(45.4) 1.2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, dibutyl ester (4.54) 1.2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, diethyl ester 1000 (454) 1,2-Benzenedicarboxyfic acid, dimethyl ester 5000 (2270) 1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, dioctyl ester 5000 (2270) 1.3-Benzenediol 5000 (2270) 1,2-Benzenediol,4-[1-hydroxy-2-(methylamino)ethyl]- 1000 (454) Benzenesthanamine, alpha,alphe-dimethyl- 5000 (2270) Benzenesulfonic acid chloride 100(45.4) Benzenesuffony chloride 100 (45.4) Benzenethic 100 (45.4) Benzidine 1 (0.454) 1,2-Benzisothiazol-3(2H)-one,1.,1-dioxide 100(45.4) Benzo[a]anthracene (4.54) 1,3-Benzodioxole, 5-(2-propenyl)- 100(45.4) 1,3-Benzodicxole, 5-(1-propenyl)- 100 (45.4) 1,3-Benzodioxole, 5-propyl- 10 (4.54) Benzo[b]fluoranthene 1 (0.454) Benzofk)lluoranthene 5000 (2270) Benzojj.k)fluorene 100 (45.4) Benzolc acid 5000 (2270) Benzonitrile 5000 (2270) Benzofg.h.i]perylene 5000 (2270) 2H-1-Benzopyran-2-one, 4-hydroxy-3-(3-oxo-1-phenyl-butyl)-, & salts, when present at concentrations greater than 0.3% 100(45.4) Benzo[a]pyrene 1 (0.454) 3.4-Benzopyrene 1 (0.454) p-Benzoquinone 10 (4.54) Benzo [rstipentaphene 10 (4.54) Benzotrichloride 10 (4.54) Benzoyl chloride 1000 (454) 1,2-Benzphenanthrene 100(45.4) Benzyl chioride 100(45.4) Beryllium # 10 (4.54) Berylllum chloride 1 (0.454) Beryllium dust * (4.54) Beryllium fluoride 1 (0.454) Beryllium nitrate 1 (0.454) alpha BHC 10 (4.54) beta BHC 1 (0.454) delta BHC 1 (0.454) gamma BHC (0.454) 2.2'Bioxirane 10 (4.54) Bipheny 100 (45.4) (1,1'-Biphenyl)-4,4'-diamine 1 (0,454) (1,1'-Biphenyl)-4,4-diamine,3,3'-dichloro 1 (0.454) (1,1-Biphenyl)4,4'-diamine,3,3'-dimathoxy 10 (4.54) (1,1-Bipheny)-4,4'-diamine,3,3'-dimsthyl- (4.54) Bis(2-chloroethoxy) methane 1000 (454) Bis(2-chloroethyl) ether 10 (4.54) Bis(2-ethylhexy)phthalate 100 (45.4) 306 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101 TABLE 1 TO APPENDIX A-HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES OTHER THAN RADIONUCLIDES-Continued Reportable Hazardous substance quantity (RQ) pounds (kilograms) Brompacetone 1000 (454) Bromoform 100 (45.4) 4-Bromophenyl phenyl ether 100 (45.4) Brucine 100 (45.4) 1,3-Butadiene 10 (4.54) 1,3-Butadiene, 1.1,2,3,4,4-hexachloro- 1 (0.454) 1-Butanamine, N-butyl-N-nitroso- 10 (4.54) 1-Butanol 5000 (2270) 2-Butanone 5000 (2270) 2-Butanone, 3,3-dimethyl-1-(methylthio)-,O-[(methylamino)carboryl] oxime 100 (45.4) 2-Butanone peroxide 10 (4.54) 2-Butenal 100 (45.4) 2-Butene, 1,4-dichtoro- 1 (0.454) 2-Butenoic acid, 2-mmethyl-7[12,3-dthydroxy-2-(1-methoxyethyl)-3-methyl--oxobutoxy)metty]2,3.5,7a- tetrahydro-1H-pyrmolizin-1-yt ester, [1S-[1alpha(Z),7(28*, 3R*). 7alphajj- 10 (4.54) Butyl acetate 5000 (2270) Iso-Butyl acetate sec-Butyl acetate tert-Butyl acetate n-Butyl alcohol 5000 (2270) Butylamine 1000 (454) iso-Butylamine sec-Butylamine tert-Butylamine Butyl benzyl phthalate 100 (45.4) n-Butyl phthalate 10 (4.54) Butyric acid 5000 (2270) iso-Butyric acid Cacodylic acid 1 (0.454) Cadmium c 10 (4.54) Cadmium acetate 10 (4.54) Cadmium bromide 10 (4.54) Cadmium chioride 10 (4.54) Calcium arsenate 1 (0.454) Calcium arsenite 1 (0.454) Calcium carbide 10 (4.54) Calcium chromate 10 (4.54) Calcium cyanamide 1000 (454) Calcium cyanide 10 (4.54) Calcium cyanide Ca(CN)₂ 10 (4.54) Calcium dodecylbenzene sulfonate 1000 (454) Calcium hypochlorite 10 (4.54) Camphene, octachioro- 1 (0.454) Captan 10 (4.54) Carbamic acid, ethyl ester 100 (45.4) Carbamic acid, methyinitroso-, ethyl ester 1 (0.454) Carbamic chloride, dimethyl- 1 (0.454) Carbamide, this- 10 (4.54) Carbamimidoselenolc acid 1000 (454) Carbamothiolc acid, bis (1-methylethyl). S-(2,3-dichloro-2-propenyi) ester 100 (45.4) Carbaryl 100 (45.4) Carbofuran 10 (4.54) Carbon bisulfide 100 (45.4) Carbon disulfide 100 (45.4) Carbonic acid, dithallium (H) 100 (45.4) Carbonic dichioride 10 (4.54) Carbonic diffuoride 1000 (454) Carbonochloridic acid, methyl ester 1000 (454) Carbon oxyfluoride 1000 (454) Carbon tetrachloride 10 (4.54) Carbonyl sutfide 100 (45.4) Catechol 100 (45.4) Chloral 5000(2270) Chloramben 100 (45.4) Chlorambucil 10 (4.54) Chlordane 1 (0.454) Chlordane, alpha & gamma isomers 1 (0.454) Chlordene, technical 1 (0.454) Chlorine 10 (4.54) Chlornaphazine 100 (45.4) 307 $ 172.101 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) TABLE 1 TO APPENDIX A-HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES OTHER THAN RADIONUCLIDES-Continued Reportable Hazardous substance quantity (RQ) pounds (kilograms) Chioroacetaldehyde 1000(454) Chloroscetic acid 100 (45.4) 2-Chioroacetophenone 100(45.4) p-Chioroaniline 1000 (454) Chlorobenzane 100(45.4) Chlorobenzilate 10 (4.54) 4-Chioro-m-cresol 5000 (2270) p-Chioro-m-cresol 5000 (2270) Chiorodibromomethane 100 (45.4) Chloroethane 100(45.4) 2-Chloroethyl vinyl ether 1000 (454) Chioroform 10 (4.54) Chioromethane 100(45.4) Chioromethy methyl ether 10 (4,54) beta-Chioronaphthalene 5000 (2270) 2-Chioronaphthalene 5000 (2270) 2-Chiorophenol 100(45.4) o-Chiorophenol 100(45.4) 4-Chiorophenyl phenyl ether 5000 (2270) 1-{o-Chiorophenyl)thiourea 100 (45.4) Chloroprene 100 (45.4) 3-Chloropropionitrie 1000 (454) Chlorosulfonic acid 1000 (454) 4-Chioro-o-toluidine, hydrochloride 100(45.4) Chiorpyrifes 1 (0.454) Chromic acetate 1000 (454) Chromic acid 10 (4.54) Chromic acid H2CrO4, calcium salt 10 (4.54) Chromic sulfate 1000(454) Chromium $ 5000 (2270) Chromous chloride 1000 (454) Chrysene 100(45.4) Cobaltous bromide 1000 (454) Cobaltous formate 1000 (454) Cobaltous sulfamate 1000 (454) Coke Oven Emissions 1 (0.454) Copper & 5000 (2270) Copper chloride @ 10 (4.54) Copper cyanide 10 (4.54) Copper cyanide CUCN 10 (4.54) Coumaphos 10 (4.54) Creosote 1 (0.454) Cresols (isomers and mixture) 100(45.4) m-Cresol 100(45.4) o-Cresolo 100 (45.4) p-Cresol 100 (45.4) Cresylic acid (isomers and mixture) 100(45.4) m-Cresylic acid 100(45.4) o-Cresylic acid 100(45.4) p-Cresylic acid 100(45.4) Crotonaldehyde 100(45.4) Cumene 5000 (2270) Cupric acetate 100(45.4) Cupric acetoarsenite 1 (0.454) Cupric chloride 10 (4.54) Cupric nitrate 100(45.4) Cupric oxalate 100(45.4) Cupric sulfate 10 (4.54) Cupric sulfate ammoniated 100 (45.4) Cupric tartrate 100(45.4) Cyanides (soluble salts and complexes) not otherwise specified 10 (4.54) Cyanogen 100(45.4) Cyanogen bromide 1000 (454) Cyanogen bromide (CN)Br 1000(454) Cyanogen chloride 10 (4.54) Cyanogen chioride (CN)CI 10 (4.54) 2,5-Cyolohexadiene-1,4-dione 10 (4.54) Cyclohexane 1000 (454) Cyclohexane, 1,2,3,4,5,6-hexachloro- (1alpha.2alpha,3beta,4alpha.5alpha.6bets)- 1 (0.454) Cyclohexanone 5000 (2270) 308 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101 TABLE 1 TO APPENDIX A-HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES OTHER THAN RADIONUCLIDES-Continued Reportable Hazardous substance quantity (RQ) pounds (kilograms) 2-Cyclohexyl-4,6-dinitrophenol 100 (45.4) 1.3-Cyclopentediene, 1,2,3,4,5.5-hexachloro- 10 (4.54) Cyclophosphamide 10 (4.54) 2,4-D Acid 100(45.4) 2,4-D Ester 100(45.4) Daunomycin 10 (4.54) DDD 1 (0.454) 4,4-DDD 1 (0.454) DDE 1 (0.454) 4,4'-DDE 1 (0.454) DDT 1 (0.454) 4,4'-DDT 1 (0.454) Dialiate 100 (45.4) Diamine 1 (0.454) Diazinon 1 (0.454) Diazomethane 100 (45.4) Dibenz[a,h]anthracene 1 (0.454) 1,2:5,6-Dibenzanthracene 1 (0.454) Dibenzo[e.h]anthracene 1 (0.454) Dibenzofuran 100 (45.4) Dibenz(a,ipyrene 10 (4.54) 1,2-Dibromo-3-chloroepropane 1 (0.454) Dibutyl phthalate 10 (4.54) Di-n-butyl phthalate (4.54) Dicamba 1000 (454) Dichlobenil 100(45.4) Dichione 1 (0.454) Dichiorobenzene 100(45.4) 1,2-Dichlorobenzene 100(45.4) 1,3-Dichlorobenzene 100 (45.4) 1,4-Dichlorobenzene 100 (45.4) m-Dichlorobenzene 100 (45.4) o-Dichtorobenzene 100 (45.4) p-Dichlorobenzene 100(45.4) 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine 1 (0.454) Dichlorobromomethane 5000 (2270) 1,4-Dichloro-2-butene 1 (0.454) Dichlorodifuoromethane 5000 (2270) 1,1-Dichlorosthane 1000 (454) 1.2-Dichloroethane 100 (45.4) 1,1-Dichloroethylene 100 (45.4) 1,2-Dichloroethylene 1000 (454) Dichlorosthyl ether 10 (4.54) Dichlorolsopropyt-ether 1000(454) Dichioromethane @ 1000 (454) Dichioromethoxy ethane 1000 (454) Dicholormethyl ether 10 (4.54) 2,4-Dichlorophenol 100(45.4) 2.6-Dichiorophenol 100 (45.4) Dichlorophenylarsine 1 (0.454) Dichioropropane 1000 (454) 1,1-Dichloropropane 1,3-Dichioropropane 1,2-Dichtoropropane 1000 (454) Dichioropropane - Dichloropropene (mixture) 100 (45.4) Dichioropropene 100 (45.4) 2,3-Dichioropropene 1,3-Dichloropropene 100(45.4) 2.2-Dichloropropionic acid 5000 (2270) Dichlorvos 10 (4.54) Dicofol 10 (4.54) Dieldrin 1 (0.454) 1,2:3,4-Diepoxybutane (4.54) Diethanolamine 100 (45.4) Diethytamine 1000(454) N.N-dlethytaniline 1000 (454) Diethylarsine 1 (0.454) 1,4-Diethylenedioxide 100 (45.4) Diethylhexyl phthelate 100 (46.4) N.N-Diethylhydrazine 10 (4.54) 309 $ 172.101 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) TABLE 1 TO APPENDIX A-HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES OTHER THAN RADIONUCLIDES-Continued - Reportable Hazardous substance quantity (RQ) pounds (kilograms) O,O-Diethyt S-methyl dithiophosphate 5000 (2270) Diethyl-p-nitrophenyl phosphate 100 (45.4) Diethyl phthalate 1000(454) O.O-Diethyl O-pyrazinyt phosphorothicate 100 (45.4) Diethylstilbestrol 1 (0.454) Diethyl sulfate 10 (4.54) Dihydrosafrole 10 (4.54) Disopropyl fluorophosphate 100 (45.4) 1,4.5,8-Dimethanonaphthalene 1,2.3,4,10,10-hexachtoro-1,4,4a,5,8,8a-hexahydro, (1alpha,4alpha,4abeta,5abete,8beta,8abeta)- 1 (0.454) 1,4,5,8-Dimethanonaphthalene,1,2,3,4.10,10-10-hexachoro-1,4,4a,5,8,8hexahydro 1 (0.454) 2,7:3,6-Dimethanonaphtf2,3-bjoxiene,3,4,5,6,9,9-hexechlr-1a,22a,3,6,6a.7.7a 7beta,7aalpha)- 1 (0.454) 2,7:3,6-Dimethanonaphth(2,3-bjociene,3,4,5,6,9,9hexachioro-1a,2.2a3,5,6a.7.7a octahydro-(iealpha,2beta,2aaipha,3beta,6betaBaaipha, 7beta,7ealpha)- Dimethoate 1 (0.454) 10 (4.54) 3,3'-Dimethoxybenzidine 10 (4.54) Dimethytamine 1000 (454) p-Dimethylaminoazobenzene 10 (4.54) N.N-dimethylaniline 100 (45.4) 7,12-Dimethylbenz[ajanthracene 1 (0.454) 3,3'-Dimethylbenzidine 10 (4.54) alpha,alpha-Dimethyfbenzyihydroperoxide 10 (4.54) Dimethylcarbamoyl chloride 1 (0.454) Dimethylformamide 100 (45.4) 1,1-Dimethylhydrazine 10 (4.54) 1,2-Dimethylhydrazine 1 (0.454) Dimethylhydrazine, unsymmetrical @ 10 (4.54) alpha,alpha-Dimethylphenethylamine 5000 (2270) 12,4-Dimethylphenol 100 (45.4) Dimethyl phthalate 5000 (2270) Dimethyl sulfate 100 (45.4) Dinitrobenzene (mixed) 100 (45.4) m-Dinitrobenzene o-Dinitrobenzene p-Dinitrobenzene. 4,6-Dinitro-o-cresch and salts 10 (4.54) Dinitrogen tetroxide @ 10 (4.54) Dinitrophenol 10 (4.54) 2,5-Dinitrophenol 2,4-Dinitrophenol Dinitrotoluene 10 (4.54) 10 (4.54) 3,4-Dinitrotoluene 2,4-Dinitrotoluene 10 (4.54) 2,6-Dinitrotoluene Dinoseb 100 (45.4) 1000 (454) Di-n-octyl phthalate 5000 (2270) 1,4-Dioxane 100 (45.4) 1.2-Diphenythydrazine 10 (4.54) Diphosphoramide, octamethyl- 100 (45.4) Diphosphoric acid, tetreethy ester 10 (4.54) Dipropylamine 5000 (2270) Di-n-propyInitrosamine Diquat 10 (4.54) Disulfoton 1000 (454) Dithiobluret 1 (0.454) Diuron 100 (45.4) 100 (45.4) Dodecyfbenzenesulfonic acid 2.4-D. salts and esters 1000 (454) 100 (45.4) Endosulfan 1 (0.454) alpha-Endosulfan 1 (0.454) beta-Endosulfan Endosulfan sulfate 1 (0.454) 1 (0.454) Endothall Endrin 1000 (454) 1 (0.454) Endrin, & metabolites 1 (0.454) Endrin aldehyde 1 (0.454) 310 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101 TABLE 1 TO APPENDIX A-HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES OTHER THAN RADIONUCLIDES-Continued Reportable Hazardous substance quantity (RQ) pounds (kilograms) Epichlorohydrin 100 (45.4) Epinephrine 1000 (454) 1.2-Epoxybutane 100 (45.4) Ethanal 1000 (454) Ethanamine, N-ethyl-N-nitroso- 1 (0.454) Ethane, 1,2-dibromo- 1 (0.454) Ethane, 1,1-dichioro- 1000 (454) Ethane, 1,2-dichtoro- 100 (45.4) Ethane, hexachioro- 100 (45.4) Ethane, 1,1'{methylenebls(oxy)]bis(2-chloro- 1000 (454) Ethane, 1,1'-oxybls- 100 (45.4) Ethane, 1,1'-oxybis(2-chloro- 10 (4.54) Ethane, pentachloro- 10 (4.54) Ethane, 1,1,1,2-tetrachioro- 100 (45.4) Ethane, 1,1,2,2-tetrachioro- 100 (45.4) Ethane, 1.1.2-trichloro- 100 (45.4) Ethane, 1,1,1-trichioro- 1000 (454) 1.2-Ethanediamine, N,N-dimethyt-N-2-pyndinyl-N-(2-thienyl-methyl)- 5000 (2270) Ethanedinitrile 100 (45.4) Ethanenitrile 5000 (2270) Ethanethloamide 10 (4.54) Ethanimidothioic acid, N-[[(methylamino)carbonyl] oxy}- methyl ester 100 (45.4) Ethanol, 2-ethoxy- 1000 (454) Ethanol, 2.2"(nitrosoimino)bis- 1 (0.454) Ethanone, 1-phenyl- 5000 (2270) Ethanoyl chloride 5000 (2270) Ethene. chloro- 1 (0.454) Ethene, 2-chloroethoxy- 1000 (454) Ethene, 1,1-dichloro- 100 (45.4) Ethene, 1,2-dichioro- (E) 1000 (454) Ethene, tetrachloro- 100 (45.4) Ethene, trichloro- 100 (45.4) Ethion 10 (4.54) Ethyl acetate 5000 (2270) Ethyl acrylate 1000 (454) Ethylbenzene 1000 (454) Ethyl carbamate (Urethan) 100 (45.4) Ethyl chloride @ 100 (45.4) Ethyl cyanide 10 (4.54) Ethylene dibromide 1 (0.454) Ethylene dichloride 100 (45.4) Ethylene glycol 5000 (2270) Ethylene glycol monoethyl ether 1000 (454) Ethylene oxide 10 (4.54) Elhytenebisdithlocarbamic acid 5000 (2270) Ethylenebisdithlocarbamic acid, salts and esters 5000 (2270) Ethylenedlamine 5000 (2270) Ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid (EDTA) 5000 (2270) Ethylenethiourea 10 (4.54) Ethylenimine 1 (0.454) Ethyl ether 100 (45.4) Ethylidene dichloride 1000 (454) Ethyl methacrylate 1000 (454) Ethyl methanesulfonate 1 (0.454) Ethyl methyl ketone @ 5000 (2270) Famphurdimethylester 1000 (454) Ferric ammonium citrate 1000 (454) Ferric ammonium oxalate 1000 (454) Ferric chloride 1000 (454) Ferric fluoride 100 (45.4) Ferric nitrate 1000 (454) Ferric sulfate 1000 (454) Ferrous ammonium sulfate 1000 (454) Ferrous chloride 100 (45.4) Ferrous sulfate 1000 (454) Fluoranthene 100 (45.4) Fluorene 5000 (2270) Fluorine 10 (4.54) Fluoroacetamide 100 (45.4) Fluoroacetic acid, sodium salt 10 (4.54) 311 $ 172.101 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) TABLE 1 TO APPENDIX A-HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES OTHER THAN RADIONUCLIDES-Continued Reportable Hazardous substance quantity (RQ) pounds (kilograms) Formaldehyde 100 (45.4) Formic acid 5000 (2270) Fulminic acid, mercury(2+)salt 10 (4.54) Fumaric acid 5000 (2270) Furen (45.4) Furan, tetrahydro- 1000 (454) 2-Furancarboxaldehyde 5000(2270) 2,5-Furandione 5000 (2270) Furfural 5000 (2270) Furfuran 100 (45.4) Glucopyranose, 2-deoxy-2-(3-methyl-3-nltrosoureido) 1 (0.454) D-Glucose, 2-deoxy-2-[methyIntrosoamino)-carbonylaming) 1 (0.454) Glycidylaldehyde 10 (4.54) Guanidine, N-methyl-N'-nitro-N-nitroso- 10 (4.54) Guthion 1 (0.454) Heptachlor 1 (0.454) Heptachlor epoxide 1 (0.454) Hexachiorobenzene 10 (4.54) Hexachlorobutadiene 1 (0.454) Hexachlorocyclohexane (gamma isomer) 1 (0.454) Hexachlorocyclopentadiene 10 (4.54) Hexachloroethane 100 (45.4) 1 (0.454) Hexachiorophene 100 (45.4) Hexachioropropene 1000 (454) Hexeathyl tetraphosphate 100 (45.4) Hexamethylene-1,6-disocyanate 100 (45.4) Hexamethylphosphoramide 1 (0.454) Hexane 5000 (2270) Hydrazine 1 (0.454) Hydrazine, 1,2-diethyl- (4.54) Hydrazine, 1,1-dimethyl- (4.54) Hydrazine, 1,2-dimethyl- 1 (0.454) Hydrazine, 1,2-diphenyl- (4.54) Hydrazine, methyl- (4.54) Hydrazinecarbothioamide (45.4) Hydrochloric acid 5000 (2270) Hydrocyanic acid (4.54) Hydrofluoric acid (45.4) Hydrogen chloride 5000 (2270) Hydrogen cyanide (4.54) Hydrogen fluoride 100 (45.4) Hydrogen phosphide 100 (45.4) Hydrogen suifide 100 (45.4) Hydrogen suifide H2S 100 (45.4) Hydroperoxide, 1-methyl-1-phenylethyl- 10 (4.54) Hydroquinone 100 (45.4) 2-Imidazolidinethione 10 (4.54) indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene 100(45.4) 1,3-isobenzofurandione 5000 (2270) Isobutyl alcohol 5000 (2270) Isodrin (0.454) tsophorone 5000 (2270) Isoprene 100 (45.4) Isopropanolamine dodecylbenzene sulfonate 1000 (454) Isosafrole 100 (45.4) 3(2H)-Isoxazoione, 5-(eminomethyl)- 1000(454) Keponedecachioroc-tahydro- 1 (0.454) Lesiocarpine 10 (4.54) Lead # 10 (4.54) Lead acetate 10 (4.54) Lead arsenate 1 (0.454) Lead, bis(acetato-O)tetrahydroxytri 10 (4.54) Lead chloride 10 (4,54) Lead fluoborate 10 (4.54) Lead fluoride 10 (4.54) Lead lodide 10 (4.54) Lead nitrate 10 (4.54) Lead phosphate 10 (4.54) Lead stearate 10 (4.54) 312 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101 TABLE 1 TO APPENDIX A-HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES OTHER THAN RADIONUCLIDES-Continued Reportable Hazardous substance quantity (RQ) pounds (kilograms) Lead subacetate 10 (4.54) Lead sulfate 10 (4.54) Lead suffide 10 (4.54) Lead thiocyanate 10 (4.54) Lindane 1 (0.454) Lithium chromate 10 (4.54) Malathion 100 (45.4) Maleic acid 5000 (2270) Maleic anhydride 5000 (2270) Maleic hydrazide 5000 (2270) Malononitrile 1000 (454) MDI 5000 (2270) Melphalan 1 (0.454) Mercaptodimethur 10 (4.54) Mercuric cyanide Mercuric nitrate 1 (0.454) Mercuric sulfate 10 (4.54) 10 (4.54) Mercuric thiocyanate 10 (4.54) Mercurous nitrate 10 (4.54) Mercury 1 (0.454) Mercury. (acatato-O)phenyt- 100 (45.4) Mercury fulminate 10 (4.54) Methacrylonitrile 1000 (454) Methanamine, N-methyl- 1000 (454) Methanamine, N-methyl-N-nitroso 10 (4.54) Methane, bromo- 1000 (454) Methane, chloro- 100 (45.4) Methane, chloromethoxy- 10 (4.54) Methane, dibromo- 1000 (454) Methane, dichioro- 1000 (454) Methane, dichlorodifluoro- 5000 (2270) Methane, iodo- 100 (45.4) Methane, isocyanato- 10 (4.54) Methane, oxybis(chloro- 10 (4.54) Methane, tetrachioro- 10 (4.54) Methane, tetranitro- 10 (4.54) Methane, tribromo- 100 (45.4) Methane, trichioro- 10 (4.54) Methane, trichiorofluoro- 5000 (2270) Methanesulfenyl chloride. trichioro- 100 (45.4) Methanesulfonic acid, ethyl ester 1 (0.454) Methanethic 100 (45.4) 6,9-Methano-2,4,3-benzodioxathlepin, 6,7,8,9.10,10-hexechioro-1,5,5a,6,9,9a-hexahydro, 3-oxide 1 (0.454) Methanoic acid 5000 (2270) 4,7-Methano-1H-Indene, 1,4,5,6,7.8,8-heptachloro-a,4,7,7e-tetrahydro- 1 (0.454) 4,7-Methano-1H-indene, 1,4,5,6,7,8,8-octachioro-2,3,3a.4.7,7e-hexahytro 1 (0.454) Methanot 5000 (2270) Methapyrilene 5000 (2270) 1,3,4-Metheno-2H-cyclobutalicd]-pentalan-2-one. 1,1a,3,3a,4,5,5,5a,5b,6-decachloroctahyiro- 1 (0.454) Methorny 100 (45.4) Methoxychlor 1 (0.454) Methyl alcohol 5000 (2270) Methylamine @ 100 (45.4) Methyl bromide 1000 (454) 1-Methylbutadiene 100 (45.4) Methyl chloride 100 (45.4) Methyl chlorocarbonate 1000 (454) Methyl chloroform 1000 (454) Methyl chloroformate 1000 (454) Methyichloromethyl ether @ 1 (0.454) 3-Methylcholanthrene 10 (4.54) 4,4'-Methylenebis(2-chloroaniline) 10 (4.54) Methylene bromide 1000 (454) Mathylene chloride 1000 (454) 4,4'-Methylenedianiline 10 (4.54) Methylene diphenyl disocyanate 5000 (2270) Methylene oxide 100 (45.4) Methyl ethyl ketone (MEK) 5000 (2270) Methyl ethyl katone peroxide 10 (4.54) Methyl hydrazine 10 (4.54) 313 § 172.101 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) TABLE 1 TO APPENDIX A-HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES OTHER THAN RADIONUCLIDES-Continued Reportable Hazardous substance quantity (RQ) pounds (kilograms) Methyl lodide 100 (45.4) Methyl Isobutyl ketone 5000 (2270) Methyl isocyanate 10 (4.54) 2-Methyllactonitrile 10 (4.54) Methyl mercaptan 100 (45.4) Methyl methacrylate 1000 (454) Methyl parathion 100 (45.4) 4-Methyl-2-pentanone 5000 (2270) Methyl tert-buty ether 1000 (454) Methylthiouracil 10 (4.54) Mevinphos 10 (4.54) Mexecarbate 1000 (454) Mitomycin C 10 (4.54) MNNG 10 (4.54) Monoethylamine 100 (45.4) Monomethylamine 100 (45.4) Muscimol 1000 (454) Nated 10 (4.54) 5,12-Naphthacenedione, 8-acety-10-(3-amino-2,3,6-trideoxy-alpha-L-lyxo-hexopyrencsy) oxy}-7,8,9,10- tetrahydro-6,8,11-trihydroxy-1-methoxy- (8S-cis)- 10 (4.54) Naphthalenamine, N,N-bis(2-chtoroethyl)- 100 (45.4) Naphthalene 100 (45.4) Naphthalene, 2-chloro- 5000 (2270) 1,4-Naphthalenedione 5000 (2270) 2.7-Naphthalenedisulfonic acid, 3.3'-[(3.3'- dimethyl-(1,1-biphanyl)-4,4'-diy)-bis(azo)lbis(5-amino-4-hydroxy) tetrasodium salt 10 (4.54) Naphthenic acid 100 (45.4) 1,4-Naphthoquinone 5000 (2270) alpha-Naphthylamine 100 (45.4) beta-Naphthylamine 1 (0.454) 1-Naphthylamine 100 (45.4) 2-Naphthylamine 1 (0.454) alpha-Naphthyithiourea 100 (45.4) Nickel # 100 (45.4) Nickel ammonium sulfate 100 (45.4) Nickel carbony 10 (4.54) Nickel carbonyl NI(CO)4.(T-4)- 10 (4.54) Nicket chloride 100 (45.4) Nickel cyanide 10 (4.54) Nickel cyanide Ni(CN)2 10 (4.54) Nickel hydroxide 10 (4.54) Nickel nitrate 100 (45.4) Nickel sulfate 100 (45.4) Nicotine and salts 100 (45.4) Nitric acid 1000 (454) Nitric acid, thallium(1+) salt 100 (45.4) Nitric oxide 10 (4.54) p-Nitroaniline 5000 (2270) Nitrobenzene 1000 (454) 4-nitrobipherryl 10 (4.54) Nitrogen dioxide 10 (4.54) Nitrogen oxide NO 10 (4.54) Nitrogen oxide NO2 10 (4.54) Nitroglycerine 10 (4.54) Nitrophenol (mixed) 100 (45.4) m- O- & o-Nitrophenol 100 (45.4) p-Nitrophenol 100 (45.4) 2-Nitrophenol 100 (45.4) 4-Nitrophenol 100 (45.4) 2-Nitropropane 10 (4.54) N-Nitrosodi-n-butylamine 10 (4.54) N-Nitrosodiethanolamine 1 (0.454) N-Nitrosodiethylamine 1 (0.454) N-Nitrosodimethylamine 10 (4.54) N-Nitrosodiphenylamine 100 (45.4) N-Nitroso-N-ethylurea 1 (0.454) N-Nitroso-N-methylurea 1 1 (0.454) 314 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT $ 172.101 TABLE 1 TO APPENDIX A-HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES OTHER THAN RADIONUCLIDES-Continued Reportable Hazardous substance quantity (RQ) pounds (kllograms) N-Nitroso-N-methylurethane (0.454) N-Nitrosomethylvinylamine n-Nitrosomorpholine 10 (4.54) N-Nitrosopiperidine 1 (0.454) N-Nitrosopyrrolidine 10 (4.54) Nitrotoluene (0.454) m-Nitrotoluens 1000 (454) o-Nitrotoluene p-Nitrotoluene 5-Nitro-o-toluidine Octamethylpyrophosphoramide 100 (45.4) 100 (45.4) Osmium oxide OsO4 (T-4)- Osmlum tetroxide 1000 (454) 1000 (454) 7-Oxablcycto[2.2.1]heptane-2,3-dicarboxyic acid 1,2-Oxathiolane, 2.2-dioxide 1000 (454) 10 (4.54) 2H-1.3.2-Oxazaphosphorin-2-amine. N,N-bis(2-chloroethyl)tetrahydro- 2-oxide Oxirane 10 (4.54) Oxtranecarboxyaldehyde 10 (4.54) Oxirane, (chloromethyl)- 10 (4.54) Paraformaldehyde 100 (45.4) Paraidehyde 1000 (454) Parathion 1000 (454) Pentachlorobenzane 10 (4.54) Pentachloroethane 10 (4.54) Pentachloronitrobenzene (PCNB) 10 (4.54) Pentachlorophenci 100 (45.4) 1,3-Pentadiene 10(4.54) Perchioroethylene 100 (45.4) Perchioromethy4 mercapten @ 100 (45.4) Phenacetin 100 (45.4) Phenanthrene 100 (45.4) Phenol 5000 (2270) Phenol, 2-chloro- 1000 (454) Phenol, 4-chioro-3-methyl- 100 (45.4) Phenol, 2-cyclohexyl-4,6-dinitro- 5000(2270) Phenol, 2,4-dichloro- 100 (45.4) Phenol, 2,6-dichloro- 100 (45.4) 100 (45.4) Phenol, 4,4 -(1,2-diathyl-1,2-ethenediyt)bis, (E) Phenol, 2,4-dimethyl- 1 (0.454) Phenol, 2,4-dinitro- 100 (45.4) Phenol, methyl- 10 (4.54) Phenol, 2-methyl-4,6-dinitro- 100 (45.4) 10 (4.54) Phenol, 2,Z-methylenebis(3,4,6-trichloro Phenoi, 2-(1-methylpropyl)-4,6-dinitro 100 (45.4) Phenol, 4-nitro- 1000 (454) 100 (45.4) Phenol, pentachioro Phenol, 2,3,4,6-tetrachioro- 10 (4.54) 10 (4.54) Phenol, 2,4,5-trichloro- Phenol, 2,4,6-trichloro- 10 (4.54) 10 (4.54) Phenot, 2,4,6-trinitro-, ammonium salt 10 (4.54) L-Phenytelanine, 4-[bis(2-chiorpethy)amino p-Phenylenediamine (0.454) 5000 (2270) 1,10-(1,2-Phenylene)pyrene 100 (45.4) Phenyl mercaptan @ 100 (45.4) Phenyimercuric acetate Phenythiourea 100 (45.4) Phorate 100 (45.4) Phosgene 10 (4.54) Phosphine 10 (4.54) Phosphoric acid 100 (45.4) Phosphoric acid, diethyl 4-nitrophenyl ester 5000 (2270) 100 (45.4) Phosphoric acid, lead(2+) salt (2:3) 10 (4.54) Phosphorodithic acid, O,O-diethy S-[2-(ethythlo)ethyllester (0.454) Phosphorodithic acid, O,O-diethyl S-(ethylthio). methyl ester 10 (4.54) Phosphorodithic acid, O,O-diethyl S-methyl ester 5000 (2270) Phosphorodithicic acid, O.O-dimethyl S-[2 (methylamino)-2-oxoethy1] ester Phosphorafluoridic acid, bis(1-methylethyl) ester 10 (4.54) 100 (45.4) Phosphorothicic acid, O,O-diethyl O-(4-nitrophemyl) ester 10 (4.54) Phosphorothiole acid, O,O-diethyl O-pyrazinyl ester 100 (45.4) Phosphorothic acid, O,O-dimethyl O-(4-nitrophenyl) ester 100 (45.4) 315 $ 172.101 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) TABLE 1 TO APPENDIX A-HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES OTHER THAN RADIONUCLIDES-Continued Reportable Hazardous substance quantity (RQ) pounds (klograms) Phosphorothic acid, O,[4-[(dimethylamino)sutfony] phenyl) O,O-dimethyl ester 1000 (454) Phosphorus 1 (0.454) Phosphorus exychloride 1000 (454) Phosphorus pentasulfide 100 (45.4) Phosphorus sulfide 100 (45.4) Phosphorus trichloride 1000 (454) Phthalic anhydride 5000 (2270) 2-Picoline 5000 (2270) Piperidine, 1-nitroso- 10 (4.54) Plumbane, tetreethyl- 10 (4.54) POLYCHLORINATED BIPHENYLS (PCBs) 1 (0.454) Potassium arsenate 1 (0.454) Potassium arsenite 1 (0.454) Potessium bichromate 10 (4.54) Potassium chromate 10 (4.54) Potassium cyanide 10 (4.54) Potassium cyanide K(CN) 10 (4.54) Potassium hydroxide 1000 (454) Potassium permanganate 100 (45.4) Potassium silver cyanide 1 (0.454) Pronamide 5000 (2270) Propanal, 2-mathyl-2-(methythio)-,O-[(methylamino)carbor/lcxime 1 (0.454) 1-Propanamine 5000 (2270) 1-Propanamine, N-nitroso-N-propyl- 10 (4.54) 1-Propanamine, N-propyl- 5000 (2270) Propane, 1.2-dibromo-3-chloro- 1 (0.454) Propane, 1,2-dichloro- 1000 (454) Propane, 2-nitro- 10 (4.54) Propane, 2,2-oxybls [2-chioro- 1000 (454) 1,3-Propane sultone 10 (4.54) Propanedinitrile 1000 (454) Propanenitrile 10 (4.54) Propanenitrile, 3-chioro- 1000 (454) Propanenitrile, 2-hydroxy-2-methy4- 10 (4.54) 1,2,3-Propanetriol, trinitrate- 10 (4.54) 1-Propanol, 2,3-dibromo-, phosphate (3:1) 10 (4.54) 1-Propanol, 2-methyl- 5000 (2270) 2-Propanone 5000 (2270) 2-Propanone, 1-bromo- 1000 (454) Propargite 10 (4.54) Propargyl alcohol 1000 (454) 2-Propenal 1 (0.454) 2-Propenamide 5000 (2270) 1-Propene, 1,3-dichloro- 100 (45.4) 1-Propene, 1.1,2.3,3,3-hexachloro- 1000 (454) 2-Propenenitrile 100 (45.4) 2-Propenenitrile, 2-methyl- 1000 (454) 2-Propendic acid 5000 (2270) 2-Propenoic acid, ethyl ester 1000 (454) 2-Propenoic acid, 2-methyl-, ethyl ester 1000 (454) 2-Propenoic acid, 2-methyl-, methyl ester 1000 (454) 2-Propen-1-ol 100 (45.4) beta-Propiceldehyde 1000 (454) Propionic acid 5000 (2270) Propionic acid, 2-(2,4,5-trichlorophexy)- 100 (45.4) Propionic anhydride 5000 (2270) Propoxur (baygon) 100 (45.4) n-Propylamine 5000 (2270) Propylene dichloride 1000 (454) Propylene oxide 100 (45.4) 1,2-Propylenimine 1 (0.454) 2-Propyn-1-ol 1000 (454) Pyrene 5000 (2270) Pyrethrins (0.454) 3,6-Pyridazinedione, 1,2-dihydro- 5000 (2270) 4-Pyridinamine 1000 (454) Pyridine 1000 (454) Pyridine, 2-methyl- 5000 (2270) Pyridine, 3-(1-methy-2-pyrolidiny), (S) 100 (45.4) 2,4-(1H,3H)-Pyrimidinedione, 5-[bis(2-chloroethy)amino 10 (4.54) 316 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT $ 172.101 TABLE 1 TO APPENDIX A-HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES OTHER THAN RADIONUCLIDES-Continued Reportable Hazardous substance quantity (RQ) pounds (kilograms) 4(1H)-Pyrimidinone, 2,3-dihydro-6-methy-2-thloxo- 10 (4.54) Pyrrolidine, 1-nitroso- 1 (0.454) Quinoline 5000 (2270) RADIONUCLIDES See table 2 Reserpine 5000 (2270) Resorcinol 5000 (2270) Saccharin and salts 100 (45.4) Safrole 100 (45.4) Selenious acid 10 (4.54) Selenious acid, dithallium(1+) salt 1000 (454) Selenium # 100 (45.4) Selenium dioxide 10 (4.54) Selenium code Selenium suifide 10 (4.54) 10 (4.54) Selenium suffide SeS2 10 (4.54) Selenourea 1000 (454) L-Serine, diazoacetate (ester) 1 (0.454) Sliver $ 1000 (454) Silver cyanide 1 (0.454) Silver cyanide Ag(CN) 1 (0.454) Sliver nitrate 1 (0.454) Slivex(2,4,5-TP) Sodium 100 (45.4) 10 (4.54) Sodium arsenate 1 (0.454) Sodium arsenite Sodium azide 1 (0.454) 1000 (454) Sodium bichromate Sodium bifluoride 10 (4.54) Sodium bisulfite 100 (45.4) 5000 (2270) Sodium chromate 10 (4.54) Sodium cyanide 10 (4.54) Sodium cyanide Ne(CN) 10 (4.54) Sodium dodecytbenzene sulfonate 1000(454) Sodium fluoride 1000 (454) Sodium hydrosulfide 5000 (2270) Sodium hydroxide 1000 (454) Sodium hypochlorite 100 (45.4) Sodium methylate 1000 (454) Sodium nitrite 100 (45.4) Sodium phosphate, dibasic 5000 (2270) Sodium phosphate, tribasic 5000 (2270) Sodium selenite 100 (45.4) Streptozotocin 1 (0.454) Strontium chromate 10 (4.54) Strychnidin-10-one 10 (4.54) Strychnidin-10-one, 2,3-dimethoxy- 100 (45.4) Strychnine and salts 10 (4.54) Styrene 1000 (454) Styrene oxide Sulfur chloride @ 100 (45.4) 1000 (454) Sulfur monochloride 1000 (454) Sulfur phosphide 100 (45.4) Sulfuric acid 1000 (454) Sulfuric acid, dimethyl ester 100 (45.4) Sulfuric acid, dithallium(1+) salt 2,4,5-T 100 (45.4) 1000 (454) 2,4,5-T acid 2,4,5-T amines 1000 (454) 5000 (2270) 2,4,5-T esters 1000 (454) 2,4,5-T salts 1000 (454) TDE 1 (0.454) 1,2,4,5-Tetrachlorobenzene 5000 (2270) 2,3,7,8-Tetrechlorodibenzo-p-dioxin (TCDD) 1 (0.454) 1,1.1,2-Tetrachlorpethane 100 (45.4) 1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane 100 (45.4) Tetrachloroethane @ 100 (46.4) Tetrachloroethene 100 (45.4) Tetrachloroethylene 100 (45.4) 2,3,4,6-Tetrachiorophenol 10 (4.54) Tetraethyl lead 10 (4.54) 317 § 172.101 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) TABLE 1 TO APPENDIX A-HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES OTHER THAN RADIONUCLIDES-Continued Reportable Hazardous substance quantity (RQ) pounds (kilograms) Tetreethyl pyrophosphate 10 (4.54) Tetraethyldithiopyrophosphate 100 (45.4) Tetrahydrofuran 1000 (454) Tetranitromethane 10 (4.54) Tetraphosphoric acid, hexeethyl ester 100 (45.4) Thailic oxide 100 (45.4) Thaillum # 1000 (454) Thaltium(I) acetate 100 (45.4) Thailium(I) carbonate 100 (45.4) Thallium(1) chloride 100 (45.4) Thaillum chloride TICI 100 (45.4) Thailium(I) nitrate 100 (45.4) Thailium oxide T1203 100 (45.4) Thailium selenite 1000 (454) Thaillum(1) sulfate 100 (45.4) Thioacetamide 10 (4.54) Thiodiphosphoric acid, tetraethyl ester 100 (45.4) Thiofanox 100 (45.4) Thiolmidodicarbonic diamide [(H2N)C(S)],NH 100 (45.4) Thiomethanol 100 (45.4) Thioperoxydicarbonic diamide [(H2N)C(S)|₂S₂, tetramethyl- 10 (4.54) Thiophenol 100 (45.4) Thiosemicarbazide 100 (45.4) Thiourea 10 (4.54) Thiourea, (2-chioropheny)- 100 (45.4) Thiourea, 1-naphthalenyl- 100 (45.4) Thiourea, phenyl- 100 (45.4) Thiram 10 (4.54) Titanium tetrachloride 1000 (454) Toluene 1000 (454) Toluenediamine 10 (4.54) Toluene disocyanate 100 (45.4) o-Toluidine 100 (45.4) p-Toluidine 100 (45.4) o-Toluidine hydrochloride 100 (45.4) Toxaphene 1 (0.454) 2,4,5-TP acid 100 (45.4) 2,4,5-TP acid esters 100 (45.4) 1H-1,2.4-Trlazol-3-amine 10 (4.54) Trichiorfon 100 (45.4) 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene 100 (45.4) 1,1.1-Trichloroethane 1000 (454) 1,1.2-Trichioroethane 100 (45.4) Trichlorosthane 100 (45.4) Trichloroethylene 100 (45.4) Trichioromethanesulfanyl chicride 100 (45.4) Trichioromonofluoromethane 5000 (2270) Trichiorophenol 10 (4.54) 2,3,4-Trichlorophenol 2,3,5-Trichlorophenol. 2.3,6-Trichlorophenol 2,4,5-Trichlorophenol 2,4,6-Trichlorophenol 3,4,5-Trichlorophenol 2,4,5-Trichiorophenol 10 (4.54) 2,4,6-Trichlorophenol 10 (4.54) Triethanolamine dodecytbenzene sulfonate 1000 (454) Triethylamine 5000 (2270) Triffuratin 10 (4.54) Trimethylamine 100 (45.4) 2,2,4-Trimethylpentane 1000 (454) 1,3,5-Trinitrobenzene 10 (4.54) 1,3,5-Trioxane, 2,4,6-trimethy4- 1000 (454) Tris(2,3-dibromopropy) phosphate 10 (4.54) Trypan blue 10 (4.54) Uracil mustard 10 (4.54) Uranyl acatate 100 (45.4) Uranyl nitrate 100 (45.4) Urea, N-ethyl-N-nitroso- 1 (0.454) Urea, N-methyl-N-nitroso- 1 (0.454) 318 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT $ 172.101 TABLE 1 TO APPENDIX A-HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES OTHER THAN RADIONUCLIDES-Continued Reportable Hazardous substance quantity (RQ) pounds (kilograms) Vanadic acid, ammonium salt 1000 (454) Vanadium oxide V₂O₃ 1000 (454) Vanadium pentoxide 1000 (454) Vanadyl sulfate 1000 (454) Vinyl acetate 5000 (2270) Vinyl acetate monomer 5000 (2270) Vinylamine, N-methyl-N-N-nitroso- 10 (4.54) Vinyl bromide 100 (45.4) Vinyl chloride 1 (0.454) Vinylidene chloride 100 (45.4) Warfarin, & salts, when present at concentrations greater than 0.3% 100 (45.4) Xylene 100 (45.4) m-Xylene 1000 (454) o-Xylene 1000 (454) p-Xylene 100 (45.4) Xylene (mixed) 100 (45.4) Xylenes (isomers and mixture) 100 (45.4) Xylenol 1000 (454) Yohimban-16-carboxylic acid,11,17-dimethoxy-18-[(3,4,5-tinethoxybenzoyt)oxy, methyl ester (3beta,16beta,17alpha,18beta,20apha) 5000 (2270) Zinc # 1000 (454) Zinc acetate 1000 (454) Zinc ammonium chloride 1000 (454) Zinc borate 1000 (454) Zinc bromide 1000 (454) Zinc carbonate 1000 (454) Zinc chloride 1000 (454) Zinc cyanide 10 (4.54) Zinc cyanide Zn(CN)₂ 10 (4.54) Zinc fluoride 1000 (454) Zinc formate 1000 (454) Zinc hydrosulfite 1000 (454) Zinc nitrate 1000 (454) Zinc phenolsulfonate 5000 (2270) Zinc phosphide 100 (45.4) Zinc phosphide Zn₃P₃, when present at concentrations greater than 10% 100 (45.4) Zinc silicafluoride 5000 (2270) Zinc sulfate 1000 (454) Zirconium nitrate 5000 (2270) Zirconium potassium fluoride 1000 (454) Zirconium sulfate 5000 (2270) Zirconium tetrachloride 5000 (2270) D001 Unlisted Hazardous Wastes Characteristic of Ignitability 100 (45.4) D002 Unlisted Hazardous Wastes Characteristic of Corrosivity 100 (45.4) D003 Unlisted Hazardous Wastes Characteristic of Reactivity 100 (45.4) D004-D043 Unlisted Hazardous Wastes Characteristic of Taxicity D004 Arsenic 1 (0.454) D005 Berium 1000 (454) D006 Cadmium 10 (4.54) D007 Chromlum 10 (4.54) D008 Lead 10 (4.54) D009 Mercury 1 (0.454) D010 Selenium 10 (4.54) D011 Sliver 1 (0.454) D012 Endrin 1 (0.454) D013 Lindane 1 (0.454) D014 Methoxychlor 1 (0.454) D015 Taxaphene 1 (0.454) D016 2.4-D 100 (45.4) D017 2,4,5-TP 100 (45.4) D018 Benzene 10 (4.54) D019 Carbon tetrachioride 10 (4.54) D020 Chiordane 1 (0.454) D021 Chiorobenzene 100 (45.4) D022 Chloroform 10 (4.54) D023 o-Cresol 100 (45.4) D024 m-Cresol 100 (45.4) D025 p-Cresol 100 (45.4) D026 Cresol 100 (45.4) D027 1,4-Dichiorobenzene 100 (45.4) 319 § 172.101 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) TABLE 1 TO APPENDIX A-HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES OTHER THAN RADIONUCLIDES-Continued Reportable Hazardous substance quantity (RQ) pounds (kilograms) D028 1.2-Dichlorosthane 100 (45.4) D029 1,1-Dichiorcethylene 100 (45.4) D030 2.4-Dinitrotoluene 10 (4.54) D031 Haptachlor (and hydroxide) 1 (0.454) D032 Hexachiorobenzene 10 (4.54) D033 Hexachlorobutadiene 1 (0.454) D034 Hexachloroethane 100 (45.4) D035 Methyl ethyl ketone 5000 (2270) D038 Nitrobenzene 1000 (454) D037 Pentachiorophenol 10 (4.54) D038 Pyridine 1000 (454) D039 Tetrachloroethylene 100 (45.4) D040 Tricholorethylene 100 (45.4) D041 2,4,5-Trichlorophenol 10 (4.54) D042 2,4,6-Trichlorophenol 10 (4.54) D043 Vinyl chloride 1 (0.454) F001 The following spent halogenated solvents used in degreasing; all spent solvent mixtures/blends used in degreasing containing, before use. a total of ten percent or more (by volume) of one or more of the below listed halogenated solvents or those solvents listed in F002, F004 and F005; and still bottoms from the recovery of these spent solvents and spent solvent mixtures 10 (4.54) (a) Tetrachloroethytene 100 (45.4) (b) Trichloroethylene 100 (45.4) (c) Methylene chioride 1000 (454) (d) 1,1,1-Trichlorosthane 1000 (454) (e) Carbon tetrachioride 10 (4.54) (f) Chlorinated fluorocarbons 5000 (2270) F002 The following spent halogenated solvents; all spent solvent mixtures/blends containing, before use, a total of ten percent or more (by volume) of one or more of the below listed halogenated solvents or those listed in F001, F004, F005; and still bottoms from the recovery of these spent solvents and spent solvent mixtures. 10 (4.54) (a) Tetrachloroethylene 100 (45.4) (b) Methylene chloride 1000 (454) (c) Trichioroethylene 100 (45.4) (d) 1,1-Trichiorcethane 1000 (454) (e) Chlorobenzene 100 (45.4) (f) 1,1,2-Trichloro-1,2,2-trtfluoroethans 5000 (2270) (g) o-Dichiorobenzene 100 (45.4) (h) Trichlorofluoromethane 5000 (2270) (i) 1,1,2 Trichioroethane 100 (45.4) F003 The following spent non-halogenated solvents and solvents: 100 (45.4) (a) Xylene 1000 (454) (b) Acetone 5000 (2270) (c) Ethyl acetate 5000 (2270) (d) Ethylbenzene 1000 (454) (e) Ethyl ether 100 (45.4) (f) Methyl isobuty! ketone 5000 (2270) (g) n-Butyl alcohol 5000 (2270) (h) Cyclohexanone 5000 (2270) (1) Methanol 5000 (2270) F004 100 (45.4) The following spent non-halogenated solvents and the still bottoms from the recovery of these solvents:. (a) Cresols/Cresylic acid 1000 (454) (b) Nitrobenzene 100 (45.4) F005 The following spent non-halogenated solvents and the still bottoms from the recovery of these solvents: 100 (45.4) (a) Toluene 1000 (454) (b) Methyl ethyl ketone 5000 (2270) (c) Carbon disuifide 100 (45.4) (d) Isobutanol 5000 (2270) (e) Pyridine 1000 (454) F006 Wastewater treatment sludges from electropleting operations except from the following processes: (1) sulfuric acid anodizing of aluminum, (2) tin plating on carbon steel, (3) zinc plating (segregated basis) on carbonsteel, (4) aluminum or zinc-aluminum plating on carbon steel, (5) cleaning/stripping associated with tin, zinc and aluminum plating on carbon steel, and (6) chemical etching and milling of aluminum 10 (4.54) F007 Spent cyanide plating bath solutions from electroplating operations 10 (4.54) 320 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101 TABLE 1 TO APPENDIX A-HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES OTHER THAN RADIONUCLIDES-Continued Reportable Hazardous substance quantity (RQ) pounds (kilograms) F008 Plating bath residues from the bottom of plating baths from electroplating operations where cyanides are used in the process 10 (4.54) F009 Spent stripping and cleaning bath solutions from electroplating operations where cyanides are used in the process 10 (4.54) F010 Quenching bath residues from of baths from metal heat treating operations where cyanides are used in the process 10 (4.54) F011 Spent cyanide solutions from salt bath pot cleaning from metal heat treating operations (except for precious metals heat treating spent cyanide solutions from salt bath pot cleaning) 10 (4.54) F012 Quenching westewater treatment sludges from metal heat treating operations where cyanides are used in the process 10 (4.54) F019 Wastewater treatment sludges from the chemical conversion coating of aluminum-except from zirconium phosphating in aluminum can washing when such phosphating is an exclusive conversion costing process 10 (4.54) F020 Wastes (except wastewater and spent carbon from hydrogen chioride purification) from the production or manufacturing use (as a reactant, chemical Intermediate, or component in 8 formulating process) of tri- or tetrachiorophenol, or of intermediates used to produce their pesticide derivatives. (This listing does not include wastes from the production of hexachlorophene from highly purified 2,4,5-trichlorophenol.) 1 (0.454) F021 Wastes (except wastewater and spent carbon from hydrogen chloride purification) from the production or manufacturing use (as a reactant, chemical intermediate. or component in a formulating process) of pentachlorophenol, or of intermediates used to produce Its derivatives. 1 (0.454) F022 Wastes (except wastewater and spent carbon from hydrogen chioride purification) from the manufacturing use (as a reactant, chemical intermediate, or component in a formulating process) of tetra-, penta-, or hexachtorobenzenes under alkaline conditions. 1 (0.454) F023 Wastes (except wastewater and spent carbon from hydrogen chloride purification) from the production of materials on equipment previously used for the production or manufacturing use (as a reactant. chemical Intermediate, or component in a formulating process) of tri- and tetrachlorophenols. (This listing does not Include wastes from equipment used only for the production or use of hexachlorophene from highly purified 2,4,5- trichlorophenol.) 1 (0.454) F024 Wastes, including but not limited to distillation residues, heavy ends, ters. and reactor cleanout wastes, from the production of chlorinated aliphatichydrocarbons, having carbon content from one to five, utilizing free radlcal catalyzed processes. (This listing does not include light ends, spent filters and filter aids, spent dessicants(sic), wastewater, wastewater treatment sludges, spent catalysts, and wastes listed in 40 CFR 261.32.) 1 (0.454) F025 Condensed light ends. spent filters and filter aids, and spent desiccant wastes from the production of certain chlorinated aliphatic hydrocarbons, by free radical catalyzed processes. These chlorinated aliphatic hydrocarbons are those having carbon chain lengths ranging from one to and including five, with varying amounts and positions of chlorine substitution 1 (0.454) F026 Wastes (except wastewater and spent carbon from hydrogen chioride purification) from the production of materials on equipment previously used for the manufacturing use (as a reactant, chemical intermediate. or component in a formulating process) of tetra-, penta-, or hexachiorobenzene under alkaline conditions. 1 (0.454) F027 Discarded unused formulations containing tri-, tetra-, or pentachlorophenol or discarded unused formulations containing compounds derived from these chlorophenols. (This listing does not include formulations containing hexachiorophene synthesized from prepurified 2,4,5-trichlorophenci as the sole component.) 1 (0.454) F028 Residues resulting from the incineration or thermal treatment of soil contaminated with EPA Hazardous Waste Nos. F020. F021, F022, F023, F026, and F027. 1 (0.454) F032 1 (0,454) F034 1 (0.454) F035 1 (0.454) F037 1 (0.454) F038 1 (0.454) F039 Multi source leachate 1 (0.454) K001 Bottom sediment studge from the treatment of wastewaters from wood preserving processes that use creosote and/or pentachlorophenol 1 (0.454) 321 $ 172.101 49 CFR Ch. 1 (10-1-06 Edition) TABLE 1 TO APPENDIX A-HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES OTHER THAN RADIONUCLIDES-Continued Reportable Hazardous substance quantity (RQ) pounds (kilograms) K002 Wastewater treatment sludge from the production of chrome yellow and orange pigments 10 (4.54) K003 Wastewater treatment sludge from the production of molybdate orange pigments 10 (4.54) K004 Wastewater treatment sludge from the production of zinc yellow pigments 10 (4.54) K005 Wastewater treatment sludge from the production of chrome green pigments 10 (4.54) K006 Wastewater treatment sludge from the production of chrome oxide green pigments (anhydrous and hydrated) 10 (4.54) K007 Wastewater treatment sludge from the production of iron blue pigments 10 (4.54) K008 Oven residue from the production of chrome oxide green pigments 10 (4.54) K009 Distillation bottoms from the production of acataldehyde from ethylene 10 (4.54) K010 Distillation side cuts from the production of acetaidehyde from ethylene 10 (4.54) K011 Bottom stream from the wastewater stripper in the production of acrylonitrile 10 (4.54) K013 Bottom stream from the acetonitrile column in the production of acrylonitrile 10 (4.54) K014 Bottoms from the acetonitrile purification column in the production of acrylonitrile 5000 (2270) KD15 Still bottoms from the distillation of benzyl chloride 10 (4.54) K016 Heavy ends or distillation residues from the production of carbon tetrachloride 1 (0.454) K017 Heavy ends (still bottoms) from the purification column in the production of epichiorohydrin 10 (4.54) K018 Heavy ends from the fractionation column In ethyl chioride production 1 (0.454) K019 Heavy ends from the distillation of ethylene dichloride in ethylene dichloride production. 1 (0.454) K020 Heavy ends from the distillation of vinyl chloride in vinyl chioride monomer production 1 (0.454) K021 Aqueous spent antimony catalyst waste from fluoromethanes production 10 (4.54) K022 Distillation bottom tars from the production of phenol/acetone from cumene 1 (0.454) K023 Distillation light ends from the production of phthalic anhydride from naphthalene 5000 (2270) K024 Distillation bottoms from the production of phthalic anhydride from naphthalene 5000 (2270) K025 Distillation bottoms from the production of nitrobenzene by the nitration of benzene 10 (4.54) K028 Stripping still talls from the production of methyl ethyl pyridines 1000 (454) K027 Centrifuge and distillation residues from toluene disocyanate production 10 (4.54) K028 Spent catalyst from the hydrochtorinator reactor in the production of 1,1,1-trichlorosthane 1 (0.454) K029 Waste from the product steam stripper in the production of 1.1,1-brichloroethane 1 (0.454) K030 Column bottoms or heavy ends from the combined production of trichloroethylene and perchiorosthylene 1 (0.454) K031 By-product selts generated in the production of MSMA and cacodylic acid 1 (0.454) KD32 Wastewater treatment sludge from the production of chlordane 10 (4.54) K033 Wastewater and scrub water from the chlorination of cyclopentadiene in the production of chlordane 10 (4.54) K034 Filter solids from the filtration of hexachlorocyclopentadiene in the production of chierdane 10 (4.54) K035 Wastewater treatment sludges generated in the production of creosote 1 (0.464) K038 Still bottoms from toluene reclamation distillation in the production of disulfoton 1 (0.454) K037 Wastewater treatment sludges from the production of disulfoton 1 (0.454) 322 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT $ 172.101 TABLE 1 TO APPENDIX A-HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES OTHER THAN RADIONUCLIDES-Continued Reportable Hazardous substance quantity (RQ) pounds (kilograms) K038 Wastewater from the washing and stripping of phorate production 10 (4.54) K039 Filter cake from the filtration of dlethylphosphorodthiolc acid in the production of phorate 10 (4.54) K040 Wastewater treatment sludge from the production of phorate 10 (4.54) K041 Wastewater treatment sludge from the production of toxaphene 1 (0.454) K042 Heavy ends or distillation residues from the distillation of tetrachlorobenzene in the production of 2,4,5-T 10 (4.54) K043 2,6-dichlorophenol waste from the production of 2.4-D 10 (4.54) K044 Wastewater treatment sludges from the manufacturing and processing of explosives 10 (4.54) K045 Spent carbon from the treatment of wastewater containing explosives 10 (4.54) K046 Wastewater treatment sludges from the manufacturing. formulation and loading of lead-based initiating compounds 10 (4.54) K047 Pink/red water from TNT operations 10 (4.54) K048 Dissolved air flotation (DAF) float from the petroleum refining industry 10 (4.54) K049 Slop oil emulsion solids from the petroleum refining industry 10 (4.54) K050 Heat exchanger bundle cleaning sludge from the petroleum refining industry 10 (4.54) K051 API separator sludge from the petroleum refining industry 10 (4.54) K052 Tank bottoms (leaded) from the petroleum refining industry 10 (4.54) K060 Ammonia still lime sludge from coking operations 1 (0.454) K061 Emission control dust/sludge from the primary production of steel In electric furnaces 10 (4.54) K062 Spent pickle liquor generated by steel finishing operations of facilities within the iron and steel industry 10 (4.54) K064 Acid plant blowdown sturry/sludge resulting from thickening of blowdown slurry from primary copper production. 10 (4.54) K065 Surface impoundment solids contained in and dredged from surface impoundments at primary lead smelting facilities. 10 (4.54) K066 Sludge from treatment of process wastewater and for acid plant blowdown from primary zinc production. 10 (4.54) K069 Emission control dust/sludge from secondary lead smelting 10 (4.54) K071 Brine purification muds from the mercury cell process in chlorine production, where separately prepurified brine is not used 1 (0.454) K073 Chlorinated hydrocarbon waste from the purification step of the diaphragm cell process using graphite anodes in chiorine production. 10 (4.54) K083 Distillation bottoms from aniline extraction 100 (45.4) K084 Wastewater treatment sludges generated during the production of veterinary pharmaceuticals from ersenic or organo-arsenic compounds 1 (0.454) K085 Distillation or fractionation column bottoms from the production of chlorobenzenes 10 (4.54) K086 Solvent washes and sludges, caustic washes and sludges, or water washes and studges from cleaning tubs and equipment used in the formulation of ink from pigments, driers, soaps, and stabilizers containing chromium and lead 10 (4.54) K087 Decanter tank tar sludge from coking operations 100 (45.4) K088 10 (4.54) Spent potiners from primary aluminum reduction.. K090 10 (4.54) Emission control dust or sludge from ferrochromiumsilicon production. K091 10 (4.54) 323 § 172.101 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) TABLE 1 TO APPENDIX A-HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES OTHER THAN RADIONUCLIDES-Continued Reportable Hazardous substance quantity (RQ) pounds (kilograms) Emission control dust or sludge from ferrochromium production. K093 Distillation light ends from the production of phthalic anhydride from ortho-xylene 5000 (2270) K094 Distillation bottoms from the production of phthalic anhydride from ortho-xylene 5000 (2270) K095 Distillation bottoms from the production of 1,1,1-trichloroethane. 100 (45.4) K096 Heavy ends from the heavy ends column from the production of 1,1,1-trichloroethane. 100 (45.4) K097 Vacuum stripper discharge from the chlordane chlorinator In the production of chlordane 1 (0.454) K098 Untreated process westewater from the production of toxaphene 1 (0.454) K099 Untreated wastewater from the production of 2,4-D 10 (4.54) K100 Waste leaching solution from acid leaching of emission control dust/sludge from secondary lead smelting 10 (4.54) K101 Distillation tar residues from the distillation of aniline-based compounds in the production of veterinary pharmaceuticals from arsenic or organo-arsenic compounds 1 (0.454) K102 Residue from the use of activated carbon for decolorization in the production of veterinary pharmaceuticals from ersenic or organo-arsenic compounds 1 (0.454) K103 Process residues from aniline extraction from the production of aniline 100 (45.4) K104 Combined wastewater streams generated from nitrobenzene/anline chlorobenzenes 10 (4.54) K105 Separated aqueous stream from the reactor product washing step in the production of chlorobenzenes 10 (4.54) K106 Wastewater treatment sludge from the mercury call process in chlorine production 1 (0.454) K107 Column bottoms from product seperation from the production of 1,1-dimethylhydrazine (UDMH) from carboxylic acid hydrazines 10 (4.54) K108 Condensed column overheads from product seperation and condensed reactor vent gases from the production of 1,1-dimethylhydrazine (UDMH) from carboxylic acid hydrazides 10 (4.54) K109 Spent filter cartidges from product purification from the production of 1,1-dimethylhydrazine (UDMH) from carboxylic acid hydazides 10 (4.54) K110 Condensed column overheads from intermediate separation from the production of 1,1-dimethylhydrazines (UDMH) from carboxylic acid hydrazides 10 (4.54) K111 Product washwaters from the production of dinitrotoluene via nitration of toluene. 10 (4.54) K112 Reaction by-product water from the drying column In the production of totuenediamine via hydrogenation of dinitrotoluene. 10 (4.54) K113 Condensed liquid light ends from the purification of toluenediamine in the production of toluenediamine via hydrogenation of dinitrotoluene. 10 (4.54) K114 Vicinals from the purification of toluenedlamine in the production of toluenediamine via hydrogenation of dinitrotoluene. 10 (4.54) K115 Heavy ends from the purification of toluenediamine in the production of toluenediamine via hydrogenation of dinitrotoluene. 10 (4.54) K116 Organic condensate from the solvent recovery column in the production of toluens disocyanate via phosgenation of toluenediamine. 10 (4.54) K117 Wastewater from the reaction vent gas scrubber in the production of ethylene bromide via bromination of ethene. 1 (0.454) K118 Spent absorbent solids from purification of ethylene dibromide in the production of ethylene dibromide. 1 (0.454) K123 Process wastewater (including supernates, filtrates, and washwaters) from the production of ethylenebisdithiocarbamic acid and Its salts. 10 (4.54) 324 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101 TABLE 1 TO APPENDIX A-HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES OTHER THAN RADIONUCLIDES-Continued Reportable quantity (RQ) Hazardous substance pounds (kilograms) K124 Reactor vent scrubber water from the production of athylenebisdithiocarbamic acid and its salts. 10 (4.54) K125 Filtration, evaporation, and centrifugation solids from the production of ethylenebisdithiocarbamic acid and its salts. 10 (4.54) K126 Baghouse dust and floor sweepings in milling and packaging operations from the production or formulation of ethylenebisdithiocarbamic acid and its salts. 10 (4.54) K131 Waste water from the reactor and spent sulfuric acid from the acid dryer in the production of methyl bromide 100 (45.4) K132 Spent absorbent and westewater solids from the production of methyl bromide 1000 (454) K136 Still bottoms from the purification of ethylene dibromide in the production of ethylene dibromide via bromination of ethene. 1 (0.454) K141 1 (0.464) K142 1 (0.454) K143 1 (0.454) K144 1 (0.454) K145 1 (0.454) K147 1 (0.454) K148 1 (0.454) K149 10 (4.54) K150 10 (4.54) K151 10 (4.54) K156 1 (0.454) K157 1 (0.454) K158 1 (0.454) K169 10 (4.54) K170 1 (0.454) K171 1 (0.454) K172 1 (0.454) K174 1 (0.454) K175 1 (0.454) K176 1 (0.454) K177 5000 (2270) K178 1 (0.454) FOOTNOTES: # The RQ for these hazardous substances is limited to those pieces of the metal having a diameter smaller than 100 micrometers (0.004 Inches) # The RQ for asbestos is limited to friable forms only @ Indicates that the name was added by PHMSA because (1) the name is a synonym for a specific hazardous substance and (2) the name appears in the Hazardous Materials Table as a proper shipping name. LIST OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES AND TABLE 2 TO APPENDIX A-RADIONUCLIDES- REPORTABLE QUANTITIES Continued TABLE 2 TO APPENDIX A-RADIONUCLIDES (2)- Atomic (3)-Reportable (1)-Redionuctide Num- Quantity (RQ) (2)- (3)-Reportable ber Ci (TBq) Atomic (1)-Radionuclide Num- Quantity (RQ) ber Ci (TBq) Americlum-243 95 0.01 (.00037) Americlum-244 95 10 (.37) Americium-244m 95 1000 (37) Actinium-224 89 100 (3.7) Americium-245 95 1000 (37) Actinium-225 89 1 (.037) Americium-246 95 1000 (37) Actinium-226 89 10 (.37) Americlum-246m 95 1000 (37) Actinium-227 89 0.001 (.000037) Antimony-115 51 1000 (37) Actinium-228 89 10 (.37) Antimony-116 51 1000 (37) Aluminum-26 13 10 (.37) Antimony-116m 51 100 (3.7) Americium-237 95 1000 (37) Antimony-117 51 1000 (37) Americlum-238 95 100 (3.7) Antimony-118m 51 10 (.37) Americlum-239 95 100 (3.7) Antimony-119 51 1000 (37) Americlum-240 95 10 (.37) Antimony-120 (16 min) 51 1000 (37) Americium-241 95 0.01 (.00037) Antimony-120 (5.76 day) 51 10 (.37) Americium-242 95 100 (3.7) Antimony-122 51 10 (.37) Americlum-242m 95 0.01 (.00037) Antimony-124 51 10 (.37) 325 § 172.101 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) TABLE 2 TO APPENDIX A-RADIONUCLIDES- TABLE 2 TO APPENDIX A-RADIONUCLIDES- Continued Continued (2)- (3)-Reportable (2)- (1)-Radionuclide Atomic (1)-Radionuclide Atomic (3)-Reportable Num- Quantity (RQ) Ci (TBq) Num- Quantity (RQ) ber ber Ci (TBq) Antimony-124m 51 1000 (37) Cadmium-115 48 Antimony-125 100 (3.7) 51 10 (37) Cadmium-115m 48 Antimony-126 10 (.37) 51 10 (37) Cadmium-117 48 Antimony-126m 100(3.7) 51 1000 (37) Cadmium-117m 48 Antimony-127 10 (.37) 51 10 (.37) Calcium-41 20 Antimony-128 (10.4 min) 10 (.37) 51 1000 (37) Calcium-45 20 Antimony-128 (9.01 hr) 10 (.37) 51 10 (.37) Calcium-47 20 Antimony-129 10 (.37) 51 100 (3.7) Celifornium-244 98 Antimony-130 1000 (37) 61 100 (3.7) Californium-246 98 Antimony-131 10 (37) 51 1000 (37) Californium-248 98 Argon-39 0.1 (.0037) 18 1000 (37) Californium-249 98 Argon-41 0.01 (.00037) 18 10 (.37) Californium-250 98 Arsenic-69 0.01 (.00037) 33 1000 (37) Californium-251 98 Arsanic-70 0.01 (.00037) 33 100 (3.7) Californium-252 98 Arsanic-71 0.1 (.0037) 33 100 (3.7) Californium-253 98 Arsenic-72 10 (.37) 33 10 (.37) Californium-254 98 Arsenic-73 0.1 (.0037) 33 100 (3.7) Carbon-11 6 Arsenic-74 1000 (37) 33 10 (.37) Carbon-14 6 Arsenic-76 10 (.37) 33 100 (3.7) Cerium-134 58 Arsenic-77 10 (.37) 33 1000 (37) Cerium-135 58 Arsenic-78 10 (.37) 33 100 (3.7) Cerlum-137 58 Astatine-207 1000 (37) 85 100 (3.7) Cerlum-137m 58 Astatine-211 100 (3.7) 85 100 (3.7) Cerium-139 58 Barium-126 100 (3.7) 56 1000 (37) Cerium-141 58 Barium-128 10 (.37) 56 10 (.37) Cerium-143 58 Barium-131 100 (3.7) 56 10 (.37) Cerium-144 58 Barlum-131m 1 (.037) 56 1000(37) Cesium-125 55 Barlum-133 1000 (37) 56 10 (.37) Casium-127 55 Barium-133m 100 (3.7) 56 100 (3.7) Cesium-129 55 Barium-135m 100 (3.7) 56 1000 (37) Cesium-130 55 Barium-139 1000 (37) 56 1000 (37) Ceslum-131 55 Barium-140 1000 (37) 56 10 (.37) Cesium-132 55 Barium-141 10 (.37) 56 1000 (37) Cesium-134 55 Barlum-142 1 (.037) 56 1000 (37) Cesium-134m 55 Berkelium-245 1000 (37) 97 100 (3.7) Ceslum-135 55 Berkelium-246 10 (.37) 97 10 (.37) Cesium-135m 55 Berkelium-247 100 (3.7) 97 0.01 (.00037) Cesium-136 55 Berkelium-249 10 (.37) 97 1 (.037) Cesium-137 55 Berkelium-250 1 (.037) 97 100 (3.7) Cesium-138 55 Beryflium-10 100 (3.7) 4 1 (.037) Chlorine-36 17 Beryllium-7 10 (.37) 4 100 (3.7) Chlorine-38 17 Bismuth-200 100 (3.7) 83 100 (3.7) Chlorine-39 17 Bismuth-201 100 (3.7) 83 100 (3.7) Chromium-48 24 Bismuth-202 100 (3.7) 83 1000 (37) Chromium-49 24 Bismuth-203 1000 (37) 83 10 (.37) Chromium-51 24 Bismuth-205 1000 (37) 83 10 (.37) Cobalt-55 27 Bismuth-206 10 (.37) 83 10 (.37) Cobalt-56 27 Bismuth-207 10 (.37) 83 10 (.37) Cobelt-57 27 Bismuth-210 100 (3.7) 83 10 (.37) Cobalt-58 27 Bismuth-210m 10 (.37) 83 0.1 (.0037) Cobalt-58m 27 Bismuth-212 1000 (37) 83 100 (3.7) Cobalt-60 27 Bismuth-213 10 (.37) 83 100 (3.7) Cobalt-60m 27 Bismuth-214 1000 (37) 83 100 (3.7) Cobalt-61 27 Bromine-74 1000 (37) 35 100 (3.7) Cobalt-62m 27 Bromine-74m 1000 (37) 35 100 (3.7) Copper-60 29 Bromine-75 100 (3.7) 35 100 (3.7) Copper-61 29 Bromine-76 100 (3.7) 35 10 (.37) Copper-64 29 Bromine-77 1000 (37) 35 100 (3.7) Copper-67 29 Bromine-80 100 (3.7) 35 1000 (37) Curlum-238 96 Bromine-80m 1000 (37) 35 1000 (37) Curium-240 96 Bromine-82 1 (.037) 35 10 (.37) Curium-241 96 Bromine-83 10 (.37) 35 1000 (37) Curium-242 96 Bromine-84 1 (.037) 35 100 (3.7) Curium-243 96 Cadmium-104 0.01 (.00037) 48 1000 (37) Curium-244 96 Cadmium-107 0.01 (.00037) 48 1000 (37) Curium-245 96 Cedmium-109 0.01 (.00037) 48 1 (.037) Curium-246 96 Cadmium-113 0.01 (.00037) 48 0.1 (.0037) Curium-247 96 Cadmium-113m 0.01 (.00037) 48 0.1 (.0037) Curium-248 96 0.001 (.000037) 326 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT $ 172.101 TABLE 2 TO APPENDIX A-RADIONUCLIDES- TABLE 2 TO APPENDIX A-RADIONUCLIDES- Continued Continued (2)- (3)-Reportable (2)- (1)-Radionuclide Atomic Num- (1)-Radionuclide Atomic (3)-Reportable Quantity (RQ) CI (TBq) Num- Quantity (RQ) ber ber Ci (TBq) Curium-249 96 1000 (37) Gold-200 Dysprosium-155 79 66 1000 (37) 100 (3.7) Gold-200m Dysprosium-157 79 66 10 (.37) 100 (3.7) Gold-201 Dysprosium-159 79 66 1000 (37) 100 (3.7) Hafnium-170 Dysprosium-165 72 66 100 (3.7) 1000(37) Hafnium-172 Dysprosium-166 72 66 1 (.037) 10 (.37) Hafnium-173 Einsteinium-250 72 99 100 (3.7) 10 (.37) Hafnium-175 Elnsteinium-251 72 99 100 (3.7) 1000 (37) Hafnium-177m Einsteinium-253 72 99 1000 (37) 10 (.37) Hafnium-178m Einsteinium-254 72 99 0.1 (.0037) 0.1 (.0037) Hafnium-179m Einsteinium-254m 72 99 100 (3.7) 1 (.037) Hafnium-180m Erbium-161 72 68 100 (3.7) 100 (3.7) Hafnium-181 Erbium-165 72 68 10 (.37) 1000 (37) Hafnium-182 Erblum-169 72 68 0.1 (.0037) 100 (3.7) Hafnium-182m Erblum-171 72 68 100 (3.7) 100 (3.7) Hafnium-183 Erblum-172 72 68 100 (3.7) 10 (.37) Hafnium-184 Europlum-145 72 63 100 (3.7) 10 (.37) Holmium-155 Europium-146 67 63 1000 (37) 10 (.37) Holmium-157 Europium-147 67 63 1000 (37) 10 (.37) Holmium-159 Europium-148 67 63 1000 (37) 10 (.37) Holmium-161 Europlum-149 67 63 1000 (37) 100 (3.7) Holmium-162 Europium-150 (12.6 hr) 67 63 1000 (37) 1000 (37) Holmium-162m Europium-150 (34.2 yr) 67 63 1000 (37) 10 (.37) Holmium-164 Europium-152 67 63 1000 (37) 10 (.37) Holmium-164m Europium-152m 67 63 1000 (37) 100 (3.7) Holmium-166 Europlum-154 67 63 100 (3.7) 10 (.37) Hoimium-166m Europlum-155 67 63 1 (.037) 10 (.37) Holmium-167 Europium-156 67 63 100 (3.7) 10 (.37) Europlum-157 Hydrogen-3 1 63 100 (3.7) 10 (.37) Indium-109 Europlum-158 49 63 100 (3.7) 1000 (37) Fermium-252 Indium-110 (4.9 hr) 49 100 10 (.37) 10 (.37) Farmium-253 Indium-110 (69.1 min) 49 100 100 (3.7) 10 (.37) Indium-111 Fermium-254 49 100 100 (3.7) 100 (3.7) Indium-112 Fermium-255 49 100 1000 (37) 100 (3.7) Indium-113m Fermium-257 49 100 1000 (37) 1 (.037) indium-114m Fluorine-18 49 9 10 (.37) 1000 (37) Indium-115 Francium-222 49 87 0.1 (.0037) 100 (3.7) indium-115m Franclum-223 49 87 100 (3.7) 100 (3.7) Indium-116m Gadolinium-145 49 64 100 (3.7) 100 (3.7) Indium-117 Gadolinium-146 49 64 1000 (37) 10 (.37) Indium-117m Gedolinium-147 49 64 100 (3.7) 10 (.37) indium-119m Gadolinium-148 49 64 1000 (37) 0.001 (.000037) Indine-120 Gadolinium-149 53 64 10 (.37) 100 (3.7) lodine-120m Gadolinium-151 53 64 100 (3.7) 100 (3.7) lodine-121 Gadolinium-152 53 64 100 (3.7) 0.001 (.000037) lodine-123 Gedolinium-153 53 64 10 (.37) 10 (.37) lodine-124 Gadolinium-159 53 64 0.1 (.0037) 1000 (37) lodine-125 Gallium-65 53 31 0.01 (.00037) 1000 (37) Icdine-126 Gallium-66 53 31 0.01 (.00037) 10 (.37) lodine-128 Gallium-67 53 31 1000 (37) 100 (3.7) Iodine-129 Gallium-68 53 31 0.001 (.000037) 1000 (37) lodine-130 Gallium-70 53 31 1 (.037) 1000 (37) lodine-131 Gallium-72 53 31 0.01 (.00037) 10 (37) lodine-132 Gallium-73 53 31 10 (.37) 100 (3.7) Iodine-132m Germanlum-66 53 32 10 (.37) 100 (3.7) lodine-133 Germanlum-67 53 32 0.1 (.0037) 1000 (37) lodine-134 Germanium-68 53 32 100 (3.7) 10 (.37) lodine-135 Germanium-69 53 32 10 (.37) 10 (.37) Indium-182 Germanium-71 77 32 1000 (37) 1000 (37) Indium-184 Germanium-75 77 32 100 (3.7) 1000 (37) Indium-185 Germanium-77 77 32 100 (3.7) 10 (.37) Indium-186 Germanlum-78 77 32 10 (37) 1000 (37) Iridium-187 Gold-193 77 79 100 (3.7) 100 (3.7) Indium-188 Gold-194 77 79 10 (.37) 10 (.37) Indium-189 Gold-195 77 79 100 (3.7) 100 (3.7) Indium-190 Gold-198 77 79 10 (.37) 100 (3.7) Inclum-190m Gold-198m 77 79 1000 (37) 10 (.37) Iridium-192 Gold-199 77 10 (.37) 79 100 (3.7) Indium-192m 77 100 (3.7) 327 § 172.101 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) TABLE 2 TO APPENDIX A-RADIONUCLIDES- TABLE 2 TO APPENDIX A-RADIONUCLIDES- Continued Continued (2)- Atomic (3)-Reportable (2)- (1)-Radionuctide Num- (1)-Radionuclide Atomic (3)-Reportable Quantity (RQ) CI (TBq) Num- Quantity (RQ) ber ber Ci (TBq) Iridium-194 77 100 (3.7) Indium-194m Mercury-195m 80 77 100 (3.7) 10 (.37) Indium-195 Mercury-197 80 77 1000 (37) 1000 (37) Indium-195m Mercury-197m 80 77 1000 (37) 100 (3.7) Iron-52 Mercury-199m 80 26 1000 (37) 100 (3.7) Iron-55 Mercury-203 80 26 10 (.37) 100 (3.7) Iron-59 Molybdenum-101 42 26 1000 (37) 10 (.37) Molybdenum-90 Iron-60 42 26 100 (3.7) 0.1 (.0037) Krypton-74 Molybdenum-93 42 36 100 (3.7) 10 (.37) Krypton-76 Molybdenum-93m 42 36 10 (.37) 10 (37) Krypton-77 Molybdenum-99 42 36 100 (3.7) 10 (.37) Krypton-79 Neodymium-136 60 36 1000 (37) 100 (3.7) Krypton-81 Neodymium-138 60 36 1000 (37) 1000 (37) Krypton-83m Neodymium-139 60 36 1000 (37) 1000 (37) Krypton-85 Neodymium-139m 60 36 100 (3.7) 1000 (37) Krypton-85m Neodymium-141 60 36 1000 (37) 100 (3.7) Krypton-87 Neodymium-147 60 36 10 (.37) 10 (.37) Krypton-88 Neodymium-149 60 36 100 (3.7) 10 (.37) Lanthanum-131 Neodymium-151 60 57 1000 (37) 1000 (37) Neptunium-232 Lanthenum-132 93 57 1000 (37) 100 (3.7) Neptunium-233 Lanthanum-135 93 57 1000 (37) 1000 (37) Neptunlum-234 Lanthanum-137 93 57 10 (.37) 10 (.37) Neptunium-235 Lanthanum-138 93 57 1000 (37) 1 (.037) Lanthanum-140 Neptunium-236 (1.2 E 5 yr) 93 57 0.1 (.0037) 10 (.37) Lanthanum-141 Neptunium-236 (22.5 hr) 93 57 100 (3.7) 1000 (37) Naptunium-237 Lanthanum-142 93 0.01 (.00037) 57 100 (3.7) Neptunium-238 Lanthanum-143 93 57 10 (.37) 1000 (37) Lead-195m Neptunium-239 93 82 100 (3.7) 1000 (37) Neptunlum-240 Lead-198 93 82 100 (3.7) 100 (3.7) Nickel-56 Lead-199 28 82 10 (.37) 100 (3.7) Nickel-57 Lead-200 28 82 10 (.37) 100 (3.7) Nickel-59 Lead-201 28 82 100 (3.7) 100 (3.7) Nickel-63 Lead-202 28 82 100 (3.7) 1 (.037) Nickel-65 Lead-202m 28 82 100 (3.7) 10 (.37) Nickel-66 Lead-203 28 82 10 (.37) 100 (3.7) Niobium-88 Lead-205 41 82 100 (3.7) 100 (3.7) Lead-209 Nioblum-89 (122 min) 41 82 100 (3.7) 1000 (37) Lead-210 Niobium-89 (66 min) 41 82 100 (3.7) 0.01 (.00037) Niobium-90 Lead-211 41 82 10 (.37) 100 (3.7) Niobium-93m Lead-212 41 82 100 (3.7) 10 (.37) Niebium-94 Lead-214 41 82 10 (.37) 100 (3.7) Niobium-95 Lutetium-169 41 71 10 (.37) 10 (.37) Niobium-95m Lutetium-170 41 71 100 (3.7) 10 (.37) Niobium-96 Lutetium-171 41 71 10 (.37) 10 (.37) Nioblum-97 Lutetium-172 41 71 100 (3.7) 10 (.37) Niobium-98 Lutetium-173 41 71 1000 (37) 100 (3.7) Osmium-180 Lutetium-174 76 71 1000 (37) 10 (.37) Osmium-181 Lutetium-174m 78 71 100 (3.7) 10 (.37) Osmium-182 Lutefium-176 76 71 100 (3.7) 1 (.037) Osmium-185 Lutetium-176m 76 71 10 (.37) 1000 (37) Osmium-189m Lutetium-177 76 71 1000 (37) 100 (3.7) Osmium-191 Lutetlum-177m 76 71 100 (3.7) 10 (37) Osmium-191m Lutetium-178 76 71 1000 (37) 1000 (37) Osmium-193 Lutetium-178m 76 71 100 (3.7) 1000 (37) Osmium-194 Lutetium-179 76 71 1 (.037) 1000 (37) Palladium-100 Magnesium-28 46 12 100 (3.7) 10 (.37) Palladium-101 Manganese-51 46 25 100 (3.7) 1000 (37) Palladium-103 Manganese-52 46 25 100 (3.7) 10 (.37) Palladium-107 Manganese-52m 46 25 100 (3.7) 1000 (37) Palladium-109 Manganese-53 46 25 1000 (37) 1000 (37) Phosphorus-32 Manganese-54 15 25 0.1 (.0037) 10 (.37) Phosphorus-33 Manganese-56 15 25 1 (.037) 100 (3.7) Platinum-186 Mendelevium-257 78 101 100 (3.7) 100 (3.7) Platinum-188 Mendelevium-258 78 101 100 (3.7) 1 (.037) Platinum-189 Mercury-193 78 80 100 (3.7) 100 (3.7) Platinum-191 Mercury-193m 78 100 (3.7) 80 10 (.37) Platinum-193 Mercury-194 78 1000 (37) 80 0.1 (.0037) Platinum-193m Mercury-195 78 80 100 (3.7) 100 (3.7) Platinum-195m 78 100 (3.7) 328 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101 TABLE 2 TO APPENDIX A-RADIONUCLIDES- TABLE 2 TO APPENDIX A-RADIONUCLIDES- Continued Continued (2)- Atomic (3)-Reportable (2)- (1)-Radionuclide Num- Quantity (RQ) Atomic (3)-Reportable (1)-Radionuclide Ci (TBq) Num- Quantity (RQ) ber ber Ci (TBq) Platinum-197 78 1000 (37) Rhenium-184m Platinum-197m 75 78 10 (.37) 1000 (37) Rhenium-186 Platinum-199 75 78 100 (3.7) 1000 (37) Rhenlum-186m Platinum-200 75 78 10 (.37) 100 (3.7) Rhenium-187 Plutonium-234 75 94 1000 (37) 1000 (37) Rhenium-188 Plutonium-235 75 94 1000 (37) 1000 (37) Rhenium-188m Plutonium-236 75 94 1000 (37) 0.1 (.0037) Rhenium-189 Plutonium-237 75 94 1000 (37) 1000 (37) Rhodium-100 Plutonium-238 45 94 10 (37) 0.01 (.00037) Rhodium-101 Plutonium-239 45 94 10 (.37) 0.01 (.00037) Rhodium-101m Plutonium-240 45 94 100 (3.7) 0.01 (.00037) Rhodium-102 Plutonium-241 45 94 10 (.37) 1 (.037) Rhodium-102m Plutonium-242 45 94 10 (37) 0.01 (.00037) Rhodium-103m Plutonium-243 45 94 1000 (37) 1000 (37) Rhodlum-105 Plutonium-244 45 94 100 (3.7) 0.01 (.00037) Rhodium-106m Plutonium-245 45 94 10 (.37) 100 (3.7) Rhodium-107 Polonium-203 45 84 1000 (37) 100 (3.7) Rhodlum-99 Polonium-205 45 84 10 (.37) 100 (3.7) Rhodium-99m Polonium-207 45 84 100 (3.7) 10 (.37) Rubidium-79 Polonium-210 37 84 1000 (37) 0.01 (.00037) Rubidium-81 Potassium-40 37 19 100 (3.7) 1 (.037) Rubidium-81m Potassium-42 37 19 1000 (37) 100 (3.7) Rubidium-82m Potassium-43 37 19 10 (.37) 10 (.37) Rubidium-83 Potassium-44 37 19 10 (.37) 100 (3.7) Rubidium-84 Potassium-45 37 19 10 (.37) 1000 (37) Rubidium-86 Preseodymium-136 37 59 10 (.37) 1000 (37) Rubidium-87 Preseodymium-137 37 59 10 (.37) 1000 (37) Rubidium-88 Preseodymlum-138m 37 59 1000 (37) 100 (3.7) Rubidium-89 Praseodymium-139 37 59 1000(37) 1000 (37) Ruthenium-103 Praseodymium-142 44 59 10 (.37) 100 (3.7) Ruthenium-105 Praseodymium-142m 44 59 100(3.7) 1000 (37) Ruthenium-106 Praseodymium-143 44 59 1 (.037) 10 (.37) Ruthenium-94 Praseodymium-144 44 59 1000 (37) 1000 (37) Ruthenlum-97 Praseodymium-145 44 59 100(3.7) 1000 (37) Samarium-141 Praseodymlum-147 62 59 1000 (37) 1000 (37) Samarlum-141m Promethium-141 62 61 1000 (37) 1000 (37) Samarium-142 Promethium-143 62 61 1000 (37) 100 (3.7) Samarium-145 Promethium-144 62 61 100 (3.7) 10 (.37) Samarium-146 Promethium-145 62 61 0.01 (.00037) 100 (3.7) Samarkum-147 Promethium-146 62 61 0.01 (.00037) 10 (.37) Samarlum-151 Promethium-147 62 61 10 (.37) 10 (.37) Samarium-153 Promethium-148 62 61 100 (3.7) 10 (.37) Samarium-155 Promethium-148m 62 61 1000 (37) 10 (.37) Samarium-156 Promethium-149 62 61 100 (3.7) 100 (3.7) Scandlum-43 Promethium-150 21 61 1000 (37) 100 (3.7) Scandium-44 Promethium-151 21 61 100 (3.7) 100 (3.7) Scandium-44m Protactinium-227 21 91 10 (37) 100 (3.7) Scandlum-46 Protectinium-228 21 91 10 (.37) 10 (.37) Scandium-47 Protactinium-230 21 91 100 (3.7) 10 (.37) Scandium-48 Protactinium-231 21 91 10 (.37) 0.01 (.00037) Scandium-49 Protactinium-232 21 91 1000 (37) 10 (.37) Selenium-70 Protactinium-233 34 91 1000 (37) 100 (3.7) Selenium-73 Protactinlum-234 34 91 10 (.37) 10 (.37) Selenium-73m RADIONUCLIDES St 34 100 (3.7) 1 (.037) Selenium-75 Radium-223 34 88 10 (.37) 1 (.037) Selenium-79 Radium-224 34 88 10 (.37) 10 (.37) Selenium-81 Radium-225 34 88 1000 (37) 1 (.037) Selenium-81m Redium-226 34 88 1000 (37) 0.1 (.0037) Selenium-83 Radium-227 34 88 1000 (37) 1000 (37) Silicon-31 Radium-228 14 88 1000 (37) 0.1 (.0037) Silicon-32 Redon-220 14 86 1 (.037) 0.1 (.0037) Silver-102 Radon-222 47 86 100 (3.7) 0.1 (.0037) Silver-103 Rhenium-177 47 75 1000 (37) 1000 (37) Silver-104 Rhenium-178 47 75 1000 (37) 1000 (37) Silver-104m Rhenium-181 47 75 1000 (37) 100 (3.7) Silver-105 Rhenium-182 (12.7 hr) 47 75 10 (.37) 10 (.37) Silver-106 Rhenium-182 (64.0 hr) 47 75 1000 (37) 10 (.37) Silver-106m Rhenium-184 47 75 10 (.37) 10 (.37) Silver-108m 47 10 (.37) 329 $ 172.101 49 CFR Ch. 1 (10-1-06 Edition) TABLE 2 TO APPENDIX A--RADIONUCLIDES- TABLE 2 TO APPENDIX A-RADIONUCLIDES- Continued Continued (2)- Atomic (3)-Reportable (2)- (1)-Radionuclide Num- Quantity (RQ) Atomic (3)-Reportable (1)-Radionuclide ber CI (TBq) Num- Quantity (RQ) ber CI (TBq) Silver-110m 47 10 (.37) Terbium-155 Silver-111 65 47 100 (3.7) 10 (.37) Terbium-156 Sliver-112 65 47 10 (.37) 100 (3.7) Sliver-115 Terblum-156m (24.4 hr) 85 47 1000 (37) 1000 (37) Sodium-22 Terbium-156m (5.0 hr) 65 11 1000 (37) 10 (.37) Terbium-157 Sodium-24 65 11 100 (3.7) 10 (.37) Terblum-158 Strontium-80 65 38 10 (.37) 100 (3.7) Terblum-160 Strontium-81 65 38 10 (37) 1000 (37) Terblum-161 Strontlum-83 65 38 100 (3.7) 100 (3.7) Thaillum-194 Strontlum-85 81 38 1000 (37) 10 (37) Thallium-194m Strontium-85m 81 38 100 (3.7) 1000 (37) Thallium-195 Strontium-87m 81 38 100 (3.7) 100 (3.7) Thailium-197 Strontium-89 81 38 100 (3.7) 10 (.37) Thallium-198 Strontium-90 81 38 10 (.37) 0.1 (.0037) Thalium-198m Strontlum-91 81 38 100 (3.7) 10 (.37) Thallium-199 Strontium-92 81 38 100 (3.7) 100 (3.7) Thallium-200 Sulfur-35 81 16 10 (.37) 1 (.037) Thailium-201 Tantalum-172 81 73 1000 (37) 100 (3.7) Thallium-202 Tantalum-173 81 73 10 (.37) 100 (3.7) Thatlium-204 Tantalum-174 81 73 10 (.37) 100 (3.7) Tantalum-175 Thortum (Irradiated) 90 73 100 (3.7) Tantalum-176 Thorium (Natural) 90 ** 73 10 (.37) Thorium-226 Tantalum-177 90 73 100(3.7) 1000 (37) Thortum-227 Tantalum-178 90 73 1 (.037) 1000 (37) Thorlum-228 Tantalum-179 90 73 0.01 (.00037) 1000 (37) Thorium-229 Tentalum-180 90 73 0.001 (.000037) 100 (3.7) Thorium-230 Tantalum-180m 90 73 0.01 (.00037) 1000 (37) Thorium-231 Tantalum-182 90 73 100 (3.7) 10 (.37) Thorium-232 Tantalum-182m 90 73 0.001 (.000037) 1000 (37) Thorium-234 Tantalum-183 90 73 100 (3.7) 100 (3.7) Thulium-162 Tantalum-184 69 73 1000 (37) 10 (.37) Thulium-166 Tentalum-185 69 73 10 (.37) 1000 (37) Thullum-187 Tantalum-186 69 73 100 (3.7) 1000 (37) Thulium-170 Technetium-101 8 43 10 (.37) 1000 (37) Thulium-171 Technetlum-104 69 43 100 (3.7) 1000 (37) Thuilum-172 Technetium-93 69 43 100 (3.7) 100 (3.7) Thulium-173 Technetium-93m 69 43 100 (3.7) 1000 (37) Thulium-175 Technetium-94 69 43 1000 (37) 10 (.37) Tin-110 Technetlum-94m 50 43 100 (3.7) 100 (3.7) Tin-111 Technetlum-96 50 43 1000 (37) 10 (.37) Tin-113 Technetium-96m 50 43 10 (.37) 1000 (37) Tin-117m Technetium-97 50 43 100 (3.7) 100 (3.7) Tin-119m Technetium-97m 50 43 10 (.37) 100 (3.7) Tin-121 Technetium-98 50 43 1000 (37) 10 (.37) Tin-121m Technetium-99 50 43 10 (.37) 10 (.37) Tin-123 Technetlum-99m 50 43 10 (.37) 100 (3.7) Tin-123m Tellurium-116 50 52 1000 (37) 1000 (37) Tin-125 Tellurium-121 50 52 10 (.37) 10 (.37) Tin-126 Tellurium-121m 50 52 1 (.037) 10 (.37) Tin-127 Tellurium-123 50 52 100 (3.7) 10 (.37) Tin-128 Tellurium-123m 50 52 1000 (37) 10 (.37) Titanium-44 Tellurium-125m 22 52 1 (.037) 10 (.37) Titanium-45 Tellurium-127 22 52 1000 (37) 1000 (37) Tellurium-127m Tungsten-176 74 52 1000 (37) 10 (.37) Tellurium-129 Tungsten-177 74 52 100 (3.7) 1000 (37) Telturium-129m Tungsten-178 74 52 100 (3.7) 10 (37) Tellurium-131 Tungsten-179 74 52 1000 (37) 1000 (37) Tellurium-131m Tungsten-181 74 52 100 (3.7) 10 (.37) Tellurlum-132 Tungsten-185 74 52 10 (.37) 10 (37) Tellurium-133 Tungsten-187 74 52 100 (3.7) 1000 (37) Tellurium-133m Tungsten-188 74 52 10 (.37) 1000 (37) Tellurium-134 Uranium (Depleted) 92 *** 52 1000 (37) Terbium-147 Uranium (Irradiated) 92 *** 65 100 (3.7) Terbium-149 Uranium (Natural) 92 ** 65 100 (3.7) Terblum-150 Uranium Enriched 20% or great- 65 100 (3.7) or Terbium-151 92 was 65 10 (.37) Uranium Enriched less than Terbium-153 65 100 (3.7) 20% Terbium-154 92 *** 65 10 (.37) Uranium-230 92 1 (.037) 330 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT $ 172.101 TABLE 2 TO APPENDIX A-RADIONUCLIDES- The method to determine the RQs for mixtures or solu- Continued tions of radionuclides can be found in paragraph 7 of the note preceding TABLE 1 of this appendix. RQs for the following four common radionuclide mixtures are provided: radium-226 (2)- (3)-Reportable in secular equilibrium with its daughters (0.053 curie); natural (1)-Radionuclide Atomic Num- Quantity (RQ) uranium (0.1 curie); natural urenlum in secular equilibrium ber Ci (TBq) with its daughters (0.052 curie): and natural thortum in secular equilibrium with its daughters (0.011 curie). Uranium-231 Indicates that the name was added by PHMSA because 92 1000 (37) it appears in the list of radionucides in 49 CFR 173.435. The Uranium-232 92 0.01 (.00037) reportable quantity (RQ), if not specifically listed elsewhere in Uranium-233 92 0.1 (.0037) this appendix, shall be determined in accordance with the pro- Uranium-234 ** 92 0.1 (.0037) cedures in paragraph 7 of this appendix. Uranium-235 - 92 0.1 (.0037) Uranium-236 92 0.1 (.0037) APPENDIX B TO 172.101-LIST OF MARINE Uranium-237 92 100 (3.7) POLLUTANTS Uranium-238 92 0.1 (.0037) Uranium-239 92 1000 (37) 1. See $171.4 of this subchapter for applica- Uranium-240 92 1000 (37) bility to marine pollutants. This appendix Vanadium-47 23 1000 (37) lists potential marine pollutants as defined Vanadium-48 23 10 (.37) in $171.8 of this subchapter. Vanadium-49 23 1000 (37) Xenon-120 54 2. Marine pollutants listed in this appendix 100 (3.7) Xenon-121 54 are not necessarily listed by name in the 10 (.37) Xenon-122 54 100 (3.7) $172.101 Table. If a marine pollutant not list- Xenon-123 54 10 (.37) ed by name or by synonym In the $172.101 Xenon-125 54 100 (3.7) Table meets the definition of any hazard Xenon-127 54 100 (3.7) Class 1 through 8. then you must determine Xenon-129m 54 1000 (37) Xenon-131m the class and division of the material in ac- 54 1000 (37) Xenon-133 54 cordance with $173.2a of this subchapter. You 1000 (37) Xenon-133m 54 must also select the most appropriate haz- Xenon-135 1000 (37) 54 100 (3.7) ardous material description and proper ship- Xenon-135m 54 10 (.37) ping name. If a marine pollutant not listed Xenon-138 54 10 (.37) by name or by synonym in the $172.101 Table Yiterblum-162 70 1000 (37) does not meet the definition of any Class 1 Ytterblum-166 70 10 (.37) Ytterblum-167 through 8. then you must offer it for trans- 70 Ytterbium-169 1000 (37) portation under the most appropriate of the 70 10 (.37) Ytterbium-175 70 following two Class 9 entries: "Environ- 100 (3.7) Ytterblum-177 70 1000 (37) mentally hazardous substances, liquid, Ytterbium-178 70 1000 (37) n.o.s.." UN3082, or "Environmentally haz- Yttrium-86 39 10 (.37) ardous substances, solid. n.o.s." UN3077. Yttrium-86m 39 Yttrium-87 1000 (37) 3. This appendix contains two columns. 39 Yttrium-88 10 (.37) The first column, entitled "S.M.P." (for se- 39 Yttrium-90 10 (.37) 39 vere marine pollutants). identifies whether a 10 (.37) Yttrium-90m 39 100 (3.7) material is a severe marine pollutant. If the Yttrium-91 39 Yttrium-91m 10 (.37) letters "PP" appear in this column for a ma- 39 1000 (37) terial. the material is a severe marine pol- Yttrium-92 39 Yttrium-93 100 (3.7) lutant. otherwise it is not. The second col- 39 Yttrium-94 100 (3.7) umn, entitled "Marine Pollutant" lists the 39 1000 (37) Yttrium-95 marine pollutants. 39 Zinc-62 1000 (37) 30 100 (3.7) 4. If a material is not listed in this appen- Zinc-63 30 1000 (37) dix and meets the criteria for a marine pol- Zinc-65 30 10 (.37) lutant as provided in Chapter 2.10 of the Zinc-69 30 1000 (37) Zinc-69m IMDG Code, "Guidelines for the Identifica- 30 Zinc-71m 100 (3.7) tion of Harmful Substances in Packaged 30 Zinc-72 100 (3.7) 30 Form" (incorporated by reference: see $171.7 Zirconium-86 100 (3.7) 40 Zirconium-88 100 (3.7) of this subchapter), the material may be 40 Zirconium-89 10 (.37) transported as a marine pollutant in accord- 40 ance with the applicable requirements of Zirconium-93 100 (3.7) 40 1 (.037) this subchapter. Zirconium-95 40 10 (.37) Zirconium-97 5. If a material listed in this appendix does 40 10 (.37) not meet the criteria for a marine pollutant $ The RQs for all redionuclides apply to chemical compounds containing the radionuclides and elemental forms reas provided in Chapter 2.10 of the IMDG gardless of the diameter of pieces of solid material. Code, "Guidelines for the Identification of The RQ of one curie applies to all radionuclides not other- Harmful Substances in Packaged Form" (inwise listed. Whenever the RQs in TABLE 1-HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES OTHER THAN RADIONUCLIDES and this corporated by reference; see $171.7 of this table conflict, the lowest RQ shall apply. For example, uranyl subchapter). it may be excepted from the reacetate and uranyl nitrate have RQs shown in TABLE 1 of quirements of this subchapter as a marine 100 pounds, equivalent to about one-tenth the RQ level for uranium-238 in this table. pollutant if that exception is approved by the Associate Administrator. 331 § 172.101 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) LIST OF MARINE POLLUTANTS LIST OF MARINE POLLUTANTS-Continued S.M.P. Marine pollutant S.M.P. Marine pollutant (1) (2) (1) (2) Acetone cyanohydrin, stabilized Chlorine cyanide, Inhibited Acetylene tetrabromide Chlormephos Acetylene tetrachloride Chloroscetone, stabilized Acraldehyde, inhibited 1-Chloro-23-Epoxypropane Acrolein, inhibited 2-Chioro-6-nitrotoluene Acrolein, stabilized 4-Chloro-2-nitrotoluene Acrylic aldehyde, inhibited Chloro-ortho-nitrotoluene Alcohol C-12 C-16 poly(1-6) ethoxylate 2-Chloro-5-triffuoromethylnltrobenzene Alcohol C-13 C-15 poly(1-6) ethoxylate pare-Chlorobenzyl chioride, liquid or solid Alcohol C-6 C-17 (secondary)poly(3-6) ethoxylate Chlorodinitrobenzenes, liquid or solid Aldicarb 1-Chiorcheptane PP Aldrin 1-Chiorohexane Alkyl (c12-c14) dimethylamine Chioronitreanlines Alkyl (c7-c9) nitrates Chloronitrotoluenes, liquid Alkybenzenesulphonates, branched and straight Chloronitrotoluenes, solid chain (excluding C11-C13 straight chain or 1-Chioroctane branched chain homologues) PP Chicrophenolates, liquid Allyl bromide PP Chiorophenolates, solid ortho-Aminoanisole Chlorophenytrichtoroslane Aminocarb Chioropicrin Ammonium dinitro-o-cresolate alpha-Chloropropytene n-Amylbenzene Chlorotoluenes (meta-;pare-) PP Azinphos-ethyi PP Chlorpyriphos PP Azinphos-methyl PP Chlorthiophos Barium cyanide Cocculus Bendiocarb Coconitrile Benomy Copper acetoarsenite Benquinox Copper arsenite Benzyl chlorocarbonate Copper chloride Benzyl chioroformate PP Copper chloride solution PP Binapacryl PP Copper cyanide N,N-Bis (2-hydroxyethyl) oleamide (LOA) PP Copper metal powder PP Brodifacoum PP Copper sulphate, anhydrous, hydrates Bromine cyanide Coumachior Bromoacetone PP Coumaphos Bromoallylene PP Cresyl diphenyl phosphate Bromobenzene Crotonaldehyde, stabilized ortho-Bromobenzyl cyanide Crotonic aldehyde. stabilized Bromocyane Crotoxyphos Bromoform Cupric arsenite PP Bromophos-ethyl PP Cupric chloride 3-Bromopropene PP Cupric cyanide Bromoxynil PP Cupric sulfate Butanedione Cupriethylenediamine solution 2-Butenal, stabilized PP Cuprous chioride Butyl benzyl phthalate Cyanide mixtures N-tert-butyl-N-cyclopropyl-B-methylthio-1,3,5-triazine- Cyanide solutions 2,4-diamine Cyanides, inorganic. n.o.s. 2.4-Di-tert-butylphenol Cyanogen bromide PP 2. 6-Di-tert-Butylphenol Cyanogen chloride, inhibited para-tertiary-butyteluene Cyanogen chloride, stabilized PP Cadmium compounds Cyanophos Cadmium sulphide PP 1,5,9-Cyclododecatriene Calcium arsenate PP Cyhexatin Calcium arsenate and calcium arsenite, mixtures, PP Cymenes (o-:m-;p-) solid PP Cypermethrin Calcium cyanide Decyl acrylate PP Camphechlor PP DDT Carbaryl Decycloxytetrahydrothiophene dioxide Carbendazim DEF Carbofuran Desmedipham Carbon tetrabromide Di-allate Carbon tetrachloride Di-n-Butyl phthalate PP Carbophenothion PP Dialifos Cartap hydrochloride 4,4'-Diaminodiphenyimethane PP Chlordane PP Diazinon Chlorfenvinphos 1,3-Dibromobenzene PP Chlorinated paraffins (C-10 C-13) PP Dichiofenthion PP Chiorinated paraffins (C14-C17), with more than 1% Dichloroanlines shorter chain length 1,3-Dichlorobenzene Chlorine 1,2-Dichlorobenzene 332 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101 LIST OF MARINE POLLUTANTS-Continued LIST OF MARINE POLLUTANTS-Continued S.M.P. Marine pollutant S.M.P. Marine pollutant (1) (2) (1) (2) 1,4-Dichlorobenzene PP Fenchiorazole-ethyl Dichlorobenzene (meta-; para-) PP Fenitrothion 2,2-Dichlorodlethyl ether PP Fenoxapro-ethyl Dichlorodimethy ether, symmetrical PP Fenoxaprop-P-ethyl DI-(2-chioroethy)) ether PP Fenpropathrin 1,1-Dichloroethylene, Inhibited Fensulfothion 1,6-Dichlorohexane PP Fenthion Dichiorophenytichlorosilane PP Fentin acetate PP Dichiorvos PP Fentin hydroxide PP Diclofop-methyl Ferric arsenate Dicrotophos Ferric arsenite PP Dieldrin Ferrous arsenate Dissopropylbenzenes PP Fonofos Disopropyinaphthalenes, mixed isomers Formetanate PP Dimethoate PP Furathiocarb (ISO) PP N,N-Dimethyldodecylamine PP gamma-BHC Dimethyinydrazine, symmetrical Gasoline, leaded Dimethylhydrazine, unsymmetrical PP Heptachior Dinitro-o-cresol, solid Heptenophos Dinitro-o-cresol, solution n-Heptaldehyde Dinitrochlorobenzenes, liquid or solid n-Heptylbenzene Dinitrophenol, dry or wetted with less than 15 per normal-Heptyl chloride cent water, by mass PP Hexachlorobutadiene Dinitrophenol solutions PP 1,3-Hexachlorobutadiene Dinitrophenol, wetted with not less than 15 per cent Hexaethyl tetraphosphate liquid water, by mass Hexaethyl tetraphosphate, sofid Dinitrophenolates alkeli metals, dry or wetted with normal-Hexyl chloride less than 15 per cent water, by mass n-Hexylbenzene Dinitrophenolates, wetted with not less than 15 per Hydrocyanic acid, anhydrous, stabilized. containing cent water, by mass. less than 3% water Dinobuton Hydrocyanic acid, anhydrous, stabilized, containing Dinoseb less than 3% water and absorbed in a porous inert Dinoseb acetate material Dioxacarb Hydrocyanic acid, aqueous solutions not more than Dioxathion 20% hydrocyanic acid Dipentene Hydrogen cyanide solution in alcohol, with not more Diphacinone than 45% hydrogen cyanide Diphenyl Hydrogen cyanide, stabilized with less than 3% PP Diphenylamine chioroarsine water PP Diphenyichloroarsine. solid or liquid Hydrogen cyanide, stabilized with less than 3% Disulfoton water and absorbed in a porous Inert material 1,4-Di-teri-butybenzene Hydroxydimethylbenzenes, liquid or solid DNOC loxynil DNOC (pesticide) Isobenzan Dodecyt dipheny) oxide disulphonate Isobutyl butyrate PP Dodecyl hydroxypropyl sulfide Isobutylbenzene 1-Dodecylamine Isodecy acrylate PP Dodecytphenol Isodecyl diphenyl phosphate Drazoxolon Isofenphos Edifenphos Isooctyl nitrate PP Endosulfan isoprocarb PP Endrin isopropenyibenzene Epibromohydrin isotetramethyibenzene Epichlorohydrin PP Isoxathion PP EPN Lead acetate PP Esfenvalerate Lead arsenetes PP Ethion Lead arsenites Ethoprophos Lead compounds, soluble, n.o.s. Ethyl fluid Lead cyanide Ethyl mercaptan Lead nitrate 2-Ethythexyl nitrate Lead perchiorate, solid or solution 5-Ethyl-2-picoline Lead tetracthyl Ethyl propenoate, inhibited Lead tetramethyl 2-Ethyl-3-propylecrolein PP Lindane Ethyl tetraphosphate Linuron Ethyldichloroarsine London Purple Ethylene dibromide and methyl bromide mixtures, Magnesium arsenate liquid Malathion 2-Ethythexaldehyde Mancozeb (ISO) Fenamiphos Maneb PP Fenbutatin oxide Maneb preparations with not less than 60% maneb 333 $ 172.101 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) LIST OF MARINE POLLUTANTS-Continued LIST OF MARINE POLLUTANTS-Continued S.M.P. Marine pollutant S.M.P. Marine pollutant (1) (2) (1) (2) Maneb preparation, stabilized against self-heating Methyinitrophenols Maneb stabilized or Maneb preparations, stabilized 3-Methylpyradine against self-heating Methyltrithion Manganese ethylene-1,2-bis dithiocarbamate Methylvinylbenzenes, Inhibited Manganese ethylene-1,2-bis-dthiocarbamate, sta- PP Mevinphos bilized against self-heating Mexecarbate Mecarbam Mirex Mephosfolan Monocrotophos Mercaptodimethur Motor fuel anti-knock mixtures PP Mercuric acetate Motor fuel anti-knock mixtures or compounds PP Mercuric ammonium chioride Nabam PP Mercuric arsenate Naled PP Mercuric benzoate PP Nickel carbony PP Mercuric bisulphate PP Nickel cyanide PP Mercuric bromide PP Nickel tetracarbonyl PP Mercuric chloride 3-Nitro-4-chlorobenzotrifluoride PP Mercuric cyanide Nitrobenzene PP Mercuric gluconate Nitrobenzotrifluorides, liquid or solid Mercuric iodide Nonylphenol PP Mercuric nitrate normal-Octaldehyde PP Mercuric cleate Oleylamine PP Mercuric oxide PP Organotin compounds, figuid, n.o.s. PP PP Mercuric oxycyanide, desensitized Organotin compounds (pesticides) PP PP Mercuric potassium cyanide Organotin compounds, solid, n.o.s. PP PP Mercuric Sulphate Organotin pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic, n.o.s., PP Mercuric thiocyanate flash point less than 23deg C PP PP Mercurol Organotin pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. PP PP Mercurous acetate Organotin pesticides, liquid, toxic, n.o.s. PP PP Mercurous bisulphate Organotin pesticides, solid, toxic, n.o.s. Orthoarsenic acid PP Mercurous bromide PP Osmium tetroxide PP Mercurous chioride PP Mercurous nitrate Oxamyl Oxydisultaton PP Mercurous salicylate Paraoxon PP Mercurous sulphate PP Parathion PP Mercury acetates PP Parathion-methyl PP Mercury ammonium chloride PP PCBs. PP Mercury based pesticide, liquid, flammable, toxic Pentachloroethane PP Mercury based pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable PP Pentachlorophenol PP Mercury based pesticides, liquid. toxic Pentalin PP Mercury based pesticides, solid, toxic n-Pentyibenzene PP Mercury benzoate Perchloroethylene PP Mercury bichloride Perchioromethyimercapian PP Mercury bisulphates Petrol, leaded PP Mercury bromides PP Phenarsazine chioride PP Mercury compounds, liquid, n.o.s. d-Phenothrin PP Mercury compounds, solid. n.o.s. PP Phenthoate PP Mercury cyanide 1-Phenyibutane PP Mercury gluconate 2-Phenylbutane PP Mercury (I) (mercurous) compounds (pesticides) Phenyloyclohexane PP Mercury (II) (mercuric) compounds (pesticides) PP Phenylmercuric acetate Mercury iodide PP Phenytmercuric compounds, n.o.s. PP Mercury nucleate PP Phenyimercuric hydroxide PP Mercury cleate PP Phenylmercuric nitrate PP Mercury oxide 2-Phenylpropene PP Mercury oxycyanide, desensitized PP Phorate PP Mercury potassium cyanide PP Phosalone PP Marcury potassium lodide Phosmet PP Mercury salicylate PP Phosphamidon PP Mercury sulfates PP Phosphorus, white, molten PP Mercury thiocyanate PP Phosphorus. white or yellow dry or under water or in Metam-sodium solution Methamidophos PP Phosphorus white, or yellow, molten Methanethic PP Phosphorus, yellow. molten Methidathion Pindone (and salts of) Methomyl Pirimicarb ortho-Methoxyaniline PP Pirimiphos-ethyl Methyt bromide and ethylene dibromide mixtures, liq- PP Polychlorinated biphenyls uld PP Polyhalogenated biphenyls, fiquid or Terphenyls liq- Methyl mercaptan uid 3-Methylacroleine, stabilized PP Polyhalogenated biphenyls, solid or Terphenyls, Methylchlorobenzenes solid 334 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.101, Nt. LIST OF MARINE POLLUTANTS-Continued LIST OF MARINE POLLUTANTS-Continued S.M.P. Marine pollutant S.M.P. Marine pollutant (1) (2) (1) (2) PP Potassium cuprocyanide Trichloronal Potassium cyanide, solid Tricresyl phosphate (less than 1% ortho-isomer) Potassium cyanide, solution PP Tricresyl phosphate, not less than 1% ortho-isomer PP Potassium cyanocuprate (1) but not more than 3% orthoisomer PP Potassium cyanomercurate PP Tricresyl phosphate with more than 3 per cent ortho PP Potassium mercuric iodide isomer Promecarb Triethylbenzene Propachior Trilsopropylated phenyl phosphates Propaphos Propenal, Inhibited Trimethylene dichloride Propoxur PP Triphenylphosphate Prothoate Triphenyl phosphate/teri-butylated triphenyl Prussic acid, anhydrous, stabilized phosphates mixtures containing 5% to 10% Prussic acid, anhydrous. stabilized, absorbed in a triphenyl phosphates porous inert material PP Triphenyl phosphate/tert-butylated triphenyl PP Pyrazophos phosphates mixtures containing 10% to 48% Quinalphos triphenyl phosphates PP Quizalofop PP Triphenyltin compounds PP Quizalofop-p-ethyl Tritoly phosphate (less than 1% ortho-isomer) Rotenone PP Tritolyl phosphate (not less than 1% ortho-lsomer) Salithion Trixylenyl phosphate PP Silafiuofen Vinylidene chloride, stabilized Silver arsenite Warfarin (and salts of) Silver cyanide Silver orthoarsenite PP White phosphorus, dry PP Sodium copper cyanide, solid PP White phosphorus, wet PP Sodium copper cyanide solution White spirit, low (15-20%) aromatic PP Sodium cuprocyanide, solid PP Yellow phosphorus. dry PP Sodium cuprocyanide, solution PP Yellow phosphorus, wet Sodium cyanide, solid Zinc bromide Sodium cyanide, solution Zinc cyanide Sodium dinitro-o-cresolate, dry or wetted with less than 15 per cent water, by mass Sodium dintro-ortho-cresolate, wetted with not less [Amdt. 172-173, 55 FR 52474. Dec. 21, 1990] than 15 per cent water, by mass PP Sodium pentachlorophenate EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER cl- Strychnine or Strychnine salts tations affecting $172.101, see the List of CFR Sulfotep Sections Affected which appears in the Find- PP Suprophos ing Aids section of the printed volume and Tallow nitrile on GPO Access. Temephos TEPP EDITORIAL NOTE: At 70 FR 34388, June 14. PP Terbufos 2005, $172.101 was amended: however, two Tetrabromosthane amendments could not be incorporated due Tetrabromomethane 1,1,2.2-Tetrachloroethane to inaccurate amendatory instruction. Tetrachloroethylene EFFECTIVE DATE NOTES: 1. At 71 FR 3425, Tetrachioromethane Tetraethyl dithiopyrophosphate Jan. 23. 2006, $172.101 was amended by revis- PP Tetreethyl lead, liquid Ing the note to paragraph (c)(11), effective Tetramethrin Jan. 1, 2007. For the convenience of the user, Tetramethylead the revised text is set forth as follows: Thallium chlorate Thailium compounds, n.o.s. $172.101 Purpose and use of hazardous ma- Thallium compounds (pesticides) terials table. Thailium nitrate Thailium sulfate Thalious chlorate Thiocarbony tetrachloride Triaryl phosphates, isopropylated (c) * PP Triaryl phosphates. n.o.s. (11) Triazophos NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (c)(11): For the trans- Tribromomethane portation of samples of self-reactive mate- PP Tributyltin compounds Trichiorfon rials, organic peroxides, explosives or light- PP 1,2,3-Trichlorobenzene ers, see ($173.224(c)(3), 173.225(c)(2). 173.56(d) Trichiorobenzenes, fiquid or 173.308(b)(2) of this subchapter. respec- Trichlorobutene tively. Trichlorobutylene Trichloromethane suphuryl chloride * * Trichioromethyl sulphochloride 335 $ 172.101, Nt. 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) 2. At 71 FR 3425, Jan. 23, 2006, $172.101 was $172.101 Purpose and use of hazardous maamended by removing and adding the folterials table. lowing entries, effective Jan. 1, 2007. For the convenience of the user. the added and re- * * * moved text is set forth as follows: 336 § 172.101. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS TABLE (8) (9) (10) Sym- Hazardous materials descriptions Hazard Packaging Quantity limitations Vessel stowand proper shipping names class or di- Identifica- PG Label Special ($173,***) bols age vision tion Nos. codes provisions Excep- Non- Passenger Cargo air- Bulk aircraft/rail Locations bulk craft only tion Other (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (BA) (8B) (8C) (9A) (9B) (10A) (10B) (REMOVE). . Lighter replacement cartridges containing liquefied petroleum gases (and similar devices, each not exceeding 65 grams). See Lighters or Lighter refills etc. containing flammable gas. # * Lighters or Lighter refills con- 337 taining flammable gas. * * # * * . Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Sofety Admin., DOT (ADD). * * . * * . Lighters containing flammable 2.1 UN1057 2.1 168 21,308 21,308 None 1 kg 15 kg B 40 gas. Lighters, new or empty, purged of 168 all residual fuel and vapors. Lighters, non-pressurized, con- 3 NA1057 II 3 168 21 None None Forbidden Forbidden B 40 taining flammable liquid,. Lighter refills containing flam- 2.1 UN1057 2.1 169 306 306 None kg 15 kg B 40 mable gas not exceeding 4 fluid ounces (7.22 cubic inches) and 65 grams of flammable gas. Lighter replacement cartridges containing liquefied petroleum gases see Lighter refills containing flammable gas. Etc. $172.101, Nt. § 172.102 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) (7) A code containing the letter "T" § 172.102 Special provisions. refers to a special provision which applies only to transportation in UN or (a) General. When column 7 of the IM Specification portable tanks. $172.101 table refers to a special provi- (8) A code containing the letters sion for a hazardous material, the "TP" refers to a portable tank special meaning and requirements of that proprovision for UN or IM Specification vision are as set forth in this section. portable tanks that is in addition to When a special provision specifies those provided by the portable tank inpackaging or packaging requirestructions or the requirements in part ments- 178 of this subchapter. (1) The special provision is in addi- (9) A code containing the letter "W" tion to the standard requirements for refers to a special provision that apall packagings prescribed in $173.24 of plies only to transportation by water. this subchapter and any other applica- (c) Tables of special provisions. The folble packaging requirements in subparts lowing tables list, and set forth the re- A and B of part 173 of this subchapter; quirements of, the special provisions and referred to in column 7 of the $172.101 (2) To the extent a special provision table. imposes limitations or additional re- (1) Numeric provisions. These proviquirements on the packaging provisions are multi-modal and apply to sions set forth in column 8 of the bulk and non-bulk packagings: § 172.101 table, packagings must con- Code/Special Provisions form to the requirements of the special provision. 1 This material is poisonous by inhalation (b) Description of codes for special pro- (see $171.8 of this subchapter) in Hazard visions. Special provisions contain Zone A (see $173.116(a) or $173.133(a) of this subchapter), and must be described as an packaging provisions, prohibitions, exinhalation hazard under the provisions of ceptions from requirements for parthis subchapter. ticular quantities or forms of materials 2 This material is poisonous by inhalation and requirements or prohibitions appli- (see $171.8 of this subchapter) in Hazard cable to specific modes of transpor- Zone B (see $173.116(a) or $173.133(a) of this tation, as follows: subchapter). and must be described as an (1) A code consisting only of numbers inhalation hazard under the provisions of this subchapter. (for example, "11") is multi-modal in 3 This material is poisonous by inhalation application and may apply to bulk and (see $171.8 of this subchapter) in Hazard non-bulk packagings. Zone C (see $173.116(a) of this subchapter), (2) A code containing the letter "A" and must be described as an inhalation refers to a special provision which aphazard under the provisions of this subplies only to transportation by airchapter. craft. 4 This material is poisonous by inhalation (3) A code containing the letter "B" (see $171.8 of this subchapter) in Hazard Zone D (see $173.116(a) of this subchapter), refers to a special provision that apand must be described as an inhalation plies only to bulk packaging requirehazard under the provisions of this subments. Unless otherwise provided in chapter. this subchapter, these special provi- 5 If this material meets the definition for a sions do not apply to UN, IM Specificamaterial poisonous by inhalation (see tion portable tanks or IBCs. $171.8 of this subchapter), a shipping name (4) A code containing the letters "IB" must be selected which identifies the inhalation hazard, in Division 2.3 or Division or "IP" refers to a special provision 6.1, as appropriate. that applies only to transportation in 6 This material is poisonous-by-inhalation IBCs. and must be described as an inhalation (5) A code containing the letter "N" hazard under the provisions of this subrefers to a special provision which apchapter. plies only to non-bulk packaging re- 8 A hazardous substance that is not a hazquirements. ardous waste may be shipped under the (6) A code containing the letter "R" shipping description "Other regulated subrefers to a special provision which apstances, liquid or solid, n.o.s.", as appropriate. In addition, for solid materials, speplies only to transportation by rail. cial provision B54 applies. 338 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.102 9 Packaging for certain PCBs for disposal 18 This description is authorized only for fire and storage is prescribed by EPA in 40 CFR extinguishers listed in $173.309(b) of this 761.60 and 761.65. subchapter meeting the following condi- 11 The hazardous material must be packtions: aged as either a liquid or a solid, as appro- a. Each fire extinguisher may only have priate, depending on Its physical form at 55 extinguishing contents that are nonflam- °C (131 °F) at atmospheric pressure. mable, non-poisonous, non-corrosive and 12 In concentrations greater than 40 percommercially free from corroding comcent, this material has strong oxidizing ponents. properties and is capable of starting fires b. Each fire extinguisher must be charged in contact with combustible materials. If with a nonflammable, non-poisonous, dry appropriate, a package containing this magas that has a dew-point at or below terial must conform to the additional laminus 46.7 °C (minus 52 °F) at 101 kPa (1 beling requirements of $172.402 of this subatmosphere) and is free of corroding comchapter. ponents, to not more than the service 13 The words "Inhalation Hazard" shall be pressure of the cylinder. entered on each shipping paper in associa- C. A fire extinguisher may not contain tion with the shipping description, shall be more than 30% carbon dioxide by volume marked on each non-bulk package in assoor any other corrosive extinguishing ciation with the proper shipping name and agent. identification number, and shall be marked d. Each fire extinguisher must be protected on two opposing sides of each bulk packexternally by suitable corrosion-resisting age. Size of marking on bulk package must coating. conform to $172.302(b) of this subchapter. 19 For domestic transportation only, the The requirements of $$ 172.203(m) and identification number "UN1075" may be 172.505 of this subchapter do not apply. used in place of the identification number 14 Motor fuel antiknock mixtures are: specified in column (4) of the $172.101 table. a. Mixtures of one or more organic lead The identification number used must be mixtures (such as tetraethyl lead, consistent on package markings, shipping triethylmethyl lead, diethyldimethyl papers and emergency response informalead, ethyltrimethyl lead, and tion. tetramethyl lead) with one or more halo- 21 This material must be stabilized by apgen compounds (such as ethylene propriate means (e.g., addition of chemical dibromide and ethylene dichloride), hyinhibitor, purging to remove oxygen) to drocarbon solvents or other equally effiprevent dangerous polymerization (see cient stabilizers; or $173.21(f) of this subchapter). b. tetraethyl lead. 22 If the hazardous material is in dispersion 15 This entry applies to "Chemical kits" in organic liquid, the organic liquid must and "First aid kits" containing one or have a flash point above 50 °C (122 °F). more compatible Items of hazardous mate- 23 This material may be transported under rials in boxes, cases, etc. that are used for the provisions of Division 4.1 only if it is so medical, analytical, diagnostic or testing packed that the percentage of diluent will purposes. For transportation by aircraft, not fall below that stated in the shipping materials forbidden for transportation by description at any time during transport. passenger aircraft or cargo aircraft may Quantities of not more than 500 g per packnot be included in the kits. Chemical kits age with not less than 10 percent water by and first aid kits are excepted from the mass may also be classed in Division 4.1, specification packaging requirements of provided a negative test result is obtained this subchapter when packaged in comwhen tested in accordance with test series bination packagings. Chemical kits and 6(c) of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria first aid kits are also excepted from the la- (IBR, see $171.7 of this subchapter). beling and placarding requirements of this 24 Alcoholic beverages containing more subchapter, except when offered for transthan 70 percent alcohol by volume must be portation or transported by air. Chemical transported as materials in Packing Group and first aid kits may be transported in ac- II. Alcoholic beverages containing more cordance with the consumer commodity than 24 percent but not more than 70 perand ORM exceptions in $173.156, provided cent alcohol by volume must be transthey meet all required conditions. Kits ported as materials in Packing Group III. that are carried on board transport vehi- 26 This entry does not include ammonium cles for first aid or operating purposes are permanganate, the transport of which is not subject to the requirements of this prohibited except when approved by the subchapter. Associate Administrator. 16 This description applies to smokeless 28 The dihydrated sodium salt of powder and other solid propellants that are dichloroisocyanuric acid is not subject to used as powder for small arms and have the requirements of this subchapter. been classed as Division 1.3 and 4.1 in ac- 29 Lithium cells and batteries and equipcordance with $ 173.56 of this subchapter. ment containing or packed with lithium 339 § 172.102 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) cells and batteries which do not comply the content of urea nitrate must not exwith the provisions of $173.185 of this subceed 75 percent by mass and the mixture chapter may be transported only if they should not be capable of being detonated are approved by the Associate Adminisby test 1(a)(i) or test 1(a)(ii) in the UN trator. Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see 30 Sulfur is not subject to the requirements 171.7 of this subchapter). of this subchapter if transported in a non- 40 Polyester resin kits consist of two combulk packaging or if formed to a specific ponents: a base material (Class 3, Packing shape (for example, prills, granules, pel- Group II or III) and an activator (organic lets, pastilles, or flakes). A bulk packaging peroxide). each separately packed in an containing sulfur is not subject to the placarding requirements of subpart F of inner packaging. The organic peroxide this part, if it is marked with the appromust be type D, E. or F, not requiring tempriate identification number as required by perature control, and be limited to a quansubpart D of this part. Molten sulfur must tity of 125 mL (4.22 ounces) per inner packbe marked as required by $172.325 of this aging if liquid. and 500 g (1 pound) If solid. subchapter. The components may be placed in the same 31 Materials which have undergone suffiouter packaging provided they will not cient heat treatment to render them noninteract dangerously in the event of leakhazardous are not subject to the requireage. Packing group will be II or III, accordments of this subchapter. ing to the criteria for Class 3, applied to 32 Polymeric beads and molding compounds the base material. may be made from polystyrene. 43 The membrane filters, including paper poly(methyl methacrylate) or other polyseparators and coating or backing matemeric material. rials, that are present in transport, must 33 Ammonium nitrites and mixtures of an not be able to propagate a detonation as inorganic nitrite with an ammonium salt tested by one of the tests described in the are prohibited. UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, Part I, 34 The commercial grade of calcium nitrate Test series 1(a) (IBR, see $171.7 of this subfertilizer, when consisting mainly of a douchapter). On the basis of the results of ble salt (calcium nitrate and ammonium suitable burning rate tests, and taking nitrate) containing not more than 10 perinto account the standard tests in the UN cent ammonium nitrate and at least 12 per- Manual of Tests and Criteria, Part III, subcent water of crystallization, is not subject section 33.2.1 (IBR, see $171.7 of this subto the requirements of this subchapter. chapter), nitrocellulose membrane filters 35 Antimony sulphides and oxides which do in the form in which they are to be transnot contain more than 0.5 percent of arported that do not meet the criteria for a senic calculated on the total mass do not Division 4.1 material are not subject to the meet the definition of Division 6.1. requirements of this subchapter. Pack- 36 The maximum net quantity per package agings must be so constructed that explois 5 L (1 gallon) or 5 kg (11 pounds). sion is not possible by reason of increased 37 Unless it can be demonstrated by testing internal pressure. Nitrocellulose memthat the sensitivity of the substance in its brane filters covered by this entry, each frozen state is no greater than in its liquid with a mass not exceeding 0.5 g, are not state, the substance must remain liquid subject to the requirements of this subduring normal transport conditions. It chapter when contained individually in an must not freeze at temperatures above -15 article or a sealed packet. °C (5 °F). 44 The formulation must be prepared so 38 If this material shows a violent effect in that it remains homogenous and does not laboratory tests involving heating under separate during transport. Formulations confinement, the labeling requirements of with low nitrocellulose contents and nei- Special Provision 53 apply, and the matether showing dangerous properties when rial must be packaged in accordance with tested for their ability to detonate, packing method OP6 in $173.225 of this subdeflagrate or explode when heated under chapter. If the SADT of the technically defined confinement by the appropriate pure substance is higher than 75 °C, the test methods and criteria in the UN Mantechnically pure substance and formulaual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see $171.7 of tions derived from it are not self-reactive this subchapter), nor classed as a Division materials and, if not meeting any other 4.1 (flammable solid) when tested in achazard class, are not subject to the recordance with the procedures specified in quirements of this subchapter. $173.124 of this subchapter (chips, if nec- 39 This substance may be carried under proessary, crushed and sieved to a particle visions other than those of Class 1 only if size of less than 1.25 mm), are not subject it is SQ packed that the percentage of to the requirements of this subchapter. water will not fall below that stated at any 45 Temperature should be maintained betime during transport. When phlegmatized tween 18 °C (64.4 °F) and 40 °C (104 °F). with water and inorganic inert material, Tanks containing solidified methacrylic 340 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.102 acid must not be reheated during transaccordance with Test Series 1 and 2 of port. Class 1 (explosive) in the UN Manual of 46 This material must be packed in accord- Tests and Criteria, Part I (incorporated by ance with packing method OP6 (see $173.225 reference: see $171.7 of this subchapter). of this subchapter). During transport. it 53 Packages of these materials must bear must be protected from direct sunshine the subsidiary risk label, "EXPLOSIVE", and stored (or kept) in a cool and well-venand the subsidiary hazard class/division tilated place, away from all sources of must be entered in parentheses Immeheat. diately following the primary hazard class 47 Mixtures of solids that are not subject to in the shipping description, unless otherthis subchapter and flammable liquids may wise provided in this subchapter or be transported under this entry without through an approval issued by the Assofirst applying the classification criteria of ciate Administrator, or the competent au- Division 4.1, provided there is no free liquid thority of the country of origin. A copy of visible at the time the material is loaded the approval shall accompany the shipping or at the time the packaging or transport papers. unit is closed. Except when the liquids are 54 Maneb or maneb preparations not meetfully absorbed in solid material contained ing the definition of Division 4.3 or any in sealed bags, each packaging must corother hazard class are not subject to the respond to a design type that has passed a requirements of this subchapter when leakproofness test at the Packing Group II transported by motor vehicle, rail car, or level. Small inner packagings consisting of aircraft. sealed packets containing less than 10 mL 55 This device must be approved in accordof a Class 3 liquid in Packing Group II or ance with $173.56 of this subchapter by the III absorbed into a solid material are not Associate Administrator. subject to this subchapter provided there is 56 A means to interrupt and prevent detono free liquid in the packet. nation of the detonator from initiating the 48 Mixtures of solids which are not subject detonating cord must be installed between to this subchapter and toxic liquids may be each electric detonator and the detonating transported under this entry without first cord ends of the jet perforating guns before applying the classification criteria of Divithe charged jet perforating guns are ofsion 6.1, provided there is no free liquid fered for transportation. visible at the time the material is loaded 57 Maneb or Maneb preparations stabilized or at the time the packaging or transport against self-heating need not be classified unit is closed. Each packaging must corin Division 4.2 when it can be demrespond to a design type that has passed a onstrated by testing that a volume of 1 m³ leakproofness test at the Packing Group II of substance does not self-ignite and that level. This entry may not be used for solids the temperature at the center of the samcontaining a Packing Group I liquid. ple does not exceed 200 °C, when the sample 49 Mixtures of solids which are not subject is maintained at a temperature of not less to this subchapter and corrosive liquids than 75 °C +2 °C for a period of 24 hours, in may be transported under this entry withaccordance with procedures set forth for out first applying the classification critesting self-heating materials in the UN teria of Class 8, provided there is no free Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see liquid visible at the time the material is $171.7 of this subchapter). loaded or at the time the packaging or 58 Aqueous solutions of Division 5.1 inortransport unit is closed. Each packaging ganic solid nitrate substances are considmust correspond to a design type that has ered as not meeting the criteria of Division passed a leakproofness test at the Packing 5.1 if the concentration of the substances Group II level. in solution at the minimum temperature 50 Cases, cartridge, empty with primer encountered in transport is not greater which are made of metallic or plastic casthan 80% of the saturation limit. ings and meeting the classification criteria 59 Ferrocerium, stabilized against corroof Division 1.4 are not regulated for domession, with a minimum iron content of 10 tic transportation. percent is not subject to the requirements 51 This description applies to items preof this subchapter. viously described as "Toy propellant de- 60 After September 30, 1997, an oxygen genvices, Class C" and includes reloadable erator, chemical, that is shipped with its kits. Model rocket motors containing 30 means of initiation attached must incorgrams or less propellant are classed as Diporate at least two positive means of prevision 1.4S and items containing more than venting unintentional actuation of the 30 grams of propellant but not more than generator, and be classed and approved by 62.5 grams of propellant are classed as Dithe Associate Administrator. The procevision 1.4C. dures for approval of a chemical oxygen 52 This entry may only be used for subgenerator that contains an explosive stances that do not exhibit explosive propmeans of initiation (e.g., a primer or elecerties of Class 1 (explosive) when tested in tric match) are specified in $173.56 of this 341 § 172.102 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) subchapter. Each person who offers a in the shipping package may be assigned to chemical oxygen generator for transpor- 1.4B classification code. Mass detonate tation after September 30, 1997, shall: (1) means that more than 90 percent of the deensure that it is offered in conformance vices tested in a package explode pracwith the conditions of the approval; (2) tically simultaneously. Limited propagamaintain a copy of the approval at each fation means that if one detonator near the cility where the chemical oxygen genercenter of a shipping package is exploded, ator is packaged: and (3) mark the apthe aggregate weight of explosives, excludproval number on the outside of the packing ignition and delay charges, in this and age. all additional detonators in the outside 61 A chemical oxygen generator is spent if packaging that explode may not exceed 25 its means of ignition and all or a part of its grams. chemical contents have been expended. 105 The word "Agents" may be used instead 64 The group of alkali metals includes lithof "Explosives" when approved by the Asium, sodium, potassium, rubidium, and sociate Administrator. caesium. 106 The recognized name of the particular 65 The group of alkaline earth metals inexplosive may be specified in addition to cludes magnesium, calcium, strontium, the type. and barium. 107 The classification of the substance is ex- 66 Formulations of these substances conpected to vary especially with the particle taining not less than 30 percent non-volasize and packaging but the border lines tile, non-flammable phlegmatizer are not have not been experimentally determined; subject to this subchapter. appropriate classifications should be 70 Black powder that has been classed in acverified following the test procedures in cordance with the requirements of $173.56 $173.57 and 173.58 of this subchapter. of this subchapter may be reclassed and of- 108 Fireworks must be so constructed and fered for domestic transportation as a Dipackaged that loose pyrotechnic composivision 4.1 material if it is offered for transtion will not be present in packages during portation and transported in accordance transportation. with the limitations and packaging re- 109 Rocket motors must be nonpropulsive quirements of $173.170 of this subchapter. in transportation unless approved in ac- 74 During transport, this material must be cordance with $173.56 of this subchapter. A protected from direct sunshine and stored rocket motor to be considered "nonpropulor kept in a cool and well-ventilated place, sive" must be capable of unrestrained away from all sources of heat. burning and must not appreciably move in 77 For domestic transportation, a Division any direction when ignited by any means. 5.1 subsidiary risk label is required only if 110 Fire extinguishers transported under a carbon dioxide and oxygen mixture con- UN1044 may include installed actuating tains more than 23.5% oxygen. cartridges (cartridges, power device of Di- 78 This entry may not be used to describe vision 1.4C or 1.4S), without changing the compressed air which contains more than classification of Division 2.2, provided the 23.5 percent oxygen. An oxidizer label is aggregate quantity of deflagrating (propelnot required for any oxygen concentration lant) explosives does not exceed 3.2 grams of 23.5 percent or less. per extinguishing unit. 79 This entry may not be used for mixtures 111 Explosive substances of Division 1.1 that meet the definition for oxidizing gas. Compatibility Group A (1.1A) are forbidden 81 Polychlorinated biphenyl items, as defor transportation if dry or not desenfined in 40 CFR 761.3, for which specificasitized, unless incorporated in a device. tion packagings are impractical, may be 113 The sample must be given a tentative packaged in non-specification packagings approval by an agency or laboratory in acmeeting the general packaging requirecordance with $173.56 of this subchapter. ments of subparts A and B of part 173 of 114 Jet perforating guns, charged, oil well, this subchapter. Alternatively, the item without detonator may be reclassed to Diitself may be used as a packaging if it vision 1.4 Compatibility Group D (1.4D) if meets the general packaging requirements the following conditions are met: of subparts A and B of part 173 of this sub- a. The total weight of the explosive contents chapter. of the shaped charges assembled in the 101 The name of the particular substance or guns does not exceed 90.5 kg (200 pounds) article must be specified. per vehicle; and 102 The ends of the detonating cord must be b. The guns are packaged in accordance with tied fast so that the explosive cannot es- Packing Method US 1 as specified in $173.62 cape. The articles may be transported as in of this subchapter. Division 1.4 Compatibility Group D (1.4D) if 115 Boosters with detonator, detonator asall of the conditions specified in $173.63(a) semblies and boosters with detonators in of this subchapter are met. which the total explosive charge per unit 103 Detonators which will not mass detodoes not exceed 25 g. and which will not nate and undergo only limited propagation mass detonate and undergo only limited 342 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT $ 172.102 propagation in the shipping package may teria of a Class 1 material. (See $173.50 of be assigned to 1.4B classification code. this subchapter.) Mass detonate means more than 90 percent 128 Regardless of the provisions of of the devices tested in a package explode §172.101(c)(12), aluminum smelting by-prodpractically simultaneously. Limited propaucts and aluminum remelting by-products gation means that if one booster near the described under this entry, meeting the center of the package is exploded, the agdefinition of Class 8, Packing Group II and gregate weight of explosives, excluding ig- III may be classed as a Division 4.3 matenition and delay charges, in this and all rial and transported under this entry. The additional boosters in the outside packpresence of a Class 8 hazard must be comaging that explode may not exceed 25 g. municated as required by this Part for sub- 116 Fuzes, detonating may be classed in DIsidiary hazards. vision 1.4 If the fuzes do not contain more 129 These materials may not be classified than 25 g of explosive per fuze and are and transported unless authorized by the made and packaged so that they will not Associate Administrator on the basis of recause functioning of other fuzes, explosives sults from Series 2 Test and a Series 6(c) or other explosive devices if one of the Test from the UN Manual of Tests and Crifuzes detonates in a shipping packaging or teria (IBR, see $171.7 of this subchapter) on in adjacent packages. packages as prepared for transport. The 117 If shipment of the explosive substance is packing group assignment and packaging to take place at a time that freezing must be approved by the Associate Adminweather is anticipated. the water conistrator for Hazardous Materials Safety on tained in the explosive substance must be the basis of the criteria in $173.21 of this mixed with denatured alcohol so that subchapter and the package type used for freezing will not occur. the Series 6(c) test. 118 This substance may not be transported under the provisions of Division 4.1 unless 130 For other than a dry battery specifispecifically authorized by the Associate cally covered by another entry in the Administrator. $172.101 Table, "Batteries, dry" are not 119 This substance, when in quantities of subject to the requirements of this subnot more than 11.5 kg (25.3 pounds), with chapter when they are securely packaged not less than 10 percent water, by mass, and offered for transportation in a manner also may be classed as Division 4.1, prothat prevents the dangerous evolution of vided a negative test result is obtained heat (for example, by the effective insulawhen tested in accordance with test series tion of exposed terminals) and protects 6(c) of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria against short circuits. (IBR, see $171.7 of this subchapter). 131 This material may not be offered for 120 The phlegmatized substance must be transportation unless approved by the Assignificantly less sensitive than dry PETN. sociate Administrator. 121 This substance, when containing less al- 132 This entry may only be used for unicohol, water or phlegmatizer than speciform, ammonium nitrate based fertilizer fied, may not be transported unless apmixtures, containing nitrogen, phosphate proved by the Associate Administrator. or potash, meeting the following criteria: 123 Any explosives, blasting, type C con- (1) Contains not more than 70% ammonium taining chlorates must be segregated from nitrate and not more than 0.4% total comexplosives containing ammonium nitrate bustible, organic material calculated as or other ammonium salts. carbon or (2) Contains not more than 45% 125 Lactose or glucose or similar materials ammonium nitrate and unrestricted commay be used as a phlegmatizer provided bustible material. that the substance contains not less than 134 This entry only applies to vehicles, ma- 90%, by mass, of phlegmatizer. These mixchinery and equipment powered by wet tures may be classified in Division 4.1 when batteries, sodium batteries, or lithium battested in accordance with test series 6(c) of teries that are transported with these batthe UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR. teries installed. Examples of such items see $171.7 of this subchapter) and approved are electrically-powered cars, lawn mowby the Associate Administrator. Testing ers, wheelchairs, and other mobility aids. must be conducted on at least three pack- Self-propelled vehicles that also contain an ages as prepared for transport. Mixtures internal combustion engine must be concontaining at least 98%, by mass, of signed under the entry "Vehicle, flamphlegmatizer are not subject to the remable gas powered" or "Vehicle, flamquirements of this subchapter. Packages mable liquid powered", as appropriate. Excontaining mixtures with not less than 90% cept as provided in Special Provision A102, by mass, of phlegmatizer need not bear a vehicles, machinery and equipment pow- POISON subsidiary risk label. ered by primary lithium batteries that are 127 Mixtures containing oxidizing and ortransported with these batteries installed ganic materials transported under this are forbidden aboard passenger-carrying entry may not meet the definition and criaircraft. 343 § 172.102 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) 135 The entries "Vehicle, flammable gas 139 Use of the "special arrangement" proper powered" or "Vehicle, flammable liquid shipping names for international shippowered," as appropriate, must be used ments must be made under an IAEA Cerwhen internal combustion engines are intificate of Competent Authority issued by stalled in a vehicle. These entries include the Associate Administrator in accordance hybrid electric vehicles powered by both an with the requirements in $173.471, $173.472, internal combustion engine and batteries. or $173.473 of this subchapter. Use of these 136 This entry only applies to machinery proper shipping names for domestic shipand apparatus containing hazardous matements may be made only under a DOT sperials as in integral element of the machincial permit. as defined in, and in accordery or apparatus. It may not be used to deance with the requirements of subpart B of scribe machinery or apparatus for which a part 107 of this subchapter. proper shipping name exists in the $172.101 140 This material is regulated only when it Table. Except when approved by the Assomeets the defining criteria for a hazardous ciate Administrator, machinery or appasubstance or a marine pollutant. In addiratus may only contain hazardous matetion, the column 5 reference is modified to rials for which exceptions are referenced in read "III" on those occasions when this Column (8) of the $172.101 Table and are material is offered for transportation or provided in part 173, subpart D. of this subtransported by highway or rail. chapter. Hazardous materials shipped under this entry are excepted from the la- 141 A toxin obtained from a plant, animal, beling requirements of this subchapter unor bacterial source containing an infecless offered for transportation or transtious substance, or a toxin contained in an Infectious substance, must be classed as ported by aircraft and are not subject to Division 6.2, described as an infectious subthe placarding requirements of part 172, subpart F, of this subchapter. Orientation stance, and assigned to UN 2814 or UN 2900, markings as described in $172.312 (a)(2) are as appropriate. required when liquid hazardous materials 142 These hazardous materials may not be may escape due to incorrect orientation. classified and transported unless author- The machinery or apparatus, if ized by the Associate Administrator. The unpackaged, or the packaging in which it Associate Administrator will base the auis contained shall be marked "Dangerous thorization on results from Series 2 tests goods in machinery" or "Dangerous goods and a Series 6(c) test from the UN Manual in apparatus", as appropriate, with the of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see $171.7 of identification number UN3363. For transthis subchapter) on packages as prepared portation by aircraft, machinery or appafor transport in accordance with the reratus may not contain any material forbidquirements of this subchapter. den for transportation by passenger or 144 If transported as a residue in an undercargo aircraft. The Associate Adminisground storage tank (UST), as defined in 40 trator may except from the requirements CFR 280.12, that has been cleaned and of this subchapter, equipment, machinery purged or rendered inert according to the and apparatus provided: American Petroleum Institute (API) a. It is shown that it does not pose a sig- Standard 1604 (IBR, see $171.7 of this subnificant risk in transportation: chapter), then the tank and this material b. The quantities of hazardous materials do are not subject to any other requirements not exceed those specified in $173.4 of of this subchapter. However, sediments rethis subchapter; and maining in the tank that meet the defini- c. The equipment, machinery or apparatus tion for a hazardous material are subject conforms with $173.222 of this subto the applicable regulations of this subchapter. chapter. 137 Cotton, dry: flax, dry: and sisal, dry are 145 This entry applies to formulations that not subject to the requirements of this neither detonate in the cavitated state nor subchapter when they are baled in accorddeflagrate in laboratory testing, show no ance with ISO 8115, "Cotton Bales-Dimeneffect when heated under confinement, exsions and Density" (IBR, see $171.7 of this hibit no explosive power, and are thersubchapter) to a density of not less than mally stable (self-accelerating decomposi- 360 kg/m3 (22.1 lb/ft3) for cotton, 400 kg/m3 tion temperature (SADT) at 60 °C (140 °F) (24.97 1b/ft3) for flax and 620 kg/m3 (38.71 1b/ or higher for a 50 kg (110.2 lbs.) package). ft3) for sisal and transported in a freight Formulations not meeting these criteria container or closed transport vehicle. must be transported under the provisions 138 Lead compounds which, when mixed in a applicable to the appropriate entry in the ratio of 1:1000 with 0.07M (Molar concentra- Organic Peroxide Table in $173.225 of this tion) hydrochloric acid and stirred for one subchapter. hour at a temperature of 23 °C +2 °C, ex- 146 This description may be used for a mahibit a solubility of 5% or less are considterial that poses a hazard to the environered insoluble. ment but does not meet the definition for 344 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.102 a hazardous waste or a hazardous subas cement, plastic, asphalt, resins or minstance, as defined in $171.8 of this suberal ore, or contained in manufactured chapter, or any hazard class as defined in products is not subject to the requirements Part 173 of this subchapter, if it is desof this subchapter. ignated as environmentally hazardous by 157 This entry includes hybrid electric vehithe Competent Authority of the country of cles powered by both an internal combusorigin, transit or destination. 147 This entry applies to non-sensitized tion engine and wet, sodium or lithium emulsions. suspensions and gels consisting batteries installed. Vehicles containing an primarily of a mixture of ammonium niinternal combustion engine must be contrate and a fuel intended to produce a Type signed under the entry "Vehicle, flam- E blasting explosive only after further mable gas powered" or "Vehicle, flamprocessing. The mixture typically has the mable liquid powered". as appropriate. Exfollowing composition: 60-85% ammonium cept as provided in Special Provision A102, nitrate; 5-30% water; 2-8% fuel; 0.5-4% vehicles powered by primary lithium batemulsifier or thickening agent; 0-10% teries, that are transported with these batsoluble flame suppressants; and trace additeries installed are forbidden aboard pastives. Other inorganic nitrate salts may resenger-carrying aircraft. place part of the ammonium nitrate. These 159 This material must be protected from substances may not be classified and transdirect sunshine and kept in a cool, wellported unless approved by the Associate ventilated place away from sources of heat. Administrator. 160 This entry applies to articles that are 149 When transported as a limited quantity used as life-saving vehicle air bag inflaor a consumer commodity, the maximum tors, air bag modules or seat-belt net capacity specified in $173.150(b)(2) of pretensioners containing Class 1 (explothis subchapter for inner packagings may sive) materials or materials of other hazbe increased to 5 L (1.3 gallons). ard classes. Air bag inflators and modules 150 This description may be used only for must be tested in accordance with Test seuniform mixtures of fertilizers containing ries 6(c) of Part I of the UN Manual of ammonium nitrate as the main ingredient Tests and Criteria (incorporated by refwithin the following composition limits: erence; see $171.7 of this subchapter), with a. Not less than 90% ammonium nitrate no explosion of the device, no fragmentawith not more than 0.2% total combustion of device casing or pressure vessel, tible, organic material calculated as carand no projection hazard or thermal effect bon, and with added matter, if any, that that would significantly hinder fire-fightis inorganic and inert when in contact ing or other emergency response efforts in with ammonium nitrate; or b. Less than 90% but more than 70% ammothe immediate vicinity. If the air bag innium nitrate with other inorganic mateflator unit satisfactorily passes the series rials, or more than 80% but less than 90% 6(c) test, it is not necessary to repeat the ammonium nitrate mixed with calcium test on the air bag module. carbonate and/or dolomite, and not more 161 For domestic transport, air bag inflathan 0.4% total combustible, organic mators, air bag modules or seat belt terial calculated as carbon; or pretensioners that meet the criteria for a C. Ammonium nitrate-based fertilizers con- Division 1.4G explosive must be transtaining mixtures of ammonium nitrate ported using the description, "Articles, pyand ammonium sulphate with more than rotechnic for technical purposes," UN0431. 45% but less than 70% ammonium ni- 162 This material may be transported under trate, and not more than 0.4% total comthe provisions of Division 4.1 only if it is bustible, organic material calculated as packed so that at no time during transport carbon such that the sum of the percentwill the percentage of diluent fall below age of compositions of ammonium nithe percentage that is stated in the shiptrate and ammonium sulphate exceeds ping description. 70%. 163 Substances must satisfactorily pass 151 If this material meets the definition of Test Series 8 of the UN Manual of Tests a flammable liquid in $173.120 of this suband Criteria, Part I. Section 18 (IBR, see chapter, a FLAMMABLE LIQUID label is $171.7 of this subchapter). also required and the basic description on 164 Substances must not be transported the shipping paper must indicate the Class under this entry unless approved by the 3 subsidiary hazard. Associate Administrator on the basis of 155 Fish meal or fish scrap may not be the results of appropriate tests according transported if the temperature at the time to Part I of the UN Manual of Tests and of loading either exceeds 35 °C (95 °F), or Criteria (IBR, see $171.7 of this subexceeds 5 °C (41 °F) above the ambient temchapter). The material must be packaged perature, whichever is higher. so that the percentage of diluent does not 156 Asbestos that is immersed or fixed in a fall below that stated in the approval at natural or artificial binder material, such any time during transportation. 345 § 172.102 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) 165 These substances are susceptible to A10 When aluminum or aluminum alloy exothermic decomposition at elevated temconstruction materials are used, they must peratures. Decomposition can be initiated be resistant to corrosion. by heat, moisture or by impurities (e.g., All For combination packagings, when powdered metals (iron, manganese, cobalt, metal inner packagings are permitted. magnesium)). During the course of transonly specification cylinders constructed of portation, these substances must be shaded metals which are compatible with the hazfrom direct sunlight and all sources of heat ardous material may be used. and be placed in adequately ventilated A13 Bulk packagings are not authorized for areas. transportation by aircraft. 166 When transported in non-friable tablet A14 This material is not authorized to be form calcium hypochlorite, dry or hytransported as a limited quantity or condrated, may be transported as a Packing sumer commodity in accordance with Group III material. $173.306 of this subchapter when trans- 167 These storage systems shall always be ported aboard an aircraft. considered as containing hydrogen. A19 Combination packagings consisting of 170 Air must be eliminated from the vapor outer fiber drums or plywood drums, with space by nitrogen or other means. inner plastic packagings, are not author- 171 This entry may only be used when the ized for transportation by aircraft. material is transported in non-friable tab- A20 Plastic bags as inner receptacles of let form or for granular or powered mixcombination packagings are not authorized tures that have been shown to meet the PG for transportation by aircraft. III criteria in $173.127. A29 Combination packagings consisting of 172 This entry includes alcohol mixtures outer expanded plastic boxes with inner containing up to 5% petroleum products. plastic bags are not authorized for trans- 173 An appropriate generic entry may be portation by aircraft. used for this material. A30 Ammonium permanganate is not authorized for transportation on aircraft. (2) "A" codes. These provisions apply A34 Aerosols containing a corrosive liquid only to transportation by aircraft: in Packing Group II charged with a gas are not permitted for transportation by air- Code/Special Provisions craft. A1 Single packagings are not permitted on A35 This includes any material which is not passenger aircraft. covered by any of the other classes but which has an anesthetic, narcotic, noxious A2 Single packagings are not permitted on or other similar properties such that, in aircraft. the event of spillage or leakage on an air- A3 For combination packagings, if glass craft, extreme annoyance or discomfort inner packagings (including ampoules) are could be caused to crew members so as to used, they must be packed with absorbent prevent the correct performance of asmaterial in tightly closed metal recepsigned duties. tacles before packing in outer packagings. A37 This entry applies only to a material A4 Liquids having an inhalation toxicity of meeting the definition in $171.8 of this sub- Packing Group I are not permitted on airchapter for self-defense spray. craft. A51 When transported by cargo-only air- A5 Solids having an inhalation toxicity of craft, an oxygen generator must conform Packing Group I are not permitted on pasto the provisions of an approval issued senger aircraft and may not exceed a maxunder Special Provision 60 and be conimum net quantity per package of 15 kg (33 tained in a packaging prepared and origipounds) on cargo aircraft. nally offered for transportation by the ap- A6 For combination packagings, if plastic proval holder. inner packagings are used, they must be A52 A cylinder containing Oxygen, compacked in tightly closed metal receptacles pressed, may not be loaded into a pasbefore packing in outer packagings. senger-carrying aircraft or into an inacces- A7 Steel packagings must be corrosion-resible cargo location on a cargo-only airsistant or have protection against corrocraft unless it is placed in an overpack or sion. outer packaging that conforms to the per- A8 For combination packagings, if glass formance criteria of Air Transport Assoinner packagings (including ampoules) are ciation (ATA) Specification No. 300 (IBR, used, they must be packed with cushioning see $171.7 of this subchapter) for Category material in tightly closed metal recep- I shipping containers. tacles before packing in outer packagings. A53 Refrigerating machines and refrig- A9 For combination packagings, if plastic erating machine components are not subbags are used, they must be packed in ject to the requirements of this subchapter tightly closed metal receptacles before when containing less than 12 kg (26.4 packing in outer packagings. pounds) of a non-flammable gas or when 346 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.102 containing 12 L (3 gallons) or less of ammotions with more than 40 percent but not more nia solution (UN2672) (see $173.307 of this than 60 percent hydrogen peroxide (stabilized subchapter). as necessary), when containing less than 30 A54 Lithium batteries or lithium batteries mL per inner packaging with not more contained or packed with equipment that than 150 mL per outer packaging, may be exceed the maximum gross weight allowed transported in accordance with the proviby Column (9B) of the $172.101 Table may sions in $173.4, irrespective of only be transported on cargo aircraft if ap- § 173.4(a)(11)(i), provided such packagings proved by the Associate Administrator. were first subjected to comparative fire A55 Prototype lithium batteries and cells testing. Comparative fire testing must that are packed with not more than 24 show no difference in burning rate between cells or 12 batteries per packaging that a package as prepared for transport (inhave not completed the test requirements cluding the substance to be transported) in Sub-section 38.3 of the UN Manual of and an identical package filled with water. Tests and Criteria (incorporated by ref- A82 The quantity limits in columns (9A) erence; see $171.7 of this subchapter) may and (9B) do not apply to human or animal be transported by cargo aircraft if apbody parts, whole organs or whole bodies proved by the Associate Administrator and known to contain or suspected of conprovided the following requirements are taining an infectious substance. met: A100 Primary (non-rechargeable) lithium a. The cells and batteries must be transbatteries and cells are forbidden for transported in rigid outer packagings that port aboard passenger carrying aircraft. conform to the requirements of Part 178 Secondary (rechargeable) lithium batteries of this subchapter at the Packing Group and cells are authorized aboard passenger I performance level; and carrying aircraft in packages that do not b. Each cell and battery must be protected exceed a gross weight of 5 kg. against short circuiting, must be sur- A101 A primary (non-rechargeable) lithrounded by cushioning material that is ium battery or cell packed with equipment is non-combustible and non-conductive, and forbidden for transport aboard a passenger must be individually packed in an inner carrying aircraft unless: packaging that is placed inside an outer a. The battery or cell complies with the respecification packaging. quirements and limitations of $173.185(b)(1). A56 Radioactive material with a subsidiary (b)(2), (b)(3), (b)(4) and (b)(6) or $173.185(c)(1). hazard of Division 4.2, Packing Group I, (c)(2). (c)(3) and (c)(5) of this subchapter; must be transported in Type B packages b. The package contains no more than the when offered for transportation by airnumber of lithium batteries or cells neccraft. Radioactive material with a subessary to power the intended piece of equipsidiary hazard of Division 2.1 is forbidden ment; from transport on passenger aircraft. C. The equipment and the battery or cell A59 Sterilization devices, when containing are packed in a strong packaging; less than 30 mL per inner packaging with d. The net weight of the lithium batteries no more than 300 mL per outer packaging in the package does not exceed 5 kg. Packmay be transported in accordance with ages complying with the requirements of provisions in $173.4(a)(11)(i). In addition, this special provision are excepted from all after filling. each inner packaging must be other requirements of this subchapter. determined to be leak-tight by placing the A102 A primary (non-rechargeable) lithium inner packaging in a hot water bath at a battery or cell contained in equipment is temperature and for a period of time suffiforbidden for transport aboard a passenger cient to ensure an internal pressure equal carrying aircraft unless: to the vapor pressure of ethylene oxide at a. The battery or cell complies with the re- 55 °C is achieved. Any inner packaging quirements and limitations of showing evidence of leakage, distortion or § 173.185(b)(1). (b)(2), (b)(3), (b)(4) and (b)(6) other defect under this test may not be or $173.185(c)(1). (c)(2), (c)(3) and (c)(5) of transported under the terms of this special this subchapter; provision. In addition to the packaging re- b. The package contains no more than the quired in $173.4, inner packagings must be number of lithium batteries or cells necplaced in a sealed plastic bag compatible essary to power the intended piece of with ethylene oxide and capable of conequipment; taining the contents in the event of break- C. The equipment containing the battery or age or leakage of the inner packaging. cell is packed in strong packagings; and Glass inner packagings must be placed d. The net weight of the package does not within a protective shield capable of preexceed 5 kg. Packages complying with venting the glass from puncturing the plasthe requirements of this special provitic bag in the event of damage to the packsion are excepted from all other requireaging (e.g., crushing). ments of this subchapter. A60 Articles such as sterilization devices, A103 A secondary (rechargeable) lithium UN2014, Hydrogen peroxide, aqueous solubattery or cell packed with equipment is 347 § 172.102 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) authorized aboard passenger carrying airchapter must be at least equivalent in decraft in packages that do not exceed a sign and in construction to a DOT 406 gross weight of 5 kg. cargo tank or MC 306 cargo tank (if con- A104 A secondary (rechargeable) lithium structed before August 31, 1995), except as battery or cell packed in equipment Is aufollows: thorized aboard passenger carrying aircraft a. Packagings equivalent to MC 306 cargo in packages that do not exceed a net tanks are excepted from the certifiweight of 5 kg. cation, venting, and emergency flow requirements of the MC 306 specification. (3) "B" codes. These provisions apply b. Packagings equivalent to DOT 406 cargo only to bulk packagings. Except as tanks are excepted from §§ 178.345-7(d)(5), otherwise provided in this subchapter, circumferential reinforcements; 178.345- these special provisions do not apply to 10, pressure relief; 178.345-11, outlets; UN portable tanks or IBCs: 178.345-14, marking. and 178.345-15, certification. Code/Special Provisions C. Packagings are excepted from the design stress limits at elevated temperatures, as B1 If the material has a flash point at or described in Section VIII of the ASME above 38 °C (100 F) and below 93 °C (200 °F), Code (IBR, see $171.7 of this subchapter). then the bulk packaging requirements of However, the design stress limits may $173.241 of this subchapter are applicable. not exceed 25 percent of the stress for 0 If the material has a flash point of less temper at the maximum design temperathan 38 °C (100 °F). then the bulk packaging ture of the cargo tank, as specified in the requirements of $173.242 of this subchapter Aluminum Association's "Aluminum are applicable. Standards and Data" (IBR, see $171.7 of B2 MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 305, this subchapter). and MC 306 and DOT 406 cargo tanks are B14 Each bulk packaging. except a tank car not authorized. or a multi-unit-tank car tank, must be in- B3 MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 305, sulated with an insulating material so that and MC 306 and DOT 406 cargo tanks and the overall thermal conductance at 15.5 °C DOT 57 portable tanks are not authorized. (60 °F) is no more than 1.5333 kilojoules per B4 MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 305, hour per square meter per degree Celsius and MC 306 and DOT 406 cargo tanks are (0.075 Btu per hour per square foot per denot authorized. gree Fahrenheit) temperature differential. B5 Only ammonium nitrate solutions with Insulating materials must not promote 35 percent or less water that will remain corrosion to steel when wet. completely in solution under all conditions B15 Packagings must be protected with of transport at a maximum lading temnon-metallic linings impervious to the ladperature of 116 °C (240 °F) are authorized ing or have a suitable corrosion allowance. for transport in the following bulk pack- B16 The lading must be completely covered agings: MC 307, MC 312, DOT 407 and DOT with nitrogen, inert gas or other inert ma- 412 cargo tanks with at least 172 kPa (25 terials. psig) design pressure. The packaging shall B18 Open steel hoppers or bins are authorbe designed for a working temperature of ized. at least 121 °C (250 °F). Only Specifications B23 Tanks must be made of steel that is MC 304, MC 307 or DOT 407 cargo tank rubber lined or unlined. Unlined tanks motor vehicles are authorized for transpormust be passivated before being placed in tation by vessel. service. If unlined tanks are washed out B6 Packagings shall be made of steel. with water, they must be repassivated B7 Safety relief devices are not authorized prior to return to service. Lading in unon multi-unit tank car tanks. Openings for lined tanks must be inhibited so that the safety relief devices on multi-unit tank car corrosive effect on steel is not greater than tanks shall be plugged or blank flanged. that of hydrofluoric acid of 65 percent con- B8 Packagings shall be made of nickel, centration. stainless steel, or steel with nickel, stain- B25 Packagings must be made from monel less steel. lead or other suitable corrosion or nickel or monel-lined or nickel-lined resistant metallic lining. steel. B9 Bottom outlets are not authorized. B26 Tanks must be insulated. Insulation B10 MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 305, must be at least 100 mm (3.9 inches) exand MC 306 and DOT 406 cargo tanks, and cept that the insulation thickness may DOT 57 portable tanks are not authorized. be reduced to 51 mm (2 inches) over the B11 Tank car tanks must have a test presexterior heater coils. Interior heating sure of at least 2,068.5 kPa (300 psig). Cargo coils are not authorized. The packaging and portable tanks must have a design may not be loaded with a material outpressure of at least 1,207 kPa (175 psig). side of the packaging's design tempera- B13 A nonspecification cargo tank motor ture range. In addition, the material also vehicle authorized in $173.247 of this submust be covered with an inert gas or the 348 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.102 container must be filled with water to permitted during the loading of gasoline the tank's capacity. After unloading, the may not exceed that listed in Table I. residual material also must be covered with an inert gas or the container must TABLE I-MAXIMUM AMBIENT TEMPERATUREbe filled with water to the tank's capac- GASOLINE ity. B27 Tanks must have a service pressure of Maximum lading and 1,034 kPa (150 psig). Tank car tanks must ASTM D439 volatility class ambient temperature have a test pressure rating of 1,379 kPa (200 (see note 1) psig). Lading must be blanketed at all A 131 °F times with a dry inert gas at a pressure not (RVP<=9.0 psia) to exceed 103 kPa (15 psig). B 124 °F B28 Packagings must be made of stainless (RVP<=10.0 psia) steel. C 116 °F B30 MC 312, MC 330, MC 331 and DOT 412 (RVP<=11.5 psia) cargo tanks and DOT 51 portable tanks D 107 °F must be made of stainless steel, except (RVP<=13.5 psia) that steel other than stainless steel may E 100 °F be used in accordance with the provisions (RVP<=15.0 psia) of $173.24b(b) of this subchapter. Thickness NOTE 1: Based on maximum lading pressure of 1 psig at of stainless steel for tank shell and heads top of cargo tank. for cargo tanks and portable tanks must be B35 Tank cars containing hydrogen cyanide the greater of 7.62 mm (0.300 inch) or the may be alternatively marked thickness required for a tank with a design "Hydrocyanic acid, liquefied" if otherwise pressure at least equal to 1.5 times the conforming to marking requirements in vapor pressure of the lading at 46 °C (115 subpart D of this part. Tank cars marked °F). In addition, MC 312 and DOT 412 cargo "HYDROCYANIC ACID" prior to October tank motor vehicles must: 1, 1991 do not need to be remarked. a. Be ASME Code (U) stamped for 100% radiography of all pressure-retaining welds; B37 The amount of nitric oxide charged into b. Have accident damage protection which any tank car tank may not exceed 1,379 conforms with $178.345-8 of this sub- kPa (200 psig) at 21 °C (70 °F). chapter; B42 Tank cars must have a test pressure of C. Have a MAWP or design pressure of at 34.47 Bar (500 psig) or greater and conform least 87 psig: and to Class 105J. Each tank car must have a d. Have a bolted manway cover. reclosing pressure relief device having a B32 MC 312, MC 330, MC 331, DOT 412 cargo start-to-discharge pressure of 10.34 Bar (150 tanks and DOT 51 portable tanks must be psig). The tank car specification may be made of stainless steel, except that steel marked to indicate a test pressure of 13.79 other than stainless steel may be used in Bar (200 psig). accordance with the provisions of B44 All parts of valves and safety relief de- $173.24b(b) of this subchapter. Thickness of vices in contact with lading must be of a stainless steel for tank shell and heads for material which will not cause formation of cargo tanks and portable tanks must be acetylides. the greater of 6.35 mm (0.250 inch) or the B45 Each tank must have a reclosing comthickness required for a tank with a design bination pressure relief device equipped pressure at least equal to 1.3 times the with stainless steel or platinum rupture vapor pressure of the lading at 46 °C (115 discs approved by the AAR Tank Car Com- °F). In addition, MC 312 and DOT 412 cargo mittee. tank motor vehicles must: B46 The detachable protective housing for a. Be ASME Code (U) stamped for 100% radithe loading and unloading valves of multiography of all pressure-retaining welds; unit tank car tanks must withstand tank b. Have accident damage protection which test pressure and must be approved by the conforms with $178.345-8 of this sub- Associate Administrator. chapter: B47 Each tank may have a reclosing pres- C. Have a MAWP or design pressure of at sure relief device having a start-to-disleast 87 psig: and charge pressure setting of 310 kPa (45 psig). d. Have a bolted manway cover. B48 Portable tanks in sodium metal service B33 MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303. MC 305, may be visually inspected at least once MC 306, and DOT 406 cargo tanks equipped every 5 years instead of being retested with a 1 psig normal vent used to transport hydrostatically. Date of the visual inspecgasoline must conform to Table I of this tion must be stenciled on the tank near Special Provision. Based on the volatility the other required markings. class determined by using ASTM D 439 and B49 Tanks equipped with interior heater the Reid vapor pressure (RVP) of the parcoils are not authorized. Single unit tank ticular gasoline, the maximum lading prescar tanks must have a reclosing pressure sure and maximum ambient temperature relief device having a start-to-discharge 349 $ 172.102 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) pressure set at no more than 1551 kPa (225 ing liquid full at 55 °C (130 °F). Specificapsig). tion 110A500W tanks must be stainless B50 Each valve outlet of a multi-unit tank steel. car tank must be sealed by a threaded solid B67 All valves and fittings must be proplug or a threaded cap with inert luting or tected by a securely attached cover made gasket material. Valves must be of stainof metal not subject to deterioration by less steel and the caps, plugs, and valve the lading. and all valve openings, except seats must be of a material that will not safety valve, must be fitted with screw deteriorate as a result of contact with the plugs or caps to prevent leakage in the lading. event of valve failure. B52 Notwithstanding the provisions of B68 Sodium must be in a molten condition $173.24b of this subchapter, non-reclosing when loaded and allowed to solidify before pressure relief devices are authorized on shipment. Outage must be at least 5 per- DOT 57 portable tanks. cent at 98 °C (208 °F). Bulk packagings B53 Packagings must be made of either alumust have exterior heating coils fusion minum or steel. welded to the tank shell which have been B54 Open-top, sift-proof rail cars are also authorized. properly stress relieved. The only tank car tanks authorized are Class DOT 105 tank B55 Water-tight, sift-proof, closed-top, metal-covered hopper cars, equipped with a cars having a test pressure of 2,069 kPa (300 psig) or greater. venting arrangement (including flame arrestors) approved by the Associate Admin- B69 Dry sodium cyanide or potassium cyaistrator are also authorized. nide may be shipped in sift-proof weather- B56 Water-tight, sift-proof, closed-top, resistant metal covered hopper car, COVmetal-covered hopper cars are also authorered motor vehicles, portable tanks or nonized if the particle size of the hazardous specification bins. Bins must be approved material is not less than 149 microns. by the Associate Administrator. B57 Class 115A tank car tanks used to trans- B70 If DOT 103ANW tank car tank is used: port chloroprene must be equipped with a All cast metal in contact with the lading non-reclosing pressure relief device of a dimust have 96.7 percent nickel content; and ameter not less than 305 mm (12 inches) the lading must be anhydrous and free with a maximum rupture disc pressure of from any impurities. 310 kPa (45 psig). B71 Tank cars must have a test pressure of B59 Water-tight, sift-proof. closed-top, 20.68 Bar (300 psig) or greater and conform metal-covered hopper cars are also authorto Class 105, 112, 114 or 120. ized provided that the lading is covered B72 Tank cars must have a test pressure of with a nitrogen blanket. 34.47 Bar (500 psig) or greater and conform B60 DOT Specification 106A500X multi-unit to Class 105J, 106, or 110. tank car tanks that are not equipped with B74 Tank cars must have a test pressure of a pressure relief device of any type are au- 20.68 Bar (300 psig) or greater and conform thorized. For the transportation of phosto Class 105S, 106, 110, 112J, 114J or 120S. gene, the outage must be sufficient to pre- B76 Tank cars must have a test pressure of vent tanks from becoming liquid full at 55 20.68 Bar (300 psig) or greater and conform °C (130 °F). to Class 105S. 112J, 114J or 120S. Each tank B61 Written procedures covering details of car must have a reclosing pressure relief tank car appurtenances, dome fittings, device having a start-to-discharge pressure safety devices, and marking, loading, hanof 10.34 Bar (150 psig). The tank car specidling, inspection, and testing practices fication may be marked to indicate a test must be approved by the Associate Adminpressure of 13.79 Bar (200 psig). istrator before any single unit tank car B77 Other packaging are authorized when tank is offered for transportation. approved by the Associate Administrator. B64 Each single unit tank car tank built B78 Tank cars must have a test pressure of after December 31, 1990 must be equipped 4.14 Bar (60 psig) or greater and conform to with a tank head puncture resistance sys- Class 103, 104, 105, 109, 111, 112, 114 or 120. tem that conforms to $179.16 of this sub- Heater pipes must be of welded construcchapter. tion designed for a test pressure of 500 psig. B65 Tank cars must have a test pressure of A 25 mm (1 inch) woven lining of asbestos 34.47 Bar (500 psig) or greater and conform or other approved material must be placed to Class 105A. Each tank car must have a between the bolster slabbing and the botpressure relief device having a start-to-distom of the tank. If a tank car tank is charge pressure of 15.51 Bar (225 psig). The equipped with a non-reclosing pressure retank car specification may be marked to lief device, the rupture disc must be perindicate a test pressure of 20.68 Bar (300 forated with a 3.2 mm (0.13 inch) diameter psig). hole. If a tank car tank is equipped with a B66 Each tank must be equipped with gas reclosing pressure relief valve, the tank tight valve protection caps. Outage must must also be equipped with a vacuum relief be sufficient to prevent tanks from becomvalve. 350 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.102 B80 Each cargo tank must have a minimum B115 Rail cars, highway trailers, roll-on/ design pressure of 276 kPa (40 psig). roll-off bins, or other non-specification B81 Venting and pressure relief devices for bulk packagings are authorized. Packtank car tanks and cargo tanks must be agings must be sift-proof, prevent liquid approved by the Associate Administrator. water from reaching the hazardous mate- B82 Cargo tanks and portable tanks are not rial, and be provided with sufficient ventauthorized. ing to preclude dangerous accumulation of B83 Bottom outlets are prohibited on tank flammable, corrosive, or toxic gaseous car tanks transporting sulfuric acid in conemissions such as methane, hydrogen, and centrations over 65.25 percent. ammonia. The material must be loaded B84 Packagings must be protected with dry. non-metallic linings impervious to the lading or have a suitable corrosion allowance (4) Table 1 and Table 2-IB Codes and for sulfuric acid or spent sulfuric acid in IP Special IBC Packing Provisions. These concentration up to 65.25 percent. B85 Cargo tanks must be marked with the provisions apply only to transportation name of the lading in accordance with the in IBCs. When no IBC code is assigned requirements of 172.302(b). in the $172.101 Table for a specific prop- B90 Steel tanks conforming or equivalent er shipping name, or in $173.225(e) for to ASME specifications which contain Type F organic peroxides, an IBC may solid or semisolid residual motor fuel antinot be used unless authorized by the knock mixture (including rust, scale, or Associate Administrator. The letter other contaminants) may be shipped by rail freight or highway. The tank must "Z" shown in the marking code for have been designed and constructed to be composite IBCs must be replaced with capable of withstanding full vacuum. All a capital code letter designation found openings must be closed with gasketed in § 178.702(a)(2) of this subchapter to blank flanges or vapor tight threaded clospecify the material used for the outer sures. packaging. Tables 1 and 2 follow: TABLE 1-IB CODES (IBC CODES) IBC Code Authorized IBCs IB1 Authorized IBCs: Metal (31A, 31B and 31N). Additional Requirement: Only liquids with a vapor pressure less than or equal to 110 kPa at 50 °C (1.1 bar at 122 °F), or 130 kPa at 55 °C (1.3 bar at 131 °F) are authorized. IB2 Authorized IBCs: Metal (31A, 31B and 31N): Rigid plastics (31H1 and 31H2); Composite (31HZ1). Additional Requirement: Only liquids with a vapor pressure less than or equal to 110 kPa at 50 °C (1.1 bar at 122 °F), or 130 kPa at 55 °C (1.3 bar at 131 °F) are authorized. IB3 Authorized IBCs: Metal (31A, 318 and 31N); Rigid plastics (31H1 and 31H2); Composite (31HZ1 and 31HA2, 31HB2, 31HN2, 31HD2 and 31HH2). Additional Requirement: Only liquids with a vapor pressure less than or equal to 110 kPa at 50 °C (1.1 bar at 122 °F). or 130 kPa at 55 °C (1.3 bar at 131 °F) are authorized, except for UN2672 (also see Special Provision IP8 in Table 2 for UN2672). IB4 Authorized IBCs: Metal (11A, 11B, 11N, 21A, 21B, 21N, 31A, 31B and 31N). IB5 Authorized IBCs: Metal (11A, 11B, 11N, 21A, 21B, 21N, 31A, 31B and 31N); Rigid plastics (11H1, 11H2, 21H1, 21H2, 31H1 and 31H2); Composite (11HZ1, 21HZ1 and 31HZ1). IB6 Authorized IBCs: Metal (11A, 11B, 11N, 21A, 21B, 21N, 31A, 31B and 31N); Rigid plastics (11H1, 11H2, 21H1, 21H2, 31H1 and 31H2); Composite (11HZ1, 11HZ2, 21HZ1, 21HZ2, 31HZ1 and 31HZ2). Additional Requirement: Composite IBCs 11HZ2 and 21HZ2 may not be used when the hazardous materials being transported may become liquid during transport. 187 Authorized IBCs: Metal (11A, 11B, 11N, 21A, 21B, 21N, 31A, 31B and 31N); Rigid plastics (11H1, 11H2, 21H1, 21H2, 31H1 and 31H2); Composite (11HZ1, 11HZ2, 21HZ1, 21HZ2, 31HZ1 and 31HZ2): Wooden (11C, 110 and 11F). Additional Requirement: Liners of wooden IBCs must be sift- proof. IB8 Authorized IBCs: Metal (11A, 11B, 11N, 21A, 21B, 21N, 31A, 31B and 31N): Rigid plastics (11H1, 11H2, 21H1, 21H2, 31H1 and 31H2): Composite (11HZ1, 11HZ2, 21HZ1, 21HZ2, 31HZ1 and 31HZ2): Fiberboard (11G); Wooden (11C, 11D and 11F); Flexible (13H1, 13H2, 13H3, 13H4, 13H5, 13L1, 13L2, 13L3, 13L4, 13M1 or 13M2). IB9 IBCs are only authorized if approved by the Associate Administrator. TABLE 2-IP CODES IBC Code Authorized IBCs IP1 IBCs must be packed in closed freight containers or a closed transport vehicle. IP2 When IBCs other than metal or rigid plastics IBCs are used, they must be offered for transportation in a closed freight container or a closed transport vehicle. IP3 Flexible IBCs must be sift-proof and water-resistant or must be fitted with a sift-proof and water-resistant liner. 351 § 172.102 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) TABLE 2-IP CODES-Continued IBC Code Authorized IBCs IP4 Flexible, fiberboard or wooden IBCs must be sift-proof and water-resistant or be fitted with a sift-proof and water-resistant liner. IPS IBCs must have a device to allow venting. The inlet to the venting device must be located in the vapor space of the IBC under maximum filling conditions. IP6 Non-specification bulk bins are authorized. IP7 For UN identification numbers 1327, 1363, 1364, 1365, 1386, 1841, 2211, 2217, 2793 and 3314, IBCs are not required to meet the IBC performance tests specified in part 178, subpart N of this subchapter. IP8 Ammonia solutions may be transported in rigid or composite plastic IBCs (31H1, 31H2 and 31HZ1) that have successfully passed, without leakage or permanent deformation, the hydrostatic test specified In § 178.814 of this subchapter at a test pressure that is not less than 1.5 times the vapor pressure of the contents at 55 °C (131 °F). IP13 Transportation by vessel in IBCs is prohibited. IP14 Air shall be eliminated from the vapor space by nitrogen or other means. IP20 Dry sodium cyanide or potassium cyanide is also permitted in siftproof, water-resistant, fiberboard IBCs when transported in closed freight containers or transport vehicles. (5) "N" codes. These provisions apply N11 This material is excepted for the specionly to non-bulk packagings: fication packaging requirements of this subchapter if the material is packaged in Code/Special Provisions strong. tight non-bulk packaging meeting the requirements of subparts A and B of N3 Glass inner packagings are permitted in part 173 of this subchapter. combination or composite packagings only if the hazardous material is free from N12 Plastic packagings are not authorized. N20 A 5M1 multi-wall paper bag is authorhydrofluoric acid. ized if transported in a closed transport ve- N4 For combination or composite packhicle. agings, glass inner packagings, other than N25 Steel single packagings are not authorampoules, are not permitted. ized. N5 Glass materials of construction are not N32 Aluminum materials of construction authorized for any part of a packaging are not authorized for single packagings. which is normally in contact with the haz- N33 Aluminum drums are not authorized. ardous material. N34 Aluminum construction materials are N6 Battery fluid packaged with electric not authorized for any part of a packaging storage batteries, wet or dry, must conwhich is normally in contact with the hazform to the packaging provisions of ardous material. $173.159 (g) or (h) of this subchapter. N36 Aluminum or aluminum alloy construc- N7 The hazard class or division number of tion materials are permitted only for halothe material must be marked on the packgenated hydrocarbons that will not react age in accordance with $172.302 of this subwith aluminum. chapter. However, the hazard label cor- N37 This material may be shipped in an inresponding to the hazard class or division tegrally-lined fiber drum (1G) which meets may be substituted for the marking. the general packaging requirements of sub- N8 Nitroglycerin solution in alcohol may be part B of part 173 of this subchapter, the transported under this entry only when the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter solution is packed in metal cans of not at the packing group assigned for the mamore than 1 L capacity each. overpacked terial and to any other special provisions in a wooden box containing not more than of column 7 of the $172.101 table. 5 L. Metal cans must be completely sur- N40 This material is not authorized in the rounded with absorbent cushioning matefollowing packagings: rial. Wooden boxes must be completely a. A combination packaging consisting of a lined with a suitable material impervious 4G fiberboard box with inner receptacles to water and nitroglycerin. of glass or earthenware; N10 Lighters and their inner packagings, b. A single packaging of a 4C2 sift-proof, which have been approved by the Associate natural wood box; or Administrator (see $173.21(i) of this sub- C. A composite packaging 6PG2 (glass, porchapter). must be packaged in one of the celain or stoneware receptacles within a following outer packagings at the Packing fiberboard box). Group II level: 4C1 or 4C2 wooden boxes; 4D N41 Metal construction materials are not plywood boxes; 4F reconstituted wood authorized for any part of a packaging boxes; 4G fiberboard boxes; or 4H1 or 4H2 which is normally in contact with the hazplastic boxes. The approval number (e.g., ardous material. T-* * *) must be marked on each outer N42 1A1 drums made of carbon steel with package and on the shipping paper. thickness of body and heads of not less 352 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.102 than 1.3 mm (0.050 inch) and with a corrocans not over five pounds capacity each, sion-resistant phenolic lining are authorpacked in outer wooden boxes, barrels or ized for stabilized benzyl chloride if tested kegs, or fiberboard boxes are authorized and certified to the Packing Group I perand need not conform to the requirements formance level at a specific gravity of not of part 178 of this subchapter. Net weight less than 1.8. of contents in fiberboard boxes may not ex- N43 Metal drums are permitted as single ceed 29 kg (64 pounds). Net weight of conpackagings only if constructed of nickel or tents in wooden boxes, barrels or kegs may monel. not exceed 45 kg (99 pounds). N45 Copper cartridges are authorized as N79 Packages consisting of tightly closed inner packagings if the hazardous material metal inner packagings not over 0.5 kg (1.1 is not in dispersion. pounds) capacity each. packed in outer N65 Outage must be sufficient to prevent wooden or fiberboard boxes, or wooden barcylinders or spheres from becoming liquid rels, are authorized and need not conform full at 55 °C (130 °F). The vacant space (outto the requirements of part 178 of this subage) may be charged with a nonflammable chapter. Net weight of contents may not nonliquefied compressed gas if the pressure exceed 15 kg (33 pounds). in the cylinder or sphere at 55 °C (130 °F) N80 Packages consisting of one inner metal does not exceed 125 percent of the marked can, not over 2.5 kg (5.5 pounds) capacity, service pressure. packed in an outer wooden or fiberboard N72 Packagings must be examined by the box, or a wooden barrel, are authorized and Bureau of Explosives and approved by the need not conform to the requirements of Associate Administrator. part 178 of this subchapter. N73 Packagings consisting of outer wooden N82 See $173.306 of this subchapter for clasor fiberboard boxes with inner glass, metal sification criteria for flammable aerosols. or other strong containers; metal or fiber N83 This material may not be transported drums; kegs or barrels; or strong metal in quantities of more than 11.5 kg (25.4 lbs) cans are authorized and need not conform per package. to the requirements of part 178 of this sub- N84 The maximum quantity per package is chapter. 500 g (1.1 lbs.). N74 Packages consisting of tightly closed N85 Packagings certified at the Packing inner containers of glass, earthenware, Group I performance level may not be metal or polyethylene, capacity not over used. 0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) securely cushioned and N86 UN pressure receptacles made of alupacked in outer wooden barrels or wooden minum alloy are not authorized. or fiberboard boxes, not over 15 kg (33 N87 The use of copper valves on UN pressure pounds) net weight, are authorized and receptacles is prohibited. need not conform to the requirements of N88 Any metal part of a UN pressure receppart 178 of this subchapter. tacle in contact with the contents may not N75 Packages consisting of tightly closed contain more than 65% copper, with a tolinner packagings of glass, earthenware or erance of 1%. metal, securely cushioned and packed in N89 When steel UN pressure receptacles are outer wooden barrels or wooden or fiberused, only those bearing the "H" mark are board boxes, capacity not over 2.5 kg (5.5 authorized. pounds) net weight, are authorized and need not conform to the requirements of (6) "R" codes. These provisions apply part 178 of this subchapter. only to transportation by rail. [Re- N76 For materials of not more than 25 perserved] cent active ingredient by weight, packages (7) "T" codes. (i) These provisions consisting of inner metal packagings not apply to the transportation of hazgreater than 250 mL (8 ounces) capacity ardous materials in UN portable tanks. each, packed in strong outer packagings Portable tank instructions specify the together with sufficient absorbent materequirements applicable to a portable rial to completely absorb the liquid contents are authorized and need not conform tank when used for the transportation to the requirements of part 178 of this subof a specific hazardous material. These chapter. requirements must be met in addition N77 For materials of not more than two to the design and construction specipercent active ingredients by weight, packfications in part 178 of this subchapter. agings need not conform to the require- Portable tank instructions T1 through ments of part 178 of this subchapter, if liq- T22 specify the applicable minimum uid contents are absorbed in an inert material. test pressure, the minimum shell N78 Packages consisting of inner glass, thickness (in reference steel), bottom earthenware, or polyethylene or other nonopening requirements and pressure refragile plastic bottles or jars not over 0.5 lief requirements. Liquefied comkg (1.1 pounds) capacity each, or metal pressed gases are assigned to portable 353 § 172.102 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) tank instruction T50. Refrigerated liqerence for minimum shell thickness or, uefied gases that are authorized to be alternatively, the minimum shell transported in portable tanks are specthickness value. Column 4 specifies the ified in tank instruction T75. applicability of $178.275(g)(3) of this (ii) The following table specifies the subchapter for the pressure relief deportable tank requirements applicable vices. When the word "Normal" is indito "T" Codes T1 through T22. Column 1 cated, §178.275(g)(3) of this subchapter specifies the "T" Code. Column 2 specidoes not apply. Column 5 references the fles the minimum test pressure, in bar applicable requirements for bottom (1 bar = 14.5 psig), at which the periodic openings in part 178 of this subchapter hydrostatic testing required by § 180.605 or references "Prohibited" which of this subchapter must be conducted. means bottom openings are prohibited. Column 3 specifies the section ref- The table follows: TABLE OF PORTABLE TANK T CODES T1-T22 [Portable tank codes T1-T22 apply to liquid and solid hazardous materials of Classes 3 through 9 which are transported in portable tanks.] Minimum test Minimum shell thickness Bottom opening Portable tank Pressure-relief requirements pressure (in mm-reference steel) requirements instruction (1) (See $ 178.274(d)) (See § 178.275(g)) (bar) (3) (4) (See § 178.275(d)) (2) (5) T1 1.5 § 178.274(d)(2) Normal § 178.275(d)(2) T2 1.5 $ 178.274(d)(2) Normal § 178.275(d)(3) T3 2.65 $ 178.274(d)(2) Normal § 178.275(d)(2) T4 2.65 § 178.274(d)(2) Normal § 178.275(d)(3) T5 2.65 § 178.274(d)(2) § 178.275(g)(3) Prohibited T6 4 $ 178.274(d)(2) Normal § 178.275(d)(2) T7 4 $ 178.274(d)(2) Normal § 178.275(d)(3) T8 4 § 178.274(d)(2) Normal Prohibited T9 4 6 mm Normal Prohibited T10 4 6 mm $ 178.275(g)(3) Prohibited T11 6 § 178.274(d)(2) Normal § 178.275(d)(3) T12 6 § 178.274(d)(2) $ 178.275(g)(3) § 178.275(d)(3) T13 6 6 mm Normal Prohibited T14 6 6 mm § 178.275(g)(3) Prohibited T15 10 § 178.274(d)(2) Normal $ 178.275(d)(3) T16 10 § 178.274(d)(2) $ 178.275(g)(3) $ 178.275(d)(3) T17 10 6 mm Normal $ 178.275(d)(3) T18 10 6 mm $ 178.275(g)(3) § 178.275(d)(3) T19 10 6 mm § 178.275(g)(3) Prohibited T20 10 8 mm § 178.275(g)(3) Prohibited T21 10 10 mm Normal Prohibited T22 10 10 mm § 178.275(g)(3) Prohibited (iii) T50. When portable tank instrucspecification portable tank conforming tion T50 is referenced in Column (7) of to an alternative tank instruction may the $172.101 Table, the applicable liquebe used if: fied compressed gases are authorized to (A) The alternative portable tank has be transported in portable tanks in ac- a higher or equivalent test pressure cordance with the requirements of (for example, 4 bar when 2.65 bar is § 173.313 of this subchapter. specified); (iv) T75. When portable tank instruc- (B) The alternative portable tank has tion T75 is referenced in Column (7) of greater or equivalent wall thickness the $172.101 Table, the applicable re- (for example, 10 mm when 6 mm is frigerated liquefied gases are authorized to be transported in portable specified): tanks in accordance with the require- (C) The alternative portable tank has ments of $178.277 of this subchapter. a pressure relief device as specified in (v) UN and IM portable tank codes/spethe "T" Code. If a frangible disc is recial provisions. When a specific portable quired in series with the reclosing prestank instruction is specified by a "T" sure relief device for the specified port- Code in Column (7) of the § 172.101 Table able tank, the alternative portable for a specific hazardous material, a tank must be fitted with a frangible 354 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.102 disc in series with the reclosing pressure relief device; and 95 (D) With regard to bottom openings- Degree of filling = (1) When two effective means are specified, the alternative portable tank Where: is fitted with bottom openings having t, is the maximum mean bulk temperature two or three effective means of closure during transport, or no bottom openings; or te is the temperature in degrees celsius of the (2) When three effective means are liquid during filling, and a is the mean coefficient of cubical expanspecified, the portable tank has no botsion of the liquid between the mean temtom openings or three effective means perature of the liquid during filling (td and of closure; or the maximum mean bulk temperature dur- (3) When no bottom openings are auing transportation (t,) both in degrees celthorized, the alternative portable tank sius. must not have bottom openings. b. For liquids transported under ambient conditions a may be calculated using the for- (vi) Except when an organic peroxide mula: is authorized under $173.225(g), if a hazardous material is not assigned a portable tank "T" Code, the hazardous material may not be transported in a portable tank unless approved by the Where: Associate Administrator. d₁₅ and dso are the densities (in units of mass (8) "TP" codes. (i) These provisions per unit volume) of the liquid at 15 °C (59 apply to the transportation of haz- °F) and 50 °C (122 °F). respectively. ardous materials in IM and UN Speci- TP3 The maximum degree of filling (in %) fication portable tanks. Portable tank for solids transported above their melting points and for elevated temperature liquids special provisions are assigned to cershall be determined by the following: tain hazardous materials to specify requirements that are in addition to those provided by the portable tank in- Degree of filling structions or the requirements in part 178 of this subchapter. Portable tank Where: de and d, are the mean densities of the special provisions are designated with liquid at the mean temperature of the liquid the abbreviation TP (tank provision) during filling and the maximum mean bulk and are assigned to specific hazardous temperature during transport respectively. materials in Column (7) of the $172.101 TP4 The maximum degree of filling for Table. portable tanks must not exceed 90%. TP5 For a portable tank used for the (ii) The following is a list of the porttransport of flammable refrigerated liquefied able tank special provisions: gases or refrigerated liquefied oxygen, the maximum rate at which the portable tank Code/Special Provisions may be filled must not exceed the liquid flow TPI The maximum degree of filling must capacity of the primary pressure relief sysnot exceed the degree of filling determined tem rated at a pressure not exceeding 120 by the following: percent of the portable tank's design pressure. For portable tanks used for the transport of refrigerated liquefied helium and re- Degree of filling = 97 frigerated liquefied atmospheric gas (except oxygen), the maximum rate at which the tank is filled must not exceed the liquid flow capacity of the pressure relief device rated Where: at 130 percent of the portable tank's design to is the maximum mean bulk temperature pressure. Except for a portable tank conduring transport, and t, is the temperature taining refrigerated liquefied helium, a portin degrees celsius of the liquid during fillable tank shall have an outage of at least ing. two percent below the inlet of the pressure TP2 a. The maximum degree of filling relief device or pressure control valve, under must not exceed the degree of filling deterconditions of incipient opening, with the mined by the following: portable tank in a level attitude. No outage is required for helium. 355 § 172.102 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) TP6 The tank must be equipped with a TP21 The wall thickness must not be less pressure release device which prevent a tank than 8 mm. Portable tanks must be hydraufrom bursting under fire engulfment condilically tested and internally inspected at intions (the conditions prescribed in CGA pamtervals not exceeding 2.5 years. phlet S-1.2 (see $171.7 of this subchapter) or TP22 Lubricants for portable tank fitalternative conditions approved by the Assotings (for example, gaskets, shut-off valves, clate Administrator may be used to consider flanges) must be oxygen compatible. the fire engulfment condition), taking into TP24 The portable tank may be fitted account the properties of the hazardous mawith a device to prevent the build up of exterial to be transported. cess pressure due to the slow decomposition TP7 The vapor space must be purged of of the hazardous material being transported. air by nitrogen or other means. The device must be in the vapor space when TP8 A portable tank having a minimum the tank is filled under maximum filling test pressure of 1.5 bar (150 kPa) may be used conditions. This device must also prevent an when the flash point of the hazardous mateunacceptable amount of leakage of liquid in rial transported is greater than 0 °C (32 °F). the case of overturning. TP9 A hazardous material assigned to TP25 Sulphur trioxide 99.95% pure and special provision TP9 in Column (7) of the above may be transported in tanks without $172.101 Table may only be transported in a an inhibitor provided that it is maintained portable tank if approved by the Associate at a temperature equal to or above 32.5 °C Administrator. (90.5 °F). TP10 The portable tank must be fitted TP26 The heating device must be exterior with a lead lining at least 5 mm (0.2 inches) to the shell. For UN 3176, this requirement thick. The lead lining must be tested annuonly applies when the hazardous material really to ensure that it is intact and funcacts dangerously with water. tional. Another suitable lining material may be used if approved by the Associate Admin- TP27 A portable tank having a minimum istrator. test pressure of 4 bar (400 kPa) may be used TP12 This material is considered highly provided the calculated test pressure is 4 bar or less based on the MAWP of the hazardous corrosive to steel. TP13 Self-contained breathing apparatus material, as defined in $178.275 of this submust be provided when this hazardous matechapter, where the test pressure is 1.5 times rial is transported by sea. the MAWP. TP16 The portable tank must be pro- TP28 A portable tank having a minimum tected against over and under pressurization test pressure of 2.65 bar (265 kPa) may be which may be experienced during transporused provided the calculated test pressure is tation. The means of protection must be ap- 2.65 bar or less based on the MAWP of the proved by the approval agency designated to hazardous material, as defined in $178.275 of approve the portable tank in accordance this subchapter, where the test pressure is with the procedures in part 107, subpart E. of 1.5 times the MAWP. this subchapter. The pressure relief device TP29 A portable tank having a minimum must be preceded by a frangible disk in actest pressure of 1.5 bar (150.0 kPa) may be cordance with the requirements in used provided the calculated test pressure is $178.275(g)(3) of this subchapter to prevent 1.5 bar or less based on the MAWP of the hazcrystallization of the product in the pressure ardous materials, as defined in $178.275 of relief device. this subchapter, where the test pressure is TP17 Only inorganic non-combustible ma- 1.5 times the MAWP. terials may be used for thermal insulation of TP30 This hazardous material may only the tank. be transported in insulated tanks. TP18 The temperature of this material TP31 This hazardous material may only must be maintained between 18 °C (64.4 °F) be transported in tanks in the solid state. and 40 °C (104 °F) while in transportation. TP32 Portable tanks may be used subject Portable tanks containing solidified methto the following conditions: acrylic acid must not be reheated during a. Each portable tank constructed of metal transportation. must be fitted with a pressure-relief device TP19 The calculated wall thickness must consisting of a reclosing spring loaded type, be increased by 3 mm at the time of con- a frangible disc or a fusible element. The set struction. Wall thickness must be verified to discharge for the spring loaded pressure ultrasonically at intervals midway between relief device and the burst pressure for the periodic hydraulic tests (every 2.5 years). frangible disc, as applicable, must not be The portable tank must not be used if the greater than 2.65 bar for portable tanks with wall thickness is less than that prescribed by minimum test pressures greater than 4 bar; the applicable T code in Column (7) of the b. The suitability for transport in tanks Table for this material. must be demonstrated using test 8(d) in Test TP20 This hazardous material must only Series 8 (see UN Manual of Tests and Cribe transported in insulated tanks under a niteria. Part 1, Sub-section 18.7) (IBR, see trogen blanket. $171.7 of this subchapter) or an alternative 356 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.102, Nt. means approved by the Associate Adminis- TP45 Each portable tank must be made of trator. stainless steel, except that steel other than TP33 The portable tank instruction asstainless steel may be used in accordance signed for this substance applies for granular with the provisions of 173.24b(b) of this suband powdered solids and for solids which are chapter. Thickness of stainless steel for portfilled and discharged at temperatures above able tank shells and heads must be the greattheir melting point which are cooled and er of 6.35 mm (0.250 inch) or the thickness retransported as a solid mass. Solid substances quired for a portable tank with a design prestransported or offered for transport above sure at least equal to 1.3 times the vapor their melting point are authorized for transpressure of the hazardous material at 46 °C portation in portable tanks conforming to (115 °F). the provisions of portable tank Instruction TP46 Portable tanks in sodium metal T4 for solid substances of packing group III service are not required to be or T7 for solid substances of packing group hydrostatically retested. II, unless a tank with more stringent re- (9) "W" codes. These provisions apply quirements for minimum shell thickness, only to transportation by water: maximum allowable working pressure, pressure-relief devices or bottom outlets are as- Code/Special Provisions signed in which case the more stringent tank instruction and special provisions shall W7 Vessel stowage category for uranyl niapply. Filling limits must be in accordance trate hexahydrate solution is "D" as dewith portable tank special provision TP3. fined in 172.101(k)(4). Solids meeting the definition of an elevated W8 Vessel stowage category for pyrophoric temperature material must be transported in thorium metal or pyrophoric uranium metal is "D" as defined in (172.101(k)(4). accordance with the applicable requirements W9 When offered for transportation by of this subchapter. water, the following Specification pack- TP37 IM portable tanks are only authoragings are not authorized unless approved ized for the shipment of hydrogen peroxide by the Associate Administrator: woven solutions in water containing 72% or less hyplastic bags. plastic film bags, textile bags, drogen peroxide by weight. Pressure relief paper bags, IBCs and bulk packagings. devices shall be designed to prevent the W41 When offered for transportation by entry of foreign matter. the leakage of liquid water, this material must be packaged in and the development of any dangerous excess bales and be securely and tightly bound pressure. In addition, the portable tank must with rope, wire or similar means. be designed so that internal surfaces may be effectively cleaned and passivated. Each [Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52582, Dec. 21, 1990) tank must be equipped with pressure relief EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER cidevices conforming to the following requiretations affecting $172.102, see the List of CFR ments: Sections Affected which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and Concentration of hydrogen per peroxide solution Total¹ on GPO Access. 52% or less 11 EFFECTIVE DATE NOTE: At 71 FR 3427. Jan. Over 52%, but not greater than 60% 22 23, 2006, $172.102 was amended by adding new Over 60%, but not greater than 72% 32 Special Provisions 168 and 169 to paragraph ¹Total venting capacity In standard cubic feet hour (c)(1), and by removing Special Provision N10 (S.C.F.H.) per pound of hydrogen peroxide solution. from paragraph (c)(5), effective Jan. 1, 2007. For the convenience of the user, the added TP38 Each portable tank must be insutext is set forth as follows: lated with an insulating material so that the overall thermal conductance at 15.5 °C (60 °F) § 172.102 Special provisions. is no more than 1.5333 kilojoules per hour per square meter per degree Celsius (0.075 Btu per hour per square foot per degree Fahrenheit) temperature differential. Insulating (c) materials may not promote corrosion to (1) steel when wet. TP44 Each portable tank must be made of stainless steel, except that steel other than stainless steel may be used in accordance 168 For lighters containing a Division 2.1 with the provisions of $173.24b(b) of this subgas (see $171.8 of this subchapter), representchapter. Thickness of stainless steel for tank ative samples of each new lighter design shell and heads must be the greater of 7.62 must be examined and successfully tested as mm (0.300 inch) or the thickness required for specified in $173.308(b)(3). For criteria in de- a portable tank with a design pressure at termining what is a new lighter design, see least equal to 1.5 times the vapor pressure of $173.308(b)(1). For transportation of new the hazardous material at 46 °C (115 °F). lighter design samples for examination and 357 § 172.200 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) testing, see $173.308(b)(2). The examination substance, hazardous waste or marine and testing of each lighter design must be pollutant, that isperformed by a person authorized by the Associate Administrator under the provisions (1) Identified by the letter "A" in colof subpart E of part 107 of this chapter, as umn 1 of the $172.101 table, except specified in $173.308(a)(4). For continued use when the material is offered or inof approvals dated prior to January 1, 2012, tended for transportation by air; or see $173.308(b)(5). (2) Identified by the letter "W" in For non-pressurized lighters containing a column 1 of the $172.101 table, except Class 3 (flammable liquid) material, its dewhen the material is offered or insign, description, and packaging must be aptended for transportation by water; or proved by the Associate Administrator prior to being offered for transportation or trans- (3) An ORM-D, except when the mateported in commerce. In addition, a lighter rial is offered or intended for transpordesign intended to contain a non-pressurized tation by air. Class 3 material is excepted from the exam- (4) Category B infectious substances ination and testing criteria specified in prepared in accordance with 173.199. $173.308(b)(3). An unused lighter or a lighter that is cleaned of residue and purged of va- [Amdt. 172-29A, 41 FR 40677, Sept. 20, 1976, as pors is not subject to the requirements of amended by Amdt. 172-58, 45 FR 34697, May this subchapter. 22, 1980: Amdt. 172-74, 47 FR 43065, Sept. 30, 169 This entry applies to lighter refills 1982; Amdt. 172-112, 53 FR 17160, May 13, 1988; (see $171.8 of this subchapter) that contain a Amdt. 172-127, 57 FR 52938, Nov. 5, 1992; 71 FR Division 2.1 (flammable) gas but do not con- 32258, June 2, 2006] tain an ignition device. Lighter refills offered for transportation under this entry § 172.201 Preparation and retention of may not exceed 4 fluid ounces capacity (7.22 shipping papers. cubic inches) or contain more than 65 grams (a) Contents. When a description of of fuel. A lighter refill exceeding 4 fluid hazardous material is required to be inounces capacity (7.22 cubic inches) or containing more than 65 grams of fuel must be cluded on a shipping paper, that declassed as a Division 2.1 material, described scription must conform to the folwith the proper shipping name appropriate lowing requirements: for the material, and packaged in the pack- (1) When a hazardous material and a aging specified in part 173 of this subchapter material not subject to the requirefor the flammable gas contained therein. In ments of this subchapter are described addition, a container exceeding 4 fluid on the same shipping paper, the hazounces volumetric capacity (7.22 cubic ardous material description entries reinches) or containing more than 65 grams of fuel may not be connected or manifolded to quired by $172.202 and those additional a lighter or similar device and must also be entries that may be required by described and packaged according to the fuel $172.203: contained therein. For transportation by (i) Must be entered first, or passenger-carrying aircraft, the net mass of (ii) Must be entered in a color that lighter refills may not exceed 1 kg per packclearly contrasts with any description age, and, for cargo-only aircraft, the net on the shipping paper of a material not mass of lighter refills may not exceed 15 kg subject to the requirements of this subper package. See $173.306(h) of this subchapter. chapter, except that a description on a reproduction of a shipping paper may * * * be highlighted, rather than printed, in a contrasting color (the provisions of this paragraph apply only to the basic Subpart C-Shipping Papers description required by § 172.202(a)(1), (2), (3), and (4)), or § 172.200 Applicability. (iii) Must be identified by the entry (a) Description of hazardous materials of an "X" placed before the proper required. Except as otherwise provided shipping name in a column captioned in this subpart, each person who offers "HM." (The "X" may be replaced by a hazardous material for transpor- "RQ," if appropriate.) tation shall describe the hazardous ma- (2) The required shipping description terial on the shipping paper in the on a shipping paper and all copies manner required by this subpart. thereof used for transportation pur- (b) This subpart does not apply to poses, must be legible and printed any material, other than a hazardous (manually or mechanically) in English. 358 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.202 (3) Unless it is specifically authorized for each shipment made, if the carrier or required in this subchapter, the realso retains a record of each shipment quired shipping description may not made, to include shipping name, identicontain any code or abbreviation. fication number, quantity transported, (4) A shipping paper may contain adand date of shipment. ditional information concerning the [Amdt. 172-29A, 41 FR 40677, Sept. 20, 1976) material provided the information is not inconsistent with the required de- EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ciscription. Unless otherwise permitted tations affecting $172.201, see the List of CFR or required by this subpart, additional Sections Affected which appears in the Find- Ing Aids section of the printed volume and information must be placed after the on GPO Access. basic description required by $172.202(a). 172.202 Description of hazardous ma- (b) [Reserved] terial on shipping papers. (c) Continuation page. A shipping (a) The shipping description of a hazpaper may consist of more than one ardous material on the shipping paper page, if each page is consecutively must include: numbered and the first page bears a no- (1) The proper shipping name pretation specifying the total number of scribed for the material in column 2 of pages included in the shipping paper. the $172.101 table; For example, "Page 1 of 4 pages. (2) The hazard class or division num- (d) Emergency response telephone number prescribed for the material, as ber. Except as provided in $172.604(c), a shown in Column (3) of the $172.101 shipping paper must contain an emer- Table. Except for combustible liquids, gency response telephone number, as the subsidiary hazard class(es) or subprescribed in subpart G of this part. sidiary division number(s) must be en- (e) Retention and Recordkeeping. Each tered in parentheses immediately folperson who provides a shipping paper lowing the primary hazard class or dimust retain a copy of the shipping vision number. paper required by $172.200(a), or an In additionelectronic image thereof, that is acces- (i) The words "Class" or "Division" sible at or through its principal place may be included preceding the primary of business and must make the shipand subsidiary hazard class or division ping paper available, upon request, to numbers. an authorized official of a Federal, (ii) The hazard class need not be in- State, or local government agency at cluded for the entry "Combustible liqreasonable times and locations. For a uid, n.o.s.". hazardous waste, the shipping paper (iii) For domestic shipments, pricopy must be retained for three years mary and subsidiary hazard class or diafter the material is accepted by the vision names may be entered following initial carrier. For all other hazardous the numerical hazard class or division, materials, the shipping paper must be or following the basic description. retained for two years after the mate- (3) The identification number prerial is accepted by the initial carrier. scribed for the material as shown in Each shipping paper copy must include column 4 of the $172.101 table; the date of acceptance by the initial (4) The packing group in Roman nucarrier, except that, for rail, vessel, or merals. as designated for the hazardous air shipments, the date on the shipmaterial in Column 5 of the $172.101 ment waybill, airbill, or bill of lading Table. Class 1 (explosives) materials, may be used in place of the date of acself-reactive substances, organic peroxceptance by the initial carrier. A ides and entries that are not assigned a motor carrier (as defined in $390.5 of packing group are excepted from this subchapter B of chapter III of subtitle requirement. The packing group may B) using a shipping paper without be preceded by the letters "PG" (for change for multiple shipments of one example, "PG II"): and or more hazardous materials having (5) The total quantity of hazardous the same shipping name and identificamaterials covered by the description tion number may retain a single copy must be indicated (by mass or volume, of the shipping paper, instead of a copy or by activity for Class 7 materials) 359 § 172.203 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) and must include an indication of the Abbreviations may be used to express applicable unit of measurement. For units of measurement and types of example, "200 kgs." or "50 L." The folpackagings. lowing provisions also apply: (d) Technical and chemical group (1) For Class 1 materials, the quannames may be entered in parentheses tity must be the net explosive mass. between the proper shipping name and For an explosive that is an article, hazard class or following the basic desuch as Cartridges, small arms, the net scription. An appropriate modifier, explosive mass may be expressed in such as "contains" or "containing." terms of the net mass of either the arand/or the percentage of the technical ticle or the explosive materials conconstituent may also be used. For extained in the article. (11) For hazardous materials in salample: "Flammable liquids. n.o.s. (convage packaging, an estimate of the tains Xylene and Benzene), 3, UN 1993, total quantity is acceptable. II". (iii) The following are excepted from (e) Except for those materials in the the requirements of paragraph (a)(5) of UN Recommendations, the ICAO Techthis section: nical Instructions, or the IMDG Code (A) Bulk packages. provided some in- (IBR, see $171.7 of this subchapter). a dication of the total quantity is shown, material that is not a hazardous matefor example, "1 cargo tank" or "2 rial according to this subchapter may IBCs." not be offered for transportation or (B) Cylinders, provided some indicatransported when its description on a tion of the total quantity is shown, for shipping paper includes a hazard class example, "10 cylinders". or an identification number specified (C) Packages containing only residue. in the $172.101 Table. (6) The number and type of packages must be indicated. The type of pack- [Amdt. 172-101, 45 FR 74665, Nov. 10, 1980, as ages must be indicated by description amended by Amdt. 172-103, 51 FR 5970. Feb. of the package (for example, "12 18, 1986; Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52589, Dec. 21. 1990; 56 FR 66252. Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 172-127. drums"). Indication of the packaging 57 FR 52938, Nov. 5. 1992; Amdt. 172-130, 58 FR specification number ("1H1") may be 51531, Oct. 1, 1993: 66 FR 33425, June 21, 2001: included in the description of the pack- 68 FR 45030, July 31. 2003; 68 FR 75741, Dec. 31, age (for example, "12 1H1 drums" or "12 2003; 69 FR 34611, June 22, 2004; 69 FR 54046, drums (UN 1A1)." Abbreviations may Sept. 7. 2004; 69 FR 76153. Dec. 20, 2004; 70 FR be used for indicating packaging types 34397, June 14. 2005] (for example, "cyl." for "cylinder") provided the abbreviations are com- § 172.203 Additional description remonly accepted and recognizable. quirements. (b) Except as provided in this sub- (a) Special permits. Except as provided part, the basic description specified in in $173.23 of this subchapter. each shipparagraphs (a)(1), (2), (3) and (4) of this ping paper issued in connection with a section must be shown in sequence shipment made under a special permit with no additional information intermust bear the notation "DOT-SP" folspersed. For example, "Cyclobutyl chloroformate. 6.1, (8,3), UN2744, PG lowed by the special permit number as- II". Alternatively, the basic descripsigned and located so that the notation tion may be shown with the identificais clearly associated with the description (ID) number listed first. For examtion to which the special permit apple, "UN2744, Cyclobutyl plies. Each shipping paper issued in chloroformate, 6.1, (8, 3), PG II." connection with a shipment made (c) The total quantity of the material under an exemption or special permit covered by one description must appear issued prior to October 1, 2007, may before or after. or both before and bear the notation "DOT-E" followed by after. the description required and authe number assigned and so located thorized by this subpart. The type of that the notation is clearly associated packaging and destination marks may with the description to which it apbe entered in any appropriate manner plies. before or after the basic description. 360 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT $ 172.203 (b) Limited quantities. The description (uCi), etc.) in parentheses following the for a material offered for transpor- SI units. Abbreviations are authorized. tation as "limited quantity," as au- Except for plutonium-239 and plutothorized by this subchapter, must innium-241, the weight in grams or kiloclude the words "Limited Quantity" or grams of fissile radionuclides may be "Ltd Qty" following the basic descripinserted instead of activity units. For tion. plutonium-239 and plutonium-241, the (c) Hazardous substances. (1) Except weight in grams of fissile radionuclides for Class 7 (radioactive) materials demay be inserted in addition to the acscribed in accordance with paragraph tivity units. (d) of this section, if the proper ship- (4) The category of label applied to ping name for a material that is a hazeach package in the shipment. For exardous substance does not identify the ample: "RADIOACTIVE WHITE-1." hazardous substance by name, the (5) The transport index assigned to name of the hazardous substance must each package in the shipment bearing be entered in parentheses in associa- RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-II or RADIOtion with the basic description. If the ACTIVE YELLOW-III labels. material contains two or more haz- (6) For a package containing fissile ardous substances, at least two haz- Class 7 (radioactive) material: ardous substances, including the two (i) The words "Fissile Excepted" if with the lowest reportable quantities the package is excepted pursuant to (RQs), must be identified. For a haz- $173.453 of this subchapter; or otherardous waste, the waste code (e.g., wise D001), if appropriate. may be used to (ii) The criticality safety index for identify the hazardous substance. (2) The letters "RQ" shall be entered that package. on the shipping paper either before or (7) For a package approved by the after, the basic description required by U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) or $172.202 for each hazardous substance U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (see definition in $171.8 of this sub- (NRC). a notation of the package idenchapter). For example: "RQ, Allyl alcotification marking as prescribed in the hol, 6.1, UN 1098. I"; or "Environapplicable DOE or NRC approval (see mentally hazardous substance, solid, $173.471 of the subchapter). n.o.s., 9, UN 3077. III, RQ (Adipic acid)". (8) For an export shipment or a ship- (d) Radioactive material. The descripment in a foreign made package, a notion for a shipment of a Class 7 (radiotation of the package identification active) material must include the folmarking as prescribed in the applicable lowing additional entries as appro- International Atomic Energy Agency priate: (IAEA) Certificate of Competent Au- (1) The name of each radionuclide in thority which has been issued for the the Class 7 (radioactive) material that package (see $173.473 of the subis listed in $173.435 of this subchapter. chapter). For mixtures of radionuclides, the (9) For a shipment required by this radionulides that must be shown must subchapter to be consigned as exclusive be determined in accordance with use: $173.433(g) of this subchapter. Abbre- (i) An indication that the shipment Is viations, e.g., "99Mo," are authorized. consigned as exclusive use; or (2) A description of the physical and (ii) If all the descriptions on the shipchemical form of the material, if the ping paper are consigned as exclusive material is not in special form (generic use, then the statement "Exclusive Use chemical description is acceptable for Shipment" may be entered only once chemical form). on the shipping paper in a clearly visi- (3) The activity contained in each ble location. package of the shipment in terms of (10) For the shipment of a package the appropriate SI units (e.g., containing a highway route controlled Becquerels (Bq), Terabecquerels (TBq), quantity of Class 7 (radioactive) mateetc.). The activity may also be stated rials (see $173.403 of this subchapter) in appropriate customary units (Curies the words "Highway route controlled (Ci), milliCuries (mCi), microCuries quantity" or "HRCQ" must be entered 361 § 172.203 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) in association with the basic descripdoes not contain 0.2 percent or more tion. water by weight. (e) Empty packagings. (1) The descrip- (2) Liquefied petroleum gas. (i) The tion on the shipping paper for a packword "NONCORROSIVE" or aging containing the residue of a haz- "NONCOR" to indicate the suitability ardous material may include the words for shipping "Noncorrosive" liquefied "RESIDUE: Last Contained in petroleum gas in a cargo tank made of association with the basic description quenched and tempered steel as authorof the hazardous material last conized by $173.315(a), Note 15 of this subtained in the packaging. chapter, or (2) The description on the shipping (ii) The words "NOT FOR Q and T paper for a tank car containing the res- TANKS" for grades of liquefied petroidue of a hazardous material must inleum gas other than "Noncorrosive". clude the phrase, "RESIDUE: LAST (i) Transportation by water. Each ship- CONTAINED before the basic dement by water must have the following scription. additional shipping paper entries: (f) Transportation by air. A statement (1) The name of the shipper. indicating that the shipment is within (2) Minimum flash point if 61 °C or the limitations prescribed for either below (in °C closed cup (c.c.) in associapassenger and cargo aircraft or cargo tion with the basic description. aircraft only must be entered on the (3) For a hazardous material conshipping paper. signed under an "n.o.s." entry not in- (g) Transportation by rail. (1) A shipcluded in the segregation groups listed ping paper prepared by a rail carrier in section 3.1.4 of the IMDG Code but for a rail car, freight container, transbelonging, in the opinion of the conport vehicle or portable tank that consignor, to one of these groups, the aptains hazardous materials must include propriate segregation group must be the reporting mark and number when shown in association with the basic dedisplayed on the rail car, freight conscription (for example, IMDG Code segtainer. transport vehicle or portable regation group-1 Acids). When no segtank. regation group is applicable, there is (2) The shipping paper for each DOTno requirement to indicate that condi- 113 tank car containing a Division 2.1 tion. material or its residue must contain an (j) [Reserved] appropriate notation, such as "DOT (k) Technical names for "n.o.s." and 113", and the statement "Do not hump other generic descriptions. Unless otheror cut off car while in motion." wise excepted, if a material is de- (3) When shipments of elevated temscribed on a shipping paper by one of perature materials are transported the proper shipping names identified by under the exception permitted in the letter "G" in column (1) of the $173.247(h)(3) of this subchapter, the $172.101 Table, the technical name of shipping paper must contain an approthe hazardous material must be enpriate notation, such as "Maximum optered in parentheses in association erating speed 15 mph.". with the basic description. For example (h) Transportation by highway. Fol- "Corrosive liquid. n.o.s., (Octanoyl lowing the basic description for a hazchloride), 8, UN 1760, II". or "Corrosive ardous material in a Specification MC liquid, n.o.s., 8, UN 1760. II (contains 330 or MC 331 cargo tank, there must be Octanoyl chloride)". The word "conentered fortains" may be used in association with (1) Anhydrous ammonia. (i) The words the technical name, if appropriate. For "0.2 PERCENT WATER" to indicate organic peroxides which may qualify the suitability for shipping anhydrous for more than one generic listing deammonia in a cargo tank made of pending on concentration. the techquenched and tempered steel as authornical name must include the actual ized by § 173.315(a). Note 14 of this subconcentration being shipped or the conchapter, or centration range for the appropriate (ii) The words "NOT FOR Q and T generic listing. For example, "Organic TANKS" when the anhydrous ammonia peroxide type B, solid, 5.2, UN 3102 362 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.203 (dibenzoyl peroxide, 52-100%)" or "Or- (iv) If the n.o.s. description for the ganic peroxide type E, solid, 5.2, UN material (which is a mixture of haz- 3108 (dibenzoyl peroxide, paste, <52%)". ardous materials of different classes Shipping descriptions for toxic matemeeting the definition of more than rials that meet the criteria of Division one hazard class) contains the name of 6.1, PG I or II (as specified in $173.132(a) the chemical element or group responof this subchapter) or Division 2.3 (as sible for the material meeting the defispecified in $173.115(c) of this subnition of one of these classes. In such chapter) and are identified by the letcases, only the technical name of the ter "G" in column (1) of the $172.101 component that is not appropriately Table. must have the technical name of identified in the n.o.s. description shall the toxic constituent entered in parenbe entered in parentheses. theses in association with the basic de- (1) Marine pollutants. (1) If the proper scription. A material classed as Divishipping name for a material which is sion 6.2 and assigned identification a marine pollutant does not identify by number UN 2814 or 2900 because it is name the component which makes the suspected to contain an unknown Catmaterial a marine pollutant, the name egory A infectious substance must of that component must appear in pahave the words "suspected Category A rentheses in association with the basic infectious substance" entered in parendescription. Where two or more compotheses in place of the technical name nents which make a material a marine as part of the proper shipping descrippollutant are present, the names of at tion. least two of the components most pre- (1) If a hazardous material is a mixdominantly contributing to the marine ture or solution of two or more hazpollutant designation must appear in ardous materials, the technical names parentheses in association with the of at least two components most prebasic description. dominately contributing to the hazards (2) The words "Marine Pollutant" of the mixture or solution must be enshall be entered in association with the tered on the shipping paper as required basic description for a material which by paragraph (k) of this section. For example, "Flammable liquid. corrosive, is a marine pollutant. n.o.s., 3, UN 2924, II (contains Meth- (3) Except for transportation by vesanol, Potassium hydroxide)". sel, marine pollutants subject to the (2) The provisions of this paragraph provisions of 49 CFR 130.11 are excepted do not applyfrom the requirements of paragraph (1) (i) To a material that is a hazardous of this section if a phrase indicating waste and described using the proper the material is an oil is placed in assoshipping name "Hazardous waste, liqciation with the basic description. uid or solid, n.o.s.", classed as a mis- (4) Except when transported aboard cellaneous Class 9, provided the EPA vessel, marine pollutants in non-bulk hazardous waste number is included on packagings are not subject to the rethe shipping paper in association with quirements of this subchapter (see the basic description, or provided the $171.4 of this subchapter). material is described in accordance (m) Poisonous Materials. Notwithwith the provisions of $172.203(c) of this standing the hazard class to which a part. material is assigned, for materials that (ii) To a material for which the hazare poisonous by inhalation (see $171.8 ard class is to be determined by testing of this subchapter), the words "Poisonunder the criteria in § 172.101(c)(11). Inhalation Hazard" or "Toxic-Inhala- (iii) If the n.o.s. description for the tion Hazard" and the words "Zone A", material (other than a mixture of haz- "Zone B". "Zone C", or "Zone D" for ardous materials of different classes gases or "Zone A" or "Zone B" for liqmeeting the definitions of more than uids, as appropriate, shall be entered one hazard class) contains the name of on the shipping paper immediately folthe chemical element or group which is lowing the shipping description. The primarily responsible for the material word "Poison" or "Toxic" need not be being included in the hazard class indirepeated if it otherwise appears in the cated. shipping description. 363 $ 172.204 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) (n) Elevated temperature materials. If a the language contained in paragraph liquid material in a package meets the (a)(2) of this section. definition of an elevated temperature (1) "This is to certify that the abovematerial in $171.8 of this subchapter, named materials are properly classiand the fact that it is an elevated temfied, described, packaged, marked and perature material is not disclosed in labeled, and are in proper condition for the proper shipping name (for example, transportation according to the appliwhen the words "Molten" or "Elevated cable regulations of the Department of temperature" are part of the proper Transportation." shipping name), the word "HOT" must NOTE: In line one of the certification the immediately precede the proper shipwords "herein-named" may be substituted ping name of the material on the shipfor the words "above-named". ping paper. (o) Organic peroxides and self-reactive (2) "I hereby declare that the conmaterials. The description on a shipping tents of this consignment are fully and paper for a Division 4.1 (self-reactive) accurately described above by the propmaterial or a Division 5.2 (organic perer shipping name, and are classified, oxide) material must include the folpackaged, marked and labelled/placlowing additional information, as aparded, and are in all respects in proper propriate: condition for transport according to (1) If notification or competent auapplicable international and national thority approval is required, the shipgovernmental regulations." ping paper must contain a statement of (b) Exceptions. (1) Except for a hazapproval of the classification and conardous waste, no certification is reditions of transport. quired for a hazardous material offered (2) For Division 4.1 (self-reactive) and for transportation by motor vehicle Division 5.2 (organic peroxide) mateand transported: rials that require temperature control (1) In a cargo tank supplied by the during transport. the control and emercarrier, or gency temperature must be included on (ii) By the shipper as a private carthe shipping paper. rier except for a hazardous material (3) The word "SAMPLE" must be inthat is to be reshipped or transferred cluded in association with the basic defrom one carrier to another. scription when a sample of a Division (2) No certification is required for the 4.1 (self-reactive) material (see return of an empty tank car which pre- $173.224(c)(3) of this subchapter) or Diviously contained a hazardous material vision 5.2 (organic peroxide) material and which has not been cleaned or (see $173.225(b)(2) of this subchapter) is purged. offered for transportation. (c) Transportation by air-(1) General. Certification containing the following [Amdt. 172-29A. 41 FR 40677, Sept. 20, 1976) language may be used in place of the EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL RECISTER cicertification required by paragraph (a) tations affecting $172.203, see the List of CFR of this section: Sections Affected which appears in the Find- Ing Aids section of the printed volume and I hereby certify that the contents of this on GPO Access. consignment are fully and accurately described above by proper shipping name and § 172.204 Shipper's certification. are classified, packaged, marked and labeled, and in proper condition for carriage by air (a) General. Except as provided in according to applicable national governparagraphs (b) and (c) of this section, mental regulations. each person who offers a hazardous ma- NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (c)(1): In the certifiterial for transportation shall certify cation. the word "packed" may be used inthat the material is offered for transstead of the word "packaged" until October portation in accordance with this sub- 1, 2010. chapter by printing (manually or me- (2) Certificate in duplicate. Each perchanically) on the shipping paper conson who offers a hazardous material to taining the required shipping descripan aircraft operator for transportation tion the certification contained in by air shall provide two copies of the paragraph (a)(1) of this section or the certification required in this section. certification (declaration) containing (See $175.30 of this subchapter.) 364 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.205 (3) Additional certification require- (2) May be legibly signed manually, ments. Effective October 1, 2006, each by typewriter, or by other mechanical person who offers a hazardous material means. for transportation by air must add to [Amdt. 172-29A. 41 FR 40677, Sept. 20, 1976] the certification required in this sec- EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER cition the following statement: tations affecting $172.204. see the List of CFR "I declare that all of the applicable Sections Affected which appears in the Findair transport requirements have been ing Aids section of the printed volume and met." on GPO Access. (i) Each person who offers any pack- $172.205 Hazardous waste manifest. age or overpack of hazardous materials for transport by air must ensure that: (a) No person may offer, transport, (A) The articles or substances are not transfer, or deliver a hazardous waste prohibited for transport by air (see the (waste) unless an EPA Form 8700-22 $172.101 Table): and 8700-22A (when necessary) haz- (B) The articles or substances are ardous waste manifest (manifest) is properly classed, marked and labeled prepared in accordance with 40 CFR and otherwise in a condition for trans- 262.20 and is signed, carried, and given as required of that person by this secport as required by this subchapter; tion. (C) The articles or substances are (b) The shipper (generator) shall prepackaged in accordance with all the pare the manifest in accordance with 40 applicable air transport requirements, CFR part 262. including appropriate types of pack- (c) The original copy of the manifest aging that conform to the packing remust be dated by, and bear the handquirements and the "A" Special Proviwritten signature of, the person repsions in $172.102; inner packaging and resenting: maximum quantity per package limits: (1) The shipper (generator) of the the compatibility requirements (see, waste at the time it is offered for for example, $173.24 of this subchapter): transportation. and and requirements for closure for both (2) The initial carrier accepting the inner and outer packagings, absorbent waste for transportation. materials, and pressure differential in (d) A copy of the manifest must be $173.27 of this subchapter. Other redated by. and bear the handwritten sigquirements may also apply. For examnature of the person representing: ple, single packagings may be prohib- (1) Each subsequent carrier accepting ited, Inner packaging may need to be the waste for transportation. at the packed in intermediate packagings, time of acceptance, and and certain materials may be required (2) The designated facility receiving to be transported in packagings meetthe waste, upon receipt. ing a more stringent performance (e) A copy of the manifest bearing all level. required dates and signatures must be: (ii) [Reserved] (1) Given to a person representing (4) Radioactive material. Each person each carrier accepting the waste for transportation, who offers any radioactive material for (2) Carried during transportation in transportation aboard a passenger-carthe same manner as required by this rying aircraft shall sign (mechanically subchapter for shipping papers, or manually) a printed certificate stat- (3) Given to a person representing the ing that the shipment contains radiodesignated facility receiving the waste, active material intended for use in, or (4) Returned to the shipper (generincident to, research, or medical diagator) by the carrier that transported nosis or treatment. the waste from the United States to a (d) Signature. The certifications reforeign destination with a notation of quired by paragraph (a) or (c) of this the date of departure from the United section: States, and (1) Must be legibly signed by a prin- (5) Retained by the shipper (genercipal, officer, partner, or employee of ator) and by the initial and each subsethe shipper or his agent: and quent carrier for three years from the 365 § 172.300 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) date the waste was accepted by the ininon-rail transporter on the manifest; tial carrier. Each retained copy must and bear all required signatures and dates (ii) Retain a copy of the manifest in up to and including those entered by accordance with 40 CFR 263.22. the next person who received the (5) Before accepting hazardous waste waste. from a rail transporter. a non-rall (f) Transportation by rall. Notwithtransporter must sign and date the standing the requirements of paramanifest and provide a copy to the rail graphs (d) and (e) of this section, the transporter. following requirements apply: (g) The person delivering a hazardous (1) When accepting hazardous waste waste to an initial rail carrier shall from a non-rail transporter, the initial send a copy of the manifest, dated and rail transporter must: signed by a representative of the rail (1) Sign and date the manifest accarrier, to the person representing the knowledging acceptance of the hazdesignated facility. ardous waste; (h) A hazardous waste manifest re- (ii) Return a signed copy of the maniquired by 40 CFR part 262, containing fest to the non-rail transporter; all of the information required by this (iii) Forward at least three copies of subpart. may be used as the shipping the manifest to: paper required by this subpart. (A) The next non-rail transporter, if (i) The shipping description for a hazany; ardous waste must be modified as re- (B) The designated facility, if the quired by § 172.101(c)(9). shipment is delivered to that facility by rail; or [Amdt. 172-58, 45 FR 34698, May 22. 1980, as (C) The last rail transporter desamended by Amdt. 172-90, 49 FR 10510, Mar. 20, 1984; 49 FR 11184. Mar. 26, 1984: Amdt. 172- ignated to handle the waste in the 248, 61 FR 28675. June 5. 1996: 70 FR 34075, United States; and June 13, 2005) (iv) Retain one copy of the manifest and rall shipping paper in accordance Subpart D-Marking with 40 CFR 263.22. (2) Rail transporters must ensure § 172.300 Applicability. that a shipping paper containing all the information required on the mani- (a) Each person who offers a hazfest (excluding the EPA identification ardous material for transportation numbers, generator certification and shall mark each package, freight consignatures) and, for exports, an EPA tainer, and transport vehicle con- Acknowledgment of Consent accomtaining the hazardous material in the panies the hazardous waste at all manner required by this subpart. times. Intermediate rail transporters (b) When assigned the function by are not required to sign either the this subpart, each carrier that transmanifest or shipping paper. ports a hazardous material shall mark (3) When delivering hazardous waste each package, freight container, and to the designated facility. a rail transtransport vehicle containing the hazardous material in the manner required porter must: (i) Obtain the date of delivery and by this subpart. handwritten signature of the owner or [Amdt. 172-101. 45 FR 74666, Nov. 10. 1980] operator of the designated facility on the manifest or the shipping paper (if § 172.301 General marking requirethe manifest has not been received by ments for non-bulk packagings. the facility): and (a) Proper shipping name and identi- (ii) Retain a copy of the manifest or fication number. (1) Except as otherwise signed shipping paper in accordance provided by this subchapter. each perwith 40 CFR 263.22. son who offers a hazardous material for (4) When delivering hazardous waste transportation in a non-bulk packaging to a non-rail transporter, a rail transmust mark the package with the propporter must: er shipping name and identification (i) Obtain the date of delivery and number (preceded by "UN" or "NA," as the handwritten signature of the next appropriate) for the material as shown 366 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.302 in the $172.101 Table. Identification chapter, the outside of each package numbers are not required on packauthorized by a special permit must be agings that contain only ORM-D mateplainly and durably marked "DOT-SP" rials or limited quantities, as defined followed by the special permit number in $171.8 of this subchapter, except for assigned. Packages authorized by an limited quantities marked in accordexemption issued prior to October 1, ance with the marking requirements in 2007, may be plainly and durably $172.315. marked "DOT-E" in lieu of "DOT-SP" (2) The proper shipping name for a followed by the number assigned as hazardous waste (as defined in $171.8 of specified in the most recent version of this subchapter) is not required to inthat exemption. clude the word "waste" if the package (d) Consignee's or consignor's name and bears the EPA marking prescribed by address. Each person who offers for 40 CFR 262.32. transportation a hazardous material in (3) Large quantities of a single haz- a non-bulk package shall mark that ardous material in non-bulk packages. A package with the name and address of transport vehicle or freight container the consignor or consignee except when containing only a single hazardous mathe package isterial in non-bulk packages must be (1) Transported by highway only and marked, on each side and each end as will not be transferred from one motor specified in the $172.332 or $172.336, carrier to another; or with the identification number speci- (2) Part of a carload lot, truckload fied for the hazardous material in the lot or freight container load, and the $172.101 Table, subject to the following entire contents of the rail car, truck or provisions and limitations: freight container are shipped from one (i) Each package Is marked with the consignor to one consignee. same proper shipping name and identi- (e) Previously marked packagings. A fication number; package which has been previously (ii) The aggregate gross weight of the marked as required for the material it hazardous material is 4,000 kg (8,820 contains and on which the marking repounds) or more; mains legible, need not be remarked. (111) All of the hazardous material is (For empty packagings, see $173.29 of loaded at one loading facility; this subchapter.) (iv) The transport vehicle or freight (f) NON-ODORIZED marking on cylcontainer contains no other material, inders containing LPG. After September hazardous or otherwise; and 30, 2006, no person may offer for trans- (v) The identification number markportation or transport a specification ing requirement of this paragraph (a) (3) cylinder, except a Specification 2P or does not apply to Class 1, Class 7. or to 2Q container or a Specification 39 cylnon-bulk packagings for which identi- Inder, that contains an unodorized Liqfication numbers are not required. uefied petroleum gas (LPG) unless it is (b) Technical names. In addition to the legibly marked NON-ODORIZED or marking required by paragraph (a) of NOT ODORIZED in letters not less this section, each non-bulk packaging than 6.3 mm (0.25 inches) in height near containing a hazardous material subthe marked proper shipping name reject to the provisions of $172.203(k) of quired by paragraph (a) of this section. this part. except for a Division 6.2 material, must be marked with the tech- [Amdt. 172-123. 55 FR 52590, Dec. 21, 1990. as nical name in parentheses in associaamended by Amdt. 172-151. 62 FR 1227, Jan. 8, 1997; 62 FR 39404, July 22. 1997: 63 FR 16075, tion with the proper shipping name in Apr. 1, 1998; 66 FR 45182. Aug. 28, 2001: 68 FR accordance with the requirements and 45030. July 31. 2003: 69 FR 64471, Nov. 4, 2004; exceptions specified for display of tech- 70 FR 73164. Dec. 9, 2005; 71 FR 32258, June 2. nical descriptions on shipping papers in 2006] $172.203(k) of this part. A technical name should not be marked on the $172.302 General marking requireouter package of a Division 6.2 matements for bulk packagings. rial. (a) Identification numbers. Except as (c) Special permit packagings. Except otherwise provided in this subpart, no as provided in $173.23 of this subperson may offer for transportation or 367 § 172.303 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) transport a hazardous material in a tank cars, multi-unit tank car tanks, bulk packaging unless the packaging is and other bulk packagings are premarked as required by $172.332 with the scribed in $$ 172.326, 172.328, 172.330, and identification number specified for the 172.331, respectively. of this subpart. material in the $172.101 table- (f) A bulk packaging marked prior to (1) On each side and each end, if the October 1. 1991, in conformance to the packaging has a capacity of 3,785 L regulations of this subchapter in effect (1,000 gallons) or more: on September 30, 1991, need not be re- (2) On two opposing sides, if the packmarked if the key words of the proper aging has a capacity of less than 3,785 shipping name are identical to those L (1,000 gallons): or currently specified in the $172.101 (3) For cylinders permanently intable. For example, a tank car marked stalled on a tube trailer motor vehicle, "ANHYDROUS AMMONIA" need not on each side and each end of the motor be remarked "ANHYDROUS AMMOvehicle. NIA, LIQUEFIED". (b) Size of markings. Except as other- (g) A rail car, freight container, wise provided, markings required by truck body or trailer in which the ladthis subpart on bulk packagings ing has been fumigated with any hazmust- ardous material, or is undergoing fumi- (1) Have a width of at least 6.0 mm gation, must be marked as specified in (0.24 inch) and a height of at least 100 $173.9 of this subchapter. mm (3.9 inches) for rail cars; (2) Have a width of at least 4.0 mm [Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52591. Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66254, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. (0.16 inch) and a height of at least 25 172-150, 61 FR 50624. Sept. 26, 1996; Amdt. 172- mm (one inch) for portable tanks with 151, 62 FR 1228, Jan. 8. 1997; 62 FR 39398, July capacities of less than 3,785 L (1,000 gal- 22, 1997; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001: 70 FR 73164, lons) and IBCs; and Dec. 9, 2005) (3) Have a width of at least 6.0 mm (0.24 inch) and a height of at least 50 172.303 Prohibited marking. mm (2.0 inches) for cargo tanks and (a) No person may offer for transporother bulk packagings. tation or transport a package which is (c) Special permit packagings. Except marked with the proper shipping name as provided in $173.23 of this subor identification number of a hazardous chapter, the outside of each package material unless the package contains used under the terms of a special perthe identified hazardous material or its mit must be plainly and durably residue. marked "DOT-SP" followed by the spe- (b) This section does not apply tocial permit number assigned. Packages (1) Transportation of a package in a authorized by an exemption issued transport vehicle or freight container prior to October 1, 2007 may be plainly if the package is not visible during and durably marked "DOT-E" in lieu transportation and is loaded by the of "DOT-SP" followed by the number shipper and unloaded by the shipper or assigned as specified in the most recent consignee. version of that exemption. (2) Markings on a package which are (d) Each bulk packaging marked with securely covered in transportation. a proper shipping name, common name (3) The marking of a shipping name or identification number as required by on a package when the name describes this subpart must remain marked when a material not regulated under this It is emptied unless it issubchapter. (1) Sufficiently cleaned of residue and purged of vapors to remove any poten- [Amdt. 172-123. 55 FR 52591. Dec. 21. 1990, as tial hazard; or amended at 56 FR 66254. Dec. 20, 1991] (2) Refilled, with a material requiring different markings or no markings, to 172.304 Marking requirements. such an extent that any residue re- (a) The marking required in this submaining in the packaging is no longer parthazardous. (1) Must be durable, in English and (e) Additional requirements for printed on or affixed to the surface of a marking portable tanks. cargo tanks. package or on a label, tag, or sign. 368 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.312 (2) Must be displayed on a backregistration code of the country of ortground of sharply contrasting color; gin of the design. The international ve- (3) Must be unobscured by labels or hicle registration code for packages deattachments; and signed by a United States company or (4) Must be located away from any agency is the symbol "USA." other marking (such as advertising) (d) Each package which conforms to that could substantially reduce its ef- a Type B(U) or Type B(M) package defectiveness. (b) [Reserved] sign must have the outside of the outermost receptacle, which is resistant to [Amdt. 172-29, 41 FR 15996, Apr. 15, 1976. as the effects of fire and water, plainly amended by Amdt. 172-29B, 41 FR 57067, Dec. marked by embossing. stamping or 30, 1976] other means resistant to the effects of § 172.306 [Reserved] fire and water with a radiation symbol that conforms to the requirements of § 172.308 Authorized abbreviations. Appendix B of this part. (a) Abbreviations may not be used in (e) Each Type B(U), Type B(M) or a proper shipping name marking except fissile material package destined for as authorized in this section. export shipment must also be marked (b) The abbreviation "ORM" may be "USA" in conjunction with the speciused in place of the words "Other Regfication marking. or other package cerulated Material." tificate identification. (See §§ 173.471, (c) Abbreviations which appear as au- 173.472, and 173.473 of this subchapter.) thorized descriptions in column 2 of the $172.101 table (e.g., "TNT" and "PCB") [Docket No. RSPA-99-6283 (HM-230), 69 FR are authorized. 3668, Jan. 26, 2004] [Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52591, Dec. 21. 1990, as § 172.312 Liquid hazardous materials amended by Amdt. 172-145. 60 FR 49110, Sept. in non-bulk packagings. 21, 1995] (a) Except as provided in this section, § 172.310 Class 7 (radioactive) mateeach non-bulk combination package rials. having inner packagings containing In addition to any other markings reliquid hazardous materials must be: quired by this subpart, each package (1) Packed with closures upward, and containing Class 7 (radioactive) mate- (2) Legibly marked. with package oririals must be marked as follows: entation markings that conform pic- (a) Each package with a gross mass torially to the illustration shown in greater than 50 kg (110 lb) must have this paragraph, on two opposite its gross mass including the unit of vertical sides of the package with the measurement (which may be abbrearrows pointing in the correct upright viated) marked on the outside of the direction. Depicting a rectangular borpackage. der around the arrows is optional. (b) Each industrial. Type A, Type B(U). or Type B(M) package must be legibly and durably marked on the outside of the packaging, in letters at least 13 mm (0.5 in) high, with the words "TYPE IP-1," "TYPE IP-2," "TYPE IP-3," "TYPE A," "TYPE B(U)" or "TYPE B(M)," as appropriate. A package which does not conform to Type IP-1, Type IP-2, Type IP-3, Type A, Type B(U) or Type B(M) requirements may not be so marked. (c) Each package which conforms to an IP-1, IP-2, IP-3 or a Type A package design must be legibly and durably marked on the outside of the packaging with the international vehicle 369 $ 172.313 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) (6) Packages containing liquid infectlous substances in primary receptacles not exceeding 50 mL (1.7 oz.). [Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52591, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66254, Dec. 20. 1991: 57 FR 45458, Oct. 1. 1992; 64 FR 51918, Sept. 27, 1999; 11 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 45030, July 31, 2003; 71 FR 54395, Sept. 14, 2006) § 172.313 Poisonous hazardous materials. In addition to any other markings required by this subpart: (a) A material poisonous by inhalation (see $171.8 of this subchapter) shall be marked "Inhalation Hazard" in association with the required labels or placards, as appropriate, and shipping name when required. The marking must be on two opposing sides of a bulk Package orientation packaging. (See $172.302(b) of this subpart for size of markings on bulk pack- (b) Arrows for purposes other than ages.) When the words "Inhalation Hazindicating proper package orientation ard" appear on the label. as prescribed may not be displayed on a package conin $$172.416 and 172.429, or placard, as taining a liquid hazardous material. prescribed in $$172.540 and 172.555, the (c) The requirements of paragraph (a) "Inhalation Hazard" marking is not reof this section do not apply toquired on the package. (1) A non-bulk package with Inner (b) Each non-bulk plastic outer packpackagings which are cylinders. aging used as a single or composite (2) Except when offered or intended packaging for materials meeting the for transportation by aircraft, packdefinition of Division 6.1 (in $173.132 of ages containing flammable liquids in this subchapter) shall be permanently inner packagings of 1 L or less prepared marked, by embossment or other durable means, with the word "POISON" in in accordance with $173.150 (b) or (c) of letters at least 6.3 mm (0.25 inch) in this subchapter. height. Additional text or symbols re- (3) When offered or Intended for lated to hazard warning may be intransportation by aircraft, packages cluded in the marking. The marking containing flammable liquids in inner shall be located within 150 mm (6 packagings of 120 mL (4 fluid oz.) or inches) of the closure of the packaging. less prepared in accordance with (c) A transport vehicle or freight con- $173.150 (b) or (c) of this subchapter tainer containing a material poisonous when packed with sufficient absorption by inhalation in non-bulk packages material between the inner and outer shall be marked, on each side and each packagings to completely absorb the end as specified in $172.332 or $172.336, liquid contents. with the identification number speci- (4) Liquids contained in manufacfied for the hazardous material in the tured articles (e.g., alcohol or mercury $172.101 table, subject to the following in thermometers) which are leak-tight provisions and limitations: in all orientations. (1) The material is in Hazard Zone A (5) A non-bulk package with hermetior B; cally sealed inner packagings. (2) The transport vehicle or freight container is loaded at one facility with 1,000 kg (2,205 pounds) or more aggregate gross weight of the material in non-bulk packages marked with the same proper shipping name and identification number: and 370 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT $ 172.317 (3) If the transport vehicle or freight 172.316 Packagings containing matecontainer contains more than one marials classed as ORM-D. terial meeting the provisions of this (a) Each non-bulk packaging conparagraph (c), it shall be marked with taining a material classed as ORM-D the identification number for one mamust be marked on at least one side or terial, determined as follows: end with the ORM-D designation imme- (i) For different materials in the diately following or below the proper same hazard zone, with the identificashipping name of the material. The tion number of the material having the ORM designation must be placed withgreatest aggregate gross weight: and in a rectangle that is approximately 6.3 (ii) For different materials in both mm (0.25 inches) larger on each side Hazard Zones A and B. with the identithan the designation. The designation fication number for the Hazard Zone A for ORM-D must be: material. (1) ORM-D-AIR for an ORM-D that is (d) For a packaging containing a Diprepared for air shipment and packaged vision 6.1 PG III material, "PG III" in accordance with the provisions of may be marked adjacent to the POI- $173.27 of this subchapter. SON label. (See $172.405(c).) (2) ORM-D for an ORM-D other than as described in paragraph (a)(1) of this [Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52592, Dec. 21, 1990, as section. amended at 57 FR 46624, Oct. 9, 1992; Amdt. (b) When the ORM-D marking includ- 172-151. 62 FR 1228. Jan. 8, 1997; 62 FR 39398, ing the proper shipping name can not 39405, July 22, 1997: 63 FR 16075. Apr. 1, 1998; be affixed on the package surface, it 64 FR 10776, Mar. 5. 1999) may be on an attached tag. (c) The marking ORM-D is the cer- § 172.315 Packages containing limited quantities. tification by the person offering the packaging for transportation that the Except for transportation by aircraft material is properly described, classed, or as otherwise provided in this subpackaged, marked and labeled (when chapter, a package containing a limappropriate) and in proper condition ited quantity of hazardous materials is for transportation according to the apnot required to be marked with the plicable regulations of this subchapter. proper shipping name provided it is This form of certification does not premarked with the identification (ID) clude the requirement for a certificate number, preceded by the letters "UN" on a shipping paper when required by or "NA," as applicable, for the entry as subpart C of this part. shown in the $172.101 Table, and placed [Amdt. 172-29, 41 FR 15996, Apr. 15, 1976, as within a square-on-point border in acamended by Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52592, Dec. cordance with the following: 21, 1990: 56 FR 66254, Dec. 20, 1991) (a) The ID number marking must be durable, legible and of such a size rel- § 172.317 KEEP AWAY FROM HEAT handling mark. ative to the package as to be readily visible. The width of line forming the (a) General. For transportation by square-on-point must be at least 2 mm aircraft, each package containing selfand the height of the ID number must reactive substances of Division 4.1 or be at least 6 mm. The marking must be organic peroxides of Division 5.2 must applied on at least one side or one end be marked with the KEEP AWAY of the outer packaging. FROM HEAT handling mark specified (b) When two or more hazardous main this section. terials with different ID numbers are (b) Location and design. The marking contained in the package, the packmust be a rectangle measuring at least aging must be marked with either Indi- 105 mm (4.1 inches) in height by 74 mm vidual square-on-points bearing a sin- (2.9 inches) in width. Markings with not less than half this dimension are gle ID number, or a single square-onpoint large enough to include each appermissible where the dimensions of plicable ID number. the package can only bear a smaller mark. [68 FR 45030, July 31, 2003, as amended at 69 (c) KEEP AWAY FROM HEAT han- FR 76153, Dec. 20. 2004] dling mark. The KEEP AWAY FROM 371 $ 172.320 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) HEAT handling mark must conform to (1) Except for size, the KEEP AWAY the following: FROM HEAT handling mark must appear as follows: keep away from heat (2) The symbol. letters and border section, each package containing a must be black and the background Class 1 material must be marked with white, except for the starburst which the EX-number for each substance, armust be red. ticle or device contained therein. (3) The KEEP AWAY FROM HEAT (b) Except for fireworks approved in handling marking required by paraaccordance with $173.56(j) of this subgraph (a) of this section must be durachapter. a package of Class 1 materials ble, legible and displayed on a backmay be marked, in lieu of the EX-numground of contrasting color. ber required by paragraph (a) of this section, with a national stock number [69 FR 76153, Dec. 20. 2004] issued by the Department of Defense or § 172.320 Explosive hazardous mateidentifying information, such as a rials. product code required by regulations for commercial explosives specified in (a) Except as otherwise provided in 27 CFR part 55, if the national stock paragraphs (b), (c), (d) and (e) of this number or identifying information can 372 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT $ 172.322 be specifically associated with the EXpresent, the names of at least two of number assigned. the components most predominantly (c) When more than five different contributing to the marine pollutant Class 1 materials are packed in the designation must appear in parentheses same package, the package may be in association with the marked proper marked with only five of the EX-numshipping name; and bers, national stock numbers, product (2) The MARINE POLLUTANT mark codes, or combination thereof. shall be placed in association with the (d) The requirements of this section hazard warning labels required by subdo not apply if the EX-number, product part E of this part or, in the absence of code or national stock number of each any labels, in association with the explosive item described under a proper marked proper shipping name. shipping description is shown in association with the shipping description (b) A bulk packaging that contains a required by $172.202(a) of this part. marine pollutant must- Product codes and national stock num- (1) Be marked with the MARINE bers must be traceable to the specific POLLUTANT mark on at least two op- EX-number assigned by the Associate posing sides or two ends other than the Administrator. bottom if the packaging has a capacity (e) The requirements of this section of less than 3,785 L (1,000 gallons). The do not apply to the following Class 1 mark must be visible from the direcmaterials: tion it faces. The mark may be dis- (1) Those being shipped to a testing played in black lettering on a squareagency in accordance with $173.56(d) of on-point configuration having the same this subchapter; outside dimensions as a placard; or (2) Those being shipped in accordance (2) Be marked on each end and each with $173.56(e) of this subchapter, for side with the MARINE POLLUTANT the purposes of developmental testing: mark if the packaging has a capacity (3) Those which meet the requireof 3.785 L (1,000 gallons) or more. The ments of $173.56(h) of this subchapter mark must be visible from the direcand therefore are not subject to the aption it faces. The mark may be disproval process of $173.56 of this subplayed in black lettering on a squarechapter; on-point configuration having the same (4) Until October 1. 1993, those which outside dimensions as a placard. are shipped under $171.19 of this sub- (c) A transport vehicle or freight conchapter; and tainer that contains a package subject (5) Those that are transported in acto the marking requirements of paracordance with 173.56(c)(2) of this subgraph (a) or (b) of this section must be chapter and, therefore, are covered by marked with the MARINE POLLUT- a national security classification cur- ANT mark. The mark must appear on rently in effect. each side and each end of the transport [Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66254. Dec. 20, 1991, as vehicle or freight container, and must amended by Amdt. 172-139, 59 FR 67487, Dec. be visible from the direction it faces. 29. 1994; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001] This requirement may be met by the marking displayed on a freight con- § 172.322 Marine pollutants. tainer or portable tank loaded on a (a) For vessel transportation of each motor vehicle or rail car. This mark non-bulk packaging that contains a may be displayed in black lettering on marine pollutant- a white square-on-point configuration (1) If the proper shipping name for a having the same outside dimensions as material which is a marine pollutant a placard. does not identify by name the compo- (d) The MARINE POLLUTANT mark nent which makes the material a mais not requiredrine pollutant, the name of that com- (1) On a combination package conponent must be marked on the package taining a severe marine pollutant (see in parentheses in association with the appendix B to $172.101), in inner packmarked proper shipping name. Where agings each of which contains: two or more components which make a (i) 0.5 L (17 ounces) or less net capacmaterial a marine pollutant are ity for liquids; or 373 § 172.323 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) (ii) 500 g (17.6 ounces) or less net ca- (3) Except for transportation by vespacity for solids. sel, on a bulk packaging, freight con- (2) On a combination packaging container or transport vehicle that bears a taining a marine pollutant. other than label or placard specified in subparts E a severe marine pollutant, in inner or F of this part. packagings each of which contains: (e) MARINE POLLUTANT mark. The (i) 5 L (1.3 gallons) or less net capac- MARINE POLLUTANT mark must ity for liquids: or conform to the following: (ii) 5 kg (11 pounds) or less net capac- (1) Except for size, the MARINE POLity for solids. LUTANT mark must appear as follows: MARINE POLLUTANT (2) The symbol, letters and border (f) Exceptions. See $171.4(c). must be black and the background [Amdt. 172-127. 57 FR 52938, Nov. 5. 1992. as white, or the symbol, letters, border amended by Amdt. 172-136, 59 FR 38064. July and background must be of contrasting 26, 1994: Amdt. 172-145, 60 FR 49110, Sept. 21, color to the surface to which the mark 1995: 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001: 70 FR 56098, is affixed. Each side of the mark must Sept. 23, 2005) be- (i) At least 100 mm (3.9 inches) for § $172.323 Infectious substances. marks applied to: (a) In addition to other requirements (A) Non-bulk packagings, except in of this subpart, after September 30, the case of packagings which, because 2003, a bulk packaging containing a of their size, can only bear smaller regulated medical waste, as defined in marks; or § 173.134(a)(5) of this subchapter, must (B) Bulk packagings with a capacity be marked with a BIOHAZARD markof less than 3785 L (1,000 gallons); or ing conforming to 29 CFR (ii) At least 250 mm (9.8 inches) for 1910.1030(g)(1)(i)- marks applied to all other bulk pack- (1) On two opposing sides or two ends agings. other than the bottom if the packaging has a capacity of less than 3,785 L (1,000 374 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.323 gallons). The BIOHAZARD marking container, if the BIOHAZARD marking must measure at least 152.4 mm (6 on the bulk packaging is not visible, inches) on each side and must be visithe transport vehicle or freight conble from the direction It faces. tainer must be marked as required by (2) On each end and each side if the paragraph (a) of this section on each packaging has a capacity of 3,785 L side and each end. (1,000 gallons) or more. The BIO- (c) The background color for the BIO- HAZARD marking must measure at HAZARD marking required by paraleast 152.4 mm (6 inches) on each side graph (a) of this section must be orand must be visible from the direction ange and the symbol and letters must it faces. be black. Except for size the BIO- (b) For a bulk packaging contained in HAZARD marking must appear as folor on a transport vehicle or freight lows: 375 § 172.324 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) 8 BIOHAZARD (d) The BIOHAZARD marking re- § 172.324 Hazardous substances in quired by paragraph (a) of this section non-bulk packagings. must be displayed on a background of For each non-bulk package that concontrasting color. It may be displayed tains a hazardous substanceon a plain white square-on-point con- (a) Except for packages of radiofiguration having the same outside diactive material labeled in accordance mensions as a placard, as specified in with $172.403, if the proper shipping $172.519(c) of this part. name of a material that is a hazardous substance does not identify the haz- [67 FR 53135, Aug. 14, 2002] ardous substance by name, the name of the hazardous substance must be marked on the package, in parentheses, 376 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.325 in association with the proper shipping black or white Gothic lettering on a name. If the material contains two or contrasting background. The marking more hazardous substances, at least must be displayed on the packaging two hazardous substances, including itself or in black lettering on a plain the two with the lowest reportable white square-on-point configuration quantities (RQs), must be identified. having the same outside dimensions as For a hazardous waste, the waste code a placard. (See § 172.302(b) for size of (e.g., D001), if appropriate, may be used markings on bulk packagings.) to identify the hazardous substance. (b) Bulk packagings containing mol- (b) The letters "RQ" shall be marked ten aluminum or molten sulfur must be on the package in association with the marked "MOLTEN ALUMINUM" or proper shipping name. "MOLTEN SULFUR", respectively, in [Amdt. 172-108, 52 FR 4843, Feb. 17. 1987. as the same manner as prescribed in paraamended by Amdt. 172-119. 54 FR 39505, Sept. graph (a) of this section. 26. 1989; Amdt. 172-122, 55 FR 46825, Nov. 7, (c) If the identification number is 1990: Amdt. 172-123. 55 FR 52592. Dec. 21, 1990: displayed on a white-square-on-point Amdt. 172-127, 57 FR 52939, Nov. 5. 1992; display configuration, as prescribed in Amdt. 172-149. 61 FR 27172, May 30, 1996] $172.336(b), the word "HOT" may be displayed in the upper corner of the § 172.325 Elevated temperature matesame white-square-on-point display rials. configuration. The word "HOT" must (a) Except as provided in paragraph be in black letters having a height of (b) of this section, a bulk packaging at least 50 mm (2.0 inches). Except for containing an elevated temperature size, these markings shall be as illusmaterial must be marked on two optrated for an Elevated temperature maposing sides with the word "HOT" in terial. liquid, n.o.s.: 377 § 172.326 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) HOT 3257 [Amdt. 172-125, 58 FR 3348, Jan. 8, 1993, as amended by Amdt. 172-139, 59 FR 67487, Dec. 29, 1994] § 172.326 Portable tanks. taining a hazardous material must be (a) Shipping name. No person may marked on each side and each end as offer for transportation or transport a required by $172.332 with the identificaportable tank containing a hazardous tion number specified for the material in the $172.101 table. material unless it is legibly marked on two opposing sides with the proper (2) Each person who offers a portable shipping name specified for the matetank containing a hazardous material rial in the $172.101 table. to a motor carrier, for transportation in a transport vehicle or freight con- (b) Owner's name. The name of the tainer, shall provide the motor carrier owner or of the lessee, if applicable, with the required identification nummust be displayed on a portable tank bers on placards, orange panels, or the that contains a hazardous material. white square-on-point configuration, as (c) Identification numbers. (1) If the appropriate, for each side and each end identification number markings reof the transport vehicle or freight conquired by $172.302(a) are not visible, a tainer from which identification numtransport vehicle or freight container bers on the portable tank are not visiused to transport a portable tank conble. 378 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.330 (d) NON-ODORIZED marking on port- (b) Required markings: Gases. Except able tanks containing LPG. After Sepfor certain nurse tanks which must be tember 30, 2006, no person may offer for marked as specified in $173.315(m) of transportation or transport a portable this subchapter, each cargo tank transtank containing liquefied petroleum porting a Class 2 material subject to gas (LPG) that is unodorized as authorthis subchapter must be marked, in letized in $173.315(b)(1) unless it is legibly tering no less than 50 mm (2.0 inches), marked NON-ODORIZED or NOT on each side and each end with- ODORIZED on two opposing sides near (1) The proper shipping name specithe marked proper shipping name refled for the gas in the $172.101 table; or quired by paragraph (a) of this section, (2) An appropriate common name for or near the placards. the material (e.g., "Refrigerant Gas"). [Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52592, Dec. 21, 1990, as (c) QT/NQT markings. Each MC 330 amended at 56 FR 66255, Dec. 20, 1991: 69 FR and MC 331 cargo tank must be marked 64471, Nov. 4. 2004] near the specification plate, in letters no less than 50 mm (2.0 inches) in § 172.328 Cargo tanks. height, with- (a) Providing and affixing identification (1) "QT", if the cargo tank is connumbers. Unless a cargo tank is already structed of quenched and tempered marked with the identification numsteel; or bers required by this subpart, the iden- (2) "NQT", if the cargo tank is contification numbers must be provided or structed of other than quenched and affixed as follows: tempered steel. (1) A person who offers a hazardous (d) After October 3, 2005, each on-vematerial to a motor carrier for transhicle manually-activated remote shutportation in a cargo tank shall provide off device for closure of the internal the motor carrier the identification self-closing stop valve must be identinumbers on placards or shall affix orfied by marking "Emergency Shutoff' ange panels containing the required in letters at least 0.75 inches in height, identification numbers, prior to or at in a color that contrasts with its backthe time the material is offered for ground, and located in an area immetransportation. diately adjacent to the means of clo- (2) A person who offers a cargo tank sure. containing a hazardous material for (e) NON-ODORIZED marking on cargo transportation shall affix the required tanks containing LPG. After September identification numbers on panels or 30, 2006, no person may offer for transplacards prior to or at the time the portation or transport a cargo tank cargo tank is offered for transporcontaining liquefied petroleum gas tation. (LPG) that is unodorized as authorized (3) For a cargo tank transported on in $173.315(b)(1) unless it is legibly or in a transport vehicle or freight conmarked NON-ODORIZED or NOT tainer, if the identification number ODORIZED on two opposing sides near marking on the cargo tank required by the marked proper shipping name as $172.302(a) would not normally be visispecified in paragraph (b)(1) of this secble during transportationtion, or near the placards. (i) The transport vehicle or freight [Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52592. Dec. 21, 1990, as container must be marked as required amended at 56 FR 66255, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. by $172.332 on each side and each end 172-151, 62 FR 1228, Jan. 8, 1997: 62 FR 39045, with the identification number speci- July 22, 1997: 68 FR 19277, Apr. 18. 2003: 69 FR fied for the material in the $172.101 64471. Nov. 4, 2004] table; and (ii) When the cargo tank is perma- 172.330 Tank cars and multi-unit nently installed within an enclosed tank car tanks. cargo body of the transport vehicle or (a) Shipping name and identification freight container, the identification number. No person may offer for transnumber marking required by 172.302(a) portation or transport a hazardous maneed only be displayed on each side and terialend of a cargo tank that is visible when (1) In a tank car unless the following the cargo tank is accessed. conditions are met: 379 § 172.331 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) (1) The tank car must be marked on ance with §§ 172.302(a) and 172.332 of this each side and each end as required by subpart. $ 172.302 with the identification number (b) A motor vehicle or rail car used specified for the material in the to transport a multi-unit tank car $172.101 table; and tank containing a hazardous material (ii) A tank car containing any of the must be marked on each side and each following materials must be marked on end, as required by $172.332, with the each side with the key words of the identification number specified for the proper shipping name specified for the material in the $172.101 table. material in the $172.101 table, or with a (c) After September 30, 2006, no percommon name authorized for the mateson may offer for transportation or rial in this subchapter (e.g., "Refrigtransport a tank car or multi-unit erant Gas"): tank car tank containing liquefied pe- Acrolein, stabilized troleum gas (LPG) that is unodorized Ammonia, anhydrous, liquefied unless it is legibly marked NON-ODOR- Ammonia solutions (more than 50% ammo- IZED or NOT ODORIZED on two opposnia) ing sides near the marked proper ship- Bromine or Bromine solutions ping name required by paragraphs Bromine chloride (a) and (a)(2) of this section, or near Chloroprene, stabilized the placards. The NON-ODORIZED or Dispersant gas or Refrigerant gas (as defined in $173.115 of this subchapter) NOT ODORIZED marking may appear Division 2.1 materials on a tank car or multi-unit tank car Division 2.2 materials (in Class DOT 107 tank tank used for both unodorized and cars only) odorized LPG. Division 2.3 materials [Amdt. 172-123. 55 FR 52593, Dec. 21, 1990, as Formic acid amended at 56 FR 66255, Dec. 20, 1991: 57 FR Hydrocyanic acid, aqueous solutions 45458, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 172-148, 61 FR 28676, Hydrofluoric acid, solution June 5, 1996: Amdt. 172-148, 61 FR 50254, Sept. Hydrogen cyanide. stabilized (less than 3% 25, 1996; 66 FR 33425, June 21, 2001; 69 FR water) 64471, Nov. 4, 2004] Hydrogen fluoride, anhydrous Hydrogen peroxide, aqueous solutions (great- § 172.331 Bulk packagings other than er than 20% hydrogen peroxide) Hydrogen peroxide, stabilized portable tanks, cargo tanks, tank cars and multi-unit tank car tanks. Hydrogen peroxide and peroxyacetic acid mixtures (a) Each person who offers a haz- Nitric acid (other than red furning) ardous material to a motor carrier for Phosphorus. amorphous transportation in a bulk packaging Phosphorus, white dry or Phosphorus. white. shall provide the motor carrier with under water or Phosphorus white, in solution, or Phosphorus, yellow dry or Phosthe required identification numbers on phorus. yellow, under water or Phosphorus, placards or plain white square-on-point yellow, in solution display configurations, as authorized, Phosphorus white, molten or shall affix orange panels containing Potassium nitrate and sodium nitrate mixthe required identification numbers to tures the packaging prior to or at the time Potassium permanganate the material is offered for transpor- Sulfur trioxide, stabilized tation, unless the packaging is already Sulfur trioxide, uninhibited marked with the identification number (2) In a multi-unit tank car tank, unas required by this subchapter. less the tank is marked on two oppos- (b) Each person who offers a bulk ing sides, in letters and numerals no packaging containing a hazardous maless than 50 mm (2.0 inches) highterial for transportation shall affix to (i) With the proper shipping name the packaging the required identificaspecified for the material in the tion numbers on orange panels, square- $172.101 table or with a common name on-point configurations or placards, as authorized for the material in this subappropriate, prior to, or at the time chapter (e.g., "Refrigerant Gas"); and the packaging is offered for transpor- (ii) With the identification number tation unless it is already marked with specified for the material in the identification numbers as required by $172.101 table. unless marked in accordthis subchapter. 380 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT $ 172.332 (c) For a bulk packaging contained in or on a transport vehicle or freight container, if the identification number marking on the bulk packaging (e.g., an IBC) required by $172.302(a) is not visible, the transport vehicle or freight 1075 container must be marked as required by $172.332 on each side and each end with the identification number specified for the material in the § 172.101 (c) Placards. Display of an identificatable. tion number on a hazard warning placard shall be in conformance with [Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52593, Dec. 21, 1994, as the following: amended by Amdt. 172-151, 62 FR 1228, Jan. 8, 1997: 62 FR 39398, July 22, 1997] (1) The identification number shall be displayed across the center area of $ 172.332 Identification number markthe placard in 88 mm (3.5 inches) black ings. Alpine Gothic or Alternate Gothic No. (a) General. When required by 3 numerals on a white background 100 § 172.301, $172.302, $172.313, $172.326. mm (3.9 inches) high and approxi- 172.328, $172.330, or $172.331, Identificamately 215 mm (8.5 inches) wide and tion number markings must be dismay be outlined with a solid or dotted line border. played on orange panels or placards as specified in this section, or on white (2) The top of the 100 mm (3.9 inches) square-on-point configurations as prehigh white background shall be apscribed in $172.336(b). proximately 40 mm (1.6 inches) above (b) Orange panels. Display of an identhe placard horizontal center line. tification number on an orange panel (3) An identification number may be shall be in conformance with the foldisplayed only on a placard corlowing: responding to the primary hazard class of the hazardous material. (1) The orange panel must be 160 mm (6.3 Inches) high by 400 mm (15.7 inches) (4) For a COMBUSTIBLE placard wide with a 15 mm (0.6 inches) black used to display an identification numouter border. The identification number, the entire background below the ber shall be displayed in 100 mm (3.9 white background for the identificainches) black Helvetica Medium nution number must be white during merals on the orange panel. Measuretransportation by rail and may be ments may vary from those specified white during transportation by highplus or minus 5 mm (0.2 inches). way. (2) The orange panel may be made of (5) The name of the hazardous mateany durable material prescribed for rial and the hazard class may be shown placards in $172.519, and shall be of the in letters not more than 18 points high orange color specified for labels or immediately within the upper border of placards in appendix A to this part. the space on the placard bearing the (3) The name and hazard class of a identification number of the material. material may be shown in the upper (6) If an identification number is left border of the orange panel in letplaced over the word(s) on a placard, ters not more than 18 points (0.25 in.) the word(s) should be substantially high. covered to maximize the effectiveness (4) Except for size and color, the orof the identification number. ange panel and identification numbers (d) Except for size and color, the disshall be as illustrated for Liquefied peplay of an identification number on a troleum gas: placard shall be as illustrated for Acetone: 381 § 172.334 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) unless it is the correct identification number for all hazardous materials of the same class in the transport vehicle or freight container on which it is displayed. (e) Except as specified in $172.338, an 1% identification number may not be dis- 1090 3½ played on an orange panel on a cargo 2% tank unless affixed to the cargo tank by the person offering the hazardous 3 material for transportation in the 13/4 cargo tank. 1% (f) If a placard is required by 172.504, an identification number may not be displayed on an orange panel unless it [Amdt. 172-101. 45 FR 74667, Nov. 10, 1980, as is displayed in proximity to the amended by Amdt. 172-81, 48 FR 28099, June placard. 20. 1983: Amdt. 172-110, 52 FR 29527, Aug. 10, (g) No person shall add any color, 1987; Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52593, Dec. 21, 1990; number, letter, symbol, or word other 56 FR 66255. Dec. 20. 1991; Amdt. 172-151, 62 than as specified in this subchapter, to FR 1228, Jan. 8, 1997; 65 FR 50459, Aug. 18, 2000; 68 FR 57632, Oct. 6. 2003] any identification number marking display which is required or authorized § 172.334 Identification numbers; proby this subchapter. hibited display. [Amdt. 172-101, 45 FR 74667, Nov. 10, 1980. as (a) No person may display an identiamended by Amdt. 172-104, 51 FR 23078, June fication number on a RADIOACTIVE. 25, 1986; Amdt. 172-110, 52 FR 29528, Aug. 10, EXPLOSIVES 1.1, 1.2. 1.3, 1.4, 1.5 or 1.6, 1987; Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52593, Dec. 21, 1990; DANGEROUS, or subsidiary hazard 56 FR 66255, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 172-127, 59 placard. FR 49133, Sept. 26, 1994] (b) No person may display an identification number on a placard, orange § 172.336 Identification numbers; spepanel or white square-on-point display cial provisions. configuration unless- (a) When not required or prohibited (1) The identification number is specby this subpart. identification numbers ified for the material in $172.101; may be displayed on a transport vehi- (2) The identification number is discle or a freight container in the manplayed on the placard, orange panel or ner prescribed by this subpart. white square-on-point configuration (b) Identification numbers, when reauthorized by $172.332 or $172.336(b), as quired. must be displayed on either orappropriate, and any placard used for display of the identification number ange panels (see $172.332(b)) or on a corresponds to the hazard class of the plain white square-on-point display material specified in $172.504; configuration having the same outside (3) Except as provided under $ 172.336 dimensions as a placard. In addition, (c)(4) or (c)(5), the package. freight confor materials in hazard classes for tainer, or transport vehicle on which which placards are specified and identithe number is displayed contains the fication number displays are required, hazardous material associated with but for which identification numbers that identification number in $172.101. may not be displayed on the placards (c) Except as required by authorized for the material (see $172.332(c)(4) for a combustible liquid, $172.334(a)), identification numbers the identification number of a material must be displayed on orange panels or may be displayed only on the placards on the plain white square-on-point disrequired by the tables in $172.504. play configuration in association with (d) Except as provided in $172.336, a the required placards. An identificaplacard bearing an identification numtion number displayed on a white ber may not be used to meet the resquare-on-point display configuration quirements of subpart F of this part is not considered to be a placard. 382 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.400 (1) The 100 mm (3.9 inch) by 215 mm panels, or white square-on-point dis- (8.5 inches) area containing the identiplay configurations that are required fication number shall be located as preto be displayed are lost, damaged or described by $172.332 (c)(1) and (c)(2) and stroyed during transportation, the carmay be outlined with a solid or dotted rier shall replace all the missing or line border. damaged identification numbers as (2) [Reserved] soon as practicable. However, in such a (c) Identification numbers are not recase, the numbers may be entered by quired: hand on the appropriate placard, or- (1) On the ends of a portable tank, ange panel or white square-on-point cargo tank or tank car having more display configuration providing the than one compartment if hazardous correct identification numbers are enmaterials having different identificatered legibly using an indelible marktion numbers are being transported ing material. When entered by hand, therein. In such a circumstance, the the identification numbers must be loidentification numbers on the sides of cated in the white display area specithe tank shall be displayed in the same fied in $172.332. This section does not sequence as the compartments conpreclude required compliance with the taining the materials they identify. placarding requirements of subpart F (2) On a cargo tank containing only of this subchapter. gasoline. if the cargo tank is marked "Gasoline" on each side and rear in let- [Amdt. 172-110, 52 FR 29528. Aug. 10, 1987] ters no less than 50 mm (2 inches) high. or is placarded in accordance with Subpart E-Labeling $172.542(c). (3) On a cargo tank containing only § 172.400 General labeling requirefuel oil, if the cargo tank is marked ments. "Fuel Oil" on each side and rear in let- (a) Except as specified in $172.400a, ters no less than 50 mm (2 inches) high, each person who offers for transporor is placarded in accordance with tation or transports a hazardous mate- $172.544(c). rial in any of the following packages or (4) For each of the different liquid pecontainment devices, shall label the troleum distillate fuels, including gaspackage or containment device with laoline and gasohol in a compartmented bels specified for the material in the cargo tank or tank car, if the identi- $172.101 table and in this subpart: fication number is displayed for the (1) A non-bulk package; distillate fuel having the lowest flash (2) A bulk packaging, other than a point. cargo tank, portable tank, or tank car, (5) For each of the different liquid pewith a volumetric capacity of less than troleum distillate fuels, including gas- 18 m3 (640 cubic feet), unless placarded oline and gasohol transported in a in accordance with subpart F of this cargo tank, if the identification numpart: ber is displayed for the liquid petro- (3) A portable tank of less than 3785 L. leum distillate fuel having the lowest (1000 gallons) capacity, unless placflash point. arded in accordance with subpart F of (6) On nurse tanks meeting the provisions of $173.315(m) of this subchapter. this part; (4) A DOT Specification 106 or 110 [Amdt. 172-101, 45 FR 74667, Nov. 10, 1980, as multi-unit tank car tank, unless placamended by Amdt. 172-74. 47 FR 40365, Sept. arded in accordance with subpart F of 30. 1982: Amdt. 172-109. 52 FR 13038, Apr. 20, this part; and 1987; Amdt. 172-110, 52 FR 29528, Aug. 10, 1987: Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52593. Dec. 21, 1990; 56 (5) An overpack, freight container or FR 66255, Dec. 20, 1991; 65 FR 50459, Aug. 18, unit load device, of less than 18 m3 (640 2000] cubic feet), which contains a package for which labels are required, unless § 172.338 Replacement of identification placarded or marked in accordance numbers. with $172.512 of this part. If more than one of the identification (b) Labeling is required for a haznumber markings on placards. orange ardous material which meets one or 383 § 172.400a 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) more hazard class definitions, in accordance with column 6 of the $172.101 table and the following table: Label design or sec- Hazard class or division Label name tion ref- a EXPLOSIVES 1.1 172.411 1.1 1.2 EXPLOSIVES 1.2 172.411 1.3 EXPLOSIVES 1.3 172.411 1.4 EXPLOSIVES 1.4 172.411 EXPLOSIVES 1.5 172.411 1.5 EXPLOSIVES 1.6 172.411 1.6 2.1 FLAMMABLE GAS 172.417 2.2 NONFLAMMABLE GAS 172.415 172.416 2.3 POISON GAS 3 (flammable liquid) Combustible liquid FLAMMABLE LIQUID (none) 172.419 4.1 FLAMMABLE SOLID 172.420 4.2 SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE 172.422 DANGEROUS WHEN WET 172.423 4.3 5.1 OXIDIZER 172,426 5.2 ORGANIC PEROXIDE 172.427 6.1 (material poisonous by inhalation (see § 171.8 of POISON INHALATION HAZARD 172.429 this subchapter)). 6.1 (other than material poisonous by inhalation) POISON 172.430 6.1 (Inhalation hazard, Zone A or B) POISON INHALATION HAZARD 172.429 6.1 (other than inhalation hazard, Zone A or B) POISON 172.430 6.2 INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE 172.432 7 (see § 172.403) RADIOACTIVE WHITE-I 172.436 RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-II 172.438 7 7 RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-III 172.440 7 (fissile radioactive material; see $172.402) FISSILE 172.441 7 (empty packages, see $ 173.428 of this subchapter) EMPTY 172.450 B CORROSIVE 172.442 9 CLASS 9 172.446 1The ETIOLOGIC AGENT label specified in regulations of the Department of Health and Human Services at 42 CFR 72.3 may apply to packages of Infectious substances. [Amdt. 172-123. 55 FR 52593, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66255, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 172- 151, 62 FR 1228, Jan. 8, 1997; 64 FR 10776, Mar. 5, 1999: 64 FR 51918, Sept. 27, 1999; 69 FR 3668, Jan. 26. 2004; 69 FR 64471. Nov. 4, 2004] § 172.400a Exceptions from labeling. label is displayed on each unitized or (a) Notwithstanding the provisions of palletized load. § 172.400, a label is not required on- (3) A package containing a hazardous material other than ammunition that (1) A Dewar flask meeting the reis- quirements in $173.320 of this subchapter or a cylinder containing a Di- (1) Loaded and unloaded under the suvision 2.1, 2.2, or 2.3 material that ispervision of DOD personnel, and (i) Not overpacked: and (ii) Escorted by DOD personnel in a (ii) Durably and legibly marked in separate vehicle. accordance with CGA Pamphlet C-7, (4) A compressed gas cylinder perma- Appendix A (IBR; see $171.7 of this subnently mounted in or on a transport chapter). vehicle. (2) A package or unit of military ex- (5) A freight container, aircraft unit plosives (including ammunition) load device or portable tank, whichshipped by or on behalf of the DOD (i) Is placarded in accordance with when insubpart F of this part, or (i) Freight containerload, carload or (ii) Conforms to paragraph (a) or truckload shipments, if loaded and un- (b) (3) of 172.512. loaded by the shipper or DOD; or (6) An overpack or unit load device in (ii) Unitized or palletized break-bulk or on which labels representative of shipments by cargo vessel under chareach hazardous material in the overter to DOD if at least one required pack or unit load device are visible. 384 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT $ 172.402 (7) A package of low specific activity (2) The IMDG Code (IBR, see $171.7 of radioactive material and surface conthis subchapter): taminated objects, when transported (3) The ICAO Technical Instructions under $173.427(a)(6)(vi) of this sub- (IBR, see $171.7 of this subchapter): chapter. (4) The TDG Regulations (IBR. see (b) Certain exceptions to labeling re- $171.7 of this subchapter). quirements are provided for small (d) The provisions of paragraph (a) of quantities and limited quantities in apthis section do not apply to a packplicable sections in part 173 of this subaging bearing a label if that packaging chapter. is: (c) Notwithstanding the provisions of (1) Unused or cleaned and purged of $172.402(a), a subsidiary hazard label is all residue; not required on a package containing a (2) Transported in a transport vehicle Class 8 (corrosive) material which has a or freight container in such a manner subsidiary hazard of Division 6.1 (poithat the packaging is not visible dursonous) if the toxicity of the material ing transportation: and is based solely on the corrosive de- (3) Loaded by the shipper and unstruction of tissue rather than sysloaded by the shipper or consignee. temic poisoning. [Amdt. 172-9, 41 FR 15996, Apr. 15. 1976. as (d) A package containing a material amended by Amdt. 172-75, 47 FR 44471, Oct. 7, poisonous by inhalation (see $171.8 of 1982; Amdt. 172-77. 47 FR 54822, Dec. 6. 1982: this subchapter) in a closed transport Amdt. 172-94, 49 FR 38134, Sept. 27, 1984; vehicle or freight container may be ex- Amdt. 172-100, 50 FR 41521, Oct. 11, 1985: cepted from the POISON INHALATION Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52594, Dec. 21, 1990; HAZARD or POISON GAS label or Amdt. 172-132, 58 FR 50501, Sept. 27. 1993; 66 placard, under the conditions set forth FR 8647. Feb. 1, 2001: 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75741, 75742. Dec. 31, 2003] in $$171.12 and 171.12a of this subchapter. $172.402 Additional labeling require- [Amdt. 172-123. 55 FR 52594, Dec. 21, 1990, as ments. amended by Amdt. 172-132, 58 FR 50501, Sept. (a) Subsidiary hazard labels. Each 27, 1993; 172-130, 58 FR 51531. Oct. 1. 1993: package containing a hazardous mate- Amdt. 172-139. 59 FR 67490, Dec. 29, 1994; rial- Amdt. 172-145, 60 FR 49110. Sept. 21, 1995; 63 FR 52849, Oct. 1, 1998; 64 FR 10776. Mar. 5. (1) Shall be labeled with primary and 1999: 65 FR 58626, Sept. 29, 2000: 66 FR 44255, subsidiary hazard labels as specified in Aug. 22, 2001; 68 FR 75742, Dec. 31. 2003; 69 FR column 6 of the $172.101 table (unless 64472, Nov. 4. 2004] excepted in paragraph (a)(2) of this section): and $172.401 Prohibited labeling. (2)For other than Class 1 or Class 2 (a) Except as otherwise provided in materials (for subsidiary labeling rethis section. no person may offer for quirements for Class 1 or Class 2 matetransportation and no carrier may rials see paragraph (e) or paragraphs (f) transport a package bearing a label and (g), respectively, of this section), if specified in this subpart unless: not already labeled under paragraph (1) The package contains a material (a)(1) of this section, shall be labeled that is a hazardous material, and with subsidiary hazard labels in ac- (2) The label represents a hazard of cordance with the following table: the hazardous material in the package. SUBSIDIARY HAZARD LABELS (b) No person may offer for transportation and no carrier may transport a Subsidiary hazard Subsidiary Hazard (Cless or Division) package bearing any marking or label level (packing group) 3 4.1 4.2 4.3 5.1 6.1 8 which by its color, design, or shape could be confused with or conflict with I X - **** X X X X II X X X X X X X a label prescribed by this part. III X X X X X X (c) The restrictions in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, do not apply to X-Required for all modes. *-Required for all modes, except for a material with a flash packages labeled in conformance with: point at or above 3B °C (100 °F) transported by rail or high- (1) The UN Recommendations (IBR. way. "-Reserved see $171.7 of this subchapter); ***-Impossible as subsidiary hazard. 385 § 172.403 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) (b) Display of hazard class on labels. INHALATION HAZARD, as appro- The appropriate hazard class or divipriate. sion number must be displayed in the (2) Class 7. shall be labeled in accordlower corner of a primary hazard label ance with $172.403 of this subpart. and a subsidiary hazard label. A sub- (f) Division 2.2 materials. In addition sidiary label meeting the specifications to the label specified in column 6 of the of this section which were in effect on $172.101 table. each package of Division September 30, 2001, such as, a label 2.2 material that also meets the definiwithout the hazard class or division tion for an oxidizing gas (see $171.8 of number displayed in the lower corner this subchapter) must be labeled OXIof the label) may continue to be used DIZER. as a subsidiary label in domestic transportation by rail or highway until Oc- (g) Division 2.3 materials. In addition tober 1, 2005, provided the color tolerto the label specified in column 6 of the ances are maintained and are in ac- $172.101 table, each package of Division 2.3 material that also meets the definicordance with the display requirements in this subchapter. tion for: (c) Cargo Aircraft Only label. Each per- (1) Division 2.1, must be labeled son who offers for transportation or Flammable Gas: transports by aircraft a package con- (2) Division 5.1, must be labeled Oxitaining a hazardous material which is dizer; and authorized on cargo aircraft only shall (3) Class 8, must be labeled Corrosive. label the package with a CARGO AIR- CRAFT ONLY label specified in [Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52594, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66255, Dec. 20, 1991: Amdt. $172.448 of this subpart. 172-139, 59 FR 67490, Dec. 29. 1994; Amdt. 172- (d) Class 7 (Radioactive) Materials. Ex- 140, 60 FR 26805, May 18. 1995: Amdt. 172-149, cept as otherwise provided in this para- 61 FR 27173, May 30, 1996: 62 FR 39405, July 22, graph, each package containing a Class 1997: 66 FR 33425, June 21, 2001: 69 FR 3668, 7 material that also meets the defini- Jan. 26, 2004] tion of one or more additional hazard classes must be labeled as a Class 7 ma- $172.403 Class 7 (radioactive) mateterial as required by $172.403 and for rial. each additional hazard. (a) Unless excepted from labeling by (1) For a package containing a Class $173.421 through 173.427 of this sub- 7 material that also meets the definichapter, each package of radioactive tion of one or more additional hazard material must be labeled as provided in classes, whether or not the material this section. satisfies $173.4(a)(1)(iv) of this sub- (b) The proper label to affix to a chapter, a subsidiary label is not required on the package if the material package of Class 7 (radioactive) material is based on the radiation level at conforms to the remaining criteria in $173.4 of this subchapter. the surface of the package and the (2) Each package or overpack contransport index. The proper category of taining fissile material, other than label must be determined in accordfissile-excepted material (see $173.453 ance with paragraph (c) of this section. of this subchapter) must bear two The label to be applied must be the FISSILE labels, affixed to opposite highest category required for any of sides of the package or overpack, which the two determining conditions for the conforms to the figure shown in package. RADIOACTIVE WHITE-I is $172.441: such labels, where applicable, the lowest category and RADIOmust be affixed adjacent to the labels ACTIVE YELLOW-III is the highest. for radioactive materials. For example, a package with a trans- (e) Class I (explosive) Materials. In adport index of 0.8 and a maximum surdition to the label specified in column face radiation level of 0.6 millisievert 6 of the $172.101 table, each package of (60 millirems) per hour must bear a Class 1 material that also meets the RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-III label. definition for: (c) Category of label to be applied to (1) Division 6.1, Packing Groups I or Class 7 (radioactive) materials pack- II, shall be labeled POISON or POISON ages: 386 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.403 Transport index Maximum rediation level at any point Label category on the external surface 02 Less than or equal to 0.005 mSv/h (0.5 WHITE-I. mrem/h). More than 0 but not more than 1 Greater than 0.005 mSv/h (0.5 mrem/h) YELLOW-IL but less than or equal to 0.5 mSv/h (50 mrem/h). More than 1 but not more than 10 Greater than 0.5 mSv/h (50 mrem/h) YELLOW-II. but less than or equal to 2 mSv/h (200 mrem/h). More than 10 Greater than 2 mSv/h (200 mrem/h) YELLOW-III (Must be shipped under but less than or equal to 10 mSv/h exclusive use provisions; 808 (1,000 mrem/h). 173.441(b) of this subchapter). 1Any package containing a "highway route controlled quantity" (§ 173.403 of this subchapter) must be labelled as RADIO- ACTIVE YELLOW-III. 2 If the measured TI is not greater than 0.05, the value may be considered to be zero. (d) EMPTY label. See $173.428(d) of used in place of the names of the radiothis subchapter for EMPTY labeling renuclides. quirements. (2) Activity. The activity in the pack- (e) FISSILE label. For packages reage must be expressed in appropriate quired in $172.402 to bear a FISSILE SI units (e.g., Becquerels (Bq), label, each such label must be com- Terabecquerels (TBq). etc.). The activpleted with the criticality safety index ity may also be stated in appropriate (CSI) assigned in the NRC or DOE customary units (Curies (CI), package design approval, or in the cermilliCuries (mCi), microCuries (uCl), tificate of approval for special arrangeetc.) in parentheses following the SI ment or the certificate of approval for units. Abbreviations are authorized. the package design issued by the Competent Authority for import and export Except for plutonium-239 and plutoshipments. For overpacks and freight nium-241, the weight in grams or kilocontainers required in $172.402 to bear grams of fissile radionuclides may be a FISSILE label, the CSI on the label inserted instead of activity units. For must be the sum of the CSIs for all of plutonium-239 and plutonium-241, the the packages contained in the overweight in grams of fissile radionuclides pack or freight container. may be inserted in addition to the ac- (f) Each package required by this sectivity units. tion to be labeled with a RADIO- (3) Transport index. (see $ 173.403 of ACTIVE label must have two of these this subchapter.) labels, affixed to opposite sides of the (h) When one or more packages of package. (See $172.406(e)(3) for freight Class 7 (radioactive) material are container label requirements). placed within an overpack, the over- (g) The following applicable items of pack must be labeled as prescribed in information must be entered in the this section, except as follows: blank spaces on the RADIOACTIVE (1) The "contents" entry on the label label by legible printing (manual or mechanical), using a durable weather may state "mixed" in place of the names of the radionuclides unless each resistant means of marking: (1) Contents. Except for LSA-1 mateinside package contains the same rial, the names of the radionuclides as radionuclide(s). taken from the listing of radionuclides (2) The "activity" entry on the label in $173.435 of this subchapter (symbols must be determined by adding together which conform to established radiation the number of becquerels of the Class 7 protection terminology are authorized, (radioactive) materials packages con- i.e., 99Mo. 60Co, etc.). For mixtures of tained therein. radionuclides, with consideration of (3) For an overpack, the transport space available on the label. the radioindex (TI) must be determined by addnuclides that must be shown must be ing together the transport indices of determined in accordance with the Class 7 (radioactive) materials $173.433(g) of this subchapter. For LSApackages contained therein. except I material. the term "LSA-I" may be that for a rigid overpack. the transport 387 $ 172.404 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) index (TI) may alternatively be deter- 172.405 Authorized label modificamined by direct measurement as pretions. scribed in $173.403 of this subchapter (a) For Classes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 8, under the definition for "transport text indicating a hazard (for example index," taken by the person initially FLAMMABLE LIQUID) is not required offering the packages contained within on a primary or subsidiary label. the overpack for shipment. (b) For a package containing Oxygen, (4) The category of Class 7 label for compressed, or Oxygen, refrigerated the overpack must be determined from liquid. the OXIDIZER label specified in the table in $172.403(c) using the TI de- $172.426 of this subpart, modified to disrived according to paragraph (h)(3) of play the word "OXYGEN" instead of this section, and the maximum radi- "OXIDIZER", and the class number ation level on the surface of the over- "2" instead of "5.1", may be used in pack. place of the NON-FLAMMABLE GAS (5) The category of the Class 7 label and OXIDIZER labels. Notwithstanding of the overpack, and not that of any of the provisions of paragraph (a) of this the packages contained therein, must section, the word "OXYGEN" must apbe used in accordance with Table 1 of pear on the label. $172.504(e) to determine when the (c) For a package containing a Divitransport vehicle must be placarded. sion 6.1, Packing Group III material, (6) For fissile material. the critithe POISON label specified in $172.430 cality safety index which must be enmay be modified to display the text tered on the overpack FISSILE label is "PG III" instead of "POISON" or the sum of the criticality safety indi- "TOXIC" below the mid line of the ces of the individual packages in the label. Also see $172.313(d). overpack, as stated in the certificate of [Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52594, Dec. 21. 1990, as approval for the package design issued amended at 56 FR 66255, Dec. 20, 1991: 57 FR by the NRC or the U.S. Competent Au- 45458, Oct. 1, 1992; 64 FR 10776, Mar. 5, 1999; 66 thority. FR 33425. June 21, 2001] [Amdt. 172-29, 41 FR 15996, Apr. 15. 1976) § 172.406 Placement of labels. EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER cl- (a) General. (1) Except as provided in tations affecting $172.403. see the List of CFR paragraphs (b) and (e) of this section, Sections Affected which appears in the Findeach label required by this subpart ing Aids section of the printed volume and muston GPO Access. (i) Be printed on or affixed to a surface (other than the bottom) of the § 172.404 Labels for mixed and consolidated packaging. package or containment device containing the hazardous material; and (a) Mixed packaging. When hazardous (ii) Be located on the same surface of materials having different hazard the package and near the proper shipclasses are packed within the same ping name marking. if the package dipackaging, or within the same outside mensions are adequate. container or overpack as described in (2) Except as provided in paragraph $173.25 and authorized by $173.21 of this (e) of this section. duplicate labeling is subchapter, the packaging, outside not required on a package or containcontainer or overpack must be labeled ment device (such as to satisfy redunas required for each class of hazardous dant labeling requirements). material contained therein. (b) Exceptions. A label may be printed (b) Consolidated packaging. When two on or placed on a securely affixed tag, or more packages containing compator may be affixed by other suitable ible hazardous material (see $173.21 of means to: this subchapter) are placed within the (1) A package that contains no radiosame outside container or overpack, active material and which has dimenthe outside container or overpack must sions less than those of the required be labeled as required for each class of label; hazardous material contained therein. (2) A cylinder; and 388 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.407 (3) A package which has such an irin $172.411 through 172.448 of this subregular surface that a label cannot be part, as appropriate. satisfactorily affixed. (2) The dotted line border shown on (c) Placement of multiple labels. When each label is not part of the label speciprimary and subsidiary hazard labels fication, except when used as an alterare required. they must be displayed native for the solid line outer border to next to each other. Placement conmeet the requirements of $172.406(d) of forms to this requirement if labels are this subpart. within 150 mm (6 inches) of one an- (c) Size. (1) Each diamond (square-onother. point) label prescribed in this subpart (d) Contrast with background. Each must be at least 100 mm (3.9 inches) on label must be printed on or affixed to a each side with each side having a solid background of contrasting color, or line inner border 5.0 to 6.3 mm (0.2 to must have a dotted or solid line outer 0.25 inches) from the edge. border. (2) The CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY (e) Duplicate labeling. Generally, only label must be a rectangle measuring at one of each different required label least 110 mm (4.3 inches) in height by must be displayed on a package. How- 120 mm (4.7 inches) in width. The word ever, duplicate labels must be dis- "DANGER" must be shown in letters played on at least two sides or two measuring at least 12.7 mm (0.5 inches) ends (other than the bottom) ofin height. (1) Each package or overpack having (3) Except as otherwise provided in a volume of 1.8 m³ (64 cubic feet) or this subpart, the hazard class number, more; or division number, as appropriate, (2) Each non-bulk package containing must be at least 6.3 mm (0.25 inches) a radioactive material: and not greater than 12.7 mm (0.5 (3) Each DOT 106 or 110 multi-unit inches). tank car tank. Labels must be dis- (4) When text indicating a hazard is played on each end; displayed on a label, the label name (4) Each portable tank of less than must be shown in letters measuring at 3,785 L (1000 gallons) capacity; and least 7.6 mm (0.3 inches) in height. For (5) Each freight container or aircraft SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE or unit load device having a volume of 1.8 DANGEROUS WHEN WET labels, the m³ (64 cubic feet) or more, but less words "Spontaneously" and "When than 18 m³ (640 cubic feet). One of each Wet" must be shown in letters measrequired label must be displayed on or uring at least 5.1 mm (0.2 inches) in near the closure. height. (f) Visibility. A label must be clearly (5) The symbol on each label must be visible and may not be obscured by proportionate in size to that shown in markings or attachments. the appropriate section of this subpart. [Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52594, Dec. 21, 1990, as (d) Color. (1) The background color on amended at 56 FR 66255, Dec. 20. 1991: Amdt. each label must be as prescribed in 172-130. 58 FR 51531, Oct. 1. 1993] §§ 172.411 through 172.448 of this subpart, as appropriate. $ 172.407 Label specifications. (2) The symbol. text. numbers, and (a) Durability. Each label, whether border must be shown in black on a printed on or affixed to a package. label except thatmust be durable and weather resistant. (i) White may be used on a label with A label on a package must be able to a one color background of green, red or withstand, without deterioration or a blue; and substantial change in color, a 30-day (ii) White must be used for the text exposure to conditions incident to and class number for the CORROSIVE transportation that reasonably could label. be expected to be encountered by the (3) Black and any color on a label labeled package. must be able to withstand. without (b) Design. (1) Except for size and substantial change, a 72-hour color, the printing. inner border, and fadeometer test (for a description of symbol on each label must be as shown equipment designed for this purpose, 389 $ 172.411 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) see ASTM G 23-69 (1975) or ASTM G 26- outside the solid line inner border in no 70). larger than 10-point type. (4) (i) A color on a label. upon visual (f) Exceptions. Except for materials examination, must fall within the color poisonous by inhalation (See 171.8 of tolerances-- this subchapter), a label conforming to (A) Displayed on color charts conspecifications in the UN Recommendaforming to the technical specifications tions may be used in place of a corfor charts set forth in table 1 or 2 in apresponding label that conforms to the pendix A to this part: or (B) For labels printed on packaging requirements of this subpart. surfaces, specified in table 3 in appen- (g) Trefoil symbol. The trefoil symbol dix A to this part. on the RADIOACTIVE WHITE-I, RA- (ii) Color charts conforming to ap- DIOACTIVE YELLOW-II, and RADIOpendix A to this part are on display in ACTIVE YELLOW-III labels must meet Office of Hazardous Materials Safety, the appropriate specifications in ap- Office of Hazardous Materials Standpendix B of this part. ards, Room 8422, Nassif Building, 400 [Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52595, Dec. 21. 1990, as Seventh Street, SW., Washington DC amended at 56 FR 66256. Dec. 20, 1991: Amdt. 20590-0001. 172-143, 60 FR 50305, Sept. 28. 1995; 64 FR (5) The following color standards in 10776, Mar. 5, 1999; 66 FR 8647, Feb. 1, 2001: 66 the PANTONE formula guide coated/ FR 44255, Aug. 22. 2001: 67 FR 61013, Sept. 27. uncoated (see $171.7(b) of this sub- 2002; 69 FR 64472, Nov. 4, 2004) chapter) may be used to achieve the required colors on markings and hazard 5 172.411 EXPLOSIVE 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, warning labels and placards: 1.5 and 1.6 labels, and EXPLOSIVE (i) For Red-Use PANTONE 186 U Subsidiary label. (ii) For Orange-Use PANTONE 151 (a) Except for size and color, the EX- U PLOSIVE 1.1, EXPLOSIVE 1.2 and EX- (iii) For Yellow-Use PANTONE 109 PLOSIVE 1.3 labels must be as follows: U (iv) For Green-Use PANTONE 335 U (v) For Blue-Use PANTONE 285 U (vi) For Purple-Use PANTONE 259 U (6) Where specific colors from the PANTONE MATCHING SYSTEM . are applied as opaque coatings, such as paint, enamel, or plastic, or where labels are printed directly on the surface of a packaging, a spectrophotometer or EXPLOSIVE other instrumentation must be used to ensure a proper match with the color standards in the PANTONE® formula guide coated/uncoated for colors pre- 1 scribed in paragraph (d)(5) of this section. PANTONE is the property of Pantone, Inc. (7) The specified label color must ex- (b) In addition to complying with tend to the edge of the label in the area $172.407, the background color on the designated on each label, except for the EXPLOSIVE 1.1, EXPLOSIVE 1.2 and CORROSIVE, RADIOACTIVE YEL- EXPLOSIVE 1.3 labels must be orange. LOW-II, and RADIOACTIVE YELLOW- The **** must be replaced with the ap- III labels on which the color must expropriate division number and compattend only to the inner border. ibility group letter. The compatibility (e) Form identification. A label may group letter must be the same size as contain form identification Informathe division number and must be shown tion, including the name of its maker, as a capitalized Roman letter. provided that information is printed 390 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.411 (c) Except for size and color. the EX- EXPLOSIVE 1.6: PLOSIVE 1.4, EXPLOSIVE 1.5 and EX- PLOSIVE 1.6 labels must be as follows: EXPLOSIVE 1.4: 1.6 1.4 EXPLOSIVE EXPLOSIVE 1 1 (d) In addition to complying with $172.407, the background color on the EXPLOSIVE 1.4, EXPLOSIVE 1.5 and EXPLOSIVE 1.5: EXPLOSIVE 1.6 label must be orange. The ***** must be replaced with the appropriate compatibility group. The compatibility group letter must be shown as a capitalized Roman letter. Division numbers must measure at least 30 mm (1.2 inches) in height and 1.5 at least 5 mm (0.2 inches) in width. (e) An EXPLOSIVE subsidiary label is required for materials identified in Column (6) of the HMT as having an ex- BLASTING AGENT plosive subsidiary hazard. The division number or compability group letter may be displayed on the subsidiary hazard label. Except for size and color, 1 the EXPLOSIVE subsidiary label must be as follows: 391 § 172.415 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) $172.416 POISON GAS label. (a) Except for size and color, the POI- SON GAS label must be as follows: INHALATION 1 HAZARD (f) The EXPLOSIVE subsidiary label 2 must comply with $172.407. [Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66256, Dec. 20. 1991. as amended by Amdt. 172-139, 59 FR 67490, Dec. (b) In addition to complying with 29, 1994; 66 FR 33425, June 21, 2001; 68 FR $172.407, the background on the POI- 45031, July 31, 2003] SON GAS label and the symbol must be white. The background of the upper di- $ 172.415 NON-FLAMMABLE GAS amond must be black and the lower label. point of the upper diamond must be 14 (a) Except for size and color. the mm (0.54 inches) above the horizontal NON-FLAMMABLE GAS label must be center line. as follows: [62 FR 39405, July 22. 1997] BOX 172.417 FLAMMABLE GAS label. (a) Except for size and color, the FLAMMABLE GAS label must be as follows: NON-FLAMMABLE GAS 2 FLAMMABLE GAS (b) In addition to complying with 2 $172.407, the background color on the NON-FLAMMABLE GAS label must be green. [Amdt. 172-123, 56 66256, Dec. 20, 1991) 392 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.423 (b) In addition to complying with MABLE SOLID label must be white $172.407. the background color on the with vertical red stripes equally spaced FLAMMABLE GAS label must be red. on each side of a red stripe placed in [Amdt. 172-123. 56 FR 66257. Dec. 20. 1991] the center of the label. The red vertical stripes must be spaced so that, vis- $ 172.419 FLAMMABLE LIQUID label. ually, they appear equal in width to (a) Except for size and color the the white spaces between them. The FLAMMABLE LIQUID label must be as symbol (flame) and text (when used) follows: must be overprinted. The text "FLAM- MABLE SOLID" may be placed in a white rectangle. [Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66257, Dec. 20, 1991] $172.422 SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUS- TIBLE label. (a) Except for size and color, the SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE label must be as follows: FLAMMABLE LIQUID 3 (b) In addition to complying with $172.407, the background color on the FLAMMABLE LIQUID label must be red. [Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66257, Dec. 20, 1991) $172.420 FLAMMABLE SOLID label. (a) Except for size and color, the FLAMMABLE SOLID label must be as follows: (b) In addition to complying with $172.407, the background color on the lower half of the SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE label must be red and the upper half must be white. [Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66257, Dec. 20, 1991, as amended at 57 FR 45458, Oct. 1. 1992) $172.423 DANGEROUS WHEN WET label. (a) Except for size and color, the DANGEROUS WHEN WET label must be as follows: (b) In addition to complying with $172.407. the background on the FLAM- 393 § 172.426 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) DANGEROUS WHEN WET ORGANIC PEROXIDE 4 5.2 (b) In addition to complying with (b) In addition to complying with $172.407, the background color on the $172.407, the background color on the DANGEROUS WHEN WET label must ORGANIC PEROXIDE label must be be blue. yellow. [Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66257, Dec. 20, 1991] [Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66258, Dec. 20. 1991] $172.426 OXIDIZER label. $172.429 POISON INHALATION HAZ- ARD label. (a) Except for size and color, the OXI- DIZER label must be as follows: (a) Except for size and color. the POI- SON INHALATION HAZARD label must be as follows: OXIDIZER INHALATION HAZARD 5.1 6 (b) In addition to complying with $172.407, the background color on the OXIDIZER label must be yellow. (b) In addition to complying with [Amdt. 172-123. 56 FR 66257, Dec. 20, 1991] $172.407, the background on the POI- SON INHALATION HAZARD label and $172.427 ORGANIC PEROXIDE label. the symbol must be white. The back- (a) Except for size and color, the ORground of the upper diamond must be black and the lower point of the upper GANIC PEROXIDE label must be as diamond must be 14 mm (0.54 inches) follows: above the horizontal center line. [62 FR 39406, July 22. 1997] 394 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT $ 172.432 § 172.430 POISON label. (b) In addition to complying with (a) Except for size and color, the POI- $172.407. the background on the POI- SON label must be as follows: SON label must be white. The word "TOXIC" may be used in lieu of the word "POISON". [Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66258, Dec. 20, 1991, as amended by Amdt. 172-139, 59 FR 67490. Dec. 29, 1994) § 172.431 [Reserved] § 172.432 INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE label. POISON (a) Except for size and color, the IN- FECTIOUS SUBSTANCE label must be as follows: 6 395 § 172.436 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE IN CASE OF DAMAGE OR LEAKAGE IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY PUBLIC HEALTH AUTHORITY IN U.S.A. NOTIFY DIRECTOR CDC ATLANTA, GA. 1-800-232-0124 6 (b) In addition to complying with $172.407, the background on the INFEC- TIOUS SUBSTANCE label must be white. [Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66258, Dec. 20, 1991, as amended at 67 FR 53136, Aug. 14. 2002] § 172.436 RADIOACTIVE WHITE-I label. (a) Except for size and color, the RA- RADIOACTIVE 1 CONTENTS DIOACTIVE WHITE-I label must be as ACTIVITY follows: 7 396 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT $ 172.441 (b) In addition to complying with bol must be black, except for the "II" $172.407, the background on the RADIOwhich must be red. ACTIVE WHITE-I label must be white. [Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66259, Dec. 20, 1991] The printing and symbol must be black, except for the "I" which must be $ 172.440 RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-III red. label. [Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66259, Dec. 20, 1991] (a) Except for size and color, the RA- DIOACTIVE YELLOW-III label must be § 172.438 RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-II as follows: label. (a) Except for size and color, the RA- DIOACTIVE YELLOW-II must be as follows: RADIOACTIVE III CONTENTS ACTWIF1 HEARTPORT NONE 7 RADIOACTIVE II COMENTS - - (b) In addition to complying with 7 $172.407, the background color on the RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-III label must be yellow in the top half and white in the lower half. The printing (b) In addition to complying with and symbol must be black, except for $172.407, the background color on the the "III" which must be red. RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-II label must [Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66259, Dec. 20, 1991] be yellow in the top half and white in the lower half. The printing and sym- § 172.441 FISSILE label. (a) Except for size and color, the FISSILE label must be as follows: 397 § 172.442 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) FISSILE CRITICALITY SAFETY INDEX 7 (b) In addition to complying with $172.407, the background color on the FISSILE label must be white. [69 FR 3669, Jan. 26, 2004] $172.442 CORROSIVE label. (a) Except for size and color, the CORROSIVE label must be as follows: CORROSIVE 8 398 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.500 (b) In addition to complying with $172.407, the background on the COR- ROSIVE label must be white in the top half and black in the lower half. DANGER (Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66259, Dec. 20, 1991) § 172.444 [Reserved] § 172.446 CLASS 9 label. (a) Except for size and color, the "CLASS 9" (miscellaneous hazardous materials) label must be as follows: DO NOT LOAD IN PASSUNGER AIRCRAFT (b) The CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY label must be black on an orange background. [Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66259, Dec. 20, 1991] § 172.450 EMPTY label. (a) Each EMPTY label, except for size, must be as follows: 9 G inches (b) In addition to complying with § 172.407, the background on the CLASS 9 label must be white with seven black vertical stripes on the top half. The black vertical stripes must be spaced, EMPTY inches so that, visually, they appear equal in width to the six white spaces between them. The lower half of the label must be white with the class number "9" underlined and centered at the bottom. [Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66259, Dec. 20, 1991] § 172.448 CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY label. (1) Each side must be at least 6 (a) Except for size and color, the inches (152 mm.) with each letter at CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY label must least 1 inch (25.4 mm.) in height. be as follows: (2) The label must be white with black printing. (b) [Reserved] Subpart F-Placarding $172.500 Applicability of placarding requirements. (a) Each person who offers for transportation or transports any hazardous 399 $ 172.502 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) material subject to this subchapter "HOT" marking, or an identification shall comply with the applicable number on a white square-on-point placarding requirements of this subconfiguration in accordance with part. 172.323(c), 172.325(c), or 172.336(b) of (b) This subpart does not apply tothis part, respectively. (1) Infectious substances; (3) The restrictions in paragraph (2) Hazardous materials classed as (a)(2) of this section do not apply until ORM-D; October 1, 2001 to a safety sign or safe- (3) Hazardous materials authorized ty slogan (e.g., "Drive Safely" or by this subchapter to be offered for "Drive Carefully"), which was permatransportation as Limited Quantities nently marked on a transport vehicle, when identified as such on shipping pabulk packaging, or freight container on pers in accordance with $172.203(b); or before August 21, 1997. (4) Hazardous materials prepared in (c) Permissive placarding. Placards accordance with $173.13 of this submay be displayed for a hazardous matechapter; rial, even when not required, if the (5) Hazardous materials which are placarding otherwise conforms to the packaged as small quantities under the requirements of this subpart. provisions of $173.4 of this subchapter; [Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52599, Dec. 21, 1990, as and amended at 56 FR 66259, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. (6) Combustible liquids in non-bulk 172-151, 62 FR 1230, Jan. 8, 1997; 62 FR 39389 packagings. and 39407, July 22, 1997: 66 FR 8647. Feb. 1, 2001: 66 FR 33426, June 21, 2001; 67 FR 53137, [Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52599, Dec. 21, 1990, as Aug. 14, 2002: 68 FR 75741, Dec. 31, 2003] amended by Amdt. 172-149, 61 FR 27173, May 30, 1996) § 172.503 Identification number display on placards. § 172.502 Prohibited and permissive placarding. For procedures and limitations pertaining to the display of identification (a) Prohibited placarding. Except as numbers on placards, see 172.334. provided in paragraph (b) of this section, no person may affix or display on [Amdt. 172-58, 45 FR 34701, May 22, 1980] a packaging, freight container, unit load device, motor vehicle or rail car- § 172.504 General placarding requirements. (1) Any placard described in this subpart unless- (a) General. Except as otherwise pro- (i) The material being offered or vided in this subchapter, each bulk transported is a hazardous material; packaging, freight container, unit load (ii) The placard represents a hazard device, transport vehicle or rail car of the hazardous material being offered containing any quantity of a hazardous or transported; and material must be placarded on each (iii) Any placarding conforms to the side and each end with the type of placrequirements of this subpart. ards specified in tables 1 and 2 of this (2) Any sign, advertisement, slogan section and in accordance with other (such as "Drive Safely"), or device placarding requirements of this subthat, by its color, design, shape or conpart, including the specifications for tent, could be confused with any the placards named in the tables and placard prescribed in this subpart. described in detail in §§ 172.519 through (b) Exceptions. (1) The restrictions in 172.560. paragraph (a) of this section do not (b) DANGEROUS placard. A freight apply to a bulk packaging, freight concontainer, unit load device, transport tainer, unit load device, transport vehivehicle, or rail car which contains noncle or rail car which is placarded in bulk packages with two or more catconformance with TDG Regulations, egories of hazardous materials that rethe IMDG Code or the UN Recquire different placards specified in ommendations (IBR, see $171.7 of this table 2 of paragraph (e) of this section subchapter). may be placarded with a DANGEROUS (2) The restrictions of paragraph (a) placard instead of the separate of this section do not apply to the displacarding specified for each of the maplay of a BIOHHAZARD marking, a terials in table 2 of paragraph (e) of 400 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.504 this section. However, when 1,000 kg (2) A rail car loaded with transport (2,205 pounds) aggregate gross weight vehicles or freight containers, none of or more of one category of material is which is required to be placarded. loaded therein at one loading facility The exceptions provided in paragraph on a freight container, unit load de- (c) of this section do not prohibit the vice, transport vehicle, or rail car, the display of placards in the manner preplacard specified in table 2 of parascribed in this subpart, if not otherwise graph (e) of this section for that catprohibited (see $172.502). on transport egory must be applied. vehicles or freight containers which (c) Exception for less than 454 kg (1,001 are not required to be placarded. pounds). Except for bulk packagings (d) Exception for empty non-bulk packand hazardous materials subject to ages. Except for hazardous materials $172.505, when hazardous materials covsubject to $172.505, a non-bulk packered by table 2 of this section are aging that contains only the residue of transported by highway or rail, plac- a hazardous material covered by Table ards are not required on- 2 of paragraph (e) of this section need (1) A transport vehicle or freight connot be included in determining tainer which contains less than 454 kg placarding requirements. (1001 pounds) aggregate gross weight of (e) Placarding tables. Placards are hazardous materials covered by table 2 specified for hazardous materials in acof paragraph (e) of this section; or cordance with the following tables: TABLE 1 Placard de- Category of material (Hazard class or division number Placard name sign section and additional description, as appropriate) reference (§) 1.1 EXPLOSIVES 1.1 172.522 1.2 EXPLOSIVES 1.2 172.522 1.3 EXPLOSIVES 1.3 172.522 2.3 POISON GAS 172.540 4.3 DANGEROUS WHEN WET 172.548 5.2 (Organic peroxide, Type B, fiquid or solid, tempera- ORGANIC PEROXIDE 172.552 ture controlled). 6.1 (material poisonous by inhalation (see § 171.8 of POISON INHALATION HAZARD 172.555 this subchapter)). 7 (Radioactive Yellow III label only) RADIOACTIVE 1 172.556 1 RADIOACTIVE placard also required for exclusive use shipments of low specific activity material and surface contaminated objects transported in accordance with § 173.427(b)(4) and (5) or (c) of this subchapter. TABLE 2 Placard de- Category of material (Hazard class or division number Placard name sign section and additional description, as appropriate) reference ($) 1.4 EXPLOSIVES 1.4 172.523 1.5 EXPLOSIVES 1.5 172.524 1.6 EXPLOSIVES 1.6 172.525 2.1 FLAMMABLE GAS 172.532 2.2 NON-FLAMMABLE GAS 172.528 3 FLAMMABLE 172.542 Combustible liquid COMBUSTIBLE 172.544 4.1 FLAMMABLE SOLID 172.546 4.2 SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE 172.547 5.1 OXIDIZER 172.550 5.2 (Other than organic peroxide, Type B, liquid or ORGANIC PEROXIDE 172.552 solid, temperature controlled). 6.1 (other than material poisonous by inhalation) POISON 172.554 6.2 (None) B CORROSIVE 172.558 9 Class 9 (see § 172.504(f)(9)) 172.560 ORM-D (None) 401 § 172.504 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) (f) Additional placarding exceptions. (1) bulk packaging must be marked with When more than one division placard is the appropriate identification number required for Class 1 materials on a on a CLASS 9 placard, an orange panel, transport vehicle, rail car, freight conor a white square-on-point display container or unit load device, only the figuration as required by subpart D of placard representing the lowest divithis part. sion number must be displayed. (10) For Division 6.1, PG III mate- (2) A FLAMMABLE placard may be rials, a POISON placard may be modiused in place of a COMBUSTIBLE fied to display the text "PG III" below placard onthe mid line of the placard. (i) A cargo tank or portable tank. (11) For domestic transportation, a (ii) A compartmented tank car which POISON placard is not required on a contains both flammable and combustransport vehicle or freight container tible liquids. required to display a POISON INHALA- (3) A NON-FLAMMABLE GAS TION HAZARD or POISON GAS placard is not required on a transport placard. vehicle which contains non-flammable (g) For shipments of Class 1 (explogas if the transport vehicle also consive materials) by aircraft or vessel, tains flammable gas or oxygen and it is the applicable compatibility group letplacarded with FLAMMABLE GAS or ter must be displayed on the placards, OXYGEN placards, as required. or labels when applicable, required by (4) OXIDIZER placards are not rethis section. When more than one comquired for Division 5.1 materials on patibility group placard is required for freight containers, unit load devices, Class 1 materials. only one placard is transport vehicles or rail cars which required to be displayed, as provided in also contain Division 1.1 or 1.2 mateparagraphs (g)(1) through (g)(4) of this rials and which are placarded with EXsection. For the purposes of paragraphs PLOSIVES 1.1 or 1.2 placards, as re- (g)(1) through (g)(4). there is a distincquired. tion between the phrases explosive arti- (5) For transportation by transport cles and explosive substances. Explosive vehicle or rail car only, an OXIDIZER article means an article containing an placard is not required for Division 5.1 explosive substance; examples include materials on a transport vehicle, rail a detonator, flare, primer or fuse. Excar or freight container which also conplosive substance means a substance tains Division 1.5 explosives and is contained in a packaging that is not placarded with EXPLOSIVES 1.5 placcontained in an article; examples inards, as required. clude black powder and smokeless pow- (6) The EXPLOSIVE 1.4 placard is not der. required for those Division 1.4 Compat- (1) Explosive articles of compatibility Group S (1.4S) materials that ibility groups C, D or E may be placare not required to be labeled 1.4S. arded displaying compatibility group (7) For domestic transportation of E. oxygen, compressed or oxygen, refrig- (2) Explosive articles of compaterated liquid, the OXYGEN placard in ibility groups C, D, or E, when trans- § 172.530 of this subpart may be used in ported with those in compatibility place of a NON-FLAMMABLE GAS group N, may be placarded displaying placard. compatibility group D. (8) For domestic transportation, a (3) Explosive substances of compat- POISON INHALATION HAZARD ibility groups C and D may be placplacard is not required on a transport arded displaying compatibility group vehicle or freight container that is al- D. ready placarded with the POISON GAS (4) Explosive articles of compatplacard. ibility groups C, D, E or G, except for (9) For Class 9, a CLASS 9 placard is flreworks, may be placarded displaying not required for domestic transporcompatibility group E. tation, including that portion of international transportation, defined in [Amdt. 172-123. 55 FR 52600. Dec. 21, 1990] $171.8 of this subchapter, which occurs EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER clwithin the United States. However, a tations affecting $ 172.504, see the List of CFR 402 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT $ 172.508 Sections Affected which appears in the Findat the same time the material is ofing Aids section of the printed volume and fered for transportation. unless the on GPO Access. carrier's motor vehicle is already plac- $ 172.505 Placarding for subsidiary arded for the material as required by hazards. this subpart. (1) No motor carrier may transport a (a) Each transport vehicle, freight hazardous material in a motor vehicle, container, portable tank, unit load deunless the placards required for the vice, or rail car that contains a poihazardous material are affixed thereto sonous material subject to the "Poison as required by this subpart. Inhalation Hazard" shipping descrip- (2) [Reserved] tion of § 172.203(m)(2) must be placarded with a POISON INHALATION HAZARD (b) [Reserved] or POISON GAS placard, as appro- [Amdt. 172-29, 41 FR 15996, Apr. 15. 1976, as priate, on each side and each end, in amended by Amdt. 172-29A, 41 FR 40679, Sept. addition to any other placard required 20, 1976] for that material in $172.504. Duplication of the POISON INHALATION § 172.507 Special placarding provi- HAZARD or POISON GAS placard is sions: Highway. not required. (a) Each motor vehicle used to trans- (b) In addition to the RADIOACTIVE port a package of highway route conplacard which may be required by trolled quantity Class 7 (radioactive) § 172.504(e) of this subpart, each transmaterials (see $173.403 of this subport vehicle, portable tank or freight chapter) must have the required RAcontainer that contains 454 kg (1001 DIOACTIVE warning placard placed on pounds) or more gross weight of fissile a square background as described in or low specific activity uranium $172.527. hexafluoride shall be placarded with a (b) A nurse tank, meeting the provi- CORROSIVE placard on each side and sions of $173.315(m) of this subchapter, each end. is not required to be placarded on an (c) Each transport vehicle, portable end containing valves, fittings, regutank, freight container or unit load delators or gauges when those appurvice that contains a material which tenances prevent the markings and has a subsidiary hazard of being danplacard from being properly placed and gerous when wet, as defined in 173.124 visible. of this subchapter, shall be placarded with DANGEROUS WHEN WET plac- [Amdt. 172-103, 51 FR 5971, Feb. 18, 1986, as ards, on each side and each end, in adamended by Amdt. 172-143, 60 FR 50305, Sept. 28, 1995] dition to the placards required by $ 172.504. § 172.508 Placarding and affixing plac- (d) Hazardous materials that possess ards: Rail. secondary hazards may exhibit subsidiary placards that correspond to the (a) Each person offering a hazardous material for transportation by rail placards described in this part, even shall affix to the rail car containing when not required by this part (see also the material, the placards specified by § 172.519(b) (4) of this subpart). this subpart. Placards displayed on [Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52601, Dec. 21, 1990, as motor vehicles, transport containers, amended at 56 FR 66260, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR or portable tanks may be used to sat- 45460, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 172-127. 59 FR 49133, isfy this requirement, if the placards Sept. 26, 1994; Amdt. 172-151, 62 FR 1231, Jan. otherwise conform to the provisions of 8, 1997; 62 FR 39398, July 22. 1997; 65 FR 58626, Sept. 29, 2000) this subpart. (b) No rail carrier may accept a rail § 172.506 Providing and affixing placcar containing a hazardous material ards: Highway. for transportation unless the placards (a) Each person offering a motor carfor the hazardous material are affixed rier a hazardous material for transporthereto as required by this subpart. tation by highway shall provide to the (Amdt. 172-29, 41 FR 15996, Apr. 15, 1976, as motor carrier the required placards for amended by Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52601, Dec. the material being offered prior to or 21, 1990] 403 § 172.510 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) § 172.510 Special placarding provisignee immediately following an air or sions: Rail. water shipment, and, (a) White square background. The fol- (3) Placarding is not required on a lowing must have the specified placfreight container or aircraft unit load ards placed on a white square backdevice if it is only transported by air ground, as described in $172.527: and is identified as containing a haz- (1) Division 1.1 and 1.2 (explosive) maardous material in the manner proterials which require EXPLOSIVES 1.1 vided in part 7, chapter 2. section 2.7, of or EXPLOSIVES 1.2 placards affixed to the ICAO Technical Instructions (IBR, the rail car; see $171.7 of this subchapter). (2) Materials classed in Division 2.3 (b) Capacity less than 18 m3 (640 cubic Hazard Zone A or 6.1 Packing Group I feet). Each person who offers for trans- Hazard Zone A which require POISON portation by air, and each person who GAS or POISON placards affixed to the loads and transports by air, a hazrail car, including tank cars containing ardous material in a freight container only a residue of the material; and or aircraft unit load device having a (3) Class DOT 113 tank cars used to capacity of less than 18 m3 (640 cubic transport a Division 2.1 (flammable feet) shall affix one placard of the type gas) material, including tank cars conspecified by paragraph (a) of this sectaining only a residue of the material. tion unless the freight container or air- (b) Chemical ammunition. Each rail craft unit load device: car containing Division 1.1 or 1.2 (ex- (1) Is labeled in accordance with subplosive) ammunition which also meets part E of this part, including the definition of a material poisonous $172.406(e); by inhalation (see $171.8 of this sub- (2) Contains radioactive materials rechapter) must be placarded EXPLOquiring the Radioactive Yellow III SIVES 1.1 or EXPLOSIVES 1.2 and POISON GAS or POISON INHALATION label and is placarded with one Radio- HAZARD. active placard and is labeled in accordance with subpart E of this part, in- [Amdt. 172-29, 41 FR 15996, Apr. 15, 1976, as cluding $172.406(e): or, amended by Amdt. 172-103, 51 FR 5971, Feb. (3) Is identified as containing a haz- 18, 1986; Amdt. 172-110, 52 FR 29528, Aug. 10, ardous material in the manner pro- 1987; Amdt. 172-111, 52 FR 36671, Sept. 30, 1987; Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52601, Dec. 21, 1990; 56 vided in part 7. chapter 2, section 2.7, of FR 66260, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR 45460, Oct. 1, the ICAO Technical Instructions. When 1992; Amdt. 172-248, 61 FR 28676, June 5, 1996; hazardous materials are offered for Amdt. 172-151. 62 FR 1231, Jan. 8, 1997; 62 FR transportation, not involving air trans- 39398, July 22, 1997) portation, in a freight container having a capacity of less than 640 cubic feet $ 172.512 Freight containers and airthe freight container need not be placcraft unit load devices. arded. However, if not placarded, it (a) Capacity of 640 cubic feet or more. must be labeled in accordance with Each person who offers for transporsubpart E of this part. tation, and each person who loads and (c) Notwithstanding paragraphs (a) transports, a hazardous material in a and (b) of this section, packages confreight container or aircraft unit load taining hazardous materials, other device having a capacity of 640 cubic than ORM-D, offered for transportation feet or more shall affix to the freight by air in freight containers are subject container or aircraft unit load device to the inspection requirements of the placards specified for the material $175.30 of this chapter. in accordance with $ 172.504. However: (1) The placarding exception provided [Amdt. 172-29, 41 FR 15996, Apr. 15, 1976. as in $172.504(c) applies to motor vehicles amended by Amdt. 172-29A, 41 FR 40680, Sept. transporting freight containers and 20, 1976; Amdt. 172-87, 48 FR 53712, Nov. 29, aircraft unit load devices, 1983; 48 FR 55469, Dec. 13, 1983; Amdt. 172-103, 51 FR 5971, Feb. 18, 1986; Amdt. 172-111, 52 FR (2) The placarding exception provided 36671, Sept. 30, 1987; Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR in $172.504(c) applies to each freight 52601, Dec. 21, 1990; 66 FR 33426, June 21, 2001; container and aircraft unit load device 66 FR 45182, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75741, Dec. 31, being transported for delivery to a con- 2003; 69 FR 54046, Sept. 7, 2004] 404 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.519 § 172.514 Bulk packagings. front of a truck-tractor instead of or in (a) Except as provided in paragraph addition to the placarding on the front (c) of this section, each person who ofof the cargo body to which a truckfers for transportation a bulk packtractor is attached. aging which contains a hazardous ma- (c) Each placard on a transport vehiterial, shall affix the placards specified cle, bulk packaging, freight container for the material in $$ 172.504 and 172.505. or aircraft unit load device must- (b) Each bulk packaging that is re- (1) Be securely attached or affixed quired to be placarded when it contains thereto or placed in a holder thereon. a hazardous material, must remain (See appendix C to this part.); placarded when it is emptied, unless (2) Be located clear of appurtenances itand devices such as ladders, pipes, (1) Is sufficiently cleaned of residue doors, and tarpaulins; and purged of vapors to remove any po- (3) So far as practicable, be located so tential hazard; that dirt or water is not directed to it (2) Is refilled, with a material requirfrom the wheels of the transport vehiing different placards or no placards, to cle; such an extent that any residue re- (4) Be located away from any markmaining in the packaging is no longer ing (such as advertising) that could hazardous; or (3) Contains the residue of a hazsubstantially reduce its effectiveness, ardous substance in Class 9 in a quanand in any case at least 3 inches (76.0 tity less than the reportable quantity, mm.) away from such marking; and conforms to $173.29(b)(1) of this (5) Have the words or identification subchapter. number (when authorized) printed on it (c) Exceptions. The following packdisplayed horizontally, reading from agings may be placarded on only two left to right; opposite sides or, alternatively, may be (6) Be maintained by the carrier in a labeled instead of placarded in accordcondition so that the format, legance with subpart E of this part: ibility, color, and visibility of the (1) A portable tank having a capacity placard will not be substantially reof less than 3,785 L (1000 gallons); duced due to damage, deterioration, or (2) A DOT 106 or 110 multi-unit tank obscurement by dirt or other matter; car tank; (7) Be affixed to a background of con- (3) A bulk packaging other than a trasting color, or must have a dotted portable tank, cargo tank, or tank car or solid line outer border which con- (e.g., a bulk bag or box) with a volutrasts with the background color. metric capacity of less than 18 m3 (640 (d) Recommended specifications for a cubic feet); and placard holder are set forth in appendix (4) An IBC. C of this part. Except for a placard [Amdt. 172-136, 59 FR 38064, July 26, 1994; holder similar to that contained in ap- Amdt. 172-148, 61 FR 50255, Sept. 25, 1996, as pendix C to this part, the means used amended by 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR to attach a placard may not obscure 64473, Nov. 4, 2004] any part of its surface other than the § 172.516 Visibility and display of placborders. ards. (e) A placard or placard holder may be hinged provided the required format, (a) Each placard on a motor vehicle color, and legibility of the placard are and each placard on a rail car must be maintained. clearly visible from the direction it faces, except from the direction of an- [Amdt. 172-29, 41 FR 15996, Apr. 15, 1976, as other transport vehicle or rail car to amended by Amdt. 172-101, 45 FR 74668, Nov. which the motor vehicle or rail car is 10, 1980; Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52601, Dec. 21, coupled. This requirement may be met 1990; 65 FR 50460, Aug. 18, 2000] by the placards displayed on the freight containers or portable tanks § 172.519 General specifications for loaded on a motor vehicle or rail car. placards. (b) The required placarding of the (a) Strength and durability. Placards front of a motor vehicle may be on the must conform to the following: 405 § 172.519 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) (1) A placard may be made of any the display requirements in this subplastic, metal or other material capachapter. Stocks of non-permanently afble of withstanding, without deteriorafixed subsidiary placards in compliance tion or a substantial reduction in effecwith the requirements in effect on Septiveness, a 30-day exposure to open tember 30, 2001, may continue to be weather conditions. used in domestic transportation by rail (2) A placard made of tagboard must or highway until October 1, 2005, or be at least equal to that designated until current stocks are depleted, commercially as white tagboard. Tagwhichever occurs first. board must have a weight of at least 80 (c) Size. (1) Each placard prescribed in kg (176 pounds) per ream of 610 by 910 this subpart must measure at least 273 mm (24 by 36-inch) sheets, watermm (10.8 inches) on each side and must proofing materials included. In addihave a solid line inner border approxition, each placard made of tagboard mately 12.7 mm (0.5 inches) from each must be able to pass a 414 kPa (60 p.s.i.) edge. Mullen test. (2) Except as otherwise provided in (3) Reflective or retroreflective matethis subpart, the hazard class or divirials may be used on a placard if the sion number, as appropriate, must be prescribed colors, strength and durashown in numerals measuring at least bility are maintained. 41 mm (1.6 inches) in height. (b) Design. (1) Except as provided in (3) Except as otherwise provided in $172.332 of this part, each placard must this subpart, when text indicating a be as described in this subpart, and exhazard is displayed on a placard, the cept for size and color, the printing, printing must be in letters measuring inner border and symbol must be as at least 41 mm (1.6 inches) in height. shown in $$172.521 through 172.560 of (d) Color. (1) The background color, this subpart, as appropriate. symbol, text, numerals and inner bor- (2) The dotted line border shown on der on a placard must be as specified in each placard is not part of the placard 172.521 through 172.560 of this subspecification. However, a dotted or part, as appropriate. solid line outer border may be used (2) Black and any color on a placard when needed to indicate the full size of must be able to withstand, without a placard that is part of a larger forsubstantial changemat or is on a background of a non- (i) A 72-hour fadeometer test (for a contrasting color. description of equipment designed for (3) For other than Class 7 or the this purpose, see ASTM G 23-69 or DANGEROUS placard, text indicating ASTM G 26-70); and a hazard (for example, "FLAM- (ii) A 30-day exposure to open weath- MABLE") is not required. Text may be er. omitted from the OXYGEN placard (3) Upon visual examination, a color only if the specific identification numon a placard must fall within the color ber is displayed on the placard. tolerances displayed on the appropriate (4) For a placard corresponding to the Hazardous Materials Label and Placard primary or subsidiary hazard class of a Color Tolerance Chart (see material, the hazard class or division $172.407(d)(4)). As an alternative, the number must be displayed in the lower PANTONE formula guide coated/ corner of the placard. However, a peruncoated as specified for colors in manently affixed subsidiary placard $172.407(d)(5) may be used. meeting the specifications of this sec- (4) The placard color must extend to tion which were in effect on October 1, the inner border and may extend to the 2001, (such as, a placard without the edge of the placard in the area deshazard class or division number disignated on each placard except the played in the lower corner of the color on the CORROSIVE and RADIOplacard) and which was installed prior ACTIVE placards (black and yellow, reto September 30, 2001, may continue to spectively) must extend only to the be used as a subsidiary placard in doinner border. mestic transportation by rail or high- (e) Form identification. A placard may way, provided the color tolerances are contain form identification informamaintained and are in accordance with tion, including the name of its maker, 406 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.523 provided that information is printed must have a red upper and lower trioutside of the solid line inner border in angle. The placard center area and 1/2- no larger than 10-point type. inch (12.7 mm.) border must be white. (f) Exceptions. When hazardous mate- The inscription must be black with the rials are offered for transportation or 1/8-inch (3.2 mm.) border marker in the transported under the provisions of white area at each end of the inscrip- $$171.11, 171.12, or 171.12a of this subtion red. chapter, a placard conforming to the specifications in the ICAO Technical [Amdt. 172-29, 41 FR 15996, Apr. 15, 1976, as Instructions, the IMDG Code, or the amended by Amdt. 172-29A, 41 FR 40680, Sept. TDG Regulations (IBR, see $171.7 of 20, 1976] this subchapter), respectively, may be § 172.522 EXPLOSIVES 1.1, EXPLOused in place of a corresponding SIVES 1.2 and EXPLOSIVES 1.3 placard that conforms to the requireplacards. ments of this subpart, except that a bulk packaging, transport vehicle, or (a) Except for size and color, the EXfreight container containing a material PLOSIVES 1.1, EXPLOSIVES 1.2 and poisonous by inhalation (see $171.8 of EXPLOSIVES 1.3 placards must be as this subchapter) must be placarded in follows: accordance with this subpart (see §§ 171.12(b) (8), 171.12(e) and 171.12a(b)(5) of this subchapter). (g) Trefoil symbol. The trefoil symbol on the RADIOACTIVE placard must meet the appropriate specification in appendix B of this part. [Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52601, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66260, Dec. 20, 1991: 57 FR EXPLOSIVES 45460, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 172-143, 60 FR 50305, Sept. 28, 1995; 65 FR 50460, Aug. 18, 2000; 66 FR 33426, June 21, 2001; 66 FR 44255, Aug. 22, 2001; 67 FR 15743, Apr. 3, 2002; 70 FR 34075, June 13, 2005; 69 FR 64473, Nov. 4, 2004) § 172.521 DANGEROUS placard. 1 (a) Except for size and color, the DANGEROUS placard must be as follows: (b) In addition to complying with $172.519 of this subpart, the background color on the EXPLOSIVES 1.1, EXPLO- SIVES 1.2, and EXPLOSIVES 1.3 placards must be orange. The **** shall be replaced with the appropriate division number and, when required, appropriate compatibility group letter. The DANGEROUS symbol, text, numerals and inner border must be black. [Amdt. 172-123. 55 FR 52602, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66260, Dec. 20, 1991] § 172.523 EXPLOSIVES 1.4 placard. (a) Except for size and color, the EX- PLOSIVES 1.4 placard must be as follows: (b) In addition to meeting the requirements of $172.519, and appendix B to this part, the DANGEROUS placard 407 § 172.524 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) must be orange. The **** shall be replaced, when required, with the appropriate compatibility group letter. The division numeral, 1.5, must measure at least 64 mm (2.5 inches) in height. The 1.4 text, numerals and inner border must be black. [Amdt. 172-123. 55 FR 52602, Dec. 21. 1990, as EXPLOSIVES amended at 56 FR 66261, Dec. 20, 1991] $172.525 EXPLOSIVES 1.6 placard. * (a) Except for size and color the EX- PLOSIVES 1.6 placard must be as follows: 1 (b) In addition to complying with $172.519 of this subpart, the background 1.6 color on the EXPLOSIVES 1.4 placard must be orange. The shall be replaced, when required, with the appro- EXPLOSIVES priate compatibility group letter. The division numeral, 1.4, must measure at least 64 mm (2.5 inches) in height. The text, numerals and inner border must be black. 1 [Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52602. Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66261, Dec. 20. 1991] § 172.524 EXPLOSIVES 1.5 placard. (b) In addition to complying with (a) Except for size and color, the EX- $172.519 of this subpart, the background PLOSIVES 1.5 placard must be as folcolor on the EXPLOSIVES 1.6 placard lows: must be orange. The **** shall be replaced, when required, with the appropriate compatibility group letter. The division numeral, 1.6, must measure at least 64 mm (2.5 inches) in height. The text, numerals and inner border must 1.5 be black. [Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52603, Dec. 21, 1990, as BLASTING amended at 56 FR 66261, Dec. 20. 1991; Amdt. 172-130. 58 FR 51531, Oct. 1, 1993) AGENTS $172.526 [Reserved] $172.527 Background requirements for certain placards. 1 (a) Except for size and color, the square background required by $172.510(a) for certain placards on rail cars, and $172.507 for placards on motor (b) In addition to complying with the vehicles containing a package of high- $172.519 of this subpart. the background way route controlled quantity radiocolor on EXPLOSIVES 1.5 placard active materials, must be as follows: 408 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT $ 172.532 high. The symbol, text, class number and inner border must be white. [Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66261. Dec. 20. 1991] $172.530 OXYGEN placard. (a) Except for size and color, the OX- YGEN placard must be as follows: OXYGEN (b) In addition to meeting the requirements of $172.519 for minimum durability and strength, the square background must consist of a white square 2 measuring 14½ inches (362.0 mm.) on each side surrounded by a black border extending to 15½ inches (387.0 mm.) on each side. [Amdt. 172-29, 41 FR 15996, Apr. 15. 1976. as (b) In addition to complying with amended by Amdt. 172-64. 46 FR 5316, Jan. 19, $172.519 of this subpart, the background 1981; Amdt. 172-78. 48 FR 10226, Mar. 10, 1983] color on the OXYGEN placard must be yellow. The symbol, text, class number § 172.528 NON-FLAMMABLE GAS and inner border must be black. placard. [Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66262, Dec. 20. 1991] (a) Except for size and color, the NON-FLAMMABLE GAS placard must $172.532 FLAMMABLE GAS placard. be as follows: (a) Except for size and color, the FLAMMABLE GAS placard must be as follows: NON-FLAMMABLE GAS FLAMMABLE 2 GAS 2 (b) In addition to complying with $172.519, the background color on the NON-FLAMMABLE GAS placard must be green. The letters in both words (b) In addition to complying with must be at least 38 mm (1.5 inches) $172.519. the background color on the 409 § 172.536 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) FLAMMABLE GAS placard must be red. The symbol. text. class number and inner border must be white. [Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66262, Dec. 20, 1991] § 172.536 [Reserved] § 172.540 POISON GAS placard. (a) Except for size and color, the POI- FLAMMABLE SON GAS placard must be as follows: 3 (b) In addition to complying with INHALATION $172.519, the background color on the FLAMMABLE placard must be red. HAZARD The symbol, text, class number and inner border must be white. (c) The word "GASOLINE" may be used in place of the word "FLAM- 2 MABLE" on a placard that is displayed on a cargo tank or a portable tank being used to transport gasoline by highway. The word "GASOLINE" must (b) In addition to complying with be shown in white. $172.519, the background on the POI- [Amdt. 172-123. 56 FR 66262, Dec. 20. 1991] SON GAS placard and the symbol must be white. The background of the upper $172.544 COMBUSTIBLE placard. diamond must be black and the lower point of the upper diamond must be 65 (a) Except for size and color, the mm (2% inches) above the horizontal COMBUSTIBLE placard must be as follows: center line. The text, class number, and inner border must be black. [62 FR 39408, July 22, 1997] $172.542 FLAMMABLE placard. (a) Except for size and color, the FLAMMABLE placard must be as follows: COMBUSTIBLE 3 (b) In addition to complying with $172.519. the background color on the COMBUSTIBLE placard must be red. 410 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT $ 172.548 The symbol, text, class number and inner border must be white. On a COM- BUSTIBLE placard with a white bottom as prescribed by $172.332(c)(4). the class number must be red or black. (c) The words "FUEL OIL" may be used in place of the word "COMBUS- TIBLE" on a placard that is displayed SPONTANEOUSLY on a cargo tank or portable tank being used to transport by highway fuel oil that is not classed as a flammable liquid. The words "FUEL OIL" must be white. [Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66262, Dec. 20, 1991) § 172.546 FLAMMABLE SOLID placard. (a) Except for size and color, the (b) In addition to complying with FLAMMABLE SOLID placard must be $172.519, the background color on the as follows: SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE placard must be red in the lower half and white in upper half. The letters in the word "SPONTANEOUSLY" must be at least 12 mm (0.5 inch) high. The symbol, text, class number and inner border must be black. [Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66263, Dec. 20. 1991, as amended by Amdt. 172-139, 59 FR 67490, Dec. F 29, 1994] $172.548 DANGEROUS WHEN WET placard. (a) Except for size and color, the DANGEROUS WHEN WET placard must be as follows: (b) In addition to complying with $172.519, the background on the FLAM- MABLE SOLID placard must be white with seven vertical red stripes. The stripes must be equally spaced, with one red stripe placed in the center of the label. Each red stripe and each DANGEROUS WHEN white space between two red stripes WET must be 25 mm (1.0 inches) wide. The letters in the word "SOLID" must be at least 38.1 mm (1.5 inches) high. The symbol, text, class number and inner border must be black. 4 [Amdt. 172-123. 56 FR 66263. Dec. 20, 1991] $172.547 SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUS- TIBLE placard. (b) In addition to complying with (a) Except for size and color, the $172.519. the background color on the SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE DANGEROUS WHEN WET placard placard must be as follows: must be blue. The letters in the words 411 § 172.550 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) "WHEN WET" must be at least 25 mm (1.0 inches) high. The symbol, text, class number and inner border must be white. [Amdt. 172-123. 56 FR 66263, Dec. 20, 1991] $172.550 OXIDIZER placard. (a) Except for size and color, the OXI- ORGANIC DIZER placard must be as follows: PEROXIDE 5.2 OXIDIZER (b) In addition to complying with $172.519, the background color on the ORGANIC PEROXIDE placard must be yellow. The symbol, text, division 5.1 number and inner border must be black. [Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66263, Dec. 20, 1991] $172.553 [Reserved] (b) In addition to complying with $172.554 POISON placard. $172.519, the background color on the OXIDIZER placard must be yellow. The (a) Except for size and color, the POIsymbol, text, division number and SON placard must be as follows: inner border must be black. [Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66263, Dec. 20, 1991] $172.552 ORGANIC PEROXIDE placard. (a) Except for size and color, the OR- GANIC PEROXIDE placard must be as follows: POISON 6 (b) In addition to complying with $172.519, the background on the POI- SON placard must be white. The symbol, text, class number and inner border must be black. The word "TOXIC" 412 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.556 may be used in lieu of the word "POI- (b) In addition to complying with SON". $172.519, the background on the POI- SON INHALATION HAZARD placard [Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66264. Dec. 20, 1991, as amended by Amdt. 172-139, 59 FR 67490, Dec. and the symbol must be white. The 29, 1994) background of the upper diamond must be black and the lower point of the § 172.555 POISON INHALATION HAZupper diamond must be 65 mm (2% ARD placard. inches) above the horizontal center (a) Except for size and color, the POIline. The text, class number, and inner SON INHALATION HAZARD placard border must be black. must be as follows: [62 FR 39409, July 22. 1997] § 172.556 RADIOACTIVE placard. (a) Except for size and color, the RA- DIOACTIVE placard must be as follows: INHALATION HAZARD 6 413 § 172.558 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) RADIOACTIVE 7 (b) In addition to complying with symbol, text, class number and inner $172.519, the background color on the border must be black. RADIOACTIVE placard must be white [Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66264, Dec. 20, 1991: in the lower portion with a yellow tri- Amdt. 172-130, 58 FR 51531, Oct. 1, 1993; 65 FR angle in the upper portion. The base of 58627, Sept. 29, 2000] the yellow triangle must be 29 mm ±5 mm (1.1 inches +0.2 inches) above the $172.558 CORROSIVE placard. placard horizontal center line. The (a) Except for size and color, the CORROSIVE placard must be as follows: 414 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.560 CORROSIVE 8 (b) In addition to complying with $172.519, the background color on the CORROSIVE placard must be black in the lower portion with a white triangle in the upper portion. The base of the white triangle must be 38 mm ±5 mm (1.5 inches ±0.2 inches) above the placard horizontal center line. The text and class number must be white. The symbol and inner border must be black. [Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66264, Dec. 20, 1991, as amended at 65 FR 58627, Sept. 29, 2000] § 172.560 CLASS 9 placard. 9 (a) Except for size and color the CLASS 9 (miscellaneous hazardous materials) placard must be as follows: 415 § 172.600 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) (b) In addition to conformance with shipping paper requirements of this 172.519, the background on the CLASS subchapter or a material properly clas- 9 placard must be white with seven sified as an ORM-D. black vertical stripes on the top half [Amdt. 172-116, 54 FR 27145, June 27, 1989; 54 extending from the top of the placard FR 28750. July 5, 1989, as amended at 55 FR to one inch above the horizontal cen- 33712, Aug. 17, 1990; 172-127. 59 FR 49133. Sept. terline. The black vertical stripes must 26. 1994; Amdt. 172-149, 61 FR 27173. May 30, be spaced so that, visually, they appear 1996] equal in width to the six white spaces between them. The space below the § 172.602 Emergency response inforvertical lines must be white with the mation. class number 9 underlined and centered (a) Information required. For purposes at the bottom. of this subpart, the term "emergency [Amdt. 172-123. 56 FR 66264, Dec. 20, 1991, as response information" means informaamended at 57 FR 45460, Oct. 1, 1992] tion that can be used in the mitigation of an incident involving hazardous ma- Subpart G-Emergency Response terials and, as a minimum, must con- Information tain the following information: (1) The basic description and tech- 172.600 Applicability and general renical name of the hazardous material quirements. as required by $$172.202 and 172.203(k), the ICAO Technical Instructions, the (a) Scope. Except as provided in para- IMDG Code, or the TDG Regulations. graph (d) of this section, this subpart prescribes requirements for providing as appropriate (IBR, see $171.7 of this and maintaining emergency response subchapter); information during transportation and (2) Immediate hazards to health: at facilities where hazardous materials (3) Risks of fire or explosion; are loaded for transportation, stored (4) Immediate precautions to be incidental to transportation or othertaken in the event of an accident or inwise handled during any phase of transcident; (5) Immediate methods for handling portation. (b) Applicability. This subpart applies fires; to persons who offer for transportation, (6) Initial methods for handling spills accept for transportation, transfer or or leaks in the absence of fire: and otherwise handle hazardous materials (7) Preliminary first aid measures. during transportation. (b) Form of information. The informa- (c) General requirements. No person to tion required for a hazardous material whom this subpart applies may offer by paragraph (a) of this section must for transportation. accept for transporbe: tation, transfer, store or otherwise (1) Printed legibly in English; handle during transportation a haz- (2) Available for use away from the ardous material unless: package containing the hazardous ma- (I) Emergency response information terial; and conforming to this subpart is imme- (3) Presenteddiately available for use at all times (1) On a shipping paper; the hazardous material is present; and (ii) In a document. other than a ship- (2) Emergency response information, ping paper, that includes both the basic including the emergency response teledescription and technical name of the phone number, required by this subpart hazardous material as required by is immediately available to any person $172.202 and 172.203(k), the ICAO Techwho, as a representative of a Federal. nical Instructions, the IMDG Code, or State or local government agency, rethe TDG Regulations, as appropriate, sponds to an incident involving a hazand the emergency response informaardous material, or is conducting an tion required by this subpart (e.g., a investigation which involves a hazmaterial safety data sheet); or ardous material. (iii) Related to the information on a (d) Exceptions. The requirements of shipping paper, a written notification this subpart do not apply to hazardous to pilot-in-command, or a dangerous material which is excepted from the cargo manifest, in a separate document 416 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.604 (e.g., an emergency response guidance the event of an emergency involving document), in a manner that cross-refthe hazardous material. The telephone erences the description of the haznumber must beardous material on the shipping paper (1) Monitored at all times the hazwith the emergency response informaardous material is in transportation, tion contained in the document. including storage incidental to trans- Aboard aircraft, the ICAO "Emergency portation; Response Guidance for Aircraft Inci- (2) The telephone number of a person dents Involving Dangerous Goods" and, who is either knowledgeable of the hazaboard vessels, the IMO "Emergency ardous material being shipped and has Procedures for Ships Carrying Dancomprehensive emergency response and gerous Goods", or equivalent docuincident mitigation information for ments, may be used to satisfy the rethat material, or has immediate access quirements of this section for a sepato a person who possesses such knowlrate document. edge and information. A telephone (c) Maintenance of information. Emernumber that requires a call back (such gency response information shall be as an answering service, answering mamaintained as follows: chine, or beeper device) does not meet (1) Carriers. Each carrier who transthe requirements of paragraph (a) of ports a hazardous material shall mainthis section; and tain the information specified in para- (3) Entered on a shipping paper, as graph (a) of this section and $172.606 of follows: this part in the same manner as pre- (1) Immediately following the described for shipping papers, except that scription of the hazardous material rethe information must be maintained in quired by subpart C of this part; or the same manner aboard aircraft as the (ii) Entered once on the shipping notification of pilot-in-command, and paper in a clearly visible location. This aboard vessels in the same manner as provision may be used only if the telethe dangerous cargo manifest. This inphone number applies to each hazformation must be immediately accesardous material entered on the shipsible to train crew personnel, drivers of ping paper, and if it is indicated that motor vehicles, flight crew members, the telephone number is for emergency and bridge personnel on vessels for use response information (for example: "EMERGENCY CONTACT: * in the event of incidents involving haz- *). ardous materials. (b) The telephone number required by (2) Facility operators. Each operator of paragraph (a) of this section must be a facility where a hazardous material the number of the person offering the is received, stored or handled during hazardous material for transportation transportation, shall maintain the inor the number of an agency or organiformation required by paragraph (a) of zation capable of, and accepting rethis section whenever the hazardous sponsibility for, providing the detailed material is present. This information information concerning the hazardous must be in a location that is immematerial. A person offering a hazardous diately accessible to facility personnel material for transportation who lists in the event of an incident involving the telephone number of an agency or the hazardous material. organization shall ensure that agency or organization has received current [Amdt. 172-116, 54 FR 27146, June 27, 1989; 54 information on the material, as re- FR 28750, July 5, 1989, as amended by Amdt. 172-116, 55 FR 875, Jan. 10, 1990; Amdt. 172-151, quired by paragraph (a)(2) of this sec- 62 FR 1234. Jan. 8. 1997; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, tion before it is offered for transpor- 2001; 68 FR 75741, Dec. 31, 2003] tation. (c) The requirements of this section § 172.604 Emergency response teledo not apply tophone number. (1) Hazardous materials that are of- (a) A person who offers a hazardous fered for transportation under the promaterial for transportation must provisions applicable to limited quanvide an emergency response telephone tities; and number, including the area code or (2) Materials properly described international access code, for use in under the following shipping names: 417 § 172.606 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) Battery powered equipment square-on-point configuration with the Battery powered vehicle identification number of each haz- Carbon dioxide, solid ardous material loaded therein, and the Castor bean marking or placard is visible on the Castor flake outside of the motor vehicle. Castor meal Castor pomace [Amdt. 172-151, 62 FR 1234, Jan. 8, 1997. as Consumer commodity amended at 62 FR 39398 and 39409, July 22, Dry ice 1997; 63 FR 16076, Apr. 1, 1998] Engines. Internal combustion Fish meal. stabilized Fish scrap. stabilized Subpart H-Training Refrigerating machine Vehicle, flammable gas powered SOURCE: Amdt. 172-126, 57 FR 20952. May 15. Vehicle, flammable liquid powered 1992, unless otherwise noted. Wheelchair, electric [Amdt. 172-116, 54 FR 27145. June 27, 1989, as § 172.700 Purpose and scope. amended at 55 FR 33713, Aug. 17, 1990: Amdt. (a) Purpose. This subpart prescribes 172-127. 59 FR 49133, Sept. 26, 1994: Amdt. 172- 149. 61 FR 27173, May 30, 1996: 65 FR 50460, requirements for training hazmat em- Aug. 18, 2000; 65 FR 58628. Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR ployees. 45182. Aug. 28, 2001: 69 FR 64473, Nov. 4. 2004] (b) Scope. Training as used in this subpart means a systematic program § 172.606 Carrier information contact. that ensures a hazmat employee has fa- (a) Each carrier who transports or acmiliarity with the general provisions of cepts for transportation a hazardous this subchapter, is able to recognize material for which a shipping paper is and identify hazardous materials, has required shall instruct the operator of knowledge of specific requirements of a motor vehicle, train, aircraft, or vesthis subchapter applicable to functions sel to contact the carrier (e.g., by teleperformed by the employee, and has phone or mobile radio) in the event of knowledge of emergency response inan incident involving the hazardous formation, self-protection measures material. and accident prevention methods and (b) For transportation by highway. if procedures (see $172.704). a transport vehicle, (e.g., a semi-trailer (c) Modal-specific training requireor freight container-on-chassis) conments. Additional training requiretains hazardous material for which a ments for the individual modes of shipping paper is required and the vehitransportation are prescribed in parts cle is separated from its motive power 174, 175, 176. and 177 of this subchapter. and parked at a location other than a § 172.701 Federal-State relationship. facility operated by the consignor or consignee or a facility (e.g., a carrier's This subpart and the parts referenced terminal or a marine terminal) subject in $172.700(c) prescribe minimum trainto the provisions of § 172.602(c)(2), the ing requirements for the transporcarrier shalltation of hazardous materials. For (1) Mark the transport vehicle with motor vehicle drivers, however, a State the telephone number of the motor carmay impose more stringent training rier on the front exterior near the requirements only if those requirebrake hose and electrical connections mentsor on a label, tag, or sign attached to (a) Do not conflict with the training the vehicle at the brake hose or elecrequirements in this subpart and in trical connection; or part 177 of this subchapter; and (2) Have the shipping paper and emer- (b) Apply only to drivers domiciled in gency response information readily that State. available on the transport vehicle. (c) The requirements specified in 5 172.702 Applicability and responsiparagraph (b) of this section do not bility for training and testing. apply to an unattended motor vehicle (a) A hazmat employer shall ensure separated from its motive power when that each of its hazmat employees is the motor vehicle is marked on an ortrained in accordance with the requireange panel. a placard, or a plain white ments prescribed in this subpart. 418 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT $ 172.704 (b) Except as provided in (ii) Measures to protect the employee § 172.704(c)(1), a hazmat employee who from the hazards associated with hazperforms any function subject to the ardous materials to which they may be requirements of this subchapter may exposed in the work place, including not perform that function unless inspecific measures the hazmat employer structed in the requirements of this has implemented to protect employees subchapter that apply to that function. from exposure; and It is the duty of each hazmat employer (iii) Methods and procedures for to comply with the applicable requireavoiding accidents, such as the proper ments of this subchapter and to thorprocedures for handling packages conoughly instruct each hazmat employee taining hazardous materials. in relation thereto. (c) Training may be provided by the (4) Security awareness training. No later than the date of the first schedhazmat employer or other public or private sources. uled recurrent training after March 25, 2003, and in no case later than March (d) A hazmat employer shall ensure 24, 2006, each hazmat employee must that each of its hazmat employees is receive training that provides an tested by appropriate means on the awareness of security risks associated training subjects covered in $172.704. with hazardous materials transpor- [Amdt. 172-126, 57 FR 20952, May 15, 1992; 57 tation and methods designed to en- FR 22182, May 27. 1992, as amended by Amdt. hance transportation security. This 172-149. 61 FR 27173, May 30, 1996] training must also include a component covering how to recognize and re- $172.704 Training requirements. spond to possible security threats. (a) Hazmat employee training must After March 25, 2003, new hazmat eminclude the following: ployees must receive the security (1) General awareness/familiarization awareness training required by this training. Each hazmat employee shall paragraph within 90 days after employbe provided general awareness/familment. iarization training designed to provide (5) In-depth security training. By Defamiliarity with the requirements of cember 22, 2003, each hazmat employee this subchapter. and to enable the emof a person required to have a security ployee to recognize and identify hazplan in accordance with subpart I of ardous materials consistent with the this part must be trained concerning hazard communication standards of the security plan and its implementathis subchapter. tion. Security training must include (2) Function-specific training. (i) Each company security objectives, specific hazmat employee must be provided security procedures, employee responfunction-specific training concerning sibilities, actions to take in the event requirements of this subchapter, or exof a security breach, and the organizaemptions or special permits issued tional security structure. under subchapter A of this chapter. (b) OSHA, EPA, and other training. that are specifically applicable to the Training conducted by employers to functions the employee performs. comply with the hazard communica- (ii) As an alternative to function-spetion programs required by the Occupacific training on the requirements of tional Safety and Health Administrathis subchapter, training relating to tion of the Department of Labor (29 the requirements of the ICAO Tech- CFR 1910.120 or 1910.1200) or the Envinical Instructions and the IMDG Code ronmental Protection Agency (40 CFR may be provided to the extent such 311.1), or training conducted by emtraining addresses functions authorized ployers to comply with security trainby $$171.11 and 171.12 of this subing programs required by other Federal chapter. or international agencies, may be used (3) Safety training. Each hazmat emto satisfy the training requirements in ployee shall receive safety training paragraph (a) of this section to the exconcerning- tent that such training addresses the (i) Emergency response information training components specified in pararequired by subpart G of part 172; graph (a) of this section. 419 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 172.704 (b) Except as provided in (ii) Measures to protect the employee $172.704(c)(1), a hazmat employee who from the hazards associated with hazperforms any function subject to the ardous materials to which they may be requirements of this subchapter may exposed in the work place, including not perform that function unless inspecific measures the hazmat employer structed in the requirements of this has implemented to protect employees subchapter that apply to that function. from exposure; and It is the duty of each hazmat employer (iii) Methods and procedures for to comply with the applicable requireavoiding accidents, such as the proper ments of this subchapter and to thorprocedures for handling packages conoughly instruct each hazmat employee taining hazardous materials. in relation thereto. (4) Security awareness training. No (c) Training may be provided by the later than the date of the first schedhazmat employer or other public or uled recurrent training after March 25, private sources. 2003, and in no case later than March (d) A hazmat employer shall ensure 24, 2006, each hazmat employee must that each of its hazmat employees is receive training that provides an tested by appropriate means on the awareness of security risks associated training subjects covered in 172.704. with hazardous materials transpor- [Amdt. 172-126, 57 FR 20952, May 15, 1992; 57 tation and methods designed to en- FR 22182, May 27, 1992, as amended by Amdt. hance transportation security. This 172-149, 61 FR 27173, May 30, 1996] training must also include a component covering how to recognize and re- § 172.704 Training requirements. spond to possible security threats. (a) Hazmat employee training must After March 25, 2003, new hazmat eminclude the following: ployees must receive the security (1) General awareness/familiarization awareness training required by this training. Each hazmat employee shall paragraph within 90 days after employbe provided general awareness/familment. iarization training designed to provide (5) In-depth security training. By Defamiliarity with the requirements of cember 22. 2003, each hazmat employee this subchapter, and to enable the emof a person required to have a security ployee to recognize and identify hazplan in accordance with subpart I of ardous materials consistent with the this part must be trained concerning hazard communication standards of the security plan and its implementathis subchapter. tion. Security training must include (2) Function-specific training. (i) Each company security objectives. specific hazmat employee must be provided security procedures, employee responfunction-specific training concerning sibilities, actions to take in the event requirements of this subchapter. or exof a security breach, and the organizaemptions or special permits issued tional security structure. under subchapter A of this chapter. (b) OSHA, EPA, and other training. that are specifically applicable to the Training conducted by employers to functions the employee performs. comply with the hazard communica- (ii) As an alternative to function-spetion programs required by the Occupacific training on the requirements of tional Safety and Health Administrathis subchapter, training relating to tion of the Department of Labor (29 the requirements of the ICAO Tech- CFR 1910.120 or 1910.1200) or the Envinical Instructions and the IMDG Code ronmental Protection Agency (40 CFR may be provided to the extent such 311.1). or training conducted by emtraining addresses functions authorized ployers to comply with security trainby $$171.11 and 171.12 of this subing programs required by other Federal chapter. or international agencies, may be used (3) Safety training. Each hazmat emto satisfy the training requirements in ployee shall receive safety training paragraph (a) of this section to the exconcerning- tent that such training addresses the (i) Emergency response information training components specified in pararequired by subpart G of part 172; graph (a) of this section. 419 § 172.800 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) (c) Initial and recurrent training-(1) function subject to the requirements of Initial training. A new hazmat emthis subchapter, is not subject to the ployee, or a hazmat employee who training requirement of paragraph changes job functions may perform (a) (3) of this section. those functions prior to the completion (2) A railroad maintenance-of-way of training providedemployee or railroad signalman, who (i) The employee performs those does not perform any function subject functions under the direct supervision to the requirements of this subchapter, of a properly trained and knowledgeis not subject to the training requireable hazmat employee; and ments of paragraphs (a)(2). (a)(4). or (ii) The training is completed within (a)(5) of this section. Initial training 90 days after employment or a change for a railroad maintenance-of-way emin job function. ployee or railroad signalman in accord- (2) Recurrent training. A hazmat emance with this section must be comployee shall receive the training repleted by October 1. 2006. quired by this subpart at least once [Amdt. 172-126, 57 FR 20952. May 15, 1992. as every three years. amended by Amdt. 172-126, 58 FR 5851, Jan. (3) Relevant Training. Relevant train- 22. 1993; Amdt. 172-145, 60 FR 49110, Sept. 21, ing received from a previous employer 1995; Amdt. 172-149, 61 FR 27173. May 30, 1996; or other source may be used to satisfy 65 FR 50460, Aug. 18, 2000; 68 FR 14521, Mar. the requirements of this subpart pro- 25, 2003; 70 FR 73164, Dec. 9, 2005] vided a current record of training is obtained from hazmat employees' pre- Subpart I-Security Plans vious employer. (4) Compliance. Each hazmat em- SOURCE: 68 FR 14521, Mar. 25. 2003, unless ployer is responsible for compliance otherwise noted. with the requirements of this subchapter regardless of whether the $172.800 Purpose and applicability. training required by this subpart has (a) Purpose. This subpart prescribes been completed. requirements for development and im- (d) Recordkeeping. A record of current plementation of plans to address secutraining, inclusive of the preceding rity risks related to the transportation three years, in accordance with this of hazardous materials in commerce. section shall be created and retained (b) Applicability. By September 25, by each hazmat employer for as long as 2003, each person who offers for transthat employee is employed by that emportation in commerce or transports in ployer as a hazmat employee and for 90 commerce one or more of the following days thereafter. The record shall inhazardous materials must develop and clude: adhere to a security plan for hazardous (1) The hazmat employee's name; materials that conforms to the require- (2) The most recent training complements of this subpart: tion date of the hazmat employee's (1) A highway route-controlled quantraining; tity of a Class 7 (radioactive) material, (3) A description, copy, or the locaas defined in $173.403 of this subtion of the training materials used to chapter, in a motor vehicle, rail car, or meet the requirements in paragraph (a) freight container; of this section; (2) More than 25 kg (55 pounds) of a (4) The name and address of the per- Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 (explosive) mateson providing the training: and rial in a motor vehicle, rail car, or (5) Certification that the hazmat emfreight container; ployee has been trained and tested, as (3) More than one L (1.06 qt) per required by this subpart. package of a material poisonous by in- (e) Limitations. The following limitahalation, as defined in $171.8 of this tions apply: subchapter, that meets the criteria for (1) A hazmat employee who repairs, Hazard Zone A, as specified in modifies, reconditions, or tests pack- $$173.116(a) or 173.133(a) of this subagings, as qualified for use in the chapter; transportation of hazardous materials, (4) A shipment of a quantity of hazand who does not perform any other ardous materials in a bulk packaging 420 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 172, App. A having a capacity equal to or greater ments concerning employment practhan 13,248 L (3,500 gallons) for liquids tices and individual privacy. or gases or more than 13.24 cubic me- (2) Unauthorized access. Measures to ters (468 cubic feet) for solids; address the assessed risk that unau- (5) A shipment in other than a bulk thorized persons may gain access to packaging of 2,268 kg (5,000 pounds) the hazardous materials covered by the gross weight or more of one class of security plan or transport conveyances hazardous materials for which being prepared for transportation of placarding of a vehicle. rail car, or the hazardous materials covered by the freight container is required for that security plan. class under the provisions of subpart F (3) En route security. Measures to adof this part; dress the assessed security risks of (6) A select agent or toxin regulated shipments of hazardous materials covby the Centers for Disease Control and ered by the security plan en route from Prevention under 42 CFR part 73 or, by origin to destination, including ship- April 1. 2007, a select agent or toxin ments stored incidental to movement. regulated by the United States Depart- (b) The security plan must be in writment of Agriculture under 9 CFR part ing and must be retained for as long as 121; or it remains in effect. Copies of the secu- (7) A quantity of hazardous material rity plan, or portions thereof, must be that requires placarding under the proavailable to the employees who are revisions of subpart F of this part. sponsible for implementing it. con- (c) Exceptions. Transportation activisistent with personnel security clearance or background investigation reties of a farmer, who generates less strictions and a demonstrated need to than $500,000 annually in gross receipts from the sale of agricultural commodknow. The security plan must be revised and updated as necessary to reities or products, are not subject to this subpart if such activities are: flect changing circumstances. When the security plan is updated or revised. (1) Conducted by highway or rail; all copies of the plan must be main- (2) In direct support of their farming tained as of the date of the most recent operations; and revision. (3) Conducted within a 150-mile radius of those operations. $ 172.804 Relationship to other Federal requirements. [68 FR 14521, Mar. 25, 2003, as amended at 70 FR 73164, Dec. 9, 2005; 71 FR 32258, June 2. To avoid unnecessary duplication of 2006] security requirements, security plans that conform to regulations, standards, § 172.802 Components of a security protocols, or guidelines issued by other plan. Federal agencies, international organi- (a) The security plan must include an zations, or industry organizations may assessment of possible transportation be used to satisfy the requirements in security risks for shipments of the hazthis subpart, provided such security ardous materials listed in $172.800 and plans address the requirements speciappropriate measures to address the asfied in this subpart. sessed risks. Specific measures put into APPENDIX A TO PART 172-OFFICE OF place by the plan may vary commensu- HAZARDOUS MATERIALS TRANSPORrate with the level of threat at a par- TATION COLOR TOLERANCE CHARTS ticular time. At a minimum, a security AND TABLES plan must include the following elements: The following are Munsell notations and (1) Personnel security. Measures to Commission Internationale de L'Eclairage confirm information provided by job (CIE) coordinates which describe the Office applicants hired for positions that inof Hazardous Materials Transportation Label volve access to and handling of the hazand Placard Color Tolerance Charts in tables 1 and 2. and the CIE coordinates for the color ardous materials covered by the secutolerances specified in table 3. Central colors rity plan. Such confirmation system and tolerances described in table 2 approximust be consistent with applicable mate those described in table 1 while allow- Federal and State laws and requireing for differences in production methods 421 Pt. 172, App. A 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) and materials used to manufacture labels For labels printed directly on packaging and placards surfaced with printing inks. surfaces, table 3 may be used, although com- Primarily. the color charts based on table 1 pliance with either table 1 or table 2 is suffiare for label or placard colors applied as cient. However, if visual reference indicates opaque coatings such as paint, enamel or that the colors of labels printed directly on plastic, whereas color charts based on table package surfaces are outside the table 1 or 2 2 are intended for use with labels and plactolerances, a spectrophotometer or other inards surfaced only with inks. strumentation may be required to insure compliance with table 3. TABLE 1-SPECIFICATIONS FOR COLOR TOLERANCE CHARTS FOR USE WITH LABELS AND PLACARDS SURFACED WITH PAINT, LACQUER, ENAMEL, PLASTIC, OTHER OPAQUE COATINGS, OR INK 1 CIE data for source c Color Munsell notations Y X y Red: Central color 7.5R 4.0/14 12.00 5959 3269 Orange 8.5R 4.0/14 12.00 6037 3389 Purple and vivid 6.5R 4.0/14 12.00 .6869 .3184 Grayish 7.5R 4.0/12 12.00 5603 .3321 Vivid 7.5R 4.0/16 12.00 6260 3192 Light 7.5R 4.5/14 15.57 5775 .3320 Dark 7. 5R 3.5/14 09.00 6226 3141 Orange: Central color 5.OYR 6.0/15 30.05 .5510 .4214 Yellow and Grayish 6.25YR 6.0/15 30.05 .5452 4329 Red and vivid 3.75YR 6.0/15 30.05 .5552 .4091 Grayish 5.OYR 6.0/13 30.05 .5311 .4154 Vivid 5.OYR 6.0/16 30.05 5597 4239 Light 5.OYR 6.5/15 36.20 .5427 4206 Dark 5.OYR 5.5/15 24.58 .5606 .4218 Yellow: Central color 5.OY 8.0/12 59.10 4562 4788 Green 6.5Y 8.0/12 59.10 4498 .4865 Orange and vivid 3.5Y 8.0/12 59.10 .4632 4669 Grayish 5.OY 8.0/10 59.10 4376 .4601 Vivid 5.OY 8.0/14 59.10 .4699 .4920 Light 5.OY 8.5/12 68.40 4508 4754 Dark 5.0Y 7.5/12 50.68 .4620 4823 Green: Central color 7.5G 4.0/9 12.00 2111 .4121 Bluish 0.5BG 4.0/9 12.00 .1974 .3809 Green-yellow 5.0G 4.0/9 12.00 2237 4399 Grayish A 7.5G 4.0/7 12.00 2350 .3922 Grayish B2 7.5G 4.0/6 12.00 2467 .3822 Vivid 7.5G 4.0/11 12.00 .1848 4319 Light 7.5G 4.5/9 15.57 2204 .4060 Dark 7.5G 3.5/9 09.00 .2027 4163 Blue: Central color 2.5PB 3.5/10 09.00 .1691 .1744 Purple 4.5PB 3.5/10 09.00 .1796 .1711 Green and vivid 10.0B 3.5/10 09.00 .1557 .1815 Grayish 2.5PB 3.5/8 09.00 .1888 .1964 Vivid 2.5PB 3.5/12 09.00 .1516 .1547 Light 2.5PB 4.0/10 12.00 .1805 1888 Dark 2.5PB 3.0/10 06.55 .1576 .1600 Purple: Central color 10.0P 4.5/10 15.57 3307 2245 Reddish purple 2.5RP 4.5/10 15.57 .3584 2377 Blue purple 7.5P 4.5/10 15.57 3068 2145 Reddish gray 10.0P 4.5/8 15.57 3280 .2391 Gray2 10.0P 4.5/6.5 15.57 .3254 2519 Vivid 10.0P 4.5/12 15.57 3333 2101 Light 10.0P 5.0/10 19.77 .3308 2328 Dark 10.0P 4.0/10 12.00 3306 2162 1 Maximum chroma is not limited. 2 For the colors green and purple, the minimum saturation (chroma) limits for porcelain enamel on metal are tower than for most other surface coatings. Therefore, the minimum chroma limits of these two colors as displayed on the Charts for comparison to porcelain enamel on metal is low, as shown for green (grayish B) and purple (gray). NOTE: CIE=Commission Internationale de L'Eclairage. 422 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 172, App. A TABLE 2-SPECIFICATIONS FOR COLOR TOLERANCE CHARTS FOR USE WITH LABELS AND PLACARDS SURFACED WITH INK CIE data for source C Color/series Munsell notation Y y Red: Central series: Central color 6.8R 4.47/12.8 15.34 .5510 .3286 Grayish 7.2R 4.72/12.2 17.37 .5368 3348 Purple 6.4R 4.49/12.7 15.52 .5442 .3258 Purple and vivid 6.1R 4.33/13.1 14.25 .5529 3209 Vivid 6.7R 4.29/13.2 13.99 5617 3253 Orange 7.3R 4.47/12.8 15.34 .5572 3331 Orange and grayish 7.65R 4.70/12.4 17.20 .5438 3382 Light series: Light 7.0R 4.72/13.2 17.32 .5511 .3322 Light and orange 7.4R 4.96/12.6 19.38 .5365 3382 Light and purple 6.6R 4.79/12.9 17.94 .5397 3289 Dark series: Dark A 6.7R 4.19/12.5 13.30 5566 .3265 Dark B 7.0R 4.25/12.35 13.72 .5522 .3294 Dark and purple 7.5R 4.23/12.4 13.58 5577 3329 Orange: Central series: Central color 5.0YR 6.10/12.15 31.27 5193 .4117 Yellow and grayish A 5.8YR 6.22/11.7 32.69 5114 .4155 Yellow and grayish B 6.1YR 6.26/11.85 33.20 5109 4190 Vivid 5.1YR 6.07/12.3 30.86 .5226 4134 Red and vivid A 3.9YR 5.87/12.75 28.53 5318 .4038 Red and vivid B 3.6YR 5.91/12.6 29.05 5291 4021 Grayish 4.9YR 6.10/11.9 31.22 5170 4089 Light series: Light and vivid A 5.8YR 6.78/12.7 39.94 5120 .4177 Light and yellow 6.0YR 6.80/12.8 40.20 5135 4198 Light and vivid B 4.9YR 6.60/12.9 37.47 5216 .4126 Dark series: Dark and yellow 5.8YR 5.98/11.0 29.87 5052 4132 Dark A 5.1YR 5.80/11.1 27.80 5127 .4094 Dark B 5.0YR 5.80/11.0 27.67 5109 .4068 Yellow: Central series: Central color 4.3Y 7.87/10.3 56.81 4445 .4589 Vivid A 4.5Y 7,82/10.8 55.92 4503 .4658 Vivid B 3.3Y 7.72/11.35 54.24 4612 .4624 Vivid and orange 3.2Y 7.72/10.8 54.25 4576 .4572 Grayish A 4.1Y 7.95/9.7 58.18 .4380 .4516 Graytsh B 5.1Y 8.06/9.05 60.12 4272 .4508 Green-yellow 5.2Y 7.97/9.9 58.53 4356 .4605 Light series: Light 5.4Y 8.59/10.5 70.19 4351 .4628 Light and green-yellow 5.4Y 8.56/11.2 69.59 4414 .4692 Light and vivid 4.4Y 8.45/11.4 67.42 4490 .4662 Dark series: Dark and green-yellow 4.4Y 7.57/9.7 51.82 .4423 .4562 Dark and orange A 3.4Y 7.39/10.4 48.86 .4584 4590 Dark and orange B 3.5Y 7.41/10.0 49.20 .4517 .4544 Green: Central series: Central color 9.75G 4.26/7.75 13.80 .2214 .3791 Grayish 10G 4.46/7.5 15.25 2263 3742 Blue A 1.4BG 4.20/7.4 13.36 2151 .3625 Blue B 1.0BG 4.09/7.75 12.60 2109 3685 Vivid 8.4G 4.09/8.05 12.59 .2183 .3954 Vivid green-yellow 7.0G 4.23/8.0 13.54 2292 4045 Green-yellow 7.85G 4.46/7.7 15.23 2313 .3914 Light series: Light and vivid 9.5G 4.45/8.8 15.21 2141 .3863 Light and blue 0.2BG 4.31/8.8 14.12 2069 3814 Light and green-yellow 8.3G 4.29/9.05 14.01 2119 .4006 Dark series: Dark and green-yellow 7.1G 4.08/7.1 12.55 2354 .3972 Dark and grayish 9.5G 4.11/6.9 12.70 2282 3764 Dark 8.5G 3.97/7.2 11.78 .2269 .3874 423 Pt. 172, App. B 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) TABLE 2-SPECIFICATIONS FOR COLOR TOLERANCE CHARTS FOR USE WITH LABELS AND PLACARDS SURFACED WITH INK-Continued CIE data for source C Color/series Munsell notation Y X y Blue: Central series: Central color 3.5PB 3.94/9.7 11.58 .1885 .1911 Green and grayish A 2.0PB 4.35/8.7 14.41 .1962 2099 Green and grayish B 1.7PB 4.22/9.0 13.50 .1898 .2053 Vivid 2.9PB 3.81/9.7 10.78 .1814 .1852 Purple and vivid A 4.7PB 3.53/10.0 9.15 .1817 .1727 Purple and vivid B 5.0PB 3.71/9.9 10.20 .1888 .1788 Grayish 3.75PB 4.03/9.1 12.17 .1943 .1961 Light series: Light and green A 1.7PB 4.32/9.2 14.22 .1904 2056 Light and green B 1.5PB 4.11/9.6 12.72 .1815 .1971 Light and vivid 3.2PB 3.95/10.05 11.70 .1831 .1868 Dark series: Dark and grayish 3.9PB 4.01/8.7 12.04 .1982 .1992 Dark and purple A 4.8PB 3.67/9.3 9.95 .1918 .1831 Dark and purple B 5.2PB 3.80/9.05 10.76 .1985 .1885 Purple: Central series: Central color 9.5P 4.71/11.3 17.25 3274 2165 Red 1.0RP 5.31/10.8 22.70 .3404 2354 Red and vivid A 1.4RP 5.00/11.9 19.78 .3500 .2274 Red and vivid B 0.2RP 4.39/12.5 14.70 3365 2059 Vivid 8.0P 4.04/12.0 12.23 .3098 .1916 Blue 7.0P 4.39/10.8 14.71 .3007 2037 Grayish 8.8P 5.00/10.3 19.73 3191 2251 Light series: Light and red A 0.85RP 5.56/11.1 25.18 .3387 2356 Light and red B 1.1RP 5.27/12.3 22.27 3460 2276 Light and vivid 9.2P 4.94/11.95 19.24 3247 2163 Dark series: Dark and grayish 9.6P 4.70/10.9 17.19 3283 2204 Dark and vivid 8.4P 4.05/11.6 12.35 3144 .1970 Dark and blue 7.5P 4.32/10.5 14.19 .3059 .2078 TABLE 3-SPECIFICATION FOR COLORS FOR USE WITH LABELS PRINTED ON PACKAGINGS SURFACES CIE data for source C Red Orange Yellow Green Blue Purple X .424 .460 417 .228 .200 377 y .306 370 .392 .354 .175 .205 X .571 .543 .490 310 255 .377 .306 .400 442 .354 250 .284 y .424 .445 .390 .228 .177 .342 X .350 .395 .430 403 .194 .205 y X .571 .504 .440 310 .230 .342 .350 .430 .492 403 .267 .284 y Y (high) 23.0 41.6 72.6 20.6 15.9 21.2 Y (low) 7.7 19.5 29.1 7.4 6.5 8.2 [Amdt. 172-50, 44 FR 9757, Feb. 15, 1979; Amdt. 172-50, 44 FR 10984, Feb. 26, 1979, as amended by Amdt. 172-50, 44 FR 22467, Apr. 16, 1979: 50 FR 45731, Nov. 1. 1985; Amdt. 172-127, 59 FR 49133, Sept. 26, 1994] APPENDIX B TO PART 172-TREFOIL materials must conform to the design and SYMBOL size requirements of this appendix. 2. RADIOACTIVE labels and placards that 1. Except as provided in paragraph 2 of this were printed prior to April 1, 1996, in conappendix, the trefoil symbol required for RAformance with the requirements of this sub- DIOACTIVE labels and placards and required chapter in effect on March 30, 1996, may conto be marked on certain packages of Class 7 tinue to be used. 424 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 172, App. B 60° 60° 1 2 3 I-Radius of Circle- 3=5 radil for markings and labels Minimum dimensions 4½ radii for placards. 4 mm (0.16 inch) for markings and labels 12.5 mm (0.5 inch) for placards [60 FR 50306, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended by 2=1½ Radii 172-143, 61 FR 20750, May 8, 1996] 425 Pf. 172, App. C 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) APPENDIX C TO PART 172-DIMENSIONAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR RECOMMENDED PLACARD HOLDER Legend in. mm. 1/4 6.3 3/16" Opening 3/16" 3/8 9.5 10 3/4" Opening Opening 1/2 12.7 3/4 19 11/2 38 23/8 60 1/4" on all 25/8 67 4 sides 2 3/16 55 3/4" R 2 5/16 58 2 13/16 71 SECTION A-A 10 3/4 273 A 12 1/2 317 1/2" Max. 3/8" R Note: Round to nearest mm. A 2 5/16" Min. 2 13/16" Max. 1 1/2" R 3/4" A 5" Ref 2 5/8" Max. 2 3/16" Min. 1/2" Max. 1/4" R 12 1/2" 10 3/4" Min. 3/4" R 10 3:4" Min. Placard Outline PART 173-SHIPPERS-GENERAL RE- 173.2a Classification of a material having more than one hazard. QUIREMENTS FOR SHIPMENTS 173.3 Packaging and exceptions. AND PACKAGINGS 173.4 Small quantity exceptions. 173.5 Agricultural operations. Subport A-General 173.5a Oilfield service vehicles and mechanical displacement meter provers. Sec. 173.6 Materials of trade exceptions. 173.1 Purpose and scope. 173.7 Government operations and materials. 173.2 Hazardous materials classes and index 173.8 Exceptions for non-specification packto hazard class definitions. agings used in intrastate transportation. 426 § 173.1 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) 173.477 Approval of packagings containing is trained in accordance with the regreater than 0.1 kg of non-fissile or quirements prescribed in this subfissile-excepted uranium hexafluoride. chapter. It is the duty of each person Subparts J-O [Reserved] who offers hazardous materials for transportation to instruct each of his APPENDIX A TO PART 173 [RESERVED] officers, agents, and employees having APPENDIX B TO PART 173-PROCEDURE FOR any responsibility for preparing haz- TESTING CHEMICAL COMPATIBILITY AND ardous materials for shipment as to ap- RATE OF PERMEATION IN PLASTIC PACK- AGING AND RECEPTACLES plicable regulations in this subchapter. APPENDIX C TO PART 173-PROCEDURE FOR (c) In general, the Hazardous Mate- BASE-LEVEL VIBRATION TESTING rials Regulations (HMR) contained in APPENDIX D TO PART 173-TEST METHODS FOR this subchapter are based on the UN DYNAMITE (EXPLOSIVE, BLASTING. TYPE Recommendations and are consistent A) with international regulations issued APPENDIXES E-G TO PART 173 [RESERVED] APPENDIX H TO PART 173-METHOD OF TESTby the International Civil Aviation Or- ING FOR SUSTAINED COMBUSTIBILITY ganization (ICAO Technical Instructions) and the International Maritime AUTHORITY: 49 U.S.C. 5101-5127, 44701; 49 CFR 1.45, 1.53. Organization (IMDG Code). However, the HMR are not consistent in all re- EDITORIAL NOTE: Nomenclature changes to spects with the UN Recommendations, part 173 appear at 70 FR 56098, Sept. 23, 2005. the ICAO Technical Instructions or the IMDG Code, and compliance with the Subpart A-General HMR will not guarantee acceptance by regulatory bodies outside of the United § 173.1 Purpose and scope. States. (a) This part includes: (1) Definitions of hazardous materials [Amdt. 173-94. 41 FR 16062, Apr. 15, 1976, as for transportation purposes; amended by Amdt. 173-100, 41 FR 40476. Sept. 20. 1976; Amdt. 173-161, 48 FR 2655, Jan. 20. (2) Requirements to be observed in 1983; Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52606, Dec. 21, 1990; preparing hazardous materials for ship- Amdt. 173-231, 57 FR 20953. May 15, 1992; 64 ment by air, highway, rail, or water, or FR 10776, Mar. 5, 1999; 68 FR 61941. Oct. 30, any combination thereof; and 2003] (3) Inspection. testing, and retesting responsibilities for persons who retest, § 173.2 Hazardous materials classes recondition, maintain, repair and reand index to hazard class definibuild containers used or intended for tions. use in the transportation of hazardous The hazard class of a hazardous mamaterials. terial is indicated either by its class (b) A shipment of hazardous mate- (or division) number, its class name, or rials that is not prepared in accordance by the letters "ORM-D". The following with this subchapter may not be oftable lists class numbers, division numfered for transportation by air, highbers, class or division names and those way, rail, or water. It is the responsisections of this subchapter which conbility of each hazmat employer subject tain definitions for classifying hazto the requirements of this subchapter ardous materials, including forbidden to ensure that each hazmat employee materials. Class Division No. 49 CFR ref- No. Name of class or division (if any) erence for definitions None Forbidden materials 173.21 None Forbidden explosives 173.54 1 1.1 Explosives (with a mass explosion hazard) 173.50 1 1.2 Explosives (with a projection hazard) 173.50 1 1.3 Explosives (with predominately a fire hazard) 173.50 1 1.4 Explosives (with no significant blast hazard) 173.50 1 1.5 Very insensitive explosives; blasting agents 173.50 1 1.6 Extremely insensitive detonating substances 173.50 2 2.1 Flammable gas 173.115 2 2.2 Non-flammable compressed gas 173.115 2 2.3 Poisonous gas 173.115 3 Flammable and combustible liquid 173.120 430 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.2a Class Division No. 49 CFR ref- No. (if any) Name of class or division erence for definitions 4 4.1 Flammable solid 173.124 4 4.2 Spontaneously combustible material 173.124 4 4.3 Dangerous when wet material 173.124 5 5.1 Oxidizer 173.127 5 5.2 Organic peroxide 173.128 6 6.1 Poisonous materials 173,132 6 6.2 Infectious substance (Etiologic agent) 173.134 7 Radioactive material 173.403 8 Corrosive material 173.136 9 Miscellaneous hazardous material 173.140 None Other regulated material: ORM-D 173.144 [Amdt. 173-224. 55 FR 52606, Dec. 21, 1990. as amended at 57 FR 45460, Oct. 1. 1992; Amdt. 173- 234, 58 FR 51531, Oct. 1, 1993] § 173.2a Classification of a material (7) A material that meets the definihaving more than one hazard. tion of a self-reactive material in (a) Classification of a material having $173.124(a)(2) of this subchapter (Divimore than one hazard. Except as prosion 4.1). vided in paragraph (c) of this section, a (8) Class 3 (flammable liquids), Class material not specifically listed in the 8 (corrosive materials), Division 4.1 $172.101 table that meets the definition (flammable solids). Division 4.2 (sponof more than one hazard class or divitaneously combustible materials). Dision as defined in this part, shall be vision 4.3 (dangerous when wet mateclassed according to the highest applirials), Division 5.1 (oxidizers) or Divicable hazard class of the following hazsion 6.1 (poisonous liquids or solids ard classes, which are listed in descendother than Packing Group I, poisonousing order of hazard: by-inhalation). The hazard class and (1) Class 7 (radioactive materials, packing group for a material meeting more than one of these hazards shall be other than limited quantities). (2) Division 2.3 (poisonous gases). determined using the precedence table in paragraph (b) of this section. (3) Division 2.1 (flammable gases). (9) Combustible liquids. (4) Division 2.2 (nonflammable gases). (10) Class 9 (miscellaneous hazardous (5) Division 6.1 (poisonous liquids). materials). Packing Group I, poisonous-by-inhala- (b) Precedence of hazard table for tion only. Classes 3 and 8 and Divisions 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, (6) A material that meets the defini- 5.1 and 6.1. The following table ranks tion of a pyrophoric material in those materials that meet the defini- $173.124(b)(1) of this subchapter (Divition of Classes 3 and 8 and Divisions sion 4.2). 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1 and 6.1: PRECEDENCE OF HAZARD TABLE [ Hazard class or division and packing group ] 4.2 4.3 5.1 5.1 5.1 6.1,1 6.1, 6.1 6.1 B. I 8,1 8, H 8, Il 8, III 8, III 11 " III ¹ dermal oral Il III liquid solid liquid solid liquid solid 12 4.3 3 3 3 3 3 (3) 3 (3) 3 (3) 3 II² 4.3 3 3 3 3 8 (3) 3 (3) 3 (3) 3 III² 4.3 6.1 6.1 6.1 34 B (3) 8 ($) 3 (3) 4.1 112 4.2 4.3 5.1 4.1 4.1 6.1 6.1 4.1 4.1 (3) 8 (3) 4.1 (3) 4.1 4.1 1112 4.2 4.3 5.1 4.1 4.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 4.1 (3) 8 (3) 8 (3) 4.1 4.2 II 4.3 5.1 4.2 4.2 6.1 6.1 4.2 4.2 8 8 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 III 4.3 5.1 5.1 4.2 6.1 6.1 6.1 4.2 8 8 8 B 4.2 4.2 4.3 5.1 4.3 4.3 6.1 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 II 5.1 4.3 4.3 6.1 4.3 4.3 4.3 8 8 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 III 5.1 5.1 4.3 6.1 6.1 6.1 4.3 8 8 8 8 4.3 4.3 5.1 11 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 111 6.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 8 8 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 III ¹ 6.1 6.1 6.1 5.1 B 8 8 8 5.1 5.1 6.1 I, Dermal 8 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 431 § 173.3 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) PRECEDENCE OF HAZARD TABLE-Continued [ Hazard class or division and packing group 1 5.1 5.1 5.1 6.1, I 6.1, 6.1 6.1 8, I 8, 8, II 8, II 8, III 8, III 4.2 4.3 I' II¹ 001 dermal oral II III liquid solid liquid solid liquid solid 6.1 I, Oral 8 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 II, Inhalation 8 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 11, Dermal 8 6.1 8 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 II, Oral 8 8 8 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 III 8 8 B 8 8 8 , See § 173.127 2 Materials of Division 4.1 other than self-reactive substances and solid desensitized explosives, and materials of Class 3 other than liquid desensitized explosives. 3 Denotes an impossible combination. 4 For pesticides only. where a material has the hazards of Class 3, Packing Group III, and Division 6.1, Packing Group 111, the primary hazard is Division 6.1, Packing Group III. NOTE 1: The most stringent packing group (5) A limited quantity of a Class 7 assigned to a hazard of the material takes (radioactive) material that meets the precedence over other packing groups; for definition for more than one hazard example, a material meeting Class 3 PG II class or division shall be classed in acand Division 6.1 PG I (oral toxicity) is classicordance with $173.423. fled as Class 3 PG I. NOTE 2: A material which meets the defini- [Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52606, Dec. 21, 1990, as tion of Class 8 and has an inhalation toxicity amended at 56 FR 66264, Dec. 20, 1991: Amdt. by dusts and mists which meets criteria for 173-241. 59 FR 67490. Dec. 29. 1994: Amdt. 173- Packing Group I specified in § 173.133(a)(1) 247, 60 FR 48787, Sept. 20. 1995; Amdt. 173-244. must be classed as Division G.1 if the oral or 60 FR 50307. Sept. 28, 1995; 64 FR 10776, Mar. dermal toxicity meets criteria for Packing 5, 1999; 66 FR 33426, June 21, 2001; 66 FR 45182, Group I or II. If the oral or dermal toxicity 45379, Aug. 28. 2001: 68 FR 45032. July 31. 2003] meets criteria for Packing Group III or less, the material must be classed as Class 8. § 173.3 Packaging and exceptions. (c) The following materials are not (a) The packaging of hazardous matesubject to the provisions of paragraph rials for transportation by air, high- (a) of this section because of their way, rail, or water must be as specified unique properties: in this part. Methods of manufacture, (1) A Class 1 (explosive) material that packing, and storage of hazardous materials. that affect safety in transpormeets any other hazard class or divitation, must be open to inspection by a sion as defined in this part shall be assigned a division in Class 1. Class 1 maduly authorized representative of the initial carrier or of the Department. terials shall be classed and approved in Methods of manufacture and related accordance with $173.56 of this part; functions necessary for completion of a (2) A Division 5.2 (organic peroxide) DOT specification or U.N. standard material that meets the definition of packaging must be open to inspection any other hazard class or division as by a representative of the Department. defined in this part, shall be classed as (b) The regulations setting forth Division 5.2; packaging requirements for a specific (3) A Division 6.2 (infectious submaterial apply to all modes of transstance) material that also meets the portation unless otherwise stated, or definition of another hazard class or diunless exceptions from packaging revision, other than Class 7, or that also quirements are authorized. is a limited quantity Class 7 material, (c) Salvage drums. Packages of hazshall be classed as Division 6.2; ardous materials that are damaged, de- (4) A material that meets the definifective, or leaking: packages found to tion of a wetted explosive in be not conforming to the requirements $173.124(a)(1) of this subchapter (Diviof this subchapter after having been sion 4.1). Wetted explosives are either placed in transportation: and, hazspecifically listed in the $172.101 table ardous materials that have spilled or or are approved by the Associate Adleaked may be placed in a metal or ministrator (see § 173.124(a)(1) of this plastic removable head salvage drum subchapter): and that is compatible with the lading and 432 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.3 shipped for repackaging or disposal (i) Must be designed, constructed and under the following conditions: marked in accordance with Section (1) Except as provided in paragraph VIII, Division I of the ASME Code (c) of this section, the drum must be (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) with a UN 1A2, 1B2, 1N2 or 1H2 tested and a minimum design margin of 4 to 1. marked for Packing Group III or higher Salvage cylinders may not be equipped performance standards for liquids or with a pressure relief device. Damaged solids and a leakproofness test of 20 cylinders must be securely positioned kPa (3 psig). Alternatively, a drum in the salvage cylinder to prevent exmanufactured and marked prior to Occessive movement. The overpack retober 1, 1993 as a salvage drum, in acquirements of $173.25 of this part do cordance with the provisions of this not apply to salvage cylinders used in section in effect on September 30, 1991, accordance with this section. is authorized. Capacity of the drum (ii) Must have a maximum water camay not exceed 450 L (119 gallons). pacity of 450 L (119 gallons). (2) Each drum shall be provided when (iii) Except for liquefied nitrous necessary with sufficient cushioning oxide and carbon dioxide, contents of and absorption material to prevent exthe damaged or leaking cylinder must cessive shifting of the damaged packbe limited in pressure and volume so age and to eliminate the presence of that if totally discharged into the salany free liquid at the time the salvage vage cylinder, the pressure in the saldrum is closed. All cushioning and abvage cylinder will not exceed 5/4 of the sorbent material used in the drum MAWP at 55 °C (131 °F). must be compatible with the hazardous (iv) Must have gaskets, valves and material. fittings that are compatible with the (3) Each salvage packaging must be hazardous materials contained within. marked with the proper shipping name (3) Each salvage cylinder must be of the hazardous material inside the plainly and durably marked. Unless packaging and the name and address of otherwise specified, the markings the consignee. In addition, the packbelow must be in the same area on any aging must be marked "SALVAGE" or portion of the upper end: "SALVAGE DRUM". (i) The proper shipping name of the (4) Each drum shall be labeled as prehazardous material contained inside scribed for the respective material. the packaging; (5) The shipper shall prepare shipping (ii) The name and address of the conpapers in accordance with subpart C of signee or consignor; part 172 of this subchapter. (iii) The name and address or reg- (6) The overpack requirements of istered symbol of the manufacturer; and $173.25 do not apply to drums used in (iv) The words "SALVAGE CYLaccordance with this paragraph. INDER" in letters at least 50 mm (2.0 (7) A salvage packaging marked "T" inches) high on opposite sides near the in accordance with applicable provimiddle of the cylinder; stamping on the sions in the UN Recommendations may sidewall is not authorized. be used. (4) Each salvage cylinder must be la- (d) Salvage cylinders. Cylinders of hazbeled for the hazardous material conardous materials that are damaged or tained inside the packaging. leaking may be overpacked in a non- (5) The shipper must prepare shipping DOT specification full opening hinged papers in accordance with subpart C of head or fully removable head steel salpart 172 of this subchapter. vage cylinder under the following con- (6) Transportation is authorized by ditions: motor vehicle only. (1) Only a cylinder containing a Divi- (7) Each salvage cylinder must be sion 2.1, 2.2. 2.3, 3, 6.1, or a Class 8 macleaned and purged after each use. terial may be overpacked in a salvage (8) In addition to the training recylinder. A cylinder containing quirements of $172.700 through 172.704 acetylene may not be overpacked in a of this subchapter, a person who loads, salvage cylinder. unloads or transports a salvage cyl- (2) Each salvage cylinderinder must be trained in handling, 433 $ 173.4 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) loading and unloading the salvage cylin the valve or fusible plug may be inder. temporarily repaired by trained per- (9) Cylinder Requalification: At least sonnel using a Chlorine Institute Kit once every five years, each cylinder "B" (IBR, see 171.7 of this subchapter). must be visually inspected (internally The repaired tank is authorized to be and externally) in accordance with transported by private or contract car- CGA Pamphlet C-6 (IBR, see $171.7 of rier one time, one way. from the point this subchapter) and pressure tested. A of discovery to a proper facility for disminimum test pressure of at least 1½ charge and examination. times MAWP must be maintained for (3) Training for personnel making the at least 30 seconds. The cylinder must repairs in paragraphs (d)(1) and (d)(2) of be examined under test pressure and this section must include: removed from service if a leak or a de- (i) Proper use of the devices and tools fect is found. in the applicable kits; (i) The retest and inspection must be (ii) Use of respiratory equipment and performed by a person familiar with all other safety equipment: and salvage cylinders and trained and expe- (iii) Knowledge of the properties of rienced in the use of the inspection and chlorine and sulphur dioxide. testing equipment. (4) Packagings repaired with "A" or (ii) Each salvage cylinder that is suc- "B" kits must be properly blocked and cessfully requalified must be durably braced to ensure the packagings are seand legibly marked with the word cured in the transport vehicle. "Tested" followed by the requalification date (month/year). e.g., "Tested 9/ [Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52607, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66265, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 04." The marking must be in letters 173-234. 58 FR 51531. Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173- and numbers at least 12 mm (0.5 inches) 261, 62 FR 24719, May 6, 1997; 66 FR 45380, Aug. high. The requalification marking may 28, 2001: 68 FR 48569, Aug. 14, 2003; 69 FR 76154. be placed on any portion of the upper Dec. 20. 2004; 70 FR 3307, Jan. 24, 2005; 68 FR end of the cylinder near the marking 61941, Oct. 30, 2003; 70 FR 34397. June 14, 2005; required in (d)(3) of this section or on a 70 FR 56098, Sept. 23, 2005] metal plate permanently secured to the cylinder. Stamping on the cylinder $ 173.4 Small quantity exceptions. sidewall is not authorized. (a) Small quantities of Class 3, Divi- (10) Record retention: The owner of sion 4.1, Division 4.2 (PG II and III). Dieach salvage cylinder or his authorized vision 4.3 (PG II and III), Division 5.1, agent shall retain a record of the most Division 5.2, Division 6.1, Class 7. Class recent visual inspection and pressure 8, and Class 9 materials that also meet test until the salvage cylinder is rethe definition of one or more of these qualified. The records must be made hazard classes, are not subject to any available to a DOT representative upon other requirements of this subchapter request. when- (e) Emergency transportation of DOT (1) The maximum quantity of mate- 3A480 or 3AA480 cylinders and DOT rial per inner receptacle or article is 106A500 multi-unit tank car tanks. (1) A limited to- DOT 3A480 or DOT 3AA480 cylinder con- (i) Thirty (30) mL (1 ounce) for autaining chlorine or sulphur dioxide thorized liquids, other than Division that has developed a leak in a valve or 6.1, Packing Group I. Hazard Zone A or fusible plug may be repaired tempo- B materials; rarily by trained personnel using a (ii) Thirty (30) g (1 ounce) for author- Chlorine Institute Kit "A" (IBR, see ized solid materials; $171.7 of this subchapter). The repaired (iii) One (1) g (0.04 ounce) for authorcylinder is authorized to be transized materials meeting the definition ported by private or contract carrier of a Division 6.1, Packing Group I, Hazone time, one way, from the point of ard Zone A or B material; and discovery to a proper facility for dis- (iv) An activity level not exceeding charge and examination. that specified in $173.421, 173.424, (2) A DOT 106A500 multi-unit tank 173.425 or 173.426, as appropriate, for a car tank containing chlorine or sulpackage containing a Class 7 (radiophur dioxide that has developed a leak active) material. 434 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT $ 173.5 (2) With the exception of temperature (10) The shipper certifies conformsensing devices, each inner receptacle: ance with this section by marking the (i) Is not liquid-full at 55 °C (131 °F). outside of the package with the stateand ment "This package conforms to 49 (ii) Is constructed of plastic having a CFR 173.4." minimum thickness of no less than 0.2 (11) For transportation by aircraft: mm (0.008 inch), or earthenware, glass, (i) The hazardous material must be or metal: authorized to be carried aboard pas- (3) Each inner receptacle with a resenger-carrying aircraft; movable closure has its closure held se- (ii) The hazardous material is not aucurely in place with wire, tape, or thorized to be carried in checked or other positive means; carry-on baggage. (4) Unless equivalent cushioning and (b) A package containing a Class 7 absorbent material surrounds the in- (radioactive) material also must conside packaging. each inner receptacle form to the requirements of is securely packed in an inside pack- $173.421(a)(1) through (a)(5) or aging with cushioning and absorbent $173.424(a) through (g), as appropriate. material that: (c) Packages which contain a Class 2, (i) Will not react chemically with the Division 4.2 (PG I), or Division 4.3 (PG material, and I) material conforming to paragraphs (ii) Is capable of absorbing the entire (a)(1) through (a)(10) of this section contents (if a liquid) of the receptacle; may be offered for transportation or (5) The inside packaging is securely transported if specifically approved by the Associate Administrator. packed in a strong outside packaging; (d) Lithium batteries and cells are (6) The completed package, as demonstrated by prototype testing. is capanot eligible for the exceptions provided in this section. ble of sustaining- (i) Each of the following free drops [Amdt. 173-224. 55 FR 52608, Dec. 21. 1990, as made from a height of 1.8 m (5.9 feet) amended at 56 FR 66265, Dec. 20, 1991: Amdt. directly onto a solid unyielding surface 173-234, 58 FR 51531, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173- 244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995: Amdt. 173-253, without breakage or leakage from any 61 FR 27173, May 30, 1996: 65 FR 50460, Aug. 18, inner receptacle and without a sub- 2000; 65 FR 58628, Sept. 29, 2000: 66 FR 33426, stantial reduction in the effectiveness June 21, 2001; 66 FR 45183. 45379, 45381, Aug. of the package: 28, 2001; 67 FR 61013, Sept. 27. 2002; 69 FR (A) One drop flat on bottom; 75216. Dec. 15, 2004; 70 FR 56098, Sept. 23. 2005; (B) One drop flat on top: 71 FR 14602. Mar. 22, 2006] (C) One drop flat on the long side; § 173.5 Agricultural operations. (D) One drop flat on the short side; and (a) For other than a Class 2 material. (E) One drop on a corner at the juncthe transportation of an agricultural tion of three intersecting edges: and product over local roads between fields (ii) A compressive load as specified in of the same farm is excepted from the $178.606(c) of this subchapter. requirements of this subchapter. A Class 2 material transported over local NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (a)(6): Each of the roads between fields of the same farm tests in paragraph (a)(6) of this section may is excepted from subparts G and H of be performed on a different but identical part 172 of this subchapter. In either package; i.e., all tests need not be performed on the same package. instance, transportation of the hazardous material is subject to the fol- (7) Placement of the material in the lowing conditions: package or packing different materials (1) It is transported by a farmer who in the package does not result in a viois an intrastate private motor carrier: lation of $173.21; and (8) The gross mass of the completed (2) The movement of the agricultural package does not exceed 29 kg (64 product conforms to requirements of pounds); the State in which it is transported (9) The package is not opened or othand is specifically authorized by a erwise altered until it is no longer in State statute or regulation in effect becommerce; and fore October 1, 1998. 435 § 173.5a 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) (b) The transportation of an agricul- § 173.5a Oilfield service vehicles and tural product to or from a farm, within mechanical displacement meter 150 miles of the farm. is excepted from provers. the requirements in subparts G and H (a) Oilfield service vehicles. Notwithof part 172 of this subchapter and from standing § 173.29 of this subchapter, a the specific packaging requirements of cargo tank motor vehicle used in oilthis subchapter when: field servicing operations is not subject (1) It is transported by a farmer who to the specification requirements of is an intrastate private motor carrier; this subchapter provided- (2) The total amount of agricultural (1) The cargo tank and equipment product being transported on a single contains only residual amounts (i.e., it is emptied SO far as practicable) of a vehicle does not exceed: flammable liquid alone or in combina- (i) 7,300 kg (16,094 lbs.) of ammonium tion with water, nitrate fertilizer properly classed as (2) No flame producing device is oper- Division 5.1, PG III. in a bulk packated during transportation. and aging, or (3) The proper shipping name is pre- (ii) 1900 L (502 gallons) for liquids or ceded by 'RESIDUE: LAST CONgases, or 2,300 kg (5,070 lbs.) for solids, TAINED on the shipping paper of any other agricultural product: for each movement on a public high- (3) The movement and packaging of way. the agricultural product conform to (b) Mechanical displacement meter the requirements of the State in which provers. (1) For purposes of this section, it is transported and are specifically a mechanical displacement meter provauthorized by a State statute or reguer is a mechanical device, permanently lation in effect before October 1, 1998; mounted on a truck chassis or trailer and and transported by motor vehicle, con- (4) Each person having any responsisisting of a pipe assembly that is used to calibrate the accuracy and performbility for transporting the agricultural ance of meters that measure the quanproduct or preparing the agricultural tity of a product being pumped or product for shipment has been intransferred at facilities such as drilling structed in the applicable requirements locations, refineries. tank farms and of this subchapter. loading racks. (c) Formulated liquid agricultural (2) A mechanical displacement meter products in specification packagings of prover is excepted from the specifica- 220 L (58 gallons) capacity, or less, with tion packaging requirements in part closures manifolded to a closed mixing 178 of this subchapter provided itsystem and equipped with positive dry (i) Contains only the residue of a disconnect devices may be transported Class 3 or Division 2.1 material. For by a private motor carrier between a liquids. the meter prover must be final distribution point and an ultidrained to the maximum extent pracmate point of application or for loadticable and may not exceed 10% of its ing aboard an airplane for aerial applicapacity; for gases, the meter prover cation. must not exceed 25% of the marked (d) See $173.315(m) pertaining to pressure rating: nurse tanks of anhydrous ammonia. (ii) Has a water capacity of 3,785 L (e) See $173.6 pertaining to materials (1,000 gallons) or less; (iii) Is designed and constructed in of trade. accordance with chapters II, III. IV, V (f) See $172.800(b) pertaining to secuand VI of the ASME Standard B31.4 rity plans. (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter); (Amdt. 173-259, 62 FR 1215, Jan, 8. 1997, as (iv) Is marked with the maximum amended by Amdt. 173-262, 62 FR 49566, Sept. service pressure determined from the 22, 1997: Amdt. 173-259, 63 FR 8142, Feb. 18, pipe component with the lowest pres- 1998; 65 FR 50460, Aug. 18, 2000; 70 FR 73165, sure rating: and Dec. 9, 2005] (v) Is equipped with rear-end protection as prescribed in §178.337-10(c) of this subchapter and with 49 CFR 393.86 436 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT $ 173.6 of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety (9) The owner must retain a record of Regulations. the most recent external visual inspec- (3) The description on the shipping tion and pressure test until the next paper for a meter prover containing the test or inspection of the same type sucresidue of a hazardous material must cessfully completed. The test or inspecinclude the phrase "RESIDUE: LAST tion report must include the following: CONTAINED before the basic (i) Serial number or other meter description. prover identifier; (4) Periodic test and inspection. (i) (ii) Type of test or inspection per- Each meter prover must be externally formed; visually inspected once a year. The ex- (iii) Test date (month/year): ternal visual inspection must include (iv) Location of defects found, if any. at a minimum: checking for leakage, and method used to repair each defect; defective fittings and welds, defective (v) Name and address of person perclosures, significant dents and other forming the test or inspection; defects or abnormalities which indicate (vi) Disposition statement, such as a potential or actual weakness that "Meter Prover returned to service" or could render the meter prover unsafe "Meter Prover removed from service". for transportation; and (ii) Each meter prover must be pres- [70 FR 3308, Jan. 24, 2005) sure tested once every 5 years at not § 173.6 Materials of trade exceptions. less than 75% of design pressure. The pressure must be held for a period of When transported by motor vehicle time sufficiently long to assure detecin conformance with this section, a tion of leaks, but in no case less than material of trade (see § 171.8 of this sub- 5 minutes. chapter) is not subject to any other re- (5) In addition to the training requirements of this subchapter besides quirements in subpart H, the person those set forth or referenced in this who performs the visual inspection or section. pressure test and/or signs the inspec- (a) Materials and amounts. A material tion report must have the knowledge of trade is limited to the following: and ability to perform them as re- (1) A Class 3, 8, 9, Division 4.1, 5.1, 5.2. quired by this section. 6.1, or ORM-D material contained in a (6) A meter prover that fails the peripackaging having a gross mass or caodic test and inspection, must be repacity not overjected and removed from hazardous (i) 0.5 kg (1 pound) or 0.5 L (1 pint) for materials service unless the meter a Packing Group I material; prover is adequately repaired. and (ii) 30 kg (66 pounds) or 30 L (8 galthereafter, a successful test is conlons) for a Packing Group II. Packing ducted in accordance with the require- Group III, or ORM-D material; ments of this section. (iii) 1500 L (400 gallons) for a diluted (7) Prior to any repair work, the mixture, not to exceed 2 percent conmeter prover must be emptied of any centration, of a Class 9 material. hazardous material. A meter prover (2) A Division 2.1 or 2.2 material in a containing flammable lading must be cylinder with a gross weight not over purged. 100 kg (220 pounds), or a permanently (8) Each meter prover successfully mounted tank manufactured to the completing the external visual inspec- ASME Code of not more than 70 gallon tion and the pressure test must be water capacity for a non-liquefied Divimarked with the test date (month/ sion 2.2 material with no subsidiary year), the type of test or inspection as hazard. follows: (3) A Division 4.3 material in Packing (i) V for external visual inspection; Group II or III contained in a packand aging having a gross capacity not ex- (ii) P for pressure test. ceeding 30 mL (1 ounce). The marking must be on the side of a (4) A Division 6.2 material, other tank or the largest piping component than a Category A infectious subin letters 32 mm (1.25 inches) high on a stance, contained in human or animal contrasting background. samples (including, but not limited to, 437 $ 173.6 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) secreta, excreta, blood and its compoaging, or a packaging of equal or greatnents, tissue and tissue fluids, and er strength and integrity. body parts) being transported for re- (3) Outer packagings are not required search, diagnosis, investigational acfor receptacles (e.g., cans and bottles) tivities, or disease treatment or prethat are secured against shifting in vention, or is a biological product or cages, carts, bins, boxes or compartregulated medical waste. The material ments. must be contained in a combination (4) For gasoline, a packaging must be packaging. For liquids, the inner packmade of metal or plastic and conform aging must be leakproof, and the outer to the requirements of this subchapter packaging must contain sufficient absorbent material to absorb the entire or to the requirements of the Occupacontents of the inner packaging. For tional Safety and Health Administrasharps. the inner packaging (sharps tion of the Department of Labor concontainer) must be constructed of a tained in 29 CFR 1910.106(d)(2) or rigid material resistant to punctures 1926.152(a)(1). and securely closed to prevent leaks or (5) A cylinder or other pressure vessel punctures, and the outer packaging containing a Division 2.1 or 2.2 matemust be securely closed to prevent rial must conform to packaging, qualileaks or punctures. For solids, liquids, fication, maintenance, and use requireand sharps. the outer packaging must ments of this subchapter. except that be a strong. tight packaging securely outer packagings are not required. closed and secured against movement, Manifolding of cylinders is authorized including relative motion between provided all valves are tightly closed. packages, within the vehicle on which (c) Hazard communication. (1) A nonit is being transported. bulk packaging other than a cylinder (i) For other than a regulated med- (including a receptacle transported ical waste, the amount of Division 6.2 without an outer packaging) must be material in a combination packaging marked with a common name or proper must conform to the following limitashipping name to identify the material tions: it contains, including the letters "RQ" (A) One or more inner packagings, if it contains a reportable quantity of a each of which may not contain more hazardous substance. than 0.5 kg (1.1 lbs) or 0.5 L (17 ounces), (2) A bulk packaging containing a diand an outer packaging containing not luted mixture of a Class 9 material more than 4 kg (8.8 lbs) or 4 L (1 gallon); or must be marked on two opposing sides (B) A single inner packaging conwith the four-digit identification number of the material. The identification taining not more than 16 kg (35.2 lbs) or 16 L (4.2 gallons) in a single outer packnumber must be displayed on placards, aging. orange panels or, alternatively, a white (11) For a regulated medical waste, a square-on-point configuration having the same outside dimensions as a combination packaging must consist of one or more inner packagings, each of placard (at least 273 mm (10.8 inches) which may not contain more than 4 kg on a side), in the manner specified in (8.8 lbs) or 4 L (1 gallon). and an outer $172.332 (b) and (c) of this subchapter. packaging containing not more than 16 (3) A DOT specification cylinder (exkg (35.2 lbs) or 16 L (4.2 gallons). cept DOT specification 39) must be (5) This section does not apply to a marked and labeled as prescribed in hazardous material that is self-reactive this subchapter. Each DOT-39 cylinder (see $173.124), poisonous by inhalation must display the markings specified in (see $173.133), or a hazardous waste. 178.65(i). (b) Packaging. (1) Packagings must be (4) The operator of a motor vehicle leak tight for liquids and gases, sift that contains a material of trade must proof for solids, and be securely closed. be informed of the presence of the hazsecured against shifting. and protected ardous material (including whether the against damage. package contains a reportable quan- (2) Each material must be packaged tity) and must be informed of the rein the manufacturer's original packquirements of this section. 438 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.7 (d) Aggregate gross weight. Except for supervision of the U.S. Department of a material of trade authorized by para- Energy (DOE) or the Department of Degraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section, the agfense (DOD). for the purpose of nagregate gross weight of all materials of tional security. and which are escorted trade on a motor vehicle may not exby personnel specifically designated by ceed 200 kg (440 pounds). or under the authority of those agen- (e) Other exceptions. A material of cies, are not subject to the requiretrade may be transported on a motor ments of this subchapter. For transporvehicle under the provisions of this sectation by a motor vehicle or a rail car, tion with other hazardous materials the escorts must be in a separate transwithout affecting its eligibility for export vehicle from the transport vehicle ceptions provided by this section. carrying the hazardous materials that are excepted by this paragraph. A docu- [Amdt. 173-259, 62 FR 1216, Jan. 8, 1997, as amended by Amdt. 173-262, 62 FR 49566, Sept. ment certifying that the shipment is 22, 1997; 62 FR 51560, Oct. 1, 1997: Amdt. 173- for the purpose of national security 259, 63 FR 8142, Feb. 18. 1998; 63 FR 52849, Oct. must be in the possession of the person 1. 1998; 66 FR 45381, Aug. 28, 2001: 67 FR 53137, in charge of providing security during Aug. 14. 2002: 68 FR 75742, Dec. 31, 2003: 68 FR transportation. 61941, Oct. 30, 2003; 71 FR 32258, June 2, 2006) (c) Shipments of explosive samples, not exceeding 1 g net weight, offered by § 173.7 Government operations and and consigned to the Bureau of Alcomaterials. hol, Tobacco and Firearms (ATF) of (a) Hazardous materials offered for the Department of the Treasury are transportation by, for, or to the Denot otherwise subject to the regulapartment of Defense (DOD) of the U.S. tions in parts 110-189 of this subchapter Government, including commercial when placed in a specifically designed shipments pursuant to a DOD contract, multi-unit assembly packed in a strong must be packaged in accordance with outside packaging. The packaging the regulations in this subchapter or in must be of a type accepted by ATF as packagings of equal or greater strength capable of precluding a propagation of and efficiency as certified by DOD in any explosion outside the packaging. accordance with the procedures pre- The second component from the outscribed by "Packaging of Hazardous side of the packaging must be marked Material, DLAD 4145.41/AR 700-143/AFJI or tagged to indicate the presence of an 24-210/NAVSUPINST 4030.55B/MCO explosive. 4030.40B (IBR, see $171.7 of this sub- (d) Notwithstanding the requirechapter).' Hazardous materials offered ments of $$173.416 and 173.417 of this for transportation by DOD under this subchapter, packagings made by or provision may be reshipped by any under the direction of the U.S. Departshipper to any consignee provided the ment of Energy may be used for the original packaging has not been damtransportation of Class 7 materials aged or altered in any manner. when evaluated, approved. and certified (1) Hazardous materials sold by the by the Department of Energy against DOD in packagings that are not packaging standards equivalent to marked in accordance with the requirethose specified in 10 CFR part 71. Packments of this subchapter may be ages shipped in accordance with this shipped from DOD installations if the paragraph shall be marked and other- DOD certifies in writing that the packwise prepared for shipment in a manner agings are equal to or greater in equivalent to that required by this substrength and efficiency than the packchapter for packagings approved by the aging prescribed in this subchapter. Nuclear Regulatory Commission. The shipper shall obtain such a certifi- (e) Class 1 (explosive) materials cation in duplicate for each shipment. owned by the Department of Defense He shall give one copy to the origiand packaged prior to January 1, 1990, nating carrier and retain the other for in accordance with the requirements of no less than 1 year. this subchapter in effect at that time, (2) [Reserved] are excepted from the marking and la- (b) Shipments of hazardous matebeling requirements of part 172 of this rials, made by or under the direction or subchapter and the packaging and 439 § 173.8 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) package marking requirements of part (b) Non-specification cargo tanks for pe- 178 of this subchapter, provided the troleum products. Notwithstanding repackagings have maintained their inquirements for specification packtegrity and the explosive material is agings in subpart F of this part and declared as "government-owned goods parts 178 and 180 of this subchapter, a packaged prior to January 1, 1990" on non-specification cargo tank motor vethe shipping papers. In addition, packhicle having a capacity of less than ages of these materials owned by the 13,250 L (3,500 gallons) may be used by Department of Defense that are an intrastate motor carrier for transmarked and labeled in conformance portation of a flammable liquid petrowith the requirements of the HMR that leum product in accordance with the were in effect at the time they were provisions of paragraph (d) of this secoriginally marked and labeled are extion. cepted from the current marking and (c) Permanently secured non-bulk tanks labeling requirements. for petroleum products. Notwithstanding (f) The requirements of this subrequirements for specification packchapter do not apply to shipments of agings in subpart F of this part 173 and hazardous materials carried aboard an parts 178 and 180 of this subchapter, a aircraft that is not owned by a governnon-specification metal tank permament or engaged in carrying persons or nently secured to a transport vehicle property for commercial purposes, but and protected against leakage or damis under the exclusive direction and age in the event of a turnover, having control of the government for a period a capacity of less than 450 L (119 galof not less than 90 days as specified in lons). may be used by an intrastate a written contract or lease. An aircraft motor carrier for transportation of a is under the exclusive direction and flammable liquid petroleum product in control of a government when the govaccordance with the provisions of paraernment exercises responsibility for: graph (d) of this section. (1) Approving crew members and de- (d) Additional requirements. A packtermining they are qualified to operate aging used under the provisions of the aircraft; paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of this section (2) Determining the airworthiness mustand directing maintenance of the air- (1) Be operated by an intrastate craft; and motor carrier and in use as a pack- (3) Dispatching the aircraft, includaging for hazardous material before Ocing the times of departure. airports to tober 1, 1998; be used, and type and amount of cargo to be carried. (2) Be operated in conformance with the requirements of the State in which [29 FR 18671, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 it is authorized; FR 5606, Apr. 5. 1967] (3) Be specifically authorized by a EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- State statute or regulation in effect betations affecting $173.7. see the List of CFR fore October 1. 1998, for use as a pack- Sections Affected which appears in the Findaging for the hazardous material being ing Aids section of the printed volume and transported; on GPO Access. (4) Be offered for transportation and $ 173.8 Exceptions for non-specificatransported in conformance with all tion packagings used in intrastate other applicable requirements of this transportation. subchapter; (a) Non-specification bulk packagings. (5) Not be used to transport a flam- Notwithstanding requirements for mable cryogenic liquid. hazardous subspecification packagings in subpart F stance, hazardous waste, or a marine of this part and parts 178 and 180 of this pollutant (except for gasoline); and subchapter, a non-specification bulk (6) On and after July 1, 2000, for a packaging may be used for transportank authorized under paragraph (b) or tation of a hazardous material by an (c) of this section. conform to all reintrastate motor carrier until July 1, quirements in part 180 (except for 2000, in accordance with the provisions $180.405(g)) of this subchapter in the of paragraph (d) of this section. same manner as required for a DOT 440 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.9 specification MC 306 cargo tank motor container, truck body, or trailer in vehicle. which the lading has been fumigated or [Amdt. 173-259, 62 FR 1216, Jan. 8, 1997, as treated with any material, or is underamended by Amdt. 172-262, 62 FR 49567. Sept. going fumigation, unless the FUMI- 22. 1997: Amdt. 173-259, 63 FR 8142, Feb. 18, GANT marking specified in paragraph 1998; 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001) (c) of this section is prominently displayed so that it can be seen by any § 173.9 Transport vehicles or freight containers containing lading which person attempting to enter the interior has been fumigated. of the transport vehicle or freight con- (a) For the purpose of this section, tainer. For domestic transportation. a not including 49 CFR part 387, a rail hazard warning label authorized by car, freight container, truck body, or EPA under 40 CFR part 156 may be used trailer in which the lading has been fuas an alternative to the FUMIGANT migated with any material, or is undermarking. going fumigation, is a package con- (c) FUMIGANT marking. (1) The FUtaining a hazardous material, unless MIGANT marking must consist of red the transport vehicle or freight conletters on a white background that is tainer has been sufficiently aerated so at least 30 cm (11.8 inches) wide and at that it does not pose an unreasonable least 25 cm (9.8 inches) high. Except for risk to health and safety. size and color, the FUMIGANT mark- (b) No person may offer for transporing must be as follows: tation or transport a rail car, freight 441 $ 173.9 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) DANGER THIS UNIT IS UNDER FUMIGATION APPLIED ON Date Time * WITH DO NOT ENTER (2) The "*" shall be replaced with the (c) of this section, unless the lading has technical name of the fumigant. been fumigated or is undergoing fumi- (d) No person may affix or display on gation. a rail car, freight container, truck (e) The FUMIGANT marking required body, or trailer (a package) the FUMIby paragraph (b) of this section must GANT marking specified in paragraph 442 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.10 remain on the rail car, freight conable, delivery and unloading on carrier tainer, truck body, or trailer until: tracks is permitted provided the fol- (1) The fumigated lading is unloaded; lowing conditions are complied with: or (1) Any tank car of DOT-106A or 110A (2) A fumigated closed transport vetype (see $§ 179.300 and 179.301 of this hicle or freight container has been subchapter) may be offered for transcompletely ventilated either by openportation and the loaded unit tanks ing the doors of the transport vehicle may be removed from car frame on caror freight container or by mechanical rier tracks, provided the shipper has ventilation to ensure no harmful conobtained from the delivering carrier centration of gas remains after fumigaand filed with originating carrier, writtion has been completed. ten permission (see Note 2 of this sec- (f) For international shipments, tion) for such removal. The consignee transport documents must indicate the must furnish adequately safe mechandate of fumigation, type and amount of ical hoist, obtained from the carrier if fumigant used, and instructions for disdesirable, by which the tanks shall be posal of any residual fumigant, includlifted from the car and deposited diing fumigation devices. rectly upon vehicles furnished by the (g) Any person subject to the requireconsignee for immediate removal from ments of this section, solely due to the carrier property or tanks must be liftfumigated lading, must be informed of ed by adequately safe mechanical hoist the requirements of this section and from car directly to vessels for further the safety precautions necessary to transportation. protect themselves and others in the (c) Any tank car of other than DOTevent of an incident or accident involv- 106A or 110A type (see §§ 179.300 and ing the fumigated lading. 179.301 of this subchapter), containing (h) Any person who offers for transanhydrous ammonia, liquefied hydroportation or transports a rail car, carbon or liquefied petroleum gas, and freight container. truck body or trailer having interior pipes of liquid and gas that is subject to this subchapter soledischarge valves equipped with check ly because of the hazardous materials valves, may be consigned for delivery designation specified in paragraph (a) and unloading on carrier tracks, if the of this section is not subject to any lading is piped directly from the car to other requirements of this subchapter. permanent storage tanks of sufficient [Amdt. 173-260. 62 FR 1234, Jan. 8, 1997. as capacity to receive the entire contents amended at 69 FR 64473. Nov. 4, 2004] of the car. Such cars may also be consigned for storage on a private track or § 173.10 Tank car shipments. on a carrier track when designated by (a) Tank cars containing any 2.1 mathe carrier for such storage. terial (including a cryogenic liquid) or (d) For cars of the DOT-106A or 110A Class 3 material with a flash point type (see $179.300 and 179.301 of this below 38 °C (100 °F), except liquid road subchapter). the tanks must be placed asphalt or tar, may not be offered for in position and attached to the car transportation unless originally constructure by the shipper. signed or subsequently reconsigned to (e) Class 3 materials with a flash parties having private-siding (see Note point below 38 °C (100 °F) and Division 1 of this section) or to parties using 2.1 materials (including a cryogenic railroad siding facilities which have liquid) may not be loaded into tank been equipped for piping the liquid cars on carrier property from tank trucks or drums. from tank cars to permanent storage tanks of sufficient capacity to receive NOTE 1: For this purpose, a private track is contents of car. a track outside of carrier's right-of-way, (b) A tank car containing any Class 2 yard, and terminals, and of which the carrier material must not be offered for transdoes not own either the rails. ties, roadbed portation unless the car is consigned or right-of-way: or a track or portion of a for delivery (see paragraph (c) of this track which is devoted to the purpose of its user, either by lease or written agreement; section) and unloading on a private in which case the lease or written agreement track (see Note 1 of this section) except will be considered as equivalent to ownerthat where no private track is availship. 443 § 173.12 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) NOTE 2: Carriers should give permission for (iii) Each outer packaging may conthe unloading of these containers on carrier tain only one class of hazardous matetracks only where no private siding is availrial; able within reasonable trucking distance of final destination. The danger involved is the (iv) Inner packagings containing liqrelease of compressed gases due to accidental uid must be surrounded by a chemidamage to container in handling. The expocally compatible absorbent material in sure to this danger decreases directly with sufficient quantity to absorb the total the isolation of the unloading point. liquid contents; and [29 FR 18773, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 (v) Gross weight of the complete FR 5606, Apr. 5. 1967, and by Amdt. 173-162. 48 package may not exceed 205 kg (452 FR 10226, Mar. 10. 1983, and amended by lbs). Amdt. 173-180, 49 FR 42735, Oct. 24, 1984: (3) Prohibited materials. The following Amdt. 173-207, 53 FR 38274, Sept. 29, 1988; materials may not be packaged or de- Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52608, Dec. 21. 1990: 56 scribed under the provisions of this FR 66265, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-234. 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; 67 FR 61013. Sept. 27, 2002] paragraph (b): a material poisonous by inhalation, a Division 6.1 Packing 173.12 Exceptions for shipment of Group I material, a Division 4.2 Packwaste materials. ing Group I material, chloric acid and (a) Open head drums. If a hazardous oleum (fuming sulfuric acid). material that is a hazardous waste is (c) Reuse of packagings. A previously required by this subchapter to be used packaging may be reused for the shipped in a closed head drum (i.e., a shipment of waste material transdrum with a 7.0 cm (3 inches) or less ported for disposal or recovery. not bung opening) and the hazardous waste subject to the reconditioning and reuse contains solids or semisolids that make provisions contained in $173.28 and part its placement in a closed head drum 178 of this subchapter, under the folimpracticable, an equivalent (except lowing conditions: for closure) open head drum may be (1) Except as authorized by this paraused for the hazardous waste. graph, the waste must be packaged in (b) Lab packs. (1) Waste materials accordance with this part and offered classed as Class or Division 3. 4.1, 4.2, for transportation in accordance with 4.3, 5.1, 6.1, 8, or 9 are excepted from the the requirements of this subchapter. specification packaging requirements (2) Transportation is performed by of this subchapter for combination highway only. packagings if packaged in accordance (3) A package is not offered for transwith this paragraph and transported portation less than 24 hours after it is for disposal or recovery by highway, finally closed for transportation, and rail or cargo vessel only. In addition, a each package is inspected for leakage generic description from the $172.101 and is found to be free from leaks imtable may be used in place of specific mediately prior to being offered for chemical names, when two or more transportation. chemically compatible waste materials (4) Each package is loaded by the in the same hazard class are packaged shipper and unloaded by the consignee, in the same outside packaging. unless the motor carrier is a private or (2) Additional packaging requirecontract carrier. ments are as follows: (5) The packaging may be used only (1) The outer packaging must be a UN once under this paragraph and may not 1A2 or UN 1B2 metal drum, a UN 1D be used again for shipment of hazplywood drum, a UN 1G fiber drum or a ardous materials except in accordance UN 1H2 plastic drum tested and with $173.28. marked at least for the Packing Group (d) Technical names for n.o.s. descrip- III performance level for liquids or soltions. The requirements for the incluids; sion of technical names for n.o.s. de- (ii) The inner packagings must be eiscriptions on shipping papers and packther glass, not exceeding 4 L (1 gallon) age markings, $172.203 and 172.301 of rated capacity, or metal or plastic, not this subchapter, respectively, do not exceeding 20 L (5.3 gallons) rated caapply to packages prepared in accordpacity; ance with paragraph (b) of this section, 444 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.13 except that packages containing mateuids by a minimum horizontal distance rials meeting the definition of a hazof 1.2 m (4 feet); ardous substance must be described as (v) The waste Division 4.2 materials required in $172.203 of this subchapter and the Class 8 liquids are loaded at and marked as required in 172.324 of least 100 mm (4 inches) off the floor of this subchapter. the freight container, unit load device, (e) Exceptions from segregation requiretransport vehicle or rail car. ments. (1) The provisions of §§ 174.81(c). 176.83(b) and 177.848(c) of this sub- [Amdt. 173-224. 55 FR 52609. Dec. 21. 1990, as chapter do not apply to waste cyanides amended at 56 FR 66265. Dec. 20, 1991: Amdt. 173-231. 57 FR 52939, Nov. 5. 1992: Amdt. 173- or waste cyanide mixtures or solutions 138, 59 FR 49133, Sept. 26, 1994: 65 FR 50460, stored, loaded, or transported with Aug. 18, 2000; 65 FR 58629, Sept. 29. 2000; 68 FR acids in accordance with the following: 48569, Aug. 14, 2003; 70 FR 3309, Jan. 24, 2005] (i) The waste cyanides or waste cyanide mixtures or solutions must be § 173.13 Exceptions for Class 3, Divipackaged in lab packs in accordance sions 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, 6.1, and Classwith paragraph (b) of this section; es 8 and 9 materials. (ii) The Class 8 acids must be pack- (a) A Class 3, 8 or 9, or Division 4.1, aged in lab packs in accordance with 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, or 6.1 material is excepted paragraph (b) of this section or in aufrom the labeling (except for the thorized single packagings not exceed- CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY label). ing 208 L (55 gallons) capacity; placarding and segregation require- (iii) Waste cyanides or waste cyanide ments of this subchapter if prepared for mixtures may not exceed 2 kg (4.4 transportation in accordance with the pounds) per inner receptacle and may requirements of this section. A matenot exceed 10 kg (22 pounds) per outer rial that meets the definition of a mapackaging; waste cyanide solutions terial poisonous by inhalation may not may not exceed 2 L (0.6 gallon) per be offered for transportation or transinner receptacle and may not exceed 10 ported under provisions of this section. L (3.0 gallons) per outer packaging. (iv) The waste cyanides or waste cya- (b) A hazardous material conforming nide mixtures or solutions must beto the requirements of this section (A) Separated from the acids by a may be transported by motor vehicle minimum horizontal distance of 1.2 m and rail car. In addition, packages pre- (4 feet); and pared in accordance with this section (B) Loaded at least 100 mm (4 inches) may be transported by aircraft under off the floor of the freight container, the following conditions: unit load device, transport vehicle or (1) Cargo-only aircraft. Only hazardous rail car. materials permitted to be transported (2) The provisions of $$174.81(d), aboard either a passenger or cargo-only 176.83(b) and 177.848(d) of this subaircraft by column (9A) or (9B) of the chapter do not apply to waste Division Hazardous Materials Table in $172.101 4.2 materials stored. loaded or transof this subchapter are authorized ported with Class 8 liquids in accordaboard cargo-only aircraft. ance with the following: (2) Passenger carrying aircraft. Only (i) The waste Division 4.2 materials hazardous materials permitted to be are packaged in lab packs in accordtransported aboard a passenger aircraft ance with paragraph (b) of this section; by column (9A) of the Hazardous Mate- (ii) The Class 8 liquids are packaged rials Table in $172.101 of this subin lab packs in accordance with parachapter are authorized aboard pasgraph (b) of this section or in authorsenger aircraft. The completed packized single packagings not exceeding age, assembled as for transportation, 208 L (55 gallons) capacity: must be successfully tested in accord- (iii) The waste Division 4.2 materials ance with part 178 of this subchapter at may not exceed 2 kg (4.4 pounds) per the Packing Group I level. A hazardous inner receptacle and may not exceed 10 material which meets the definition of kg (22 pounds) per outer packaging; a Division 5.1 (oxidizer) at the Packing (iv) The waste Division 4.2 materials Group I level in accordance with must be separated from the Class 8 liq- $173.127(b)(1)(i) of this subchapter may 445 § 173.21 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) not be transported aboard a passenger pounds). For transportation by airaircraft. craft, the net quantity in one package (3) Packages offered for transpormay not exceed the quantity specified tation aboard either passenger or in columns (9A) or (9B), as appropriate. cargo-only aircraft must meet the re- (ii) The inner packaging must be quirements for transportation by airplaced in a hermetically sealed barrier craft specified in § 173.27 of this subbag which is impervious to the lading. chapter. (iii) The barrier bag and its contents (c) A hazardous material permitted must be placed in a fiberboard box that by paragraph (a) of this section must is placed in a hermetically-sealed barbe packaged as follows: rier bag which is impervious to the lad- (1) For liquids: ing. (1) The hazardous material must be (iv) The intermediate packaging placed in a tightly closed glass, plastic must be placed inside an outer packor metal inner packaging with a maxaging conforming to § 173.211. imum capacity not exceeding 1.2 L. (v) Not more than four intermediate Sufficient outage must be provided packagings are permitted in an outer such that the inner packaging will not packaging. become liquid full at 55 °C (130 °F). The (d) The outside of the package must net quantity (measured at 20 °C (68 °F)) be marked, in association with the of liquid in any inner packaging may not exceed 1 L. For transportation by proper shipping name, with the stateaircraft, the net quantity in one packment: "This package conforms to 49 CFR 173.13." age may not exceed the quantity specified in columns (9A) or (9B), as appro- [Amdt. 173-253. 61 FR 27173, May 30, 1996. as priate. amended at 65 FR 50460. Aug. 18, 2000: 66 FR (ii) The inner packaging must be 45381, Aug. 28. 2001; 70 FR 3309, Jan. 24, 2005; placed in a hermetically sealed barrier 71 FR 54395, Sept. 14, 2006] bag which is impervious to the lading, and then wrapped in a non-reactive ab- Subpart B-Preparation of Hazsorbent material in sufficient quantity ardous Materials for Transporto completely absorb the contents of tation the inner packaging, and placed in a snugly fitting, metal can. § 173.21 Forbidden materials and pack- (iii) The metal can must be securely ages. closed. For liquids that are in Division Unless otherwise provided in this 4.2 or 4.3, the metal can must be hersubchapter, the offering for transpormetically sealed. For Division 4.2 matation or transportation of the folterials in Packing Group I, the metal can must be tested in accordance with lowing is forbidden: (a) Materials that are designated part 178 of this subchapter at the Pack- "Forbidden" in Column 3 of the ing Group I performance level. (iv) The metal can must be placed in $172.101 table. a fiberboard box that is placed in a her- (b) Forbidden explosives as defined in metically sealed barrier bag which is $173.54 of this part. impervious to the lading. (c) Electrical devices which are like- (v) The intermediate packaging must ly to create sparks or generate a danbe placed inside a securely closed, gerous quantity of heat, unless packouter packaging conforming to aged in a manner which precludes such $173.201. an occurrence. (vi) Not more than four intermediate (d) For carriage by aircraft, any packagings are permitted in an outer package which has a magnetic field of packaging. more than 0.00525 gauss measured at 4.5 (2) For solids: m (15 feet) from any surface of the (i) The hazardous material must be package. placed in a tightly closed glass. plastic (e) A material in the same packor metal inner packaging. The net aging, freight container, or overpack quantity of material in any inner packwith another material, the mixing of aging may not exceed 2.85kg (6.25 which is likely to cause a dangerous 446 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.21 evolution of heat, or flammable or poiwhere required, are shown in Columns sonous gases or vapors, or to produce 7a and 7b, respectively. corrosive materials. (3) Refrigeration may be used as a (f) A package containing a material means of stabilization only when apwhich is likely to decompose with a proved by the Associate Administrator. self-accelerated decomposition tem- For status of approvals previously perature (SADT) of 50 °C (122 °F) or issued by the Bureau of Explosives, see less, or polymerize at a temperature of $171.19 of this subchapter. Methods of 54 °C (130 °F) or less with an evolution stabilization approved by the Associate of a dangerous quantity of heat or gas Administrator are as follows: when decomposing or polymerizing. un- (i) For highway transportation: less the material is stabilized or inhib- (A) A material meeting the criteria ited in a manner to preclude such evoof this paragraph (f) may be translution. The SADT may be determined ported only in a transport vehicle, by any of the test methods described in freight container, or motor vehicle Part II of the UN Manual of Tests and equipped with a mechanical refrigera- Criteria (IBR, see $171.7 of this subtion unit, or loaded with a consumable chapter). refrigerant. capable of maintaining the (1) A package meeting the criteria of inside temperature of the hazardous paragraph (f) of this section may be rematerial at or below the control temquired to be shipped under controlled perature required for the material durtemperature conditions. The control ing transportation. temperature and emergency tempera- (B) Each package containing a mateture for a package shall be as specified rial meeting the criteria of this parain the table in this paragraph based graph (f) must be loaded and mainupon the SADT of the material. The tained at or below the control temperacontrol temperature is the temperature ture required for the material. The above which a package of the material temperature of the material must be may not be offered for transportation determined by appropriate means and or transported. The emergency tementered on a written record at the time perature is the temperature at which, the packaging is loaded. due to imminent danger, emergency (C) The vehicle operator shall monmeasures must be initiated. itor the inside temperature of the transport vehicle, freight container, or § 173.21 TABLE: METHOD OF DETERMINING motor vehicle and enter that tempera- CONTROL AND EMERGENCY TEMPERATURE. ture on a written record at the time the package is loaded and thereafter at SADT1 Control tempera- Emergency temintervals not exceeding two hours. Altures perature ternatively, a transport vehicle, freight SADT ≤ 20 °C (68 20 °C (36 °F) 10 °C (18 °F) container, or motor vehicle may be °F). below SADT. below SADT. equipped with a visible or audible 20 °C (68 °F) < 15 °C (27 °F) 10 °C (18 °F) warning device that activates when the SADT ≤ 35 °C below SADT. below SADT. inside temperature of the transport ve- (95 °F). hicle, freight container, or motor vehicle exceeds the control temperature re- 35 °C (95 °F) < 10 °C (18 °F) 5 °C (9 °F) below SADT ≤ 50 °C below SADT. SADT. quired for the material. The warning (122 °F). device must be readily visible or audible, as appropriate. from the vehicle 50 °C (122 °F) < (2) (2) operator's seat in the vehicle. SADT. (D) The carrier shall advise the vehi- 1 Self-accelerating decomposition temperature. cle operator of the emergency tempera- 2 Temperature control not required. ture for the material, and provide the (2) For self-reactive materials listed vehicle operator with written procein $173.224(b) table control and emerdures that must be followed to assure gency temperatures, where required maintenance of the control temperaare shown in Columns 5 and 6, respecture inside the transport vehicle. tively. For organic peroxides listed in freight container, or motor vehicle. The Organic Peroxides Table in $173.225 The written procedures must include control and emergency temperatures, instructions for the vehicle operator on 447 § 173.21, Nt. 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) actions to take if the inside tempera- (i) A package containing a cigarette ture exceeds the control temperature lighter, or other similar device, and approaches or reaches the emerequipped with an ignition element and gency temperature for the material. In containing fuel; except that a cigarette addition, the written temperature-conlighter or similar device subject to this trol procedures must identify enroute paragraph may be shipped if the design points where the consumable refrigof the device and its inner packaging erant may be procured, or where rehas been examined by the Bureau of pairs to, or replacement of, the me- Explosives and specifically approved by chanical refrigeration unit may be acthe Associate Administrator. The excomplished. amination of cigarette lighters and (E) The vehicle operator shall mainsimilar devices containing gaseous fuel tain the written temperature-control will include scrutiny for compliance procedures, and the written record of with $173.308 of this part. For the statemperature measurements specified in tus of approvals previously issued by paragraph (f)(3)(i)(C) of this section, if the Bureau of Explosives, see $171.19 of applicable, in the same manner as specthis subchapter. ified in $177.817 of this subchapter for (j) An organic peroxide of the "keshipping papers. tone peroxide" category which con- (F) If the control temperature is tains more than 9 percent available oxmaintained by use of a consumable reygen as calculated using the equation frigerant (e.g., dry ice or liquid nitroin § 173.128(a) (4)(ii). The category, kegen), the quantity of consumable retone peroxide. includes, but is not limited to: frigerant must be sufficient to maintain the control temperature for twice Acetyl acetone peroxide the average transit time under normal Cyclohexanone peroxide(s) conditions of transportation. Diacetone alcohol peroxides (G) A material that has a control Methylcyclohexanone peroxide(s) temperature of 40 °C (104 °F) or higher Methyl ethyl ketone peroxide(s) may be transported by common car- Methyl isobutyl ketone peroxide(s) rier. A material that has a control (k) Notwithstanding any other provitemperature below 40 °C (104 °F) must sion of this subchapter, including be transported by a private or contract $$171.11 and 175.10(a)(2) of this subcarrier. chapter, an oxygen generator (chem- (ii) For transportation by vessel, ical) as cargo on a passenger-carrying shipments are authorized in accordance aircraft. This prohibition does not with the control temperature requireapply to an oxygen generator for medments in Chapter 7.7 of the IMDG Code ical or personal use of a passenger that (IBR, see $171.7 of this subchapter). meets the requirements of $175.10(a)(7) (g) Packages which give off a flamof this subchapter. mable gas or vapor, released from a [Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52609, Dec. 21, 1990] material not otherwise subject to this subchapter, likely to create a flam- EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER cimable mixture with air in a transport tations affecting $173.21. see the List of CFR Sections Affected which appears in the Findvehicle. ing Aids section of the printed volume and (h) Packages containing materials on GPO Access. (other than those classed as explosive) EFFECTIVE DATE NOTE: At 71 FR 3427, Jan. which will detonate in a fire. 23, 2006, $173.21 was amended by revising (1) For purposes of this paragraph, paragraph (i), effective Jan. 1. 2007. For the "detonate" means an explosion in convenience of the user, the revised text is which the shock wave travels through set forth as follows: the material at a speed greater than the speed of sound. $173.21 Forbidden materials and packages. (2) When tests are required to evalu- * * * ate the performance of a package under the provisions of this paragraph, the (i) Except for a package containing a lighttesting must be done or approved by er design sample that meets the requireone of the agencies specified in $173.56. ments of $173.308(b)(2). a package containing 448 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.22a a lighter (see $171.8 of this subchapter) con- (4) For a DOT Specification or UN taining a Division 2.1 material, of a design standard packaging subject to the rethat has not been examined and successfully quirements of part 178 of this subtested by an authorized person under the criteria specified in § 173.308(a)(4) or. a lighter chapter, a person must perform all design containing a Class 3 material. that functions necessary to bring the packhas not been approved by the Associate Adage into compliance with parts 173 and ministrator. 178 of this subchapter, as identified by the packaging manufacturer or subsequent distributor (for example, applying closures consistent with the manu- $ 173.22 Shipper's responsibility. facturer's closure instructions) in ac- (a) Except as otherwise provided in cordance with $178.2 of this subchapter. this part, a person may offer a haz- (b) [Reserved] ardous material for transportation in a (c) Prior to each shipment of fissile packaging or container required by radioactive materials, and Type B or this part only in accordance with the highway route controlled quantity following: packages of radioactive materials (see (1) The person shall class and de- $173.403). the shipper shall notify the scribe the hazardous material in acconsignee of the dates of shipment and cordance with parts 172 and 173 of this expected arrival. The shipper shall also subchapter, and notify each consignee of any special (2) The person shall determine that loading/unloading instructions prior to the packaging or container is an auhis first shipment. For any shipment of thorized packaging. including part 173 irradiated reactor fuel, the shipper requirements, and that it has been shall provide physical protection in manufactured, assembled, and marked compliance with a plan established in accordance with: under: (i) Section 173.7(a) and parts 173, 178, (1) Requirements prescribed by the or 179 of this subchapter; U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, (ii) A specification of the Department or in effect at the date of manufacture of (2) Equivalent requirements approved the packaging or container; by the Associate Administrator, (iii) National or international regula- PHMSA. tions based on the UN Recommenda- [Amdt. 173-100, 42 FR 2689, Jan. 13. 1977] tions (IBR, see $171.7 of this sub- EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER c1- chapter), as authorized in $173.24(d)(2): tations affecting $173.22. see the List of CFR (iv) An approval issued under this Sections Affected which appears in the Findsubchapter; or ing Aids section of the printed volume and (v) An exemption or special permit on GPO Access. issued under subchapter A of this chapter. $ 173.22a Use of packagings authorized (3) In making the determination under special permits. under paragraph (a)(2) of this section, (a) Except as provided in paragraph the person may accept: (b) of this section. no person may offer (i) Except for the marking on the a hazardous material for transporbottom of a metal or plastic drum with tation in a packaging the use of which a capacity over 100 L which has been is dependent upon an exemption or spereconditioned, remanufactured or othcial permit issued under subpart B of erwise converted, the manufacturer's part 107 of this title, unless that person certification, specification, approval, is the holder of or a party to the exor exemption or special permit markemption or special permit. ing (see $$178.2 and 179.1 of this sub- (b) If an exemption or special permit chapter); or authorizes the use of a packaging for (11) With respect to cargo tanks prothe transportation of a hazardous mavided by a carrier, the manufacturer's terial by any person or class of persons identification plate or a written cerother than or in addition to the holder tification of specification or exemption of the exemption or special permit. or special permit provided by the carthat person or a member of that class rier. of persons may use the packaging for 449 $ 173.23 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) the purposes authorized in the exempmarked "DOT-4LXXXYY" (XXX to be tion or special permit subject to the replaced by the service pressure, YY to terms specified therein. Copies of exbe replaced by the letters "AL". if apemptions and special permits may be plicable) in compliance with Specificaobtained by accessing the Hazardous tion 4L ($178.57 of this subchapter) on Materials Safety Web site at http:// or before January 1, 1986. The "DOThazmat.dot.gov/specialpermits_index.htm 4LXXXYY" must appear in proximity or by writing to the Associate Adminto other required special permit or existrator for Hazardous Materials Safeemption markings. ty, U.S. Department of Transportation, (f) An MC 331 cargo tank motor vehi- 400 Seventh Street, SW., Washington, cle must conform to structural integ- DC 20590-0001, Attention: Records Cenrity requirements in $178.337-3 or to ter. corresponding requirements in effect at (c) When an exemption or special perthe time of manufacture. mit issued to a person who offers a haz- (g) A non-bulk packaging manufacardous material contains requirements tured, tested, marked, and certified on that apply to a carrier of the hazardous or before September 30, 1996, in accordmaterial, the offeror shall furnish a ance with the applicable provisions of copy of the current exemption or spesubparts L and M of part 178 of this cial permit to the carrier before or at subchapter in effect on September 30, the time a shipment is tendered. 1995, may be used as authorized by this [70 FR 73165, Dec. 9, 2005) subchapter if the packaging conforms to all requirements applicable at the § 173.23 Previously authorized packtime of manufacture. In addition, such aging. a packaging may be reused as author- (a) When the regulations specify a ized by $173.28 without a nominal packaging with a specification markthickness marking, if it conforms to ing prefix of "DOT." a packaging the minimum thickness criteria premarked prior to January 1, 1970. with scribed in $173.28(b)(4). the prefix of "ICC" may be used in its (h) An exemption packaging or shipplace if the packaging otherwise conping paper that is permanently marked forms to applicable specification re- "DOT-E" prior to October 1, 2007, may quirements. continue in use as long as the exemp- (b) [Reserved] tion or special permit remains valid, (c) After July 2. 1982, a seamless aluunless otherwise specified in the exminum cylinder manufactured in conemption or special permit. formance with and for use under DOT special permit (SP) or exemption (E) [Amdt. 173-3, 33 FR 14921, Oct. 4, 1968] 6498, 7042, 8107, 8364 or 8422 may be con- EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER cltinued in use if marked before or at the tations affecting $173.23. see the List of CFR time of the next retest with either the Sections Affected which appears in the Findspecification identification "3AL" iming Aids section of the printed volume and on GPO Access. mediately above the special permit or exemption number, or the DOT mark $ 173.24 General requirements for (e.g., DOT 3AL 1800) in proximity to packagings and packages. the special permit or exemption marking. (a) Applicability. Except as otherwise (d) Cylinders (spheres) manufactured provided in this subchapter, the proviand marked under DOT special permit sions of this section apply to- (SP) or exemption (E) 6616 prior to Jan- (1) Bulk and non-bulk packagings: uary 1, 1983, may be continued in use if (2) New packagings and packagings marked before or at the time of the which are reused; and next retest with the specification iden- (3) Specification and non-specificatification "4BA" near the special pertion packagings. mit or exemption marking. (b) Each package used for the ship- (e) After October 1. 1984, cylinders ment of hazardous materials under this manufactured for use under special persubchapter shall be designed. conmit (SP) or exemption (E) 6668 or 8404 structed, maintained, filled, its conmay be continued in use, and must be tents so limited, and closed, so that 450 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.24 under conditions normally incident to with national or international regulatransportation- tions based on the UN Recommenda- (1) Except as otherwise provided in tions (IBR, see $171.7 of this subthis subchapter, there will be no identichapter), may be imported and used fiable (without the use of instruments) and is considered to be an authorized release of hazardous materials to the packaging under the provisions of paraenvironment; graph (c)(1) of this section, subject to (2) The effectiveness of the package the following conditions and limitawill not be substantially reduced; for tions: example, impact resistance, strength, (i) The packaging fully conforms to packaging compatibility. etc. must be applicable provisions in the UN Recmaintained for the minimum and maxommendations and the requirements of imum temperatures, changes in humidthis subpart. including reuse proviity and pressure, and shocks, loadings sions: and vibrations, normally encountered during transportation; (ii) The packaging is capable of pass- (3) There will be no mixture of gases ing the prescribed tests in part 178 of or vapors in the package which could, this subchapter applicable to that through any credible spontaneous instandard; and crease of heat or pressure, significantly (iii) The competent authority of the reduce the effectiveness of the packcountry of manufacture provides recipaging: rocal treatment for UN standard pack- (4) There will be no hazardous mateagings manufactured in the U.S. rial residue adhering to the outside of (e) Compatibility. (1) Even though the package during transport. certain packagings are specified in this (c) Authorized packagings. A packpart, it is, nevertheless, the responsiaging is authorized for a hazardous mability of the person offering a hazterial only ifardous material for transportation to (1) The packaging is prescribed or ensure that such packagings are compermitted for the hazardous material patible with their lading. This particuin a packaging section specified for larly applies to corrosivity, permethat material in Column 8 of the ability, softening, premature aging and $172.101 table and conforms to applicaembrittlement. ble requirements in the special provi- (2) Packaging materials and contents sions of Column 7 of the $172.101 table must be such that there will be no sigand, for specification packagings (but nificant chemical or galvanic reaction not including UN standard packagings between the materials and contents of manufactured outside the United States), the specification requirements the package. in parts 178 and 179 of this subchapter; (3) Plastic packagings and receptacles. (i) Plastic used in packagings or (2) The packaging is permitted under, and receptacles must be of a type comand conforms to, provisions contained patible with the lading and may not be in $$171.11, 171.12, 171.12a, 173.3, 173.4, permeable to an extent that a haz- 173.5, 173.7, 173.27, or 176.11 of this subardous condition is likely to occur durchapter. ing transportation, handling or refill- (d) Specification packagings and UN ing. standard packagings manufactured out- (ii) Each plastic packaging or recepside the U.S.-(1) Specification packtacle which is used for liquid hazardous agings. A specification packaging, inmaterials must be capable of withcluding a UN standard packaging manstanding without failure the procedure ufactured in the United States, must specified in appendix B of this part conform in all details to the applicable ("Procedure for Testing Chemical Comspecification or standard in part 178 or patibility and Rate of Permeation in part 179 of this subchapter. Plastic Packagings and Receptacles"). (2) UN standard packagings manufac- The procedure specified in appendix B tured outside the United States. A UN of this part must be performed on each standard packaging manufactured outplastic packaging or receptacle used side the United States, in accordance for Packing Group I materials. The 451 § 173.24 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) maximum rate of permeation of haztion closures must be held in place by ardous lading through or into the plaspositive means. tic packaging or receptacles may not (2) Except as otherwise provided in exceed 0.5 percent for materials meetthis subchapter, a closure (including ing the definition of a Division 6.1 magaskets or other closure components, if terial according to $173.132 and 2.0 perany) used on a specification packaging cent for other hazardous materials. must conform to all applicable requirewhen subjected to a temperature no ments of the specification and must be lower thanclosed in accordance with information, (A) 18 °C (64 °F) for 180 days in acas applicable, provided by the manufaccordance with Test Method 1 in appenturer's notification required by $178.2 dix B of this part; of this subchapter. (B) 50 °C (122 °F) for 28 days in accord- (g) Venting. Venting of packagings, to ance with Test Method 2 in appendix B reduce internal pressure which may deof this part; or velop by the evolution of gas from the (C) 60 °C (140 °F) for 14 days in accordcontents, is permitted only whenance with Test Method 3 in appendix B (1) Transportation by aircraft is not of this part. involved: (iii) Alternative procedures or rates (2) Except as otherwise provided in of permeation are permitted if they this subchapter, the evolved gases are yield a level of safety equivalent to or not poisonous, likely to create a flamgreater than that provided by paramable mixture with air or be an asgraph (e)(3)(ii) of this section and are phyxiant under normal conditions of specifically approved by the Associate transportation; Administrator. (3) The packaging is designed so as to (4) Mixed contents. Hazardous matepreclude an unintentional release of rials may not be packed or mixed tohazardous materials from the recepgether in the same outer packaging tacle; with other hazardous or nonhazardous (4) For bulk packagings, other than materials if such materials are capable IBCs. venting is authorized for the speof reacting dangerously with each cific hazardous material by a special other and causingprovision in the $172.101 table or by the (i) Combustion or dangerous evoapplicable bulk packaging specification lution of heat; in part 178 of this subchapter; and (ii) Evolution of flammable, poi- (5) Intermediate bulk packagings sonous, or asphyxiant gases; or (IBCs) may be vented when required to (iii) Formation of unstable or corroreduce internal pressure that may develop by the evolution of gas subject to sive materials. the requirements of paragraphs (g)(1) (5) Packagings used for solids, which through (g)(3) of this section. The IBC may become liquid at temperatures must be of a type that has successfully likely to be encountered during transpassed (with the vent in place) the apportation, must be capable of conplicable design qualification tests with taining the hazardous material in the no release of hazardous material. liquid state. (h) Outage and filling limits-(1) Gen- (f) Closures. (1) Closures on packeral. When filling packagings and reagings shall be so designed and closed ceptacles for liquids, sufficient ullage that under conditions (including the ef- (outage) must be left to ensure that fects of temperature, pressure and vineither leakage nor permanent distorbration) normally incident to transportion of the packaging or receptacle will tationoccur as a result of an expansion of the (i) Except as provided in paragraph liquid caused by temperatures likely to (g) of this section, there is no identifibe encountered during transportation. able release of hazardous materials to Requirements for outage and filling the environment from the opening to limits for non-bulk and bulk packwhich the closure is applied; and agings are specified in $$173.24a(d) and (ii) The closure is leakproof and se- 173.24b(a). respectively. cured against loosening. For air trans- (2) Compressed gases and cryogenic liqport, stoppers, corks or other such fricuids. Filling limits for compressed 452 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.24a gases and cryogenic liquids are specilikely to damage inner packagings or fied in §§ 173.301 through 173.306 for cylreceptacles. inders and §§ 173.314 through 173.319 for (5) Vibration. Each non-bulk package bulk packagings. must be capable of withstanding, with- (i) Air transportation. Packages ofout rupture or leakage, the vibration fered or intended for transportation by test procedure specified in § 178.608 of aircraft are subject to requirements adthis subchapter. ditional to those of other modes of (b) Non-bulk packaging filling limits. (1) transport (e.g., quantity limitations, A single or composite non-bulk packrequirements for absorbent material, aging may be filled with a liquid hazpressure differential requirements, apardous material only when the specific propriate closure procedures. and spegravity of the material does not exceed cific packaging requirements) and that marked on the packaging, or a must conform to the general requirespecific gravity of 1.2 if not marked, ments for transportation by aircraft in except as follows: $173.27. (i) A Packing Group I packaging may be used for a Packing Group II mate- [Amdt. 173-224. 55 FR 52610, Dec. 21, 1990. as rial with a specific gravity not exceedamended by Amdt. 173-227. 56 FR 49989. Oct. 2, 1991; 56 FR 66265, Dec. 20, 1991: Amdt. 173- ing the greater of 1.8, or 1.5 times the 238, 59 FR 38064. July 26, 1994; Amdt. 173-241, specific gravity marked on the pack- 59 FR 67491, Dec. 29, 1994: Amdt. 173-242, 60 aging, provided all the performance FR 26805, May 18, 1995: 66 FR 8647, Feb. 1, criteria can still be met with the high- 2001; 66 FR 45379, 81, Aug. 28. 2001; 68 FR 45032, er specific gravity material; July 31, 2003; 68 FR 75742, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR (ii) A Packing Group I packaging 76154. Dec. 20, 2004] may be used for a Packing Group III material with a specific gravity not ex- § 173.24a Additional general requireceeding the greater of 2.7. or 2.25 times ments for non-bulk packagings and the specific gravity marked on the packages. packaging, provided all the perform- (a) Packaging design. Except as proance criteria can still be met with the vided in $172.312 of this subchapter: higher specific gravity material; and (1) Inner packaging closures. A com- (iii) A Packing Group II packaging bination packaging containing liquid may be used for a Packing Group III hazardous materials must be packed so material with a specific gravity not exthat closures on inner packagings are ceeding the greater of 1.8, or 1.5 times upright. the specific gravity marked on the (2) Friction. The nature and thickness packaging, provided all the performof the outer packaging must be such ance criteria can still be met with the that friction during transportation is higher specific gravity material. not likely to generate an amount of (2) Except as otherwise provided in heat sufficient to alter dangerously the this section, a non-bulk packaging may chemical stability of the contents. not be filled with a hazardous material (3) Securing and cushioning. Inner to a gross mass greater than the maxpackagings of combination packagings imum gross mass marked on the packmust be so packed. secured and cushaging. ioned to prevent their breakage or (3) A single or composite non-bulk leakage and to control their shifting packaging which is tested and marked within the outer packaging under confor liquid hazardous materials may be ditions normally incident to transporfilled with a solid hazardous material tation. Cushioning material must not to a gross mass, in kilograms, not exbe capable of reacting dangerously ceeding the rated capacity of the packwith the contents of the inner packaging in liters, multiplied by the speagings or having its protective propcific gravity marked on the packaging. erties significantly weakened in the or 1.2 if not marked. In addition: event of leakage. (i) A single or composite non-bulk (4) Metallic devices. Nails, staples and packaging which is tested and marked other metallic devices shall not profor Packing Group I liquid hazardous trude into the interior of the outer materials may be filled with a solid packaging in such a manner as to be Packing Group II hazardous material 453 § 173.24c 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) to a gross mass, in kilograms, not exform to the relevant packaging secceeding the rated capacity of the packtions of this part applicable to that aging in liters, multiplied by 1.5, multihazardous material; plied by the specific gravity marked on (ii) The package as prepared for shipthe packaging, or 1.2 if not marked. ment meets the performance tests pre- (ii) A single or composite non-bulk scribed in part 178 of this subchapter packaging which is tested and marked for the packing group indicating the for Packing Group I liquid hazardous highest order of hazard for the hazmaterials may be filled with a solid ardous materials contained in the Packing Group III hazardous material package; to a gross mass, in kilograms, not ex- (iii) Corrosive materials (except ceeding the rated capacity of the pack- ORM-D) in bottles are further packed aging in liters, multiplied by 2.25, multiplied by the specific gravity marked in securely closed inner receptacles beon the packaging, or 1.2 if not marked. fore packing in outer packagings; and (iii) A single or composite non-bulk (iv) For transportation by aircraft, packaging which is tested and marked the total net quantity does not exceed for Packing Group II liquid hazardous the lowest permitted maximum net materials may be filled with a solid quantity per package as shown in Col- Packing Group III hazardous material umn 9a or 9b, as appropriate, of the to a gross mass, in kilograms, not ex- $172.101 table. The permitted maximum ceeding the rated capacity of the packnet quantity must be calculated in aging in liters, multiplied by 1.5, multikilograms if a package contains both a plied by the specific gravity marked on liquid and a solid. the packaging, or 1.2 if not marked. (2) A packaging containing inner (4) Packagings tested as prescribed in packagings of Division 6.2 materials $178.605 of this subchapter and marked may not contain other hazardous matewith the hydrostatic test pressure as rials exceptprescribed in $178.503(a)(5) of this sub- (i) Refrigerants, such as dry ice or chapter may be used for liquids only liquid nitrogen, as authorized under when the vapor pressure of the liquid the HMR; conforms to one of the following: (i) The vapor pressure must be such (ii) Anticoagulants used to stabilize that the total pressure in the packblood or plasma; or aging (i.e., the vapor pressure of the (iii) Small quantities of Class 3. Class liquid plus the partial pressure of air or 8, Class 9. or other materials in Packother inert gases, less 100 kPa (15 psia)) ing Groups II or III used to stabilize or at 55 °C (131 °F), determined on the prevent degradation of the sample, probasis of a maximum degree of filling in vided the quantity of such materials accordance with paragraph (d) of this does not exceed 30 mL (1 ounce) or 30 g section and a filling temperature of 15 (1 ounce) in each inner packaging. The °C (59 "F)). will not exceed two-thirds of maximum quantity in an outer packthe marked test pressure; age, including a hazardous material (ii) The vapor pressure at 50 °C (122 used to preserve or stabilize a sample, °F) must be less than four-sevenths of may not exceed 4 L (1 gallon) or 4 kg the sum of the marked test pressure (8.8 pounds). Such preservatives are not plus 100 kPa (15 psia); or subject to the requirements of this sub- (iii) The vapor pressure at 55 °C (131 chapter. °F) must be less than two-thirds of the (d) Liquids must not completely fill a sum of the marked test pressure plus receptacle at a temperature of 55 °C 100 kPa (15 psia). (131 °F) or less. (5) No hazardous material may remain on the outside of a package after [Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52611, Dec. 21, 1990, as filling. amended at 56 FR 66265. Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR (c) Mixed contents. (1) An outer non- 45460, Oct. 1, 1992; 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; bulk packaging may contain more than Amdt. 173-255, 61 FR 50624, Sept. 26, 1996: 66 one hazardous material only when- FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001: 68 FR 61941, Oct. 30, (i) The inner and outer packagings 2003; 71 FR 32258, June 2. 2006] used for each hazardous material con- 454 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.24b § 173.24b Additional general require- e₁ = Equivalent thickness of the steel used in ments for bulk packagings. mm or inches respectively: Rm, = Specified minimum tensile strength of (a) Outage and filling limits. (1) Except the steel used in deka-newtons per square as otherwise provided in this submillimeter or pounds per square inch rechapter. liquids and liquefied gases spectively: and must be so loaded that the outage is at A1 = Specified minimum percentage elonleast five percent for materials poigation of the steel used multiplied by 100 (for example, 20 percent times 100 equals sonous by inhalation, or at least one 20). Elongation values used must be deterpercent for all other materials. of the mined from a 50 mm or 2 inch test specitotal capacity of a cargo tank, portable men. tank, tank car (including dome capacity), multi-unit tank car tank, or any (c) Air pressure in excess of ambient compartment thereof, at the following atmospheric pressure may not be used to load or unload any lading which reference temperatures- (i) 46 °C (115 °F) for a noninsulated may create an air-enriched mixture within the flammability range of the tank; (ii) 43 °C (110 °F) for a tank car havlading in the vapor space of the tank. (d) A bulk packaging may not be ing a thermal protection system, incorloaded with a hazardous material that: porating a metal jacket that provides an overall thermal conductance at 15.5 (1) Is at a temperature outside of the °C (60 °F) of no more than 10.22 packaging's design temperature range; or kilojoules per hour per square meter (2) Except as otherwise provided in per degree Celsius (0.5 Btu per hour/per this subchapter, exceeds the maximum square foot/ per degree F) temperature weight of lading marked on the specidifferential: or (iii) 41 °C (105 °F) for an insulated fication plate. (e) UN portable tanks. (1) A UN porttank. able tank manufactured in the United (2) Hazardous materials may not be States must conform in all details to loaded into the dome of a tank car. If the applicable requirements in parts the dome of the tank car does not pro- 172, 173, 178 and 180 of this subchapter. vide sufficient outage, vacant space (2) UN portable tanks manufactured must be left in the shell to provide the outside the United States. A UN portable required outage. tank manufactured outside the United (b) Equivalent steel. For the purposes States, in accordance with national or of this section, the reference stainless international regulations based on the steel is stainless steel with a guaran- UN Recommendations (IBR, see $171.7 teed minimum tensile strength of 51.7 of this subchapter), which is an authordeka newtons per square millimeter ized packaging under $173.24 of this (75,000 psi) and a guaranteed elongation subchapter, may be filled, offered and of 40 percent or greater. Where the regtransported in the United States, if the ulations permit steel other than stain- $172.101 Table of this subchapter auless steel to be used in place of a specithorizes the hazardous material for fied stainless steel (for example, as in transportation in the UN portable tank $172.102 of this subchapter, special proand it conforms to the applicable T vision B30), the minimum thickness for codes, and tank provision codes, or the steel must be obtained from one of other special provisions assigned to the the following formulas, as appropriate: hazardous material in Column (7) of Formula for metric units the Table when manufactured in a country other than the United States. e₁ = (12.74eo) / (Rm, A1)½ In addition. the portable tank must- (i) Conform to applicable provisions Formula for non-metric units in the UN Recommendations (IBR, see $171.7 of this subchapter) and the re- e₁ = (144.2e) / (Rm, A1) 1/3 quirements of this subpart: where: (ii) Be capable of passing the preeo = Required thickness of the reference scribed tests and inspections in part 180 stainless steel in mm or inches respecof this subchapter applicable to the UN tively; portable tank specification: 455 § 173.25 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) (iii) Be designed and manufactured tions" may be used to satisfy the proaccording to the ASME Code (IBR, see visions of this paragraph until October $171.7 of this subchapter) or a pressure 1, 2007. vessel design code approved by the As- (5) Packages containing Class 8 (corsociate Administrator; rosive) materials in Packing Group I or (iv) Be approved by the Associate Ad- Division 5.1 (oxidizing) materials in ministrator when the portable tank is Packing Group I may not be overdesigned and constructed under the packed with any other materials. provisions of an alternative arrange- (b) Shrink-wrapped or stretchment (see § 178.274(a) (2) of this subwrapped trays may be used as outer chapter); and packagings for inner packagings pre- (v) The competent authority of the pared in accordance with the limited country of manufacture must provide quantity provisions or consumer comreciprocal treatment for UN portable modity provisions of this subchapter, tanks manufactured in the United provided that- States. (1) Inner packagings are not fragile. liable to break or be easily punctured, [Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52612. Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66266, Dec. 20, 1991: Amdt. such as those made of glass, porcelain. 173-234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173- stoneware or certain plastics; and 243, 60 FR 40038, Aug. 4, 1995: Amdt. 173-252. 61 (2) Each complete package does not FR 28676, June 5, 1996: Amdt. 173-255, 61 FR exceed 20 kg (44 lbs) gross weight. 50624, Sept. 26, 1996; 66 FR 33426, June 21, 2001: (c) Hazardous materials which are re- 67 15743, Apr. 3, 2002; 68 FR 75742, Dec. 31, quired to be labeled POISON may be 2003] transported in the same motor vehicle with material that is marked or known § 173.25 Authorized packagings and overpacks. to be foodstuffs. feed or any edible material intended for consumption by hu- (a) Authorized packages containing mans or animals provided the hazhazardous materials may be offered for ardous material is marked, labeled, transportation in an overpack as deand packaged in accordance with this fined in 171.8 of this subchapter, if all subchapter, conforms to the requireof the following conditions are met: ments of paragraph (a) of this section (1) The package meets the requireand is overpacked as specified in ments of $$173.21 and 173.24 of this sub- $177.841(e) of this subchapter or in an chapter. (2) The overpack is marked with the overpack which is a UN 1A2, 1B2, or 1N2 drum tested and marked for a Packing proper shipping name and identification number, when applicable, and is Group II or higher performance level. labeled as required by this subchapter [Amdt. 173-165. 48 FR 28099, June 20, 1983. as for each hazardous material contained amended by Amdt. 173-224. 55 FR 52612 Dec. therein, unless marking and labels rep- 21, 1990; 56 FR 66266, Dec. 20. 1991: Amdt. 173- resentative of each hazardous material 234, 58 FR 51532. Oct. 1. 1993: Amdt. 173-214, 59 FR 67491. Dec. 29. 1994; 64 FR 10776. Mar. 5, in the overpack are visible. 1999; 68 FR 45032, July 31, 2003; 69 FR 76155. (3) Each package subject to the ori- Dec. 20, 2004; 70 FR 34397, June 14, 2005] entation marking requirements of $172.312 of this subchapter is packed in § 173.26 Quantity limitations. the overpack with its filling holes up When quantity limitations do not apand the overpack is marked with packpear in the packaging requirements of age orientation marking arrows on two opposite vertical sides of the overpack this subchapter, the permitted gross with the arrows pointing in the correct weight or capacity authorized for a direction of orientation. packaging is as shown in the packaging (4) The overpack is marked with the specification or standard in part 178 or word "OVERPACK" when specification 179, as applicable, of this subchapter. packagings are required, unless speci- [Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52612, Dec. 21, 1990) fication markings on the inside packages are visible. Alternatively, an over- $ 173.27 General requirements for pack marked with a statement inditransportation by aircraft. cating that the "inside (inner) pack- (a) The requirements of this section ages comply with prescribed specificaare in addition to the requirements in 456 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT $ 173.27 $173.24 and apply to packages offered or (A) The total gauge pressure measintended for transportation aboard airured in the receptacle (i.e., the vapor craft. Except for materials not subject pressure of the material and the partial to performance packaging requirepressure of air or other inert gases, less ments in subpart E of this part, a pack- 100 kPa (15 psia)) at 55 °C (131 °F), mulaging containing a Packing Group III tiplied by a safety factor of 1.5; determaterial with a primary or subsidiary mined on the basis of a filling temperarisk of Division 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, or Class ture of 15 °C (59 °F) and a degree of fill- 8 must meet the Packing Group II pering such that the receptacle is not formance level when offered or incompletely liquid full at a temperature tended for transportation by aircraft. of 55 °C (131 °F) or less: (b) Packages authorized on board air- (B) 1.75 times the vapor pressure at 50 craft. (1) When Column 9a of the °C (122 °F) less 100 kPa (15 psia): or $172.101 table indicates that a material (C) 1.5 times the vapor pressure at 55 is "Forbidden", that material may not °C (131 °) less 100 kPa (15 psia). be offered for transportation or trans- (3) Notwithstanding the provisions of ported aboard passenger-carrying airparagraph (c)(2) of this sectioncraft. (i) Hazardous materials may be con- (2) When Column 9b of the $172.101 tained in an inner packaging which table indicates that a material is does not itself meet the pressure re- "Forbidden", that material may not be quirement provided that the inner offered for transportation or transpackaging is packed within a suppleported aboard aircraft. mentary packaging which does meet (3) The maximum quantity of hazthe pressure requirement and other apardous material in a package that may plicable packaging requirements of be offered for transportation or transthis subchapter. ported aboard a passenger-carrying air- (ii) Packagings which are subject to craft or cargo aircraft may not exceed the hydrostatic pressure test and that quantity prescribed for the matemarking requirements of §§ 178.605 and rial in Column 9a or 9b. respectively, of 178.503(a)(5), respectively, of this subthe $172.101 table. chapter must have a marked test pres- (4) A package containing a hazardous sure of not less than 250 kPa (36 psig) material which is authorized aboard for liquids in Packing Group I, 80 kPa cargo aircraft but not aboard passenger (12 psig) for liquids in Packing Group aircraft must be labeled with the III of Class 3 or Division 6.1, and 100 CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY label re- kPa (15 psig) for other liquids. quired by $172.402(c) of this subchapter (d) Closures. Stoppers, corks or other and may not be offered for transporsuch friction-type closures must be tation or transported aboard pasheld securely. tightly and effectively in senger-carrying aircraft. place by positive means. Each screw- (c) Pressure requirements. (1) Packtype closure on any packaging must be agings must be designed and consecured to prevent closure from loosstructed to prevent leakage that may ening due to vibration or substantial be caused by changes in altitude and change in temperature. temperature during transportation (e) Absorbent materials. Except as aboard aircraft. otherwise provided in this subchapter, (2) Packagings for which retention of liquid hazardous materials of Class 3, 4, liquid is a basic function must be capaor 8, or Division 5.1, 5.2 or 6.1 that are ble of withstanding without leakage packaged and offered for transport in the greater ofglass, earthenware, plastic or metal (i) An internal pressure which proinner packagings must be packaged duces a gauge pressure of not less than using absorbent material as follows: 75 kPa (11 psig) for liquids in Packing (1) Packing Group I liquids on pas- Group III of Class 3 or Division 6.1; or senger aircraft must be packaged using 95 kPa (14 psig) for other liquids; or materials capable of absorbing the en- (ii) A pressure related to the vapor tire contents of the inner packagings. pressure of the liquid to be conveyed, (2) Packing Group I liquids on cargo determined by one of the following: aircraft, and Packing Group II liquids 457 § 173.27 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) including Division 5.2 liquids on pas- (4) Absorbent material must not senger and cargo aircraft, must be react dangerously with the liquid (see packaged using a sufficient quantity of §§ 173.24 and 173.24a.). absorbent material to absorb the entire (5) Absorbent material is not recontents of any one of the inner packquired if the inner packagings are SO agings containing such liquids. When protected that they are unlikely to break and leak their contents from the the inner packagings are of different sizes and quantities. sufficient absorbouter packaging under normal condient material must be used to absorb tions of transportation. (f) Combination packagings. Unless the entire contents of the inner packotherwise specified in this part, or in aging with the greatest volume of liq- $171.11 of this subchapter, when comuid. bination packagings are offered for (3) When absorbent materials are retransportation aboard aircraft. inner quired and the outer packaging is not packagings must conform to the quanliquid tight, a means of containing the tity limitations set forth in table 1 of liquid in the event of a leakage must be this paragraph for transport aboard provided in the form of a leakproof passenger-carrying aircraft and table 2 liner. plastic bag or other equally effiof this paragraph for transport aboard cient means of containment. cargo aircraft only. as follows: TABLE 1-MAXIMUM NET CAPACITY OF INNER PACKAGING FOR TRANSPORTATION ON PASSENGER- CARRYING AIRCRAFT Maximum authorized net capacity of each inner packaging Maximum net quantity per package from Column 9a of the $ 172.101 table Glass, earthenware or Metal or plastic inner fiber inner packagings packagings Liquids: Not greater than 0.5L 0.5L 0.5L. 0.5L IL. Greater than 0.5L not greater than IL 1L 5L. Greater than 1L, not greater than 5L Greater than 5L, not greater than 60L 2.5L 10L. Greater than 60L, not greater than 220L 5L 25L. No limit No limit. Greater than 220L Solids: Not greater than 5 kg 0.5 kg 1 kg. Greater than 5 kg. not greater than 25 kg 1 kg 2.5 kg. Greater than 25 kg, not greater than 200 kg 5 kg 10 kg. Greater than 200 kg No limit No limit. TABLE 2-MAXIMUM NET CAPACITY OF INNER PACKAGING FOR TRANSPORTATION ON CARGO AIRCRAFT Maximum authorized net capacity of each inner packaging Maximum net quantity per package from Column 9b of the $ 172.101 table Glass, earthenware or Metal or plastic inner fiber inner packagings packagings Liquids: 1L 1L. Not greater than 2.5L Greater than 2.5L, not greater than 30L 2.5L 2.5L. 5L 10L. Greater than 30L, not greater than 60L Greater than 60L, not greater than 220L 5L 25L. No limit No limit. Greater than 220L Solids: Not greater than 15 kg 1 kg 2.5 kg. Greater than 15 kg. not greater than 5D kg 2.5 kg 5 kg. Greater than 50 kg. not greater than 200 kg 5 kg 10 kg. No limit No limit. Greater than 200 kg (g) Cylinders. For any cylinder conmust be provided to prevent operation taining hazardous materials and incorof, and damage to, the valves during porating valves, sufficient protection 458 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.28 transportation, by one of the following conducted. Symbols, if used, must be methods: registered with the Associate Adminis- (1) By equipping each cylinder with trator. securely attached valve caps or protec- (3) Packagings made of paper (other tive headrings; or than fiberboard). plastic film, or tex- (2) By boxing or crating the cylinder. tile are not authorized for reuse; (h) Tank cars and cargo tanks. Any (4) Metal and plastic drums and tank car or cargo tank containing a jerricans used as single packagings or hazardous material may not be transthe outer packagings of composite ported aboard aircraft. packagings are authorized for reuse (i) Effective October 1, 2006, each peronly when they are marked in a permason who offers a hazardous material for nent manner (e.g., embossed) in mm transportation by aircraft must inwith the nominal (for metal packclude the certification statement speciagings) or minimum (for plastic packfied in § 172.204(c)(3). agings) thickness of the packaging material, as required by §178.503(a)(9) of [Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52612, Dec. 21, 1990, as this subchapter, andamended at 56 FR 66266, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-138. 59 FR 49133, Sept. 26, 1994: 65 FR (i) Except as provided in paragraph 58629, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001: (b)(4)(ii) of this section, conform to the 68 FR 45032, July 31, 2003; 69 FR 76155, Dec. 20, following minimum thickness criteria: 2004; 71 FR 14602, Mar. 22. 2006) Maximum ca- Minimum thickness of packaging material § 173.28 Reuse, reconditioning and repacity not Metal drum or Plastic drum or over manufacture of packagings. jerrican jerrican (a) General. Packagings and recep- 20L 0.63 mm (0.025 inch) 1.1 mm (0.043 inch). tacles used more than once must be in 30 0.73 mm (0.029 inch) 1.1 mm (0.043 inch). 40 L 0.73 mm (0.029 inch) 1.8 mm (0.071 inch). such condition, including closure de- 60L 0.92 mm (0.036 inch) 1.8 mm (0.071 inch). vices and cushioning materials, that 120L 0.92 mm (0.036 inch) 2.2 mm (0.087 inch). they conform in all respects to the pre- 220L 0.92 mm (0.036 2.2 mm (0.087 inch). inch)1. scribed requirements of this sub- 450L 1.77 mm (0.070 inch) 5.0 mm (0.197 inch). chapter. Before reuse, each packaging must be inspected and may not be re- 1 Metal drums or jerricans with a used unless free from incompatible resminimum thickness of 0.82 mm body idue, rupture, or other damage which and 1.09 mm heads which are manufacreduces its structural integrity. tured and marked prior to January 1. (b) Reuse of non-bulk packaging A 1997 may be reused. Metal drums or non-bulk packaging used more than jerricans manufactured and marked on once must conform to the following or after January 1, 1997, and intended provisions and limitations: for reuse, must be constructed with a (1) A non-bulk packaging which, upon minimum thickness of 0.82 mm body inspection, shows evidence of a reducand 1.11 mm heads. tion in integrity may not be reused un- (ii) For stainless steel drums and less it is reconditioned in accordance jerricans, conform to a minimum wall with paragraph (c) of this section. thickness as determined by the fol- (2) Before reuse, packagings subject lowing equivalence formula: to the leakproofness test with air prescribed in $178.604 of this subchapter FORMULA FOR METRIC UNITS shall be- (i) Retested without failure in accordance with $178.604 of this subchapter using an internal air pressure (gauge) of at least 48 kPa (7.0 psig) for Packing Group I and 20 kPa (3.0 psig) FORMULA FOR U.S. STANDARD for Packing Group II and Packing UNITS Group III; and (ii) Marked with the letter "L", with the name and address or symbol of the = person conducting the test, and the last two digits of the year the test was 459 § 173.28 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) where: ternal and external corrosion, and any e₁ = required equivalent wall thickness of the external coatings and labels removed; metal to be used (in mm or, for U.S. Stand- (ii) Restoring to original shape and ard units, use inches). eo = required minimum wall thickness for contour, with chimes (if any) straightthe reference steel (in mm or, for U.S. ened and sealed, and all non-integral Standard units, use inches). gaskets replaced: and Rm1 = guaranteed minimum tensile strength (iii) Inspecting after cleaning but beof the metal to be used (in N/mm2 or for fore painting. Packagings that have U.S. Standard units, use psi). visible pitting, significant reduction in A1 = guaranteed minimum elongation (as a material thickness, metal fatigue, percentage) of the metal to be used on fracdamaged threads or closures, or other ture under tensile stress (see paragraph significant defects, must be rejected. (c)(1) of this section). (2) For the purpose of this sub- (5) Plastic inner receptacles of comchapter, reconditioning of a non-bulk posite packagings must have a minpackaging other than a metal drum inimum thickness of 1.0 mm (0.039 inch). cludes: (6) A previously used non-bulk pack- (i) Removal of all former contents, aging may be reused for the shipment external coatings and labels, and cleanof hazardous waste, not subject to the ing to the original materials of conreconditioning and reuse provisions of struction: this section, in accordance with (ii) Inspection after cleaning with re- $173.12(c). jection of packagings with visible dam- (7) Notwithstanding the provisions of age such as tears, creases or cracks, or paragraph (b)(2) of this section, a packdamaged threads or closures, or other aging otherwise authorized for reuse significant defects; may be reused without being (iii) Replacement of all non-integral leakproofness tested with air provided gaskets and closure devices with new the packagingor refurbished parts, and cushioning (i) Is refilled with a material which is and cushioning materials; and compocompatible with the previous lading: nents including gaskets, closure de- (ii) Is refilled and offered for transvices and cushioning and cushioning portation by the original filler: material. (For a UN IHI plastic drum, (iii) Is transported in a transport vereplacing a removable gasket or clohicle or freight container under the exsure device with another of the same clusive use of the refiller of the packdesign and material that provides aging; and equivalent performance does not con- (iv) Is constructed ofstitute reconditioning); and (A) Stainless steel, monel or nickel (iv) Ensuring that the packagings are with a thickness not less than one and restored to a condition that conforms one-half times the minimum thickness in all respects with the prescribed represcribed in paragraph (b)(4) of this quirements of this subchapter. section; (3) A person who reconditions a packaging manufactured and marked under (B) Plastic, provided the packaging is not refilled for reuse on a date more the provisions of subpart L of part 178 of this subchapter, shall mark that than five years from the date of manufacture marked on the packaging in acpackaging as required by $178.503(c) and (d) of this subchapter. The markcordance with $178.503(a)(6) of this subing is the certification of the recondichapter; or tioner that the packaging conforms to (C) Another material or thickness the standard for which it is marked when approved under the conditions esand that all functions performed by the tablished by the Associate Adminisreconditioner which are prescribed by trator for reuse without retesting. this subchapter have been performed in (c) Reconditioning of non-bulk packcompliance with this subchapter. aging. (1) For the purpose of this sub- (4) The markings applied by the rechapter, reconditioning of metal drums conditioner may be different from is: those applied by the manufacturer at (i) Cleaning to base material of conthe time of original manufacture, but struction, with all former contents, inmay not identify a greater performance 460 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT $ 173.29 capability than that for which the transportation and transported in the original design type had been tested same manner as when it previously (for example, the reconditioner may contained a greater quantity of that mark a drum which was originally hazardous material. marked as 1A1/Y1.8 as 1A1/Y1.2 or 1A1/ (b) Notwithstanding the require- Z2.0). ments of paragraph (a) of this section. (5) Packagings which have significant an empty packaging is not subject to defects which cannot be repaired may any other requirements of this subnot be reused. chapter if it conforms to the following (d) Remanufacture of non-bulk packprovisions: agings. For the purpose of this sub- (1) Any hazardous material shipping chapter, remanufacture is the convername and identification number marksion of a non-specification, non-bulk ings. any hazard warning labels or packaging to a DOT specification or placards, and any other markings indi- U.N. standard, the conversion of a cating that the material is hazardous packaging meeting one specification or (e.g., RQ, INHALATION HAZARD) are standard to another specification or removed, obliterated, or securely covstandard (for example, conversion of ered in transportation. This provision 1A1 non-removable head drums to 1A2 does not apply to transportation in a removable head drums) or the replacetransport vehicle or a freight container ment of integral structural packaging if the packaging is not visible in transcomponents (such as non-removable portation and the packaging is loaded heads on drums). A person who reby the shipper and unloaded by the manufactures a non-bulk packaging to shipper or consignee; conform to a specification or standard (2) The packagingin part 178 of this subchapter is subject (i) Is unused; to the requirements of part 178 of this (ii) Is sufficiently cleaned of residue subchapter as a manufacturer. and purged of vapors to remove any po- (e) Non-reusable containers. A packtential hazard; aging marked as NRC according to the (iii) Is refilled with a material which DOT specification or UN standard reis not hazardous to such an extent that quirements of part 178 of this subany residue remaining in the packchapter may be reused for the shipaging no longer poses a hazard; or ment of any material not required by (iv) Contains only the residue ofthis subchapter to be shipped in a DOT (A) An ORM-D material; or specification or UN standard pack- (B) A Division 2.2 non-flammable gas, aging. other than ammonia, anhydrous, and (f) A Division 6.2 packaging to be rewith no subsidiary hazard, at an absoused must be disinfected prior to reuse lute pressure less than 280 kPa (40.6 by any means effective for neutralizing psia): at 20 °C (68 "F): and the infectious substance the packaging (3) Any material contained in the previously contained. A secondary packaging does not meet the definipackaging or outer packaging contions in $171.8 of this subchapter for a forming to the requirements of $173.196 hazardous substance, a hazardous or $173.199 need not be disinfected prior waste, or a marine pollutant. to reuse if no leakage from the primary (c) A non-bulk packaging containing receptacle has occurred. only the residue of a hazardous mate- [Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52614, Dec. 21, 1990] rial covered by Table 2 of $172.504 of this subchapter that is not a material EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER citations affecting $173.28, see the List of CFR poisonous by inhalation or its residue Sections Affected which appears in the Findshipped under the subsidiary ing Aids section of the printed volume and placarding provisions of $172.505- on GPO Access. (1) Does not have to be included in determining the applicability of the § 173.29 Empty packagings. placarding requirements of subpart F (a) General. Except as otherwise proof part 172 of this subchapter; and vided in this section, an empty pack- (2) Is not subject to the shipping aging containing only the residue of a paper requirements of this subchapter hazardous material shall be offered for when collected and transported by a 461 $ 173.30 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) contract or private carrier for recondior, when this subchapter authorizes the tioning, remanufacture or reuse. use of a non-DOT specification tank (d) Notwithstanding the stowage recar, the applicable specification to quirements in Column 10a of the which the tank was constructed. $ 172.101 table for transportation by ves- (2) Tank cars and appurtenances may sel, an empty drum or cylinder may be be used for the transportation of any stowed on deck or under deck. commodity for which they are author- (e) Specific provisions for describing ized in this part and specified on the an empty packaging on a shipping certificate of construction (AAR Form paper appear in $172.203(e) of this sub- 4-2 or by addendum on Form R-1). See chapter. $179.5 of this subchapter. Transfer of a (f) [Reserved] tank car from one specified service on (g) A package which contains a resits certificate of construction to anidue of an elevated temperature mateother may be made only by the owner rial may remain marked in the same or with the owner's authorization. A manner as when it contained a greater tank car proposed for a commodity quantity of the material even though it service other than specified on its cerno longer meets the definition in $171.8 tificate of construction must be apof this subchapter for an elevated temproved for such service by the AAR's perature material. Tank Car Committee. (h) A package that contains a residue (3) No person may fill a tank car of a hazardous substance, Class 9, listed overdue for periodic inspection with a in the $172.101 Table, Appendix A, hazardous material and then offer it Table I, that does not meet the definifor transportation. Any tank car tion of another hazard class and is not marked as meeting a DOT specification a hazardous waste or marine pollutant. and any non-specification tank car may remain marked, labeled and, if aptransporting a hazardous material plicable, placarded in the same manner must have a periodic inspection and as when it contained a greater quantest conforming to subpart F of part tity of the material even though it no 180 of this subchapter. longer meets the definition in § 171.8 of (4) No railroad tank car, regardless of this subchapter for a hazardous subits construction date, may be used for stance. the transportation in commerce of any [Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52614. Dec. 21, 1990. as hazardous material unless the air amended by Amdt. 173-227, 56 FR 49989, Oct. brake equipment support attachments 2, 1991: Amdt. 173-231, 57 FR 52939, Nov. 5, of such tank car conform to the stand- 1992: Amdt. 173-251. 61 FR 28676, June 5, 1996; ards for attachments set forth in Amdt. 173-260. 62 FR 1236, Jan. 8, 1997; 64 FR §§ 179.100-16 and 179.200-19 of this sub- 10776, Mar. 5, 1999; 68 FR 48569, Aug. 14. 2003; chapter. 69 FR 64473, Nov. 4, 2004) (5) No railroad tank car, regardless of § 173.30 Loading and unloading of its construction date, may be used for transport vehicles. the transportation in commerce of any hazardous material with a self-ener- A person who is subject to the loadgized manway located below the liquid ing and unloading regulations in this level of the lading. subchapter must load or unload haz- (6) Unless otherwise specifically proardous materials into or from a transvided in this part: port vehicle or vessel in conformance (i) When the tank car delimiter is an with the applicable loading and unload- "A," offerors may also use tank cars ing requirements of parts 174, 175, 176, with a delimiter "S," "J" or "T". and 177 of this subchapter. (ii) When the tank car delimiter is an [68 FR 61941. Oct. 30, 2003] "S," offerors may also use tank cars with a delimiter "J" or "T". § 173.31 Use of tank cars. (iii) When a tank car delimiter is a (a) General. (1) No person may offer a "T" offerors may also use tank cars hazardous material for transportation with a delimiter of "J". in a tank car unless the tank car meets (iv) When a tank car delimiter is a the applicable specification and pack- "J". offerors may not use a tank car aging requirements of this subchapter with any other delimiter. 462 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.31 (7) A class DOT-103 or DOT-104 tank system installed no later than July 1, car may continue to be used for the 2001. transportation of a hazardous material (4) Thermal protection requirements. if it meets the requirements of this The following tank cars must have subchapter and the design requirethermal protection that conforms to ments in Part 179 of this subchapter in the requirements of $179.18 of this subeffect on September 30, 2003; however, chapter: no new construction is authorized. (i) Tank cars transporting a Class 2 (b) Safety systems-(1) Coupler vertical material, except for a class 106, 107A, restraint. Each tank car conforming to 110, and 113 tank car. A tank car a DOT specification and any other tank equipped with a thermal protection car used for transportation of a hazsystem conforming to $179.18 of this ardous material must be equipped with subchapter, or that has an insulation a coupler vertical restraint system system having an overall thermal conthat meets the requirements of $179.14 ductance of no more than 0.613 of this subchapter. kilojoules per hour, per square meter, (2) Pressure relief devices. (i) Pressure per degree Celsius temperature difrelief devices on tank cars must conferential (0.03 B.t.u. per square foot, form to part 179 of this subchapter. per hour, per degree Fahrenheit tem- (ii) A single-unit tank car transperature differential). conforms to this porting a Division 6.1 PG I or II, or requirement. Class 2. 3, or 4 material must have a re- (ii) A tank car transporting a Class 2 closing pressure relief device. However, material that was not required to have a single-unit tank car built before Janthermal protection prior to July 1, uary 1, 1991, and equipped with a non- 1996, must be equipped with thermal reclosing pressure relief device may be protection no later than July 1, 2006. used to transport a Division 6.1 PG I or (5) Bottom-discontinuity protection re- II material or a Class 4 liquid provided quirements. No person may offer for such materials do not meet the definitransportation a hazardous material in tion of a material poisonous by inhala- a tank car with bottom-discontinuity tion. protection unless the tank car has bot- (3) Tank-head puncture-resistance retom-discontinuity protection that conquirements. The following tank cars forms to the requirements of E9.00 and must have a tank-head puncture-resist- E10.00 of the AAR Specifications for ance system that conforms to the re- Tank Cars (IBR, see $171.7 of this subquirements in $179.16 of this subchapter). Tank cars not requiring botchapter, or to the corresponding retom-discontinuity protection under the quirements in effect at the time of interms of Appendix Y of the AAR Specistallation: fications for Tank Cars as of July 1. (i) Tank cars transporting a Class 2 1996, must conform to these requirematerial. ments no later than July 1, 2006, except (ii) Tank cars constructed from aluthat tank cars transporting a material minum or nickel plate that are used to that is hazardous only because it meets transport hazardous material. the definition of an elevated tempera- (iii) Except as provided in paragraph ture material or because it is molten (b)(3)(iv) of this section, those tank sulfur do not require bottom disconticars specified in paragraphs (b)(3)(i) nuity protection. and (ii) of this section not requiring a (6) Scheduling of modifications and tank-head puncture resistance system progress reporting. The date of conformprior to July 1, 1996, must have a tankance for the continued use of tank cars head puncture resistance system insubject to paragraphs (b)(3), (b)(4). stalled no later than July 1. 2006. (b)(5), (e)(2), and (f) of this section and (iv) Class DOT 105A tank cars built $173.314(j) and 173.323(c)(1) is subject to prior to September 1. 1981, having a the following conditions and limitatank capacity less than 70 kl (18,500 tions. gallons), and used to transport a Divi- (i) Each tank car owner shall modify, sion 2.1 (flammable gas) material, must reassign, retire, or remove at least 50 have a tank-head puncture-resistant percent of their in-service tank car 463 § 173.31 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) fleet within the first half of the comeach person offering a tank car for pliance period and the remainder of transportation must perform an extertheir in-service tank car fleet during nal visual inspection that includes: the second half of the compliance pe- (i) Except where insulation or a therriod. mal protection system precludes an in- (ii) By October 1 of each year, each spection, the tank shell and heads for owner of a tank car subject to this abrasion, corrosion. cracks, dents, disparagraph (b) shall submit to the tortions, defects in welds, or any other Federal Railroad Administration, Hazcondition that makes the tank car unardous Materials Division, Office of safe for transportation: Safety Assurance and Compliance, 1120 (ii) The piping, valves, fittings, and Vermont Avenue, Mail Stop 25, Washgaskets for corrosion, damage, or any ington, DC 20590, a progress report that other condition that makes the tank shows the total number of in-service car unsafe for transportation: tank cars that need head protection, (iii) For missing or loose bolts, nuts, thermal protection, or bottom-disor elements that make the tank car continuity protection: the number of unsafe for transportation: new or different tank cars acquired to (iv) All closures on tank cars and dereplace those tank cars required to be termine that the closures and all fasupgraded to a higher service pressure; tenings securing them are properly and the total number of tank cars tightened in place by the use of a bar. modified, reassigned, acquired, retired, wrench, or other suitable tool; or removed from service the previous (v) Protective housings for proper seyear. curement; (c) Tank car test pressure. A tank car (vi) The pressure relief device, inused for the transportation of a hazcluding a careful inspection of the rupardous material must have a tank test ture disc in non-reclosing pressure Γe- pressure equal to or greater than the lief devices, for corrosion or damage greatest of the following: that may alter the intended operation (1) Except for shipments of carbon diof the device; oxide, anhydrous hydrogen chloride, (vii) Each tell-tale indicator after vinyl fluoride, ethylene, or hydrogen, filling and prior to transportation to 133 percent of the sum of lading vapor ensure the integrity of the rupture pressure at the reference temperature disc; of 46 °C (115 °F) for non-insulated tank (viii) The external thermal proteccars or 41 °C (105 °F) for insulated tank tion system, tank-head puncture recars plus static head, plus gas padding sistance system. coupler vertical repressure in the vacant space of a tank straint system, and bottom disconticar; nuity protection for conditions that (2) 133 percent of the maximum loadmake the tank car unsafe for transporing or unloading pressure, whichever is tation; greater: (ix) The required markings on the (3) 20.7 Bar (300 psig) for materials tank car for legibility: and that are poisonous by inhalation (see (x) The periodic inspection date $ 173.31 (2) (ii) for compliance dates): markings to ensure that the inspection (4) The minimum pressure prescribed and test intervals are within the preby the specification in part 179 of this scribed intervals. subchapter: or (2) Closures on tank cars are re- (5) The minimum test pressure prequired, in accordance with this subscribed for the specific hazardous machapter, to be designed and closed so terial in the applicable packaging secthat under conditions normally incition in subpart F or G of this part. dent to transportation, including the (d) Examination before shipping. (1) No effects of temperature and vibration, person may offer for transportation a there will be no identifiable release of tank car containing a hazardous mate- a hazardous material to the environrial or a residue of a hazardous matement. In any action brought to enforce rial unless that person determines that this section, the lack of securement of the tank car is in proper condition and any closure to a tool-tight condition, safe for transportation. As a minimum, detected at any point, will establish a 464 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.31 rebuttable presumption that a proper alpha-BHC inspection was not performed by the ofbeta-BHC feror of the car. That presumption may delta-BHC be rebutted by any evidence indicating gamma-BHC that the lack of securement resulted Bis(2-chloroethyl) ether Bromoform from a specific cause not within the Carbon tetrachloride control of the offeror. Chlordane (e) Special requirements for materials p-Chloroaniline poisonous by inhalation-(1) Interior Chlorobenzene heater coils. Tank cars used for mate- Chlorobenzilate rials poisonous by inhalation may not p-Chloro-m-cresol have interior heater coils. 2-Chloroethyl vinyl ether Chloroform (2) Tank car specifications. A tank 2-Chloronapthalene car used for a material poisonous by in- o-Chlorophenol halation must have a tank test pres- 3-Chloropropionitrile sure of 20.7 Bar (300 psig) or greater, DDE head protection. and a metal jacket DDT (e.g., DOT 105S300W), except that- 1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane m-Dichlorobenzene (i) A higher test pressure is required o-Dichlorobenzene If otherwise specified in this sub- p-Dichlorobenzene chapter; and 3.3-Dichlorobenzidine (ii) Other than as provided in para- 1,4-Dichloro-2-butene graph (b)(6) of this section, a tank car 1,1-Dichloroethane which does not conform to the require- 1,2-Dichloroethane ments of this paragraph (e)(2), and was 1,1-Dichloroethylene authorized for the material poisonous Dichloroisopropyl ether Dichloromethane @ by inhalation under the regulations in 2.4-Dichlorophenol effect on June 30, 1996, may continue in 2.6-Dichlorophenol use until July 1, 2006. 1,2-Dichloropropane (f) Special requirements for hazardous 1,3-Dichloropropene substances. (1) A tank car used for a Dieldrin hazardous substance listed in paraalpha-Endosulfan graph (f)(2) of this section must have a beta-Endosulfan Endrin tank test pressure of at least 13.8 Bar Endrin aldehyde (200 psig), head protection and a metal Heptachlor jacket. except that- Heptachlor epoxide (i) No metal jacket is required if- Hexachlorobenzene (A) The tank test pressure is 23.4 Bar Hexachlorobutadiene (340 psig) or higher; or Hexachloroethane (B) The tank shell and heads are Hexachlorophene manufactured from AAR steel speci- Hexachloropropene Isodrin fication TC-128, normalized; Kepone (ii) A higher test pressure is required Methoxychlor if otherwise specified in this sub- 4,4'-Methylenebis(2-chloroaniline) chapter; and Methylene bromide (iii) Other than as provided in para- Pentachlorobenzene graph (b)(6) of this section, a tank car Pentachloroethane which does not conform to the require- Pentachloronitrobenzene (PCNB) ments of this paragraph (f)(1), and was Pentachlorophenol authorized for a hazardous substance Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) Pronamide under the regulations in effect on June Silvex (2,4,5-TP) 30, 1996, may continue in use until July 2,4,5-T 1, 2006. TDE (2) List of hazardous substances. Haz- 1,2,4,5-Tetrachlorobenzene ardous substances for which the provi- 2,3,7,8-Tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin (TCDD) sions of this paragraph (f) apply are as Tetrachloroethane follows: Tetrachioroethylene 2,3,4,6-Tetrachlorophenol Aldrin Toxaphene Allyl chloride 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene 465 § 173.32 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) 1,1,1-Trichloroethane (1) Except as otherwise provided in 1,1,2-Trichloroethane this subpart, no person may use a port- Trichloroethylene able tank for the transportation of a 2,4,5-Trichlorophenol hazardous material unless it meets the 2.4.6-Trichlorophenol Tris(2,3-dibromopropyl) phosphate requirements of this subchapter. (g) Tank car loading and unloading. (2) No person may fill and offer for When placed for loading or unloading transportation a portable tank when and before unsecuring any closure, a the prescribed periodic test or inspectank car must be protected against tion under subpart G of part 180 of this movement or coupling as follows: subchapter has become due until the (1) The unloader must secure access test or inspection has been successfully to the track to prevent entry by other completed. This requirement does not rail equipment, including motorized apply to any portable tank filled prior service vehicles. Derails, lined and to the test or inspection due date. blocked switches, portable bumper (3) When a portable tank is used as a blocks, or other equipment that procargo tank motor vehicle, it must convides an equivalent level of security form to all the requirements prescribed may be used to satisfy this requirefor cargo tank motor vehicles. (See $173.33.) ment. (2) Caution signs must be placed be- (b) Substitute packagings. A particular tween the rails to give necessary warn- Specification portable tank may be ing to persons approaching the car(s) substituted for another portable tank as follows: from the open end of a siding and must be left up until after all closures are se- (1) An IM or UN portable tank may cured and the cars are in proper condibe used whenever an IM or UN portable tion for transportation. The signs must tank having less stringent requirebe of a durable material. blue in color, ments is authorized provided the portable tank meets or exceeds the requirerectangular in shape, at least 30.48 cm (12 inches) high by 38.10 cm (15 inches) ments for pressure-relief devices, botwide, and bear the word "STOP." The tom outlets and any other special proword "STOP" must appear in white visions specified in § 172.102(c)(7)(vi) of letters at least 10.16 cm (4 inches) high. this subchapter. Additional words, such as "Tank Car (2) Where a Specification IM101 or Connected" or "Crew at Work," may IM102 portable tank is prescribed, a UN also appear in white letters under the portable tank or Specification 51 portword "STOP." able tank otherwise conforming to the (3) At least one wheel on the tank car special commodity requirements of must be blocked against movement in $172.102(c)(7) of this subchapter for the both directions, and the hand brakes material to be transported may be must be set. If multiple tank cars are used. coupled together, sufficient hand (3) A DOT Specification 51 portable brakes must be set and wheels blocked tank may be used whenever a DOT to prevent movement in both direc- Specification 56, 57, or 60 portable tank is authorized. A DOT Specification 60 tions. portable tank may be used whenever a [Amdt. 173-245, 60 FR 49072. Sept. 21, 1995. as DOT Specification 56 or 57 portable amended by Amdt. 173-245, 61 FR 33254. June tank is authorized. A higher integrity 26, 1996; Amdt. 173-256, 61 FR 51338, Oct. 1, tank used instead of a specified port- 1996; 65 FR 58629, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 33427, able tank must meet the same design June 21, 2001: 66 FR 45379, 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 48569, Aug. 14, 2003; 68 FR 75743, Dec. 31, profile; for example, a DOT Specifica- 2003; 68 FR 61941. Oct. 30, 2003; 70 FR 34075, tion 51 portable tank must be lined if June 13, 2005] used instead of a lined DOT Specification 60 portable tank. § 173.32 Requirements for the use of (c) Grandfather provisions for portable portable tanks. tanks-(1) Continued use of Specification (a) General requirements. No person 56 and 57 portable tanks. Continued use may offer a hazardous material for of an existing portable tank contransportation in a portable tank exstructed to DOT Specification 56 or 57 cept as authorized by this subchapter. is authorized only for a portable tank 466 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.32 constructed before October 1, 1996. A the ASME Code for Unfired Pressure stainless steel portable tank internally Vessels. 1946 Edition, or the API ASME lined with polyethylene that was con- Code for Unfired Pressure Vessels, 1943 structed on or before October 1, 1996, Edition, may be used for the transporand that meets all requirements of tation of liquefied compressed gas, pro- DOT Specification 57 except for being vided it fulfills all the requirements of equipped with a polypropylene disthe part and specifications for the parcharge ball valve and polypropylene ticular gas or gases to be transported. secondary discharge opening closure, Such portable tanks must be marked may be marked as a Specification 57 "ICC Specification 51X" on the plate portable tank and used in accordance required by the specification. except as with the provisions of this section. modified by any or all of the following: (2) A DOT Specification 51. IM 101, or (i) Portable tanks designed and con- IM 102 portable tank may not be manustructed in accordance with Pars. U-68, factured after January 1, 2003; however, U-69, or U-201 of the ASME Code, 1943 such tanks may continue to be used for and 1946 editions, may be used. Portthe transportation of a hazardous maable tanks designed and constructed in terial provided they meet the requireaccordance with Par. U-68 or Par. U-69 ments of this subchapter, including the may be re-rated at a working pressure specification requirements and the re- 25 percent in excess of the design presquirements of this subchapter for the sure for which the portable tank was transportation of the particular hazoriginally constructed. If the portable ardous material according to the T tank is re-rated, the re-rated pressure codes in effect on September 30, 2001 or must be marked on the plate as folthe new T codes in $172.102(c)( (see lows: "Re-rated working pressure- $171.14(d)(4) for transitional provisions psig". applicable to T codes), and provided (ii) Loading and unloading accesthe portable tanks conform to the perisories, valves, piping, fittings, safety odic inspection and tests specified for and gauging devices, do not have to the particular portable tank in subpart comply with the requirements for the G of part 180 of this subchapter. After particular location on the portable January 1, 2003, all newly manufactank. tured portable tanks must conform to (5) Any ICC Specification 50 portable the requirements for the design, contank fulfilling the requirements of that struction and approval of UN portable specification may be continued in servtanks as specified in §§ 178.273, 178.274, ice for transportation of a liquefied pe- 178.275, 178.276, 178.277 and part 180, subtroleum gas if it is retested every five part G, of this subchapter. years in accordance with the require- (3) A DOT Specification portable ments in $ 180.605 of this subchapter. tank manufactured prior to January 1, Use of existing portable tanks is au- 1992 that is equipped with a non-rethorized. New construction is not auclosing pressure relief device may conthorized. tinue in service for the hazardous ma- (d) Determination of an authorized terials for which it is authorized. Exportable tank. Prior to filling and offercept for a DOT Specification 56 or 57 ing a portable tank for transportation, portable tank, a DOT Specification the shipper must ensure that the portportable tank manufactured after Janable tank conforms to the authorized uary 1, 1992. used for materials meeting specification and meets the applicable the definition for Division 6.1 liquids, requirements in this subchapter for the Packing Group I or II, Class 2 gases, or hazardous material. The shipper must Class 3 or 4 liquids, must be equipped ensure that the MAWP. design pressure with a reclosing pressure relief valve or test pressure of the portable tank, having adequately sized venting capacas applicable, is appropriate for the ity unless otherwise specified in this hazardous material being transported. subchapter (see $$178.275(f)(1) and Determination of the applicable pres- 178.277 of this subchapter). sure must take into account the max- (4) Any portable tank container conimum pressure used to load or unload structed prior to May 15, 1950, comthe hazardous material, the vapor presplying with the requirements of either sure, static head and surge pressures of 467 § 173.32 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) the hazardous material and the temment thereof, having a volume greater peratures that the hazardous material than 7,500 L (1,980 gallons) may not be will experience during transportation loaded to a filling density of more than (e) External inspection prior to filling. 20% and less than 80% by volume. This Each portable tank must be given a filling restriction does not apply if a complete external inspection prior to portable tank is divided by partitions filling. Any unsafe condition must be or surge plates into compartments of corrected prior to its being filled and not more than 7,500 L (1,980 gallons) caoffered for transportation. The exterpacity; this portable tank must not be nal inspection shall include a visual inoffered for transportation in an ullage spection of: condition liable to produce an unac- (1) The shell. piping, valves and other ceptable hydraulic force due to surge. appurtenances for corroded areas, (6) The outage for a portable tank dents, defects in welds and other demay not be less than 2% at a temperafects such as missing, damaged, or ture of 50 °C (122 °F) unless otherwise leaking gaskets; specified in this subchapter. For UN (2) All flanged connections or blank portable tanks, the applicable maxflanges for missing or loose nuts and imum filling limits apply as specified bolts; according to the assigned TP codes in (3) All emergency devices for corro- Column (7) of the $172.101 Table of this sion, distortion, or any damage or desubchapter except when transported fect that could prevent their normal domestically. operation; (7) Each tell-tale indicator or pres- (4) All required markings on the tank sure gauge located in the space befor legibility: and tween a frangible disc and a safety re- (5) Any device for tightening manlief valve mounted in series must be hole covers to ensure such devices are checked after the tank is filled and operative and adequate to prevent prior to transportation to ensure that leakage at the manhole cover. the frangible disc is leak free. Any (f) Loading requirements. (1) A hazleakage through the frangible disc ardous material may not be loaded into must be corrected prior to offering the a portable tank if the hazardous matetank for transportation. rial would: (i) Damage the portable tank: (8) During filling. the temperature of the hazardous materials shall not ex- (ii) React with the portable tank; or (iii) Otherwise compromise its prodceed the limits of the design temperauct retention capability. ture range of the portable tank. (2) A hazardous material may not be (9) The maximum mass of liquefied loaded in a DOT Specification 51, DOT compressed gas per liter (gallon) of Specification 60, an IM or UN portable shell capacity (kg/L or lbs./gal.) may tank unless the portable tank has a not exceed the density of the liquefied pressure relief device that provides compressed gas at 50 °C (122 °F). The total relieving capacity meeting the portable tank must not be liquid full at requirements of this subchapter. 60 °C (140 °F). (3) Except during a pressure test, a (g) Additional requirements for specific portable tank may not be subjected to modal transport. In addition to other ap- a pressure greater than its marked plicable requirements, the following maximum allowable working pressure apply: or, when appropriate, its marked de- (I) A portable tank containing a hazsign pressure. ardous material may not be loaded (4) A portable tank may not be loadonto a highway or rail transport vehied to a gross mass greater than the cle unless loaded entirely within the maximum allowable gross mass specihorizontal outline of the vehicle, withfied on its identification plate. out overhang or projection of any part (5) Except for a non-flowable solid or of the tank assembly. a liquid with a viscosity of 2,680 (2) An IM or UN portable tank used centistokes (millimeters squared per for the transportation of flammable second) or greater at 20 °C (68 °F), an liquids by rail may not be fitted with IM or UN portable tank, or compartnon-reclosing pressure relief devices 468 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.32 except in series with reclosing pressure stance, it may be subjected in service relief valves. by the action of a pump or other device (3) A portable tank or Specification (not including safety relief valves) that 106A or 110A multi-unit tank car conmay subject piping to pressures greater taining a hazardous material may not than the design pressure of the tank. be offered for transportation aboard a (2) Pipe joints must be threaded. passenger vessel unless: welded or flanged. If threaded pipe is (i) The vessel is operating under a used. the pipe and pipe fittings must change to its character of vessel cernot be lighter than Schedule 80 weight. tification as defined in $171.8 of this Where copper tubing is permitted. subchapter; and joints must be brazed or be of equally (ii) The material is permitted to be strong metal union type. The melting transported aboard a passenger vessel point of brazing material may not be in the $172.101 Table of this subchapter. lower than 1,000 °F (537.8 °C). The meth- (h) Additional general commodity-speod of joining tubing must not decrease cific requirements. In addition to other the strength of the tubing such as by applicable requirements, the following the cutting of threads. requirements apply: (3) Non-malleable metals may not be (1) Each uninsulated portable tank used in the construction of valves or used for the transportation of a liquefittings. fied compressed gas must have an exte- (4) Suitable provision must be made rior surface finish that is significantly in every case to allow for expansion, reflective, such as a light-reflecting contraction. jarring and vibration of color if painted, or a bright reflective all pipe. Slip joints may not be used for metal or other material if unpainted. (2) If a hazardous material is being this purpose. transported in a molten state, the port- (5) Piping and fittings must be able tank must be thermally insulated grouped in the smallest practicable with suitable insulation material of space and must be protected from damsufficient thickness that the overall age as required by the specification. thermal conductance is not more than (6) All piping, valves and fittings on 0.080 Btu per hour per square foot per every portable tank must be leakage degree Fahrenheit differential. tested with gas or air after installation (3) No person may offer a liquid hazand proved tight at not less than the ardous material of Class 3, PG I or II, design pressure of the portable tank on or PG III with a flash point of less than which they are used. In the event of re- 100 °F (38 °C): Division 5.1. PG I or II; or placement, all such piping. valves, or Division 6.1, PG I or II, in an IM or UN fittings must be tested in accordance portable tank that is equipped with a with the requirements of this section bottom outlet as authorized in Column before the portable tank is returned to (7) of the $172.101 Table of this subtransportation service. The requirechapter by assignment of a T Code in ments of this section apply to all hoses the appropriate proper shipping name used on portable tanks, except that entry. for unloading to a facility while hoses may be tested either before or it remains on a transport vehicle with after installation on the portable tank. the power unit attached unless- (7) All materials used in the con- (i) The tank outlets conform to struction of portable tanks and their $178.275(d)(3) of this subchapter; or appurtenances may not be subject to (ii) The facility at which the IM or destructive attack by the contents of UN portable tank is to be unloaded the portable tank. conforms to the requirements in (8) No aluminum, copper, silver. zinc $177.834(o) of this subchapter. nor their alloys may be used. Brazed (i) Additional requirements for portable joints may not be used. All parts of a tanks other than IM specification and UN portable tank and its appurtenances portable tanks. (1) The bursting used for anhydrous ammonia must be strength of any piping and fittings steel. must be at least four times the design (9) Each outlet of a portable tank pressure of the tank, and at least four used for the transportation of non-retimes the pressure to which, in any infrigerated liquefied compressed gases, 469 § 173.33 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) except carbon dioxide, must be promaterial used on portable tanks for nivided with a suitable automatic excesstrous oxide must be noncombustible. flow valve (see definition in $178.337- (11) Refrigerating or heating coils 1(g) of this subchapter). The valve must must be installed in portable tanks be located inside the portable tank or used for carbon dioxide and nitrous at a point outside the portable tank oxide. Such coils must be tested exterwhere the line enters or leaves the nally to at least the same pressure as portable tank. The valve seat must be the test pressure of the portable tank. located inside the portable tank or The coils must also be tested intermay be located within a welded flange nally to at least twice the working or its companion flange, or within a pressure of the heating or refrigerating nozzle or within a coupling. The instalsystem to be used, but in no case less lation must be made in such a manner than the test pressure of the portable as to reasonably assure that any undue tank. Such coils must be securely anstrain which causes failure requiring chored. In the event of leakage, the refunctioning of the valve shall cause frigerant or heating medium to be cirfailure in such a manner that it will culated through the coil or coils must not impair the operation of the valve. have no adverse chemical reaction with (i) A safety device connection or liqthe portable tank or its contents. uid level gauging device that is con- (12) Excess flow valves are not Γe- structed so that the outward flow of quired for portable tanks used for the the tank contents will not exceed that transport of refrigerated liquefied passed by an opening of 0.1397 cm gases. (0.0550 inches) is not required to be equipped with excess-flow valves. [66 FR 33427. June 21, 2001, as amended at 67 (ii) An excess-flow valve must close FR 15743, Apr. 3. 2002; 68 FR 32413, May 30, automatically if the flow reaches the 2003; 68 FR 57632, Oct. 6, 2003; 68 FR 75742, rated flow of gas or liquid specified by 75743. Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 54046, Sept. 7. 2004] the original valve manufacturer when § 173.33 Hazardous materials in cargo piping mounted directly on the valve is tank motor vehicles. sheared off before the first valve, pump, or fitting downstream from the (a) General requirements. (1) No person excess flow valve. may offer or accept a hazardous mate- (iii) An excess-flow valve may be derial for transportation in a cargo tank signed with a by-pass, not to exceed a motor vehicle except as authorized by 0.1016 cm (0.040 inches) diameter openthis subchapter. ing to allow equalization of pressure. (2) Two or more materials may not be (iv) Filling and discharge lines must loaded or accepted for transportation be provided with manually operated in the same cargo tank motor vehicle shut-off valves located as close to the if, as a result of any mixture of the matank as practical. Unless this valve is terials, an unsafe condition would manually operable at the valve, the occur, such as an explosion, fire, excesline must also have a manual shut-off sive increase in pressure or heat. or the valve. The use of "Stop-Check" valves release of toxic vapors. to satisfy with one valve the require- (3) No person may fill and offer for ments of this section is forbidden. For transportation a specification cargo portable tanks used for refrigerated tank motor vehicle for which the preliquefied gases, a "stop check" valve scribed periodic retest or reinspection may be used on the vapor side of the under subpart E of part 180 of this subpressure buildup circuit. chapter is past due until the retest or (10) Each portable tank used for carinspection has been successfully combon dioxide or nitrous oxide must be pleted. This requirement does not lagged with a suitable insulation mateapply to a cargo tank supplied by a rial of such thickness that the overall motor carrier who is other than the thermal conductance is not more than person offering the hazardous material 0.08 Btu per square foot per degree for transportation (see § 180.407(a)(1) of Fahrenheit differential in temperature this subchapter), or to any cargo tank per hour. The conductance must be defilled prior to the retest or inspection termined at 60 °Fahrenheit. Insulation due date. 470 Pipellne and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.33 (b) Loading requirements. (1) A haz- (ii) For cryogenic liquids, the presardous material may not be loaded in a sure prescribed in $173.318 of this subcargo tank if during transportation chapter. any part of the tank in contact with (iii) For liquid hazardous materials the hazardous material lading would loaded in DOT specification cargo have a dangerous reaction with the tanks equipped with a 1 psig normal hazardous material. vent, the sum of the tank static head (2) A cargo tank may not be loaded plus 1 psig. In addition, for hazardous with a hazardous material that will materials loaded in these cargo tanks, have an adverse effect on the tank's inthe vapor pressure of the lading at 115 tegrity or- °F must be not greater than 1 psig. ex- (i) May combine chemically with any cept for gasoline transported in accordresidue or contaminants in the tank to ance with Special Provision B33 in produce an explosion, fire, excessive in- § 172.102(c)(3) of this subchapter. crease in pressure, release of toxic va- (iv) For liquid hazardous materials pors or other unsafe condition. not covered in paragraph (c)(1)(i), (ii), (ii)-(iii) [Reserved] or (iii) of this section. the sum of the (iv) May severely corrode or react vapor pressure of the lading at 115 °F. with the tank material at any conplus the tank static head exerted by centration and temperature that will the lading, plus any pressure exerted exist during transportation. by the gas padding, including air in the ullage space or dome. (v) Is prohibited by $173.21 or $173.24 of this subchapter. (v) The pressure prescribed in subpart B, D. E, F, G, or H of this part, as ap- (3) Air pressure in excess of ambient plicable. atmospheric pressure may not be used (vi) The maximum pressure in the to load or unload any lading which may create an air-enriched mixture tank during loading or unloading. within the flammability range of the (2) Any Specification MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 305, MC 306 or MC lading in the vapor space of the tank. 312, cargo tank motor vehicle with no (4) To prevent cargo tank rupture in marked design pressure or marked with a loading or unloading accident, the a design pressure of 3 psig or less may loading or unloading rate used must be be used for an authorized lading where less than or equal to that indicated on the pressure derived from $173.33(c)(1) the cargo tank specification plate, exis less than or equal to 3 psig. After Decept as specified in $173.318(b)(6). If no cember 31, 1990, a cargo tank may not loading or unloading rate is marked on be loaded and offered for transporthe specification plate, the loading or tation unless marked or remarked with unloading rate and pressure used must an MAWP or design pressure in accordbe limited such that the pressure in the ance with 49 CFR 180.405(k). tank may not exceed 130% of the (3) Any Specification MC 310 or MC MAWP. 311 cargo tank motor vehicle may be (c) Maximum Lading Pressure. (1) Prior used for an authorized lading where the to loading and offering a cargo tank pressure derived from $173.33(c)(1) is motor vehicle for transportation with less than or equal to the MAWP or material that requires the use of a MWP, respectively. as marked on the specification cargo tank, the person specification plate. must confirm that the cargo tank (4) Any cargo tank marked or cermotor vehicle conforms to the specitified before August 31, 1995, marked fication required for the lading and with a design pressure rather than an that the MAWP of the cargo tank is MAWP may be used for an authorized greater than or equal to the largest lading where the largest pressure depressure obtained under the following rived from $173.33(c)(1) is less than or conditions: equal to the design pressure marked on (i) For compressed gases and certain the cargo tank. refrigerated liquids that are not cryo- (5) Any material that meets the defigenic liquids, the pressure prescribed in nition of a Division 6.1, Packing Group $173.315 of this subchapter. I or II (poisonous liquid) material must 471 § 173.33 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) be loaded in a cargo tank motor vehi- DOT specification cargo tanks used for cle having a MAWP of 25 psig or greatthe transportation of any material er. that is a Division 6.1 (poisonous liquid) (6) Substitute packagings. Unless othmaterial, oxidizer liquid, liquid organic erwise specified. where MC 307, MC 312, peroxide or corrosive liquid (corrosive DOT 407 or DOT 412 cargo tanks are auto skin only) may not be transported thorized, minimum tank design preswith hazardous materials lading resure is 172.4 kPa (25 psig) for any Packtained in the piping, unless the cargo ing Group I or Packing Group II liquid tank motor vehicle is equipped with lading that meets more than one hazbottom damage protection devices ard class definition. meeting the requirements of $178.337-10 (d) Relief system. (1) Non-reclosing or $178.345-8(b) of this subchapter, or pressure relief devices are not authorthe accident damage protection reized in any cargo tank except when in quirements of the specification under series with a reclosing pressure relief which it was manufactured. This redevice. However, a cargo tank marked quirement does not apply to a residue or certified before August 31, 1995 which remains after the piping is which is fitted with non-reclosing presdrained. A sacrificial device (see sure relief devices may continue to be 178.345-1 of this subchapter) may not used in any hazardous material service be used to satisfy the accident damage for which it is authorized. The requireprotection requirements of this paraments in this paragraph do not apply graph. to MC 330, MC 331 and MC 338 cargo (f) An MC 331 type cargo tank may be tanks. used where MC 306, MC 307, MC 312, (2) Each cargo tank motor vehicle used to transport a liquid hazardous DOT 406, DOT 407 or DOT 412 type material with a gas pad must have a cargo tanks are authorized. An MC 307, pressure relief system that provides MC 312, DOT 407 or DOT 412 type cargo the venting capacity prescribed in tank may be used where MC 306 or DOT $178.345-10(e) of this subchapter. The 406 type cargo tanks are authorized. A requirements in this paragraph do not higher integrity tank used instead of a apply to MC 330, MC 331 and MC 338 specified tank must meet the same decargo tanks. sign profile (for example, an MC 331 (3) A cargo tank motor vehicle made cargo tank must be lined if used in to a specification listed in column 1 place of a lined MC 312 cargo tank.) may have pressure relief devices or (g) Remote control of self-closing stop outlets conforming to the applicable valves-MC 330, MC 331 and MC 338 cargo specification to which the tank was tanks. Each liquid or vapor discharge constructed, or the pressure relief deopening in an MC 330 or MC 331 cargo vices or outlets may be modified to tank and each liquid filling and liquid meet the applicable requirement for discharge line in an MC 338 cargo tank the specification listed in column 2 must be provided with a remotely conwithout changing the markings on the trolled internal self-closing stop valve, tank specification plate. The venting except when an MC 330 or MC 331 cargo capacity requirements of the original tank is marked and used exclusively to DOT cargo tank specification must be transport carbon dioxide, or except met whenever a pressure relief valve is when an MC 338 is used to transport modified. argon, carbon dioxide, helium, krypton, neon, nitrogen. and xenon. How- Column 1 Column 2 ever, if the cargo tank motor vehicle MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 306 or DOT 406. was certified before January 1, 1995, MC 303, MC 305. this requirement is applicable only MC 306 DOT 406. when an MC 330 or MC 331 cargo tank is MC 304 MC 307 or DOT 407. MC 307 DOT 407. used to transport a flammable liquid, MC 310, MC 311 MC 312 or DOT 412. flammable gas, hydrogen chloride (re- MC 312 DOT 412 frigerated liquid). or anhydrous ammo- MC 330 MC 331. nia; or when an MC 338 cargo tank is (e) Retention of hazardous materials in used to transport flammable ladings. product piping during transportation. [Amdt. 173-212, 54 FR 25005, June 12, 1989) 472 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.35 EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER cibe added to the wall thickness specified tations affecting $173.33, see the List of CFR in $ 178.705(c)(1)(iv) of this subchapter. Sections Affected which appears in the Find- (d) Notwithstanding requirements in ing Aids section of the printed volume and $173.24b of this subpart. when filling an on GPO Access. IBC with liquids, sufficient ullage must § 173.34 [Reserved] be left to ensure that, at the mean bulk temperature of 50 °C (122 °F), the IBC is § 173.35 Hazardous materials in IBCs. not filled to more than 98 percent of its water capacity. (a) No person may offer or accept a (e) Where two or more closure syshazardous material for transportation tems are fitted in series, the system in an IBC except as authorized by this nearest to the hazardous material subchapter. Each IBC used for the being carried must be closed first. transportation of hazardous materials (f) During transportationmust conform to the requirements of (1) No hazardous material may reits specification and regulations for the main on the outside of the IBC; and transportation of the particular com- (2) Each IBC must be securely fasmodity. A specification IBC, for which tened to or contained within the transthe prescribed periodic retest or inport unit. spection under subpart D of part 180 of (g) Each IBC used for transportation this subchapter is past due, may not be of solids which may become liquid at filled and offered for transportation temperatures likely to be encountered until the retest or inspection have been during transportation must also be casuccessfully completed. This requirepable of containing the substance in ment does not apply to any IBC filled the liquid state. prior to the retest or inspection due (h) Liquid hazardous materials may date. only be offered for transportation in a (b) Initial use and reuse of IBCs. (Also metal, rigid plastic, or composite IBC see $180.352 of this subchapter.) An IBC that is appropriately resistant to an inother than a multiwall paper IBC (13M1 crease of internal pressure likely to deand 13M2) may be reused. If an inner velop during transportation. liner is required, the inner liner must (1) A rigid plastic or composite IBC be replaced before each reuse. Before may only be filled with a liquid having an IBC is filled and offered for trans- a vapor pressure less than or equal to portation, the IBC and its service the greater of the following two values: equipment must be given an external the first value is determined from any visual inspection, by the person filling of the methods in paragraphs (h)(1) (i), the IBC, to ensure that: (ii) or (iii) of this section. The second (1) The IBC is free from corrosion, value is determined by the method in contamination, cracks, cuts, or other paragraph (h)(1)(iv) of this section. damage which would render it unable (i) The gauge pressure (pressure in to pass the prescribed design type test the IBC above ambient atmospheric to which it is certified and marked: and pressure) measured in the IBC at 55 °C (2) The IBC is marked in accordance (131 °F). This gauge pressure must not with requirements in $178.703 of this exceed two-thirds of the marked test subchapter. Additional marking alpressure and must be determined after lowed for each design type may be the IBC was filled and closed at 15 °C present. Required markings that are (60 °F) to less than or equal to 98 permissing, damaged or difficult to read cent of its capacity. must be restored or returned to origi- (ii) The absolute pressure (vapor nal condition. pressure of the hazardous material plus (c) A metal IBC, or a part thereof, atmospheric pressure) in the IBC at 50 subject to thinning by mechanical ab- °C (122 °F). This absolute pressure must rasion or corrosion due to the lading, not exceed four-sevenths of the sum of must be protected by providing a suitthe marked test pressure and 100 kPa able increase in thickness of material, (14.5 psia). a lining or some other suitable method (iii) The absolute pressure (vapor of protection. Increased thickness for pressure of the hazardous material plus corrosion or abrasion protection must atmospheric pressure) in the IBC at 55 473 § 173.40 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) °C (131 °F). This absolute pressure must mass multiplied by 1.5 if all the pernot exceed two-thirds of the sum of the formance criteria can still be met at marked test pressure and 100 kPa (14.5 the higher gross mass. psia). (4) An IBC which is tested and (iv) Twice the static pressure of the marked for Packing Group I solid masubstance, measured at the bottom of terials may be filled with a Packing the IBC. This value must not be less Group II solid material to a gross mass than twice the static pressure of water. not exceeding the maximum gross mass (2) Gauge pressure (pressure in the marked on that container, multiplied IBC above ambient atmospheric presby 1.5, if all the performance criteria sure) in metal IBC must not exceed 110 can be met at the higher gross mass; or kPa (16 psig) at 50 °C (122 °F) or 130 kPa a Packing Group III solid material to a (18.9 psig) at 55 °C (131 °F). gross mass not exceeding the maximum (i) The requirements in this section gross mass marked on the IBC, multido not apply to DOT-56 or -57 portable plied by 2.25, if all the performance critanks. teria can be met at the higher gross (j) No IBC may be filled with a Packmass. An IBC which is tested and ing Group I liquid. Rigid plastic, commarked for Packing Group II solid maposite. flexible, wooden or fiberboard terials may be filled with a Packing IBC used to transport Packing Group I Group III solid material to a gross solid materials may not exceed 1.5 mass not exceeding the maximum gross cubic meters (53 cubic feet) capacity. mass marked on the IBC, multiplied by For Packing Group I solids, a metal 1.5. IBC may not exceed 3 cubic meters (106 [Amdt. 173-238, 59 FR 38064, July 26, 1994, as cubic feet) capacity. amended by Amdt. 173-243. 60 FR 40038, Aug. (k) When an IBC is used for the trans- 4, 1995; 64 FR 10777, Mar. 5. 1999; 66 FR 45380, portation of liquids with a flash point 45381, Aug. 28, 2001: 68 FR 48569, Aug. 14. 2003] of 60.5 °C (141 °F) (closed cup) or lower, or powders with the potential for dust § 173.40 General packaging requireexplosion, measures must be taken durments for toxic materials packaged ing product loading and unloading to in cylinders. prevent a dangerous electrostatic dis- When this section is referenced for a charge. Hazard Zone A or B hazardous material (1) IBC filling limits. (1) Except as proelsewhere in this subchapter, the revided in this section, an IBC may not quirements in this section are applicabe filled with a hazardous material in ble to cylinders used for that material. excess of the maximum gross mass (a) Authorized cylinders. (1) A cylinder marked on that container. must conform to a DOT specification (2) An IBC which is tested and or a UN standard prescribed in subpart marked for Packing Group II liquid C of part 178 of this subchapter, except materials may be filled with a Packing that acetylene cylinders and non-refill- Group III liquid material to a gross able cylinders are not authorized. The mass not exceeding 1.5 times the maxuse of UN tubes and MEGCs is prohibimum gross mass marked on that conited for Hazard Zone A materials. tainer, if all the performance criteria (2) The use of a specification 3AL cylcan still be met at the higher gross inder made of aluminum alloy 6351-T6 mass. is prohibited for a Division 2.3 Hazard (3) An IBC which is tested and Zone A material or a Division 6.1 Hazmarked for liquid hazardous materials ard Zone A material. may be filled with a solid hazardous (3) A UN composite cylinder certified material to a gross mass not exceeding to ISO-11119-3 is not authorized for a the maximum gross mass marked on Division 2.3 Hazard Zone A or B matethat container. In addition, an IBC inrial. tended for the transport of liquids (4) For UN seamless cylinders used which is tested and marked for Packfor Hazard Zone A materials, the maxing Group II liquid materials may be imum water capacity is 85 L. filled with a Packing Group III solid (b) Outage and pressure requirements. hazardous material to a gross mass not For DOT specification cylinders, the exceeding the marked maximum gross pressure at 55 °C (131 °F) of Hazard 474 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.50 Zone A and Hazard Zone B materials misshapen, twisted, warped, or in a may not exceed the service pressure of similar condition. the cylinder. Sufficient outage must be (ii) Each cylinder with a valve must provided so that the cylinder will not be equipped with a protective metal be liquid full at 55 °C (131 °F). cap, other valve protection device, or (c) Closures. Each cylinder containing an overpack which is sufficient to pro- a Hazard Zone A material must be tect the valve from breakage or leakclosed with a plug or valve conforming age resulting from a drop of 2.0 m (7 ft) to the following: onto a non-yielding surface. such as (1) Each plug or valve must have a concrete or steel. Impact must be at an taper-threaded connection directly to orientation most likely to cause damthe cylinder and be capable of withage. standing the test pressure of the cyl- (2) Each UN cylinder containing a inder without damage or leakage. Hazard Zone A or Hazard Zone B mate- (2) Each valve must be of the rial must have a minimum test prespackless type with non-perforated diasure in accordance with P200 of the UN phragm, except that, for corrosive ma- Recommendations (IBR. see § 171.7 of terials, a valve may be of the packed this subchapter). For Hazard Zone A type with an assembly made gas-tight gases, the cylinder must have a minby means of a seal cap with gasketed imum wall thickness of 3.5 mm if made joint attached to the valve body or the of aluminum alloy or 2 mm if made of cylinder to prevent loss of material steel or, alternatively, cylinders may through or past the packing. be packed in a rigid outer packaging (3) Each valve outlet must be sealed that meets the Packing Group I perby a threaded cap or threaded solid formance level when tested as prepared plug and inert gasketing material. for transport, and that is designed and (4) The materials of construction for constructed to protect the cylinder and the cylinder, valves; plugs, outlet caps, valve from puncture or damage that luting, and gaskets must be compatible may result in release of the gas. with each other and with the lading. (e) Interconnection. Cylinders may not (d) Additional handling protection. be manifolded or connected. This provi- Each cylinder or cylinder overpack sion does not apply to MEGCs concombination offered for transportation taining Hazard Zone B materials in accontaining a Division 2.3 or 6.1 Hazard cordance with $ 173.312. Zone A or B material must conform to (67 FR 51642, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 67 the valve damage protection perform- FR 61289, Sept. 30, 2002; 68 FR 24660, May 8, ance requirements of this section. In 2003; 71 FR 33880, June 12, 2006] addition to the requirements of this section, overpacks must conform to the Subpart C-Definitions, Classificaoverpack provisions of § 173.25. tion and Packaging for Class (1) DOT specification cylinders must 1 conform to the following: (i) Each cylinder with a wall thickness at any point of less than 2.03 mm SOURCE: Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52617, Dec. 21, (0.08 inch) and each cylinder that does 1990. unless otherwise noted. not have fitted valve protection must § 173.50 Class 1-Definitions. be overpacked in a box. The box must conform to overpack provisions in (a) Explosive. For the purposes of this $173.25. Box and valve protection must subchapter, an explosive means any subbe of sufficient strength to protect all stance or article, including a device, parts of the cylinder and valve, if any. which is designed to function by explofrom deformation and breakage resultsion (f.e., an extremely rapid release of ing from a drop of 2.0 m (7 ft) or more gas and heat) or which, by chemical reonto a non-yielding surface, such as action within itself. is able to function concrete or steel, impacting at an oriin a similar manner even if not deentation most likely to cause damage. signed to function by explosion, unless "Deformation" means a cylinder or the substance or article is otherwise valve that is bent, distorted. mangled, classed under the provisions of this 475 § 173.51 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) subchapter. The term includes a pyro- § 173.51 Authorization to offer and technic substance or article, unless the transport explosives. substance or article is otherwise (a) Unless otherwise provided in this classed under the provisions of this subchapter. subpart, no person may offer for trans- (b) Explosives in Class 1 are divided portation or transport an explosive, into six divisions as follows: unless it has been tested and classed (1) Division 1.1 consists of explosives and approved by the Associate Adminthat have a mass explosion hazard. A istrator (§ 173.56). mass explosion is one which affects al- (b) Reports of explosives approved by most the entire load instantaneously. the Department of Defense or the De- (2) Division 1.2 consists of explosives partment of Energy must be filed with, that have a projection hazard but not a and receive acknowledgement in writmass explosion hazard. ing by, the Associate Administrator (3) Division 1.3 consists of explosives prior to such explosives being offered that have a fire hazard and either a for transportation. minor blast hazard or a minor projection hazard or both, but not a mass ex- [Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52617, Dec. 21. 1990, as plosion hazard. amended by 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001] (4) Division 1.4 consists of explosives that present a minor explosion hazard. § 173.52 Classification codes and com- The explosive effects are largely conpatibility groups of explosives. fined to the package and no projection (a) The classification code for an exof fragments of appreciable size or plosive, which is assigned by the Assorange is to be expected. An external ciate Administrator in accordance with fire must not cause virtually instantathis subpart, consists of the division neous explosion of almost the entire number followed by the compatibility contents of the package. group letter. Compatibility group let- (5) Division 1.51 consists of very inters are used to specify the controls for sensitive explosives. This division is the transportation, and storage related comprised of substances which have a mass explosion hazard but are so insenthereto, of explosives and to prevent an sitive that there is very little probincrease in hazard that might result if ability of initiation or of transition certain types of explosives were stored from burning to detonation under noror transported together. Transpormal conditions of transport. tation compatibility requirements for (6) Division 1.62 consists of extremely carriers are prescribed in $$ 174.81, insensitive articles which do not have a 175.78. 176.83 and 177.848 of this submass explosive hazard. This division is chapter for transportation by rail, air, comprised of articles which contain vessel, and public highway, respeconly extremely insensitive detonating tively, and storage incidental thereto. substances and which demonstrate a (b) Compatibility groups and classinegligible probability of accidental inification codes for the various types of tiation or propagation. explosives are set forth in the following [Amdt. 173-224. 55 FR 52617 Dec. 21, 1990, as tables. Table 1 sets forth compatibility amended at 56 FR 66267, Dec. 20, 1991; 66 FR groups and classification codes for sub- 45183, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 48569, Aug. 14, 2003] stances and articles described in the first column of table 1. Table 2 shows ¹The probability of transition from burnthe number of classification codes that ing to detonation is greater when large quanare possible within each explosive divitities are transported in a vessel. 2The risk from articles of Division 1.6 is sion. Altogether, there are 35 possible limited to the explosion of a single article. classification codes for explosives. 476 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.53 TABLE 1-CLASSIFICATION CODES Compat- Classi- Description of substances or article to be classified ibility fication group code Primary explosive substance A 1.1A Article containing a primary explosive substance and not containing two or more effective protective fea- B 1.1B tures. Some articles, such as detonators for blasting, detonator assemblies for blasting and primers, 1.2B cap-type, are included, even though they do not contain primary explosives.. 1.48 Propellant explosive substance or other deflagrating explosive substance or article containing such explo- C 1.1C sive substance. 1.2C 1.3C 1.4C Secondary detonating explosive substance or black powder or article containing a secondary detonating D 1.1D explosive substance, in each case without means of initiation and without a propelling charge, or article 1.2D containing a primary explosive substance and containing two or more effective protective features. 1.4D 1.5D Article containing a secondary detonating explosive substance, without means of initiation, with a propel- E 1.1E ling charge (other than one containing flammable liquid or gel or hypergolic liquid). 1.2E 1.4E Article containing a secondary detonating explosive substance with its means of Initiation, with a propel- F 1.1F ling charge (other than one containing flammable liquid or gel or hypergolic liquid) or without a propel- 1.2F ling charge. 1.3F 1.4F Pyrotechnic substance or article containing a pyrotechnic substance, or article containing both an explo- G 1.1G sive substance and an illuminating. incendiary, tear-producing or smoke-producing substance (other 1.2G than a water-activated article or one containing white phosphorus, phosphide or flammable liquid or gel 1.3G or hypergolic liquid). 1.4G Article containing both an explosive substance and white phosphorus H 1.2H 1.3H Article containing both an explosive substance and flammable liquid or gel J 1.1J 1.2J 1.3J Article containing both an explosive substance and a toxic chemical agent K 1.2K 1.3K Explosive substance or article containing an explosive substance and presenting a special risk (e.g., due L 1.1L to water-activation or presence of hybergolic liquids, phosphides or pyrophoric substances) needing iso- 1.2L lation of each type. 1.3L Articles containing only extremely insensitive detonating substances. N 1.6N Substance or article so packed or designed that any hazardous effects arising from accidental functioning S 1.4S are limited to the extent that they do not significantly hinder or prohibit fire fighting or other emergency response efforts in the immediate vicinity of the package. TABLE 2-SCHEME OF CLASSIFICATION OF EXPLOSIVES, COMBINATION OF HAZARD DIVISION WITH COMPATIBILITY GROUP Compatibility group Hazard A B C D E F G H J K L N S A-S division 1.1 1.1A 1.1B 1.1C 1.1D 1.1E 1.1F 1.1G 1.1J 1.1L 9 1.2 1.2B 1.2C 1.2D 1.2E 1.2F 1.2G 1.2H 1.2J 1.2K 1.2L 10 1.3 1.3C 1.3F 1.3G 1.3H 1.3J 1.3K 1.3L 7 1.4 1.4B 1.4C 1.4D 1.4E 1.4F 1.4G 1.4S 7 1.5 1.5D 1 1.6 1.6N 1 1.6 1 3 4 4 3 4 4 2 3 2 3 1 1 35 [Amdt. 173-224. 55 FR 52617. Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 173-241. 59 FR 67492, Dec. 29. 1994; 64 FR 51918, Sept. 27, 1999; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001) § 173.53 Provisions for using old classithe transportation of hazardous matefications of explosives. rials, the following table may be used Where the classification system in efto compare old and new hazard class fect prior to January 1, 1991, is refnames: erenced in State or local laws, ordinances or regulations not pertaining to 477 § 173.54 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) Current classification Class name prior to Jan. 1, 1991 § 173.55 [Reserved] Division 1.1 Class A explosives. Class A or Class B explosives. § 173.56 New explosives-definition Division 1.2 Division 1 3 Class B explosive. and procedures for classification Division 1.4 Class C explosives. and approval. Division 1.5 Blasting agents. Division 1.6 No applicable hazard class. (a) Definition of new explosive. For the purposes of this subchapter a new § 173.54 Forbidden explosives. explosive means an explosive produced by a person who: Unless otherwise provided in this (1) Has not previously produced that subchapter, the following explosives explosive: or shall not be offered for transportation (2) Has previously produced that exor transported: (a) An explosive that has not been applosive but has made a change in the formulation, design or process so as to proved in accordance with § 173.56 of alter any of the properties of the explothis subpart. (b) An explosive mixture or device sive. An explosive will not be considered a "new explosive" if an agency containing a chlorate and also conlisted in paragraph (b) of this section taining: has determined, and confirmed in writ- (1) An ammonium salt, including a substituted ammonium or quaternary ing to the Associate Administrator, that there are no significant difammonium salt; or ferences in hazard characteristics from (2) An acidic substance. including a salt of a weak base and a strong acid. the explosive previously approved. (c) A leaking or damaged package or (b) Examination, classing and aparticle containing an explosive. proval. Except as provided in para- (d) Propellants that are unstable, graph (j) of this section, no person may condemned or deteriorated. offer a new explosive for transportation (e) Nitroglycerin, diethylene glycol unless that person has specified to the dinitrate, or any other liquid exploexamining agency the ranges of comsives not specifically authorized by position of ingredients and compounds, this subchapter. showing the intended manufacturing (f) A loaded firearm (except as protolerances in the composition of subvided in 49 CFR 1544.219). stances or design of articles which will (g) Fireworks that combine an explobe allowed in that material or device, sive and a detonator. and unless it has been examined, (h) Fireworks containing yellow or classed and approved as follows: white phosphorus. (1) Except for an explosive made by (i) A toy torpedo, the maximum outor under the direction or supervision of side dimension of which exceeds 23 mm the Department of Defense (DOD) or (0.906 inch). or a toy torpedo containing the Department of Energy (DOE), a a mixture of potassium chlorate, black new explosive must be examined and antimony (antimony sulfide), and sulassigned a recommended shipping defur, if the weight of the explosive matescription, division and compatibility rial in the device exceeds 0.26 g (0.01 group, based on the tests and criteria ounce). prescribed in $§ 173.52, 173.57 and 173.58. (j) Explosives specifically forbidden The person requesting approval of the in the § 172.101 table of this subchapter. new explosive must submit to the Asso- (k) Explosives not meeting the acclate Administrator a report of the exceptance criteria specified in $173.57 of amination and assignment of a recthis subchapter. ommended shipping description, divi- (1) An explosive article with its sion, and compatibility group. If the means of initiation or ignition in- Associate Administrator finds the apstalled, unless approved in accordance proval request meets the regulatory with § 173.56. criteria, the new explosive will be ap- [Amdt. 173-224. 55 FR 52617 Dec. 21, 1990, as proved in writing and assigned an EX amended at 56 FR 66267, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. number. The examination must be per- 173-236, 58 FR 50236, Sept. 24, 1993; 67 FR formed by a person who is approved by 61013, Sept. 27, 2002: 68 FR 48569, Aug. 14, 2003] the Associate Administrator under the 478 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.56 provisions of subpart H of part 107 of imum, the test report must contain the this chapter and whoname and address of the person or oΓ- (i) Has (directly, or through an emganization conducting the test, date of ployee involved in the examination) at the test, quantitative description of least ten years of experience in the exthe mixture, including prill size and amination, testing and evaluation of porosity, and a description of the test explosives; results. (ii) Does not manufacture or market (c) Filing DOD or DOE approval reexplosives, and is not controlled by or port. DOD or DOE must file a copy of financially dependent on any entity each approval. accompanied by supthat manufactures or markets exploporting laboratory data, with the Assosives, and whose work with respect to ciate Administrator and receive acexplosives is limited to examination, knowledgement in writing before offertesting and evaluation: and ing the new explosive for transpor- (iii) Is a resident of the United tation, unless the new explosive is: States. (1) Being transported under para- (2) A new explosive made by or under graph (d) or (e) of this section; or the direction or supervision of a com- (2) Covered by a national security ponent of the DOD may be examined, classification currently in effect. classed, and concurred in by: (d) Transportation of explosive sam- (i) U.S. Army Technical Center for Explosives Safety (SMCAC-EST). Naval ples for examination. Notwithstanding Sea Systems Command (SEA-9934). or the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section with regard to the trans- Air Force Safety Agency (SEW), when portation of a new explosive that has approved by the Chairman, DOD Explonot been approved, a person may offer sives Board. in accordance with the a sample of a new explosive for trans- DOD Explosives Hazard Classification Procedures (IBR, see $171.7 of the subportation. by railroad. highway, or veschapter); or sel from the place where it was produced to an agency identified in para- (ii) The agencies and procedures specgraph (b) of this section, for examinaified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. tion if- (3) A new explosive made by or under the direction or supervision of the De- (I) The new explosive has been aspartment of Energy (DOE) may besigned a tentative shipping description (i) Examined by the DOE in accordand class in writing by the testing ance with the DOD Explosives Hazard agency; Classification Procedures, and must be (2) The new explosive is packaged as classed and approved by DOE; or required by this part according to the (ii) Examined, classed, and approved tentative description and class asin accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of signed, unless otherwise specified in this section. writing by the testing agency; and, (4) For a material shipped under the (3) The package is labeled as required description of "ammonium nitrate-fuel by this subchapter and the following is oil mixture (ANFO)". the only test remarked on the package: quired for classification purposes is the (i) The words "SAMPLE FOR LAB- Cap Sensitivity Test-Test Method 5(a) ORATORY EXAMINATION"; prescribed in the Explosive Test Man- (ii) The net weight of the new exploual (UN Manual of Tests and Criteria) sive: and (IBR, see $171.7 of the subchapter). The (iii) The tentative shipping name and test must be performed by an agency identification number. listed in paragraph (b)(1), (b)(2), or (e) Transportation of unapproved ex- (b)(3) of this section, the manufacturer, plosives for developmental testing. or the shipper. A copy of the test re- Notwithstanding the requirements of port must be submitted to the Assoparagraph (b) of this section. the owner ciate Administrator before the mateof a new explosive that has not been rial is offered for transportation, and a examined or approved may transport copy of the test report must be rethat new explosive from the place tained by the shipper for as long as where it was produced to an explosives that material is shipped. At a mintesting range if- 479 § 173.56 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) (1) It is not a primary (a 1.1A initi- (3) Ammunition with inert projectile ating) explosive or a forbidden exploor blank ammunition; and sive according to this subchapter; (4) Ammunition not exceeding 50 cal- (2) It is described as a Division 1.1 exiber for rifle or pistol cartridges or 8 plosive (substance or article) and is gauge for shotgun shells. packed, marked, labeled, described on Cartridges, small arms meeting the crishipping papers and is otherwise ofteria of this paragraph (h) may be asfered for transportation in conformsigned a classification code of 1.4S by ance with the requirements of this subthe manufacturer. chapter applicable to Division 1.1; (3) It is transported in a motor vehi- (i) If experience or other data indicate that the hazard of a material or a cle operated by the owner of the explosive; and device containing an explosive com- (4) It is accompanied by a person, in position is greater or less than indiaddition to the operator of the motor cated according to the definition and vehicle, who is qualified by training criteria specified in SS 173.50, 173.56, and and experience to handle the explosive. 173.58 of this subchapter, the Associate (f) Notwithstanding the requirements Administrator may specify a classificaof paragraphs (b) and (d) of this section or except the material or device tion, the Associate Administrator may from the requirements of this subapprove a new explosive on the basis of chapter. an approval issued for the explosive by (j) Fireworks. Notwithstanding the the competent authority of a foreign requirements of paragraph (b) of this government, or when examination of section, Division 1.3 and 1.4 fireworks the explosive by a person approved by may be classed and approved by the Asthe Associate Administrator is impracsociate Administrator without prior ticable, on the basis of reports of tests examination and offered for transporconducted by disinterested third partation if the following conditions are ties, or may approve the transpormet: tation of an explosives sample for the (1) The fireworks are manufactured purpose of examination by a person apin accordance with the applicable reproved by the Associate Administrator. quirements in APA Standard 87-1 (IBR, (g) Notwithstanding the requiresee $171.7 of this subchapter); ments of paragraph (b) of this section, (2) A thermal stability test is conan explosive may be transported under ducted on the device by the BOE, the 171.11, 171.12, 171.12a or 176.11 of this BOM, or the manufacturer. The test subchapter without the approval of the must be performed by maintaining the Associate Administrator if the Assodevice, or a representative prototype of clate Administrator has acknowledged. a large device such as a display shell, in writing. the acceptability of an apat a temperature of 75 °C (167 °F) for 48 proval issued by the competent authorconsecutive hours. When a device conity of a foreign government pursuant tains more than one component, those to the provisions of the UN Reccomponents which could be in physical ommendations, the ICAO Technical Incontact with each other in the finished structions, the IMDG Code, or other device must be placed in contact with national or international regulations each other during the thermal stability based on the UN Recommendations. In test; and such a case, a copy of the foreign com- (3) The manufacturer applies in writpetent authority approval, and a copy ing to the Associate Administrator folof the written acknowledgement of its lowing the applicable requirements in acceptance must accompany each ship- APA Standard 87-1, and is notified in ment of that explosive. writing by the Associate Administrator (h) The requirements of this section that the fireworks have been classed. do not apply to cartridges, small arms approved. and assigned an EX-number which are: Each application must be complete, in- (1) Not a forbidden explosive under cluding all relevant background data § 173.54 of this subchapter: and copies of all applicable drawings, (2) Ammunition for rifle, pistol, or test results, and any other pertinent shotgun; information on each device for which 480 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.58 approval is being requested. The manu- Packaged Articles (Test method 4(a)(i)) facturer must sign the application and and the Twelve Meter Drop Test (Test certify that the device for which ap- Method 4(b)(ii)). when appropriate, in proval is requested conforms to APA the Explosive Test Manual. An article Standard 87-1 and that the descriptions or packaged substance is forbidden for and technical information contained in transportation if evidence of thermal the application are complete and accuinstability or excessive impact sensirate. If the application is denied, the tivity is found in those tests according manufacturer will be notified in writto the criteria and methods of assessing of the reasons for the denial. The ing results prescribed therein. Associate Administrator may require that the fireworks be examined by an (c) Dynamite (explosive, blasting, agency listed in paragraph (b) of this type A) is forbidden for transportation section. if any of the following occurs: (1) It does not have uniformly mixed [Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52617 Dec. 21. 1990. as with the absorbent material a satisfacamended at 56 FR 66267, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. tory antacid in a quantity sufficient to 173-234. 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1. 1993; 62 FR 51560, Oct. 1, 1997; 63 FR 37461, July 10. 1998; 64 FR have the acid neutralizing power of an 10777, Mar. 5, 1999; 66 FR 45379. Aug. 28, 2001; amount of magnesium carbonate equal 68 FR 75743, Dec. 31. 2003] to one percent of the nitroglycerin or other liquid explosive ingredient: § 173.57 Acceptance criteria for new (2) During the centrifuge test (Test explosives. Method D-2, in appendix D to this part) (a) Unless otherwise excepted, an exor the compression test (Test Method plosive substance must be subjected to D-3 in appendix D to this part), a nonthe Drop Weight Impact Sensitivity gelatin dynamite loses more than 3 Test (Test Method 3(a)(i)). the Friction percent by weight of the liquid explo- Sensitivity Test (Test Method 3(b) (iii)), sive or a gelatin dynamite loses more the Thermal Stability Test (Test Meththan 10 percent by weight of the liquid od 3(c)) at 75 °C (167 °F) and the Smallexplosive: or Scale Burning Test (Test Method (3) During the leakage test (Test 3(d)(i)), each as described in the Explo- Method D-1 in appendix D to this part). sive Test Manual (UN Manual of Tests there is any loss of liquid. and Criteria) (IBR, see $171.7 of this subchapter). A substance is forbidden [Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52617 Dec. 21, 1990, as for transportation if any one of the folamended at 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1. 1993; 64 FR lowing occurs: 51918, Sept. 27, 1999; 68 FR 75743. Dec. 31, 2003) (1) For a liquid, failure to pass the 173.58 Assignment of class and divitest criteria when tested in the Drop sion for new explosives. Weight Impact Sensitivity Test apparatus for liquids; (a) Division 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, and 1.4 explo- (2) For a solid, failure to pass the test sives. In addition to the test prescribed criteria when tested in the Drop in $173.57 of this subchapter, a sub- Weight Impact Sensitivity Test appastance or article in these divisions ratus for solids; must be subjected to Test Methods 6(a), (3) The substance has a friction sen- 6(b), and 6(c). as described in the UN sitiveness equal to or greater than that Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see of dry pentaerythrite tetranitrate $171.7 of this subchapter), for assign- (PETN) when tested in the Friction ment to an appropriate division. The Sensitivity Test: criteria for assignment of class and di- (4) The substance fails to pass the vision are as follows: test criteria specified in the Thermal (1) Division 1.1 if the major hazard is Stability Test at 75 °C (167 °F): or mass explosion; (5) Explosion occurs when tested in (2) Division 1.2 if the major hazard is the Small-Scale Burning Test. dangerous projections; (b) An explosive article, packaged or (3) Division 1.3 if the major hazard is unpackaged, or a packaged explosive radiant heat or violent burning, or substance must be subjected to the both, but there is no blast or projection Thermal Stability Test for Articles and hazard: 481 § 173.59 49 CFR Ch. 1 (10-1-06 Edition) (4) Division 1.4 if there is a small hazstance must be tested in the form (i.e., ard with no mass explosion and no procomposition, granulation, density, etc.) jection of fragments of appreciable size in which it is to be used in the article. or range; A substance is not an EIDS if it fails (5) Division 1.4 Compatibility Group any of the following tests: S (1.4S) if the hazardous effects are (i) The Drop Weight Impact Sensiconfined within the package or the tivity Test: blast and projection effects do not sig- (ii) The Friction Sensitivity Test; nificantly hinder emergency response (iii) The Thermal Sensitivity Test at efforts; or 75 °C (167 °F); (6) Not in the explosive class if the (iv) The Small Scale Burning Test; substance or article does not have sig- (v) The EIDS Cap Test: nificant explosive hazard or if the ef- (vi) The EIDS Gap Test; fects of explosion are completely con- (vii) The Susan Test; fined within the article. (viii) The EIDS Bullet Impact Test: (b) Division 1.5 explosive. Except for (ix) The EIDS External Fire Test: ANFO, a substance that has been exand amined in accordance with the provi- (x) The EIDS Slow Cook-off Test. sions $173.57(a) of this subchapter, (d) The Associate Administrator may must be subjected to the following adwaive or modify certain test(s) identiditional tests: Cap Sensitivity Test, fied in $$173.57 and 173.58 of this sub- Princess Incendiary Spark Test, DDT chapter, or require additional testing, Test, and External Fire Test, each as if appropriate. In addition. the Assodescribed in the Explosive Test Manciate Administrator may limit the ual. A material may not be classed as quantity of explosive in a device. a Division 1.5 explosive if any of the (e) Each explosive is assigned a comfollowing occurs: patibility group letter by the Associate (1) Detonation occurs in the Cap Sen- Administrator based on the criteria sitivity Test (Test Method 5(a)); prescribed in $173.52(b) of this sub- (2) Detonation occurs in the DDT chapter. Test (Test Method 5(b) (ii)); [Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52617 Dec. 21, 1990, as (3) An explosion, evidenced by a loud amended at 56 FR 66267, Dec. 20, 1991: 63 FR noise and projection of fragments, OC- 52849. Oct. 1, 1998; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; curs in the External Fire Test (Test 68 FR 75743, Dec. 31, 2003] Method 5(c), or (4) Ignition or explosion occurs in the § 173.59 Description of terms for explo- Princess Incendiary Spark Test (Test sives. Method 5(d)). For the purpose of this subchapter, a (c) Division 1.6 explosive. (1) In order description of the following terms is to be classed as a 1.6 explosive. an artiprovided for information only. They cle must pass all of the following tests, must not be used for purposes of classias prescribed in the Explosive Test fication or to replace proper shipping Manual: names prescribed in $172.101 of this (i) The 1.6 Article External Fire Test; subchapter. (ii) The 1.6 Article Slow Cook-off Ammonium-nitrate-fuel oil mixture Test; (ANFO). A blasting explosive con- (iii) The 1.6 Article Propagation Test; taining no essential ingredients other and than prilled ammonium nitrate and (iv) The 1.6 Article Bullet Impact fuel oil. Test. Ammunition. Generic term related (2) A substance intended for use as mainly to articles of military applicathe explosive load in an article of Divition consisting of all types of bombs, sion 1.6 must be an extremely insensigrenades, rockets, mines. projectiles tive detonating substance (EIDS). In and other similar devices or contriorder to determine if a substance is an vances. EIDS, it must be subjected to the tests Ammunition, illuminating, with or within paragraphs (c)(2)(i) through (c)(2)(x) out burster, expelling charge or propelling of this section, which are described in charge. Ammunition designed to the Explosive Test Manual. The subproduce a single source of intense light 482 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.59 for lighting up an area. The term inmore of the following: a pyrotechnic cludes illuminating cartridges, gresubstance, a propelling charge with nades and projectiles, and illuminating primer and igniter charge, or a fuze and target identification bombs. The with burster or expelling charge. term excludes the following articles Ammunition, toxic. Ammunition conwhich are listed separately: cartridges, taining toxic agent. It may also consignal; signal devices; hand signals; distain one or more of the following: a pytress flares, aerial and flares, surface. rotechnic substance, a propelling Ammunition, incendiary. Ammunition charge with primer and igniter charge, containing an incendiary substance or a fuze with burster or expelling which may be a solid, liquid or gel incharge. cluding white phosphorus. Except when Articles, explosive, extremely Insensitive the composition is an explosive per se, (Articles, EEI). Articles that contain it also contains one or more of the folonly extremely insensitive detonating lowing: a propelling charge with primer substances and which demonstrate a and igniter charge. or a fuze with negligible probability of accidental iniburster or expelling charge. The term tiation or propagation under normal includes: Ammunition, incendiary, liquid conditions of transport and which have or gel, with burster, expelling charge passed Test Series 7. or propelling charge; Ammunition, incendiary with or without burster. expel- Articles, pyrophoric. Articles which ling charge or propelling charge; and contain a pyrophoric substance (capa- Ammunition, incendiary, white phosble of spontaneous ignition when exphorus, with burster, expelling charge posed to air) and an explosive subor propelling charge. stance or component. The term ex- Ammunition, practice. Ammunition cludes articles containing white phoswithout a main bursting charge, conphorus. taining a burster or expelling charge. Articles, pyrotechnic for technical pur- Normally it also contains a fuze and poses. Articles which contain pyΓo- propelling charge. The term excludes technic substances and are used for the following article which is listed technical purposes, such as heat genseparately: Grenades, practice. eration, gas generation, theatrical ef- Ammunition, proof. Ammunition confects, etc. The term excludes the foltaining pyrotechnic substance, used to lowing articles which are listed sepatest the performance or strength of rately: all ammunition; cartridges, signew ammunition, weapon component nal; cutters, cable, explosive; fireworks; or assemblies. flares, aerial; flares, surface; release de- Ammunition, smoke. Ammunition convices, explosives; rivets, explosive; signal taining a smoke-producing substance devices, hand; signals, distress; signals, such as chlorosulphonic acid mixture railway track, explosive; and signals, (CSAM). titanium tetrachloride (FM), smoke. white phosphorus, or smoke-producing Black powder (gunpowder). Substance substance whose composition is based consisting of an intimate mixture of on hexachlorothannol (HC) or red phoscharcoal or other carbon and either pophorus. Except when the substance is tassium or sodium nitrate, and sulan explosive per se, the ammunition phur. It may be meal, granular, comalso contains one or more of the folpressed. or pelletized. lowing: a propelling charge with primer Bombs. Explosive articles which are and igniter charge, or a fuze with dropped from aircraft. They may conburster or expelling charge. The term tain a flammable liquid with bursting includes: Ammunition, smoke, with or charge, a photo-flash composition or without burster, expelling charge or bursting charge. The term excludes torpropelling charge; Ammunition, smoke, pedoes (aerial) and includes bombs, white phosphorus with burster, expelphoto-flash; bombs with bursting charge: ling charge or propelling charge. bombs with flammable liquids, with Ammunition, tear-producing with burstbursting charge. er, expelling charge or propelling charge. Boosters. Articles consisting of a Ammunition containing tear-producing charge of detonating explosive without substance. It may also contain one or means of initiation. They are used to 483 $ 173.59 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) increase the initiating power of detosigned to be fired in weapons of caliber nators or detonating cord. not larger than 19.1 mm. Shotgun car- Bursters, explosive. Articles consisting tridges of any caliber are included in of a small charge of explosive to open this description. The term excludes: projectiles or other ammunition in Cartridges, small arms, blank, and order to disperse their contents. some military small arms cartridges Cartridges, blank. Articles which conlisted under Cartridges for weapons, sist of a cartridge case with a center or inert projectile. rim fire primer and a confined charge Cases, cartridge, empty with primer. Arof smokeless or black powder, but no ticles consisting of a cartridge case projectile. Used in training, saluting, made from metal, plastics or other or in starter pistols, etc. non-flammable materials. in which Cartridges, flash. Articles consisting only the explosive component is the of a casing, a primer and flash powder. primer. all assembled in one piece for firing. Cases, combustible, empty, without Cartridges for weapons. (1) Fixed (asprimer. Articles consisting of cartridge sembled) or semi-fixed (partially ascases made partly or entirely from nisembled) ammunition designed to be trocellulose. fired from weapons. Each cartridge in- Charges, bursting. Articles consisting cludes all the components necessary to of a charge of detonating explosive function the weapon once. The name such as hexolite, octolite, or plasticsand description should be used for milibonded explosive designed to produce tary small arms cartridges that cannot effect by blast or fragmentation. be described as cartridges, small arms. Charges, demolition. Articles con- Separate loading ammunition is insisting of a charge of detonating explocluded under this name and description sive in a casing of fiberboard, plastics, when the propelling charge and projecmetal or other material. The term extile are packed together (see also Carcludes articles identified as bombs, tridges, blank). mines, etc. (2) Incendiary. smoke, toxic, and Charges, depth. Articles consisting of tear-producing cartridges are described a charge of detonating explosive conunder ammunition, incendiary, etc. tained in a drum or projectile. They Cartridges for weapons, inert projectile. are designed to detonate under water. Ammunition consisting of a casing Charges, expelling. A charge of with propelling charge and a solid or deflagrating explosive designed to eject empty projectile. the payload from the parent article Cartridges, oil well. Articles consisting without damage. of a casing of thin fiber, metal or other Charges, explosive, without detonator. material containing only propellant Articles consisting of a charge of detoexplosive. The term excludes charges, nating explosive without means of inishaped, commercial. tiation, used for explosive welding, Cartridges, power device. Articles dejoining. forming. and other processes. signed to accomplish mechanical ac- Charges, propelling. Articles contions. They consist of a casing with a sisting of propellant charge in any charge of deflagrating explosive and a physical form, with or without a casmeans of ignition. The gaseous proding, for use in cannon or for reducing ucts of the deflagration produce infladrag for projectiles or as a component tion, linear or rotary motion; activate of rocket motors. diaphragms, valves or switches, or Charges, propelling for cannon. Artiproject fastening devices or extincles consisting of a propellant charge guishing agents. in any physical form, with or without a Cartridges, signal. Articles designed to casing, for use in a cannon. fire colored flares or other signals from Charges, shaped, without detonator. signal pistols or devices. Articles consisting of a casing con- Cartridges, small arms. Ammunition taining a charge of detonating exploconsisting of a cartridge case fitted sive with a cavity lined with rigid mawith a center or rim fire primer and terial, without means of initiation. containing both a propelling charge They are designed to produce a powerand solid projectile(s). They are deful, penetrating jet effect. 484 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.59 Charges, shaped, flexible. linear. Artiinstantaneously. or may contain a cles consisting of a V-shaped core of a delay element. They may contain no detonating explosive clad by a flexible more than 10 g of total explosives metal sheath. weight, excluding ignition and delay Charges, supplementary, explosive. Archarges, per unit. The term includes: ticles consisting of a small removable detonators for ammunition; detonators booster used in the cavity of a projecfor blasting, both electric and non-electile between the fuze and the bursting tric: and detonating relays without charge. flexible detonating cord. Components, explosive train, n.o.s. Ar- Dynamite. A detonating explosive ticles containing an explosive designed containing a liquid explosive ingreto transmit a detonation or deflagradient (generally nitroglycerin, similar tion within an explosive train. organic nitrate esters, or both) that is Contrivance, water-activated with uniformly mixed with an absorbent burster, expelling charge or propelling material, such as wood pulp. and usucharge. Articles whose functioning deally contains materials such as nitropends of physico-chemical reaction of cellulose. sodium and ammonium nitheir contents with water. trate. Cord, detonating. flexible. Articles con- Entire load and total contents. The sisting of a core of detonating explophrase means such a substantial porsive enclosed in spun fabric with plastion of the material explodes that the tics or other covering. Cord (fuse) detonating, metal clad. Arpractical hazard should be assessed by ticles consisting of a core of detonating assuming simultaneous explosion of explosive clad by a soft metal tube the whole of the explosive content of with or without protective covering. the load or package. When the core contains a sufficiently Explode. The term indicates those exsmall quantity of explosive, the words plosive effects capable of endangering "mild effect" are added. life and property through blast, heat, Cord igniter. Articles consisting of and projection of missiles. It encomtextile yarns covered with black powpasses both deflagration and detonader or another fast-burning pyrotion. technic composition and a flexible pro- Explosion of the total contents. The tective covering, or consisting of a core phrase is used in testing a single artiof black powder surrounded by a flexicle or package or a small stack of artible woven fabric. It burns progressively cles or packages. along its length with an external flame Explosive, blasting. Detonating exploand is used to transmit ignition from a sive substances used in mining, condevice to a charge or primer. struction, and similar tasks. Blasting Cutters, cable, explosive. Articles conexplosives are assigned to one of five sisting of a knife-edged device which is types. In addition to the ingredients driven by a small charge of listed below for each type, blasting exdeflagrating explosive into an anvil. plosives may also contain inert compo- Detonator assemblies, non-electric, for nents, such as kieselguhr. and other blasting. Non-electric detonators asminor ingredients, such as coloring sembled with and activated by such agents and stabilizers. means as safety fuse, shock tube, flash Explosive, blasting, type A. Substances tube, or detonating cord. They may be consisting of liquid organic nitrates, of instantaneous design or incorporate such as nitroglycerin, or a mixture of delay elements. Detonating relays insuch ingredients with one or more of corporating detonating cord are inthe following: nitrocellulose, ammocluded. Other detonating relays are innium nitrate or other inorganic nicluded in Detonators, nonelectric. trates, aromatic nitro-derivatives, or Detonators. Articles consisting of a combustible materials. such as woodsmall metal or plastic tube containing meal and aluminum powder. Such exexplosives such as lead azide, PETN. or plosives must be in powdery, gelatcombinations of explosives. They are inous, plastic or elastic form. The term designed to start a detonation train. includes dynamite, blasting gelatine They may be constructed to detonate and gelatine dynamites. 485 § 173.59 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) Explosive, blasting, type B. Substances Explosive, primary. Explosive subconsisting of a mixture of ammonium stance which is manufactured with a nitrate or other inorganic nitrates view to producing a practical effect by with an explosive, such as trinitroexplosion, is very sensitive to heat, imtoluene, with or without other subpact, or friction, and even in very stances, such as wood-meal or alusmall quantities, detonates. The major minum powder. or a mixture of ammoprimary explosives are mercury fulnium nitrate or other inorganic niminate, lead azide, and lead styphnate. trates with other combustible sub- Explosive, secondary. An explosive stances which are not explosive ingresubstance which is relatively insensidients. Such explosives may not contive (when compared to primary explotain nitroglycerin, similar liquid orsives) and is usually initiated by priganic nitrates, or chlorates. mary explosives with or without the Explosive, blasting, type C. Substances aid of boosters or supplementary consisting of a mixture of either potascharges. Such an explosive may react stum or sodium chlorate or potassium, as a deflagrating or as a detonating exsodium or ammonium perchlorate with plosive. organic nitro-derivatives or combus- Fireworks. Pyrotechnic articles detible materials, such as wood-meal or signed for entertainment. aluminum powder, or a hydrocarbon. Flares. Articles containing pyro- Such explosives must not contain nitechnic substances which are designed troglycerin or any similar liquid orto illuminate, identify, signal, or warn. ganic nitrate. The term includes: flares. aerial and Explosive, blasting, type D. Substances flares, surface. consisting of a mixture of organic ni- Flash powder. Pyrotechnic substance trate compounds and combustible mawhich, when ignited, produces an interials. such as hydrocarbons and alutense light. minum powder. Such explosives must Fracturing devices, explosive, for oil not contain nitroglycerin, any similar wells, without detonators. Articles conliquid organic nitrate, chlorate or amsisting of a charge of detonating explomonium-nitrate. The term generally sive contained in a casing without the includes plastic explosives. means of initiation. They are used to fracture the rock around a drill shaft Explosive, blasting, type E. Substances to assist the flow of crude oil from the consisting of water as an essential inrock. gredient and high proportions of am- Fuse/Fuze. Although these two words monium nitrate or other oxidizer, some or all of which are in solution. The have a common origin (French fusee, fusil) and are sometimes considered to other constituents may include nitrobe different spellings. it is useful to derivatives, such as trinitrotoluene, maintain the convention that fuse rehydrocarbons or áluminum powder. fers to a cord-like igniting device, The term includes: explosives. emulwhereas fuze refers to a device used in sion; explosives, slurry; and explosives, ammunition which incorporates mewatergel. chanical, electrical, chemical, or hy- Explosive, deflagrating. A substance, drostatic components to initiate a e.g., propellant. which reacts by deflatrain by deflagration or detonation. gration rather than detonation when Fuse, igniter. Articles consisting of a ignited and used in its normal manner. metal tube with a core of deflagrating Explosive, detonating. A substance explosives. which reacts by detonation rather than Fuse, instantaneous, non-detonating deflagration when initiated and used in (Quickmatch). Article consisting of cotits normal manner. ton yarns impregnated with fine black Explosive, extremely insensitive detopowder. It burns with an external nating substance (EIDS). A substance flame and is used in ignition trains for which, although capable of sustaining a fireworks, etc. detonation. has demonstrated through Fuse, safety. Article consisting of a tests that it is so insensitive that there core of fine-grained black powder suris very little probability of accidental rounded by a flexible woven fabric with initiation. one or more protective outer coverings. 486 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT $ 173.59 When ignited, it burns at a predeterunder conditions which are associated mined rate without any explosive efwith transport. fect. (3) For the purposes of classification, Fuzes. Articles designed to start a any means of initiation without two efdetonation or deflagration in ammunifective protective features should be tion. They incorporate mechanical, regarded as Compatibility Group B; an electrical, chemical, or hydrostatic article with its own means of initicomponents and generally protective ation, without two effective protective features. The term includes: Fuzes, detfeatures, is Compatibility Group F. A onating; fuzes detonating with protecmeans of initiation which itself postive features; and fuzes igniting. sesses two effective protective features Grenades, hand or rifle. Articles is Compatibility Group D, and an artiwhich are designed to be thrown by cle with its own means of initiation hand or to be projected by rifle. The which possesses two effective features term includes: grenades, hand or rifle, is Compatibility Group D or E. A with bursting charge: and grenades, means of initiation, adjudged as having practice, hand or rifle. The term extwo effective protective features, must cludes: grenades, smoke. be approved by the Associate Adminis- Igniters. Articles containing one or trator. A common and effective way of more explosive substance used to start achieving the necessary degree of prodeflagration of an explosive train. They tection is to use a means of initiation may be actuated chemically, elecwhich incorporates two or more indetrically, or mechanically. The term expendent safety features. cludes: cord, igniter; fuse, igniter; fuse, instantaneous, non-detonating; fuze, Jet perforating guns, charged, oil well, igniting: lighters, fuse, instantaneous, without detonator. Articles consisting of non-detonating; fuzes, igniting: light- a steel tube or metallic strip. into ers, fuse; primers, cap type; and primwhich are inserted shaped charges coners, tubular. nected by detonating cord, without means of initiation. Ignition, means of. A general term used in connection with the method Lighters, fuse. Articles of various deemployed to ignite a deflagrating train sign actuated by friction, percussion, of explosive or pyrotechnic substances or electricity and used to ignite safety (for example: a primer for propelling fuse. charge, an igniter for a rocket motor Mass explosion. Explosion which afor an igniting fuze). fects almost the entire load virtually Initiation, means of. (1) A device ininstantaneously. tended to cause the detonation of an Mines. Articles consisting normally explosive (for example: detonator, detof metal or composition receptacles onator for ammunition, or detonating and bursting charge. They are designed fuze). to be operated by the passage of ships, (2) The term with its own means of inivehicles, or personnel. The term intiation means that the contrivance has cludes Bangalore torpedoes. its normal initiating device assembled Powder cake (powder paste). Substance to it and this device is considered to consisting of nitrocellulose impregpresent a significant risk during transnated with not more than 60 percent of port but not one great enough to be unnitroglycerin or other liquid organic acceptable. The term does not apply. nitrates or a mixture of these. however, to a contrivance packed to- Powder, smokeless. Substance based on gether with its means of initiation. nitrocellulose used as propellant. The provided the device is packaged SO as term includes propellants with a single to eliminate the risk of causing detobase (nitrocellulose (NC) alone). those nation of the contrivance in the event with a double base (such as NC and niof functioning of the initiating device. troglycerin (NG)) and those with a tri- The initiating device can even be asple base (such as NC/NG/ sembled in the contrivance provided nitroguanidine). Cast pressed or bagthere are protective features ensuring charges of smokeless powder are listed that the device is very unlikely to under charges, propelling and charges, cause detonation of the contrivance propelling for cannon. 487 § 173.60 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) Primers, cap type. Articles consisting term includes: signal devices, hand; of a metal or plastic cap containing a signals, distress ship; signals, railway small amount of primary explosive track, explosive: signals, smoke. mixture that is readily ignited by im- Sounding devices, explosive. Articles pact. They serve as igniting elements consisting of a charge of detonating exin small arms cartridges and in percusplosive. They are dropped from ships sion primers for propelling charges. and function when they reach a pre- Primers, tubular. Articles consisting determined depth or the sea bed. of a primer for ignition and an auxiliary charge of deflagrating explosive, Substance, explosive, very insensitive (Substance, EVI) N.O.S. Substances such as black powder, used to ignite the propelling charge in a cartridge which present a mass explosive hazard but which are SO insensitive that there case for cannon, etc. Projectiles. Articles, such as a shell or is very little probability of initiation, bullet, which are projected from a canor of transition from burning to detonation under normal conditions of non or other artillery gun, rifle, or other small arm. They may be inert, transport and which have passed test series 5. with or without tracer, or may contain a burster, expelling charge or bursting Torpedoes. Articles containing an excharge. The term includes: projectiles. plosive or non-explosive propulsion inert. with tracer; projectiles, with system and designed to be propelled burster or expelling charge; and projecthrough water. They may contain an tiles, with bursting charge. inert head or warhead. The term in- Propellant, liquid. Substances concludes: torpedoes. liquid fuelled, with sisting of a deflagrating liquid exploinert head: torpedoes, liquid fuelled, sive, used for propulsion. with or without bursting charge; and Propellant, solid. Substances contorpedoes, with bursting charge. sisting of a deflagrating solid explo- Tracers for ammunition. Sealed artisive, used for propulsion. cles containing pyrotechnic sub- Propellants. Deflagrating explosives stances, designed to reveal the trajecused for propulsion or for reducing the tory of a projectile. drag of projectiles. Warheads. Articles containing deto- Release devices, explosive. Articles nating explosives. designed to be fitted consisting of a small charge of exploto a rocket, guided missile, or torpedo. sive with means of initiation. They They may contain a burster or expelsever rods or links to release equipling charge or bursting charge. The ment quickly. term includes: warhead rocket with Rocket motors. Articles consisting of a bursting charge; and warheads, torsolid, liquid, or hypergolic propellant pedo, with bursting charge. contained in a cylinder fitted with one [Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52617 Dec. 21. 1990. as or more nozzles. They are designed to amended at 56 FR 66267, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. propel a rocket or guided missile. The 173-241, 59 FR 67492, Dec. 29, 1994; 64 FR 10777. term includes: rocket motors; rocket Mar. 5, 1999; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001] motors with hypergolic liquids with or without an expelling charge; and rock- $173.60 General packaging requireet motors, liquid fuelled. ments for explosives. Rockets. Articles containing a rocket (a) Unless otherwise provided in this motor and a payload which may be an subpart and in $173.7(a), packaging explosive warhead or other device. The used for Class 1 (explosives) materials term includes: guided missiles; rockets, must meet Packing Group II requireline-throwing; rockets, liquid fuelled, ments. Each packaging used for an exwith bursting charge; rockets, with plosive must be capable of meeting the bursting charge; rockets, with expeltest requirements of subpart M of part ling charge; and rockets, with inert 178 of this subchapter, at the specified head. level of performance, and the applica- Signals. Articles consisting of pyroble general packaging requirements of technic substances designed to produce paragraph (b) of this section. signals by means of sound, flame, or (b) The general requirements for smoke or any combination thereof. The packaging of explosives are as follows: 488 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.60 (1) Nails, staples, and other closure packaging should be provided with an devices, made of metal, having no proinner liner or coating. tective covering may not penetrate to (9) Packagings must be made of mathe inside of the outer packaging unterials compatible with, and imperless the inner packaging adequately meable to, the explosives contained in protects the explosive against contact the package, so that neither interwith the metal. action between the explosives and the (2) The closure device of containers packaging materials, nor leakage, for liquid explosives must provide doucauses the explosive to become unsafe ble protection against leakage, such as in transportation, or the hazard divi- a screw cap secured in place with tape. sion or compatibility group to change (3) Inner packagings. fittings, and (see $173.24(e)(2)). cushioning materials, and the placing (10) An explosive article containing of explosive substances or articles in an electrical means of initiation that packages, must be such that the explois sensitive to external electrosive substance is prevented from bemagnetic radiation. must have its coming loose in the outer packaging means of initiation effectively produring transportation. Metallic compotected from electromagnetic radiation nents of articles must be prevented sources (for example, radar or radio from making contact with metal packtransmitters) through either design of agings. Articles containing explosive the packaging or of the article, or substances not enclosed in an outer both. casing must be separated from each (11) Plastic packagings may not be other in order to prevent friction and able to generate or accumulate suffiimpact. Padding, trays, partitioning in cient static electricity to cause the the inner or outer packaging, molded packaged explosive substances or artiplastics or receptacles may be used for cles to initiate, ignite or inadvertently this purpose. function. Metal packagings must be (4) When the packaging includes compatible with the explosive subwater that could freeze during transstance they contain. portation. a sufficient amount of anti- (12) Explosive substances may not be freeze, such as denatured ethyl alcohol, packed in inner or outer packagings must be added to the water to prevent where the differences in internal and freezing. If the anti-freeze creates a external pressures, due to thermal or fire hazard, it may not be used. When a other effects, could cause an explosion percentage of water in the substance is or rupture of the package. specified, the combined weight of water (13) Packagings for water soluble suband anti-freeze may be substituted. stances must be water resistant. Pack- (5) If an article is fitted with its own agings for desensitized or phlegmatized means of ignition or initiation, it must substances must be closed to prevent be effectively protected from accichanges in concentration during transdental actuation during normal condiport. When containing less alcohol, tions of transportation. water, or phlegmatizer than specified in its proper shipping description, the (6) The entry of explosive substances substance is a "forbidden" material. into the recesses of double-seamed (14) Large and robust explosives artimetal packagings must be prevented. cles, normally intended for military (7) The closure device of a metal use, without their means of initiation drum must include a suitable gasket; if or with their means of initiation conthe closure device includes metal-totaining at least two effective protecmetal screw-threads, the ingress of extive features. may be carried plosive substances into the threading unpackaged provided that a negative must be prevented. result was obtained in Test Series 4 of (8) Whenever loose explosive subthe UN Manual of Tests and Criteria on stances or the explosive substance of an unpackaged article. When such artian uncased or partly cased article may cles have propelling charges or are selfcome into contact with the inner surpropelled, their ignition systems shall face of metal packagings (1A2, 1B2, 4A, be protected against stimuli encoun- 4B and metal receptacles). the metal tered during normal conditions of 489 § 173.61 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) transport. Such unpackaged articles package is treated as though its entire may be fixed to cradles or contained in contents were comprised of the lower crates or other suitable handling, stordivision number. For example, a mixed age or launching devices in such a way package of Division 1.2 explosives and that they will not become loose during Division 1.4 explosives, compatibility normal conditions of transport and are group D, must be treated as 1.2D exploin accordance with DOD-approved prosives. However, when 1.5D explosives cedures. are packed together with 1.2D explo- [Amdt. 173-260. 62 FR 24719, May 6, 1997. as sives, the whole package must be treatamended at 65 FR 50461, Aug. 18, 2000) ed as 1.1D explosives. (3) Explosives of compatibility group § 173.61 Mixed packaging requirements. S may be packaged together with explosives of any other compatibility (a) An explosive may not be packed group except A or L, and the combined in the same outside packaging with package may be treated as belonging to any other material that could, under any of the packaged compatibility normal conditions of transportation. groups except S. adversely affect the explosive or its (4) Explosives of compatibility group packaging unless packaged by DOD or L shall only be packed with an iden- DOE in accordance with $173.7(a). tical explosive. (b) Hardware necessary for assembly of explosive articles at the point-of-use (5) Explosives articles of compatmay be packed in the same outside ibility groups C, D, or E may be packed packaging with the explosive articles. together and the entire package shall The hardware must be securely packed be treated as belonging to compatin a separate inside packaging. Suffiibility group E. cient cushioning materials must be (6) Explosives articles of compatused to ensure that all inside packibility groups C, D. E, or N may be agings are securely packed in the outpacked together and the entire package side packaging. shall be treated as belonging to com- (c) The following explosives may not patibility group D. be packed together with other Class 1 (7) Explosives substances of compatexplosives: UN 0029, UN 0030, UN 0073, ibility groups C and D may be pack- UN 0106, UN 0107, UN 0255, UN 0257, UN aged together and the entire package 0267, UN 0350, UN 0360, UN 0361, UN 0364, shall be treated as belonging to com- UN 0365, UN 0366, UN 0367, UN 0408, UN patibility group D. 0409, UN 0410, UN 0455, and UN 0456. (8) Explosive articles of compat- These explosives may be mix-packed ibility group G, except for fireworks with each other in accordance with the and articles requiring special packcompatibility requirements prescribed aging. may be packaged together with in paragraph (e). explosive articles of compatibility (d) Division 1.1 and 1.2 explosives groups C, D or E and the combined may not be packed with the following package shall be treated as belonging explosives: UN 0333, UN 0334, UN 0335, to compatibility group E. UN 0336, and UN 0337. [Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52617 Dec. 21. 1990, as (e) Except as prescribed in paraamended at 56 FR 66267, Dec. 20, 1991; 65 FR graphs (c) and (d) of this section, dif- 50461. Aug. 18. 2000; 66 FR 33429, June 21, 2001: ferent explosives may be packed in one 66 FR 45381, Aug. 28, 2001: 69 FR 54046, Sept. outside packaging in accordance with 7. 2004] the following compatibility requirements: § 173.62 Specific packaging require- (1) Explosives of the same compatments for explosives. ibility group and same division number (a) Except as provided in $ 173.7 of may be packed together. this subchapter. when the $172.101 (2) Explosives of the same compat- Table specifies that an explosive must ibility group or authorized combinabe packaged in accordance with this tion of compatibility group but difsection, only packagings which conferent division number may be packed form to the provisions of paragraphs together, provided that the whole (b) and (c) of this section or $173.7(e) of 490 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.62 this subchapter and the applicable re- EXPLOSIVES TABLE-Continued quirements in §§ 173.60 and 173.61 may ID# PI be used unless otherwise approved by the Associate Administrator. UN0074 110(a) or 110(b) (b) Explosives Table. The Explosives UN0075 115 UN0076 112 Table specifies the Packing Instruc- UN0077 114(a) or 114(b) tions assigned to each explosive. Explo- UN0078 112 sives are identified in the first column UN0079 112(b) or 112(c) in numerical sequence by their identi- UN0081 116 UN0082 116 or 117 fication number (ID #), which is listed UN0083 116 in column 4 of the $172.101 table, of this UN0084 116 subchapter. The second column of the UN0092 135 UN0093 135 Explosives Table specifies the Packing UN0094 113 Instruction (PI) which must be used for UN0099 134 packaging the explosive. The Explo- UN0101 140 UN0102 139 sives Packing Method Table in para- UN0103 140 graph (c) of this section defines the UN0104 139 methods of packaging. The Packing In- UN0105 140 structions are identified using a 3 digit UN0106 141 UN0107 141 designation. The Packing Instruction UN0110 141 prefixed by the letters "US" is par- UN0113 110(a) or 110(b) ticular to the United States and not UN0114 110(a) or 110(b) UN0118 112 found in applicable international regu- UN0121 142 lations. UN0124 US1 UN0129 110(a) or 110(b) EXPLOSIVES TABLE UN0130 110(a) or 110(b) UN0131 142 ID# PI UN0132 114(b) UN0133 112(a) UN0004 112 UN0135 110(a) or 110(b) UN0005 130 UN0136 130 UN0006 130 UN0137 130 UN0007 130 UN0138 130 UN0009 130 UN0143 115 UN0010 130 UN0144 115 UN0012 130 UN0146 112 UN0014 130 UN0147 112(b) UN0015 130 UN0150 112(a) or 112(b) UN0016 130 UN0151 112 UN0018 130 UN0153 112(b) or 112(c) UN0019 130 UN0154 112 UN0020 101 UN0155 112(b) or 112(c) UN0021 101 UN0159 111 UN0027 113 UN0160 114(b) UN0028 113 UN0161 114(b) UN0029 131 UN0167 130 UN0030 131 UN0168 130 UN0033 130 UN0169 130 UN0034 130 UN0171 130 UN0035 130 UN0173 134 UN0037 130 UN0174 134 UN0038 130 UN0180 130 UN0039 130 UN0181 130 UN0042 132 UN0182 130 UN0043 133 UN0183 130 UN0044 133 UN0186 130 UN0048 130 UN0190 101 UN0049 135 UN0191 135 UN0050 135 UN0192 135 UN0054 135 UN0193 135 UN0055 136 UN0194 135 UN0056 130 UN0195 135 UN0059 137 UN0196 135 UN0060 132 UN0197 135 UN0065 139 UN0204 134 UN0066 140 UN0207 112(b) or 112(c) UN0070 134 UN0208 112(b) or 112(c) UN0072 112(a) UN0209 112 UN0073 133 UN0212 133 491 $ 173.62 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) EXPLOSIVES TABLE-Continued EXPLOSIVES TABLE-Continued ID# PI ID# PI UN0213 112(b) or 112(c) UN0318 141 UN0214 112 UN0319 133 UN0215 112 UN0320 133 UN0216 112(b) or 112(c) UN0321 130 UN0217 112(b) or 112(c) UN0322 101 UN0218 112(b) or 112(c) UN0323 134 UN0219 112 UN0324 130 UN0220 112 UN0325 142 UN0221 130 UN0326 130 UN0222 112(b) or 112(c) UN0327 130 UN0224 110(a) or 110(b) UN0328 130 UN0225 133 UN0329 130 UN0226 112(a) UN0330 130 UN0234 114(a) or 114(b) UN0331 116 or 117 UN0235 114(a) or 114(b) UN0332 116 or 117 UN0236 114(a) or 114(b) UN0333 135 UN0237 138 UN0334 135 UN0238 130 UN0335 135 UN0240 130 UN0336 135 UN0241 116 or 117 UN0337 135 UN0242 130 UN0338 130 UN0243 130 UN0339 130 UN0244 130 UN0340 112(a) or 112(b) UN0245 130 UN0341 112(b) UN0246 130 UN0342 114(a) UN0247 101 UN0343 111 UN0248 144 UN0344 130 UN0249 144 UN0345 130 UN0250 101 UN0346 130 UN0254 130 UN0347 130 UN0255 131 UN0348 130 UN0257 141 UN0349 101 UN0266 112 UN0350 101 UN0267 131 UN0351 101 UN0268 133 UN0352 101 UN0271 143 UN0353 101 UN0272 143 UN0354 101 UN0275 134 UN0355 101 UN0276 134 UN0356 101 UN0277 134 UN0357 101 UN0278 134 UN0358 101 UN0279 130 UN0359 101 UN0280 130 UN0360 131 UN0281 130 UN0361 131 UN0282 112 UN0362 130 UN0283 132 UN0363 130 UN0284 141 UN0364 133 UN0285 141 UN0365 133 UN0286 130 UN0366 133 UN0287 130 UN0367 141 UN0288 138 UN0368 141 UN0289 139 UN0369 130 UN0290 139 UN0370 130 UN0291 130 UN0371 130 UN0292 141 UN0372 141 UN0293 141 UN0373 135 UN0294 130 UN0374 134 UN0295 130 UN0375 134 UN0296 134 UN0376 133 UN0297 130 UN0377 133 UN0299 130 UN0378 133 UN0300 130 UN0379 136 UN0301 130 UN0380 101 UN0303 130 UN0381 134 UN0305 113 UND382 101 UN0306 133 UN0383 101 UN0312 135 UN0384 101 UN0313 135 UN0385 112(b) or 112(c) UN0314 142 UN0386 112(b) or 112(c) UN0315 142 UN0387 112(b) or 112(c) UN0316 141 UN0388 112(b) or 112(c) UN0317 141 UN0389 112(b) or 112(c) 492 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT $ 173.62 EXPLOSIVES TABLE-Continued EXPLOSIVES TABLE-Continued ID# PI ID# P1 UN0390 112(b) or 112(c) UN0465 101 UN0391 112(a) UN0466 101 UN0392 112(b) or 112(c) UN0467 101 UN0393 112(b) UN0468 101 UN0394 112(a) UN0469 101 UN0395 101 UN0470 101 UN0396 101 UN0471 101 UN0397 101 UN0472 101 UN0398 101 UN0473 101 UN0399 101 UN0474 101 UN0400 101 UN0475 101 UN0401 112 UN0476 101 UN0402 112(b) or 112(c) UN0477 *********** 101 UN0403 135 UN0478 101 UN0404 135 UN0479 101 UN0405 135 UN0480 101 UN0406 114(b) UN0481 101 UN0407 114(b) UN0482 101 UN0408 141 UN0483 112(b) or 112(c) UN0409 141 UN0484 112(b) or 112(c) UN0410 141 UN0486 101 UN0411 112(b) or 112(c) UN0487 135 UN0412 130 UN0488 130 UN0413 130 UN0489 112(b) or 112(c) UN0414 130 UN0490 112(b) or 112(c) UN0415 143 UN0491 143 UN0417 130 UN0492 135 UN0418 135 UN0493 135 UN0419 135 UN0494 US1 UN0420 135 UN0495 115 UN0421 135 UN0496 112(b) or 112(c) UN0424 130 UN0497 115 UN0425 130 UN0498 114(b) UN0426 130 UN0499 114(b) UN0427 130 UN0500 131 UN0428 135 UN0502 130 UN0429 135 UN0503 135 UN0430 135 UN0504 112(c) UN0431 135 NA0124 US1 UN0432 135 NA0276 134 UN0433 111 NA0323 134 UN0434 130 NA0331 116 or 117 UN0435 130 NA0337 135 UN0436 130 NA0349 133 UN0437 130 NA0494 US1 UN0438 130 UN0439 137 (c) Explosives must be packaged in UN0440 137 UN0441 137 accordance with the following table: UN0442 137 (1) The first column lists, in alpha- UN0443 137 numeric sequence, the packing meth- UN0444 137 UN0445 137 ods prescribed for explosives in the Ex- UN0446 136 plosives Table of paragraph (b) of this UN0447 136 section. UN0448 114(b) (2) The second column specifies the UN0449 101 UN0450 101 inner packagings that are required. If UN0451 130 inner packagings are not required, a UN0452 141 notation of "Not necessary" appears in UN0453 130 UN0454 142 the column. The term "Not necessary" UN0455 131 means that a suitable inner packaging UN0456 131 may be used but is not required. UN0457 130 (3) The third column specifies the in- UN0458 130 UN0459 130 termediate packagings that are re- UN0460 130 quired. If intermediate packagings are UN0461 101 not required, a notation of "Not nec- UN0462 101 UN0463 101 essary" appears in the column. The UN0464 101 term "Not necessary" means that a 493 § 173.62 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) suitable intermediate packaging may bination packaging: otherwise it may be used but is not required. be used as a single packaging. (4) The fourth column specifies the (5) Packing Instruction 101 may be outer packagings which are required. If used for any explosive substance or arinner packagings and/or intermediate ticle if an equivalent level of safety is packagings are specified in the second shown to be maintained subject to the and third columns, then the packaging approval of the Associate Adminisspecified in the fourth column must be trator. used as the outer packaging of a com- 494 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT $ 173.62 TABLE OF PACKING METHODS Intermediate Packing instruction Inner packagings Outer packagings packagings 101 This Packing Instruction may be used as an alternative to a specifically assigned packing method with the approval of the Associate Administrator prior to transportation. When this packing instruction is used, the following must be marked on the shipping documents: "Packaging approved by the competent authority of the United States of America (USA)". PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX- CEPTIONS: 1. Samples of new or existing explosive substances or articles may be transported as directed by the Associate Administrator for purposes including: testing, classification, research and development, quality control, or as a commercial sample. Explosive samples which are wetted or desensitized must be limited to 25 kg. Explosive samples which are not wetted or desensitized must be limited to 10 kg in small packages as specified by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety 110(a) Bags Bags Drums. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EXplastics plastics steel, removable CEPTIONS: textile, plastic coattextile, plastic coathead (1A2). 1. The Intermediate packagings must be filled with ed or lined. ed or lined. plastics, removable water saturated material such as an anti-freeze solurubber rubber head (1H2) tion or wetted cushioning textile, rubberized textile, rubberized 2. Outer packagings must be filled with water satutextile Receptacles rated material such as an anti-freeze solution or plastics wetted cushioning. Outer packagings must be conmetal structed and sealed to prevent evaporation of the welting solution, except when 0224 is being carried dry 110(b) Bags Dividing partitions Boxes. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EXrubber, conductive metal natural wood, sift- CEPTIONS plastics, conductive wood proof wall (4C2). For UN 0074, 0113, 0114, 0129, 0130, 0135 and Receptacles plastics plywood (4D). 0224, the following conditions must be satisfied: metal fibreboard reconstituted wood a. inner packagings must not contain more wood (4F). than 50 9 of explosive substance (quantity rubber, conductive corresponding to dry substance); plastics, conductive b. each inner packaging must be separated from other inner packagings by dividing partitions; and C. the outer packaging must not be partitioned with more than 25 compartments 111 Bags Not necessary Boxes. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EXpaper, waterproofed steel (4A). CEPTIONS: plastics aluminium (4B). For UN 0159, inner packagings are not required textile, rubberized natural wood, ordiwhen metal (1A2 or 1B2) or plastics (1H2) Sheets nary (4C1). drums are used as outer packagings. plastics natural wood, sift textile, rubberized proof (4C2). plywood (4D). reconstituted wood (4F). fibreboard (4G). plastics, expanded (4H1). plastics, solid (4H2). Drums steel, removable head (1A2). aluminum, removable head (1B2). plywood (1D). fibreboard (1G). plastics, removable head (1H2). 112(a) This packing instruction applies to wetted sol- Bags Bags Boxes. Ids. 495 § 173.62 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) TABLE OF PACKING METHODS-Continued Intermediate Packing instruction Inner packagings packagings Outer packagings PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX. paper, multiwall, plastics steel (4A). CEPTIONS: water resistant. textile, plastic coataluminium (4B). 1. For UN Nos. 0004, 0076, 0078. 0154, 0219 plastics ed or lined. natural wood, ordiand 0394, packagings must be lead free textile Receptacles nary (4C1). 2. Intermediate packagings are not required If textile, rubberized metal natural wood, sift leakproof drums are used as the outer packwoven plastics plastics proof (4C2). aging Receptacles plywood (4D). 3. For UN 0072 and UN 0226, intermediate packmetal reconstituted wood agings are not required plastics (4F). fibreboard (4G). plastics, expanded (4H1). plastics, solid (4H2). Drums steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, removable head (1B2). Plywood (10). fibre (1G). plastics, removable head (1H2). 112(b) This packing instruction applies to dry solids Bags Bags (for UN 0150 Bags. other than powders. paper, Kraft only). woven plastics sift- PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EXpaper, multiwall, plastics proof (5H2/3). CEPTIONS: water resistant. textlie, plastic coatplastics, film (5H4). 1. For UN 0004, 0076, 0078, 0154, 0216, 0219 plastics ed or lined. textile, sift-proof and 0386, packagings must be lead free. textile (5L2). 2. For UN 0209, bags, sift-proof (SH2) are rectextile, rubberized textile, water resistommended for flake or prilled TNT in the dry plastics. ant (5L3). state and a maximum net mass of 30 kg., woven plastics paper, multiwall, 3. For UN 0222, inner packagings are not rewater resistant quired. (5M2). Boxes steel (4A). aluminium (48). natural wood, ordinary (4C1). natural wood, sift proof (4C2). plywood (4D) reconstituted wood (4F). fibreboard (4G). plastics, expanded (4H1). plastics. solid (4H2). Drums steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, removable head (1B2). Plywood (1D). fibre (1G). plastics, removable head (1H2). 112(c) This packing instruction applies to solid dry Bags Bags Boxes. powders. 496 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.62 TABLE OF PACKING METHODS-Continued Intermediate Packing instruction Inner packagings Outer packagings packagings PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EXpaper, multiwall, paper, multiwall, steel (4A). CEPTIONS: water resistant. water resistant natural wood, 1. For UN 0004, 0076, 0078, 0154, 0216, 0219 plastics with inner lining. aluminum (4B). and 0386, packagings must be lead free woven plastics plastics ordinary (4C1). 2. For UN 0209, bags, sift-proof (5H2) are rec- Receptacles Receptacles natural wood, ommended for flake or prilled TNT in the dry fibreboard metal sift proof (4C2). state. Bags must not exceed a maximum net metal plastics plywood (4D). mass of 30 kg. plastics reconstituted wood 3. Inner packagings are not required if drums are wood (4F). used as the outer packaging. fibreboard (4G). 4. At least one of the packagings must be siftplastics, solid proof (4H2). Drums. plastics, removable head (1H2). steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, removable head (1B2). Plywood (1D). fibre (1G). 113 Bags Not necessary Boxes. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EXpaper steel (4A). CEPTIONS: plastics aluminum (48). 1. For UN 0094 and UN 0305, no more than 50 g textile, rubberized natural wood, ordiof substance must be packed in an inner pack- Receptacles nary (4C1). aging fibreboard natural wood, sift- 2. For UN 0027, inner packagings are not necmetal proof walls (4C2). essary when drums are used as the outer packplastics plywood (4D). aging wood reconstituted wood 3. At least one of the packagings must be sift- Sheets (4F). proof paper, kraft fibreboard (4G). 4. Sheets must only be used for UN 0028 paper, waxed plastics, solid (4H2). Drums plastics, removable head (1H2). steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, removable head (182). Plywood (1D). fibre (1G). 114(a) This packing instruction applies to welted sol- Bags Bags Boxes. ids. plastics plastics steel (4A). PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EXtextile textile, plastic coatnatural wood, ordi- CEPTIONS:. woven plastics ed or lined. nary (4C1). 1. For UN 0077, 0234, 0235 and 0236, pack- Receptacles Receptacles natural wood, sift agings must be lead free. metal metal proof walls (4C2). 2. For UN 0342, inner packagings are not replastics plastics plywood (4D). quired when metal (1A2 or 182) or plastics reconstituted wood (1H2) drums are used as outer packagings. (4F). 3. Intermediate packagings are not required if fibreboard (4G). leakproof removable head drums are used as plastics, solid the outer packaging. (4H2). Drums. steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, removable head (1B2). plywood (10). fibre (1G). plastics, removable head (1H2). 114(b) This packing instruction applies to dry solids Bags Not necessary Boxes. 497 § 173.62 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) TABLE OF PACKING METHODS-Continued Intermediate Packing instruction Inner packagings packagings Outer packagings PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EXpaper, kraft natural wood, ordi- CEPTIONS: plastics nary (4C1). 1. For UN 0077, 0132, 0234, 0235 and 0236, textile, sift-proof natural wood, sift packagings must be lead free woven plastics, siftproof walls (4C2) 2. For UN 0160 and UN 0161, when metal drums proof. plywood (40). (1A2 or 1B2) are used as the outer packaging, Receptacles reconstituted wood metal packagings must be so constructed that fibreboard (4F). the risk of explosion, by reason of increased inmetal fibreboard (4G). ternal pressure from internal or external causes paper Drums. is prevented plastics steel, removable 3. For UN 0160 and UN 0161, inner packagings woven plastics, siflhead (1A2). are not required if drums are used as the outer proof. aluminium, removpackaging able head (1B2) plywood (1D). fibre (1G). plastics, removable head (1H2) 115 Receptacles Bags Boxes. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EXmetal plastics in metal renatural wood, ordi- CEPTIONS: plastics ceptacles. nary (4C1). 1. For liquid explosives, inner packagings must be Drums natural wood, sift surrounded with non-combustible absorbent metal proof walls (4C2). cushioning material in sufficient quantity to abplywood (4D). sorb the entire liquid content. Metal receptacles reconstituted wood should be cushioned from each other. The net (4F). mass of explosive per package may not exceed fibreboard (4G). 30 kg when boxes are used as outer pack- Drums. aging. The net volume of explosive in each plastics, removable package other than boxes must not exceed 120 head (1H2). litres steel, removable 2. For UN 0075, 0143, 0495 and 0497 when head (1A2). boxes are used as the outer packaging, inner aluminium, removpackagings must have taped screw cap cloable head (1B2). sures and be not more than 5 litres capacity plywood (1D). each. A composite packaging consisting of a fibre (1G). plastic receptacle in a metal drum (6HA1) may Specification MC-200 be used In lieu of combination packagings. Liqcontainers may be uid substances must not freeze at temperatures used for transport above 15 °C (+5 °F) by motor vehicle. 3. For UN 0144, intermediate packagings are not necessary. 116 Bags Not necessary Bags. 498 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.62 TABLE OF PACKING METHODS-Continued Intermediate Packing instruction Inner packagings packagings Outer packagings PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EXpaper, water and oil woven plastics CEPTIONS: resistant (5H1/2/3). 1. For UN 0082, 0241, 0331 and 0332, inner plastics paper, mulitwall, packagings are not necessary if leakproof retexitile, plasic coatwater resistant movable head drums are used as the outer ed or. (5M2). packaging lined plastics, film (5H4). 2. For UN 0082, 0241, 0331 and 0332, inner woven plasics, sifttextile, sift-proof packagings are not required when the explosive proof. (5L2). is contained in 8 material impervious to liquid Receptacles textile, water resist- 3. For UN 0081, inner packagings are not refibreboard, water ant (5L3). quired when contained in rigid plastic which is resistant. Boxes. impervious to nitric esters metal steel (4A). 4. For UN 0331, inner packagings are not replastics aluminium (4B). quired when bags (5H2), (5H3) or (5H4) are wood, sift-proof wood, natural, ordiused as outer packagings Sheets nary (4C1). 5. Bags (5H2 or 5H3) must be used only for UN paper, water resistnatural wood, sift 0082, 0241, 0331 and 0332 ant. proof walls (4C2). 6. For UN 0081, bags must not be used as outer paper, waxed plywood (4D). packagings plastics reconstituted wood (4F). fibreboard (4G). plastics, solid (4H2). Drums. steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, removable head (1B2). Plywood (10). fibre (1G). plastics, removable head (1H2). Jerricans. steel, removable head (3A2). plastics, removable head (3H2). 117 Not necessary Not necessary IBCs. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EXmetal (11A), (11B). CEPTIONS: (11N), (21A), 1. This packing instruction may only be used for (218), (21N). explosives of 0082 when they are mixtures of (31A), (31B), ammonium nitrate or other inorganic nitrates (31N). with other combustible substances which are flexible (13H2), not explosive ingredients. Such explosives must (13H3), (13H4), not contain nitroglycerin, similar liquid organic (13L2), (13L3), nitrates, liquid or solid nitrocarbons, or chlor- (13L4), (13M2). ates. rigid plastics 2. This packing instruction may only be used for (11H1), (11H2), explosives of UN 0241 which consist of water (21H1), (21H2), as an essential ingredient and high proportions (31H1), (31H2). of ammonium nitrate or other oxidizers, some composite (11HZ1), or all of which are in solution. The other con- (11HZ2), stituents may include hydrocarbons or alu- (21HZ1), minium powder. but must not include nitro-de- (21HZ2), rivatives such as trinitrotoluene. (31HZ1), 3. Metal IBCs must not be used for UN 0082 and (31HZ2). 0241. 4. Flexible IBCs may only be used for solids. 130 Not necessary Not necessary Boxes. 499 § 173.62 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) TABLE OF PACKING METHODS-Continued Intermediate Packing instruction Inner packagings packagings Outer packagings PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EXsteel (4A). CEPTIONS: aluminium (4B). 1. The following applies to UN 0006, 0009, 0010, wood natural, ordi- 0015. 0016, 0018, 0019, 0034, 0035, 0038, nary (4C1). 0039, 0048, 0056, 0137, 0138, 0168, 0169, natural wood, sift 0171, 0181, 0182, 0183, 0186, 0221, 0238, proof walls (4C2). 0243, 0244, 0245, 0246, 0254, 0280, 0281, plywood (4D). 0286, 0287, 0297. 0299, 0300, 0301, 0303, reconstituted wood 0321, 0326, 0329, 0344, 0345 0346, 0347, (4F). 0362, 0363, 0370, 0412, 0424, 0425, 0434, fibreboard (4G). 0435, 0436, 0437, 0438, 0451, 0459 and 0488. plastics, expanded Large and robust explosives articles, normally (4H1). intended for military use, without their means of plastics, solid initiation or with their means of initiation con- (4H2). taining at least two effective protective features, Drums. may be carried unpackaged. When such artisteel, removable cles have propelling charges or are self-prohead (1A2). pelled, their ignition systems must be protected aluminium, removagainst stimuli encountered during normal conable head (1B2). ditions of transport. A negative result in Test Plywood (1D). Series 4 on an unpackaged article indicates fibre (1G). that the article can be considered for transport plastics, removable unpackaged. Such unpackaged articles may be head (1H2). fixed to cradles or contained in crates or other suitable handling devices. 131 Bags Not necessary Boxes. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EXsteel (4A). CEPTIONS: paper. aluminium (4B). 1. For UN 0029, 0267 and 0455, bags and reels plastics wood, natural, ordimay not be used as inner packagings Receptacles nary (4C1). 2. For UN 0030, 0255 and 0456, inner packfibreboard natural wood, sift agings are not required when detonators are metal proof walls (4C2). packed in pasteboard tubes, or when their leg plastics plywood (4D). wires are wound on spools with the caps either wood reconstituted wood placed inside the spool or securely taped to the Reels (4F). wire on the spool, 80 as to restrict free moving fibreboard (4G). of the caps and to protect them from impact Drums. forces steel, removable 3. For UN 0360, 0361 and 0500, detonators are head (1A2). not required to be attached to the safety fuse, aluminium, removmetal-clad mild detonating cord, detonating able head (1B2). cord, or shock tube. Inner packagings are not Plywood (1D). required if the packing configuration restricts fibre (1G). free moving of the caps and protects them from plastics, removable impact forces head (1H2). 132(a) For articles consisting of closed metal, plastic Not necessary Not necessary Boxes. or fiberboard casings that contian detonating explosteel (4A). sives, or consisting of plastics-bonded detonating aluminum (4B). explosives. wood, natural; ordinary (4C1). wood, natural, sift proof walls (4C2). plywood (4D). reconstituted wood (4F). fiberboard (4G). plastics, solid (4H2). 132(b) For articles without closed casings Receptacles fiber- Not necessary Boxes. board metal plassteel (4A); alutics. Sheets paper minum (4B). plastics. wood, natural, ordinary (4C1). wood, natural, sift proof walls (4C2). plywood (4D). reconstituted wood (4F). fiberboard (4G). plastics, solid (4H2). 133 Receptacles Receptacles Boxes. 500 Pipellne and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.62 TABLE OF PACKING METHODS-Continued Intermediate Packing instruction Inner packagings packagings Outer packagings PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EX- Intermediate packfibreboard steel (4A). CEPTIONS: agings are only remetal aluminium (4B). 1. For UN 0043, 0212, 0225, 0268 and 0306 quired when trays plastics wood, natural, orditrays are not authorized as inner packagings are used as inner wood nary (4C1). packagings. wood, natural, sift fibreboard proof walls (4C2). metal plywood (4D). plastics reconstituted wood wood (4F). Trays, fitted with difibreboard (4G). viding. plastics, solid partitions (4H2). fibreboard plastics wood 134 Bags Not necessary Boxes. water resistant steel (4A). Receptacles aluminium (4B). fibreboard wood, natural, ordimetal nary (4C1). plastics wood, natural, sift wood proof walls (4C2). Sheets plywood (40). fibreboard, correconstituted wood rugated. (4F). Tubes fibreboard (4G). fibreboard plastics, solid (4H2). Drums. fiberboard (1G). plastics, removable head (1H2). steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, removable head (182). Plywood (1D). 135 Bags Not necessary Boxes. paper steel (4A). plastics aluminium (4B). Receptacles wood, natural, ordifibreboard nary (4C1). metal wood, natural, sift plastics proof walls (4C2). wood plywood (4D). Sheets reconstituted wood paper (4F). plastics fibreboard (4G). plastics, expanded (4H1). plastics, solid (4H2). Drums. steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, removable head (1B2). Plywood (1D). fibre (1G). plastics, removable head (1H2). 501 § 173.62 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) TABLE OF PACKING METHODS-Continued Intermediate Packing instruction Inner packagings packagings Outer packagings 136 Bags Not necessary Boxes. plastics steel (4A). textile aluminium (4B) Boxes. wood, natural. ordifibreboard nary (4C1). plastics wood, natural, sift wood proof walls (4C2). Dividing partitions in plywood (4D). the. reconstituted wood outer packagings (4F). fibreboard (4G). plastics, solid (4H2). Drums. steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, removable head (1B2). Plywood (1D). fibre (1G). plastics, removable head (1H2). 137 PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR Bags Not necessary Boxes. EXCEPTIONS: For UN 0059, 0439, 0440 and 0441, plastics steel (4A). when the shaped charges are packed singly, the Boxes aluminium (4B). conical cavity must face downwards and the packfibreboard wood, natural, ordiage marked "THIS SIDE UP". When the shaped Tubes nary (4C1). charges are packed in pairs, the conical cavities fibreboard wood, natural, sift must face inwards to minimize the jetting effect in metal proof walls (4C2). the event of accidental initiation. plastics plywood (40). Dividing partitions in reconstituted wood the outer pack- (4F). agings. fibreboard (4G). 138 Bags Not necessary Boxes. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EXplastics steel (4A). CEPTIONS: aluminium (4B). If the ends of the articles are sealed, inner packwood, natural, ordiagings are not necessary nary (4C1). wood, natural, sift proof walls (4C2). plywood (4D). reconstituted wood (4F). fibreboard (4G). plastics, solid (4H2). Drums. fiberboard (1G). plastics, removable head (1H2). steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, removable head (1B2). 139 Bags Not necessary Boxes. 502 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.62 TABLE OF PACKING METHODS-Continued Intermediate Packing instruction Inner packagings packagings Outer packagings PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EXplastics steel (4A). CEPTIONS: Receptacles aluminium (4B). 1. For UN 0065, 0102, 0104, 0289 and 0290, the fibreboard wood, natural, ordiends of the detonating cord must be sealed, for metal nary (4C1). example, by a plug firmly fixed so that the explastics wood, natural, sift plosive cannot escape. The ends of CORD wood proof walls (4C2). DETONATING flexible must be fastened se- Reels plywood (4D). curely reconstituted wood 2. For UN 0065 and UN 0289, inner packagings Sheets (4F). are not required when they are fastened sepaper fibreboard (4G). curely In colls plastics plastics, solid (4H2). Drums. steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, removable head (1B2). plywood (10). fibre (1G). plastics, removable head (1H2). 140 Bags Not necessary Boxes. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EXplastics steel (4A). CEPTIONS: Reels aluminium (4B). 1. If the ends of UN 0105 are sealed, no inner Sheets wood, natural, ordipackagings are required paper, kraft nary (4C1). 2. For UN 0101, the packaging must be sift-proof plastics wood, natural, sift except when the fuse is covered by a paper proof walls (4C2). tube and both ends of the tube are covered plywood (4D). with removable caps reconstituted wood 3. For UN 0101, steel or aluminium boxes or (4F). drums must not be used fibreboard (4G). plastics, solid (4H2). Drums. plastics, removable head (1H2). steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, removable head (182). Plywood (1D). fibre (1G). 141 Receptacles Not necessary Boxes. fibreboard steel (4A). metal aluminium (4B). plastics wood, natural, ordiwood nary (4C1). wood, natural, sift Trays, fitted with diproof walls (4C2). viding partitions. plywood (4D). plastics reconstituted wood wood (4F). Dividing partitions in fibreboard (4G). the outer packplastics, solid agings. (4H2). Drums. steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, removable head (182). Plywood (1D). fibre (1G). plastics, removable head (1H2). 503 § 173.62 49 CFR Ch. 1 (10-1-06 Edition) TABLE OF PACKING METHODS-Continued Intermediate Packing instruction Inner packagings Outer packagings packagings 142 Bags Not necessary Boxes. paper steel (4A). plastics aluminium (4B). Receptacles wood, natural, ordifibreboard nary (4C1). metal wood, natural, sift plastics proof walls (4C2). wood plywood (4D). Sheets reconstituted wood paper (4F). Trays, fitted with difibreboard (4G). viding partitions. plastics, solid plastics (4H2). Drums. steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, removable head (1B2). Plywood (10). fibre (1G). plastics. removable head (1H2). 143 Bag Not necessary Boxes. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EXpaper, kraft steel (4A). CEPTIONS: plastics aluminum (4B). 1. For UN 0271, 0272. 0415 and 0491 when textile wood, natural, ordimetal packagings are used, metal packagings textile, rubberized nary (4C1). must be so constructed that the risk of explo- Receptacles wood, natural, sift sion, by reason of increase in internal pressure fibreboard proof walls (4C2). from Internal or external causes is prevented metal plywood (4D). 2. Composite packagings (6HH2) (plastic recepplastics reconstituted wood tacle with outer solid box) may be used in lieu Trays, fitted with di- (4F). of combination packagings viding partitions. fibreboard (4G). plastics plastics, solid wood (4H2). Drums. steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, removable head (182). plywood (1D). fibre (1G). plastics, removable head (1H2). 144 Receptacles Not necessary Boxes. Drums. steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, removable head (1B2). plastics, removable head (1H2). Plywood (1D). PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EXfibreboard 2steel (4A). CEPTIONS: metal aluminum (4B). For UN 0248 and UN 0249, packagings must be plastics wood, natural, ordiprotected against the ingress of water. When Dividing partitions in nary (4C1) with CONTRIVANCES, WATER ACTIVATED are the outer packmetal liner. transported unpackaged, they must be provided agings. plywood (4D) with with at least two independent protective feametal liner. tures which prevent the ingress of water reconstituted wood (4F) with metal liner. plastics, expanded (4H1). plastics, solid (4H2). US 1 1. A jet perforating gun, charged, oil well may be transported under the following conditions: 504 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.63 TABLE OF PACKING METHODS-Continued Intermediate Packing Instruction Inner packagings Outer packagings packagings a. Initiation devices carried on the same motor vehicle or offshore supply vessel must be segregated; each kind from every other kind, and from any gun, tool or other supplies, unless approved in accordance with § 173.56. Segregated initiation devices must be carried in a container having individual pockets for each such device or in a fully enclosed steel container lined with a non-sparking material. No more than two segregated initiation devices per gun may be carried on the same motor vehicle. b. Each shaped charge affixed to the gun may not contain more than 112 g (4 ounces) of explosives. c. Each shaped charge If not completely enclosed in glass or metal, must be fully protected by a metal cover after installation in the gun. d. A jet perforating gun classed as 1.1D or 1.4D may be transported by highway by private or contract carriers engaged in oil well operations. (i) A motor vehicle transporting a gun must have specially built racks or carrying cases designed and constructed so that the gun is securely held in place during transportation and is not subject to damage by contact, one to the other or any other article or material carried in the vehicle; and (ii) The assembled gun packed on the vehicle may not extend beyond the body of the motor vehicle. e. A jet perforating gun classed as 1.4D may be transported by a private offshore supply vessel only when the gun is carried in a motor vehicle as specified in paragraph (d) of this packing method or on offshore well tool pallets provided that: (i) All the conditions specified in paragraphs (a), (b). and (c) of this packing method are met; (ii) The total explosive contents do not exceed 90.8 kg (200 pounds) per tool pallet, (iii) Each cargo vessel compartment may contain up to 90.8 kg (200 pounds) of explosive content If the segregation requirements in § 176.83(b) of this subchapter are met; and (iv) When more than one vehicle or tool pallet is stowed "on deck" a minimum horizontal separation of 3 m (9.8 feet) must be provided. [Amdt. 173-260. 62 FR 24720, May 6. 1997: 62 FR 45702, Aug. 28. 1997; 62 FR 51560, Oct. 1, 1997; 63 FR 1884. Jan. 12, 1998; 63 FR 52849, Oct. 1, 1998; 64 FR 51918. Sept. 27, 1999; 65 FR 50461, Aug. 18, 2000; 65 FR 58629. Sept. 29, 2000; 65 FR 60383, Oct. 11. 2000; 66 FR 33429, 33430, June 21. 2001; 66 FR 45183, 45379. 45382, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 45033, July 31, 2003; 68 FR 48569, Aug. 14, 2003; 68 FR 61941, Oct. 30, 2003] § 173.63 Packaging exceptions. with paragraph (b)(2) of this section. (a) Cord, detonating (UN 0065), having For transportation by aircraft, the an explosive content not exceeding 6.5 package must also comply with the ap- g (0.23 ounces) per 30 centimeter length plicable requirements of 173.27 of this (one linear foot) may be offered for subchapter. Such transportation is extransportation domestically and transcepted from the requirements of subported as Cord. detonating (UN 0289), parts E (Labeling) and F (Placarding) Division 1.4 Compatibility Group D of part 172 of this subchapter. Car- (1.4D) explosives, if the gross weight of tridges, small arms, and cartridges all packages containing Cord, detopower devices that may be shipped as nating (UN 0065), does not exceed 45 kg ORM-D material are limited to: (99 pounds) per: (i) Ammunition for rifle, pistol or (1) Transport vehicle, freight conshotgun; tainer, or cargo-only aircraft; (ii) Ammunition with inert projec- (2) Off-shore down-hole tool pallet tiles or blank ammunition; carried on an off-shore supply vessel: (iii) Ammunition having no tear gas, (3) Cargo compartment of a cargo incendiary, or detonating explosive vessel; or projectiles; (4) Passenger-carrying aircraft used (iv) Ammunition not exceeding 12.7 to transport personnel to remote work mm (50 caliber or 0.5 inch) for rifle or sites, such as offshore drilling units. (b) Cartridges, small arms, and carpistol, cartridges or 8 gauge for tridges power devices. (1) Cartridges, shotshells; and small arms, and cartridges power de- (v) Cartridges. power devices which vices (which are used to project fasare used to project fastening devices. tening devices) which have been (2) Packaging for cartridges, small classed as a Division 1.4S explosive arms, and cartridges power devices as may be reclassed, offered for transpor- ORM-D material must be as follows: tation, and transported as ORM-D ma- (i) Ammunition must be packed in interial when packaged in accordance side boxes, or in partitions which fit 505 § 173.115 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) snugly in the outside packaging, or in Subpart D-Definitions Classificametal clips; tion, Packing Group Assign- (ii) Primers must be protected from ments and Exceptions for accidental initiation; Hazardous Materials Other (iii) Inside boxes, partitions or metal Than Class 1 and Class 7 clips must be packed in securely-closed strong outside packagings; (iv) Maximum gross weight is limited SOURCE: Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52634 Dec. 21. to 30 kg (66 pounds) per package; and 1990, unless otherwise noted. (v) Cartridges, power devices which are used to project fastening devices § 173.115 Class 2, Divisions 2.1, 2.2, and 2.3-Definitions. and 22 caliber rim-fire cartridges may be packaged loose in strong outside (a) Division 2.1 (Flammable gas). For packagings. the purpose of this subchapter, a flam- (c)-(e) [Reserved] mable gas (Division 2.1) means any ma- (f) Detonators containing no more terial which is a gas at 20 °C (68 °F) or than 1 g explosive (excluding ignition less and 101.3 kPa (14.7 psia) of pressure and delay charges) that are electric (a material which has a boiling point of blasting caps with leg wires 4 feet long 20 °C (68 °F) or less at 101.3 kPa (14.7 or longer, delay connectors in plastic psia)) whichsheaths, or blasting caps with empty (1) Is ignitable at 101.3 kPa (14.7 psia) plastic tubing 12 feet long or longer when in a mixture of 13 percent or less may be packed as follows in which case by volume with air; or they are excepted from the packaging (2) Has a flammable range at 101.3 requirements of $173.62: kPa (14.7 psia) with air of at least 12 (1) No more than 50 detonators in one percent regardless of the lower limit. inner packaging; Except for aerosols, the limits specified (2) IME Standard 22 container (IBR, in paragraphs (a)(1) and (a) of this see $ 171.7 of this subchapter) or comsection shall be determined at 101.3 partment is used as the outer pack- kPa (14.7 psia) of pressure and a temaging: perature of 20 °C (68 °F) in accordance (3) No more than 1000 detonators in with the ASTM E681-85. Standard Test one outer packaging: and Method for Concentration Limits of (4) No material may be loaded on top Flammability of Chemicals or other of the IME Standard 22 container and equivalent method approved by the Asno material may be loaded against the sociate Administrator. The flammaoutside door of the IME Standard 22 bility of aerosols is determined by the compartment. tests specified in § 173.115 (k) of this (g) Detonators that are classed as section. 1.4B or 1.4S and contain no more than 1 g of explosive (excluding ignition and (b) Division 2.2 (non-flammable, nonpoidelay charges) may be packed as folsorious compressed gas-including comlows in which case they are excepted pressed gas, liquefied gas, pressurized from the packaging requirements of cryogenic gas, compressed gas in solution, $173.62: asphyxiant gas and oxidizing gas). For (1) No more than 50 detonators in one the purpose of this subchapter, a noninner packaging: flammable, nonpoisonous compressed (2) IME Standard 22 container is used gas (Division 2.2) means any material as the outer packaging; (or mixture) which- (3) No more than 1000 detonators in (1) Exerts in the packaging an absoone outer packaging; and lute pressure of 280 kPa (40.6 psia) or (4) Each inner packaging is marked greater at 20 °C (68 °F), and "1.4B Detonators" or "1.4S Deto- (2) Does not meet the definition of nators", as appropriate. Division 2.1 or 2.3. (c) Division 2.3 (Gas poisonous by inha- [Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52617. Dec. 21, 1990. as lation). For the purpose of this subamended at 56 FR 66268, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-236, 58 FR 50536, Sept. 24, 1993; Amdt. 173- chapter, a gas poisonous by inhalation 253, 61 FR 27175, May 30, 1996; 68 FR 75743, (Division 2.3) means a material which Dec. 31. 2003; 71 FR 14602, Mar. 22, 2006] is a gas at 20 °C (68 °F) or less and a 506 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.115 pressure of 101.3 kPa (14.7 psia) (a ma- (i) Service pressure. The term service terial which has a boiling point of 20 °C pressure means the authorized pressure (68 °F) or less at 101.3 kPa (14.7 psia)) marking on the packaging. For examand whichple, for a cylinder marked "DOT (1) Is known to be so toxic to humans 3A1800", the service pressure is 12410 as to pose a hazard to health during kPa (1800 psig). transportation, or (j) Refrigerant gas or Dispersant gas. (2) In the absence of adequate data on The terms Refrigerant gas and Dispershuman toxicity, is presumed to be ant gas apply to all nonpoisonous retoxic to humans because when tested frigerant gases; dispersant gases (fluoon laboratory animals it has an LC₅₀ rocarbons) listed in $172.101 of this subvalue of not more than 5000 mL/m3 (see chapter and $§ 173.304, 173.314(c), $173.116(a) of this subpart for assign- 173.315(a), and 173.315(h) and mixtures ment of Hazard Zones A, B, C or D). thereof; and any other compressed gas LC50 values for mixtures may be deterhaving a vapor pressure not exceeding mined using the formula in 260 psia at 54 °C(130 °F). used only as a §173.133(b)(1)(i or CGA Pamphlet P-20 refrigerant, dispersant, or blowing (IBR, see $171.7 of this subchapter). agent. (d) Non-liquefied compressed gas. A (k) The following applies to aerosols gas, which when packaged under pres- (see $171.8 of this subchapter): sure for transportation is entirely gaseous at 50 °C (-58 °F) with a critical (1) An aerosol must be assigned to Division 2.1 if the contents include 85% temperature less than or equal to 50 °C (-58 °F), is considered to be a nonby mass or more flammable components and the chemical heat of combusliquefied compressed gas. (e) Liquefied compressed gas. A gas. tion is 30 kJ/g or more; which when packaged under pressure (2) An aerosol must be assigned to Difor transportation is partially liquid at vision 2.2 if the contents contain 1% by temperatures above 50 °C °F). is mass or less flammable components considered to be a liquefied compressed and the heat of combustion is less than gas. A liquefied compressed gas is fur- 20 kJ/g. ther categorized as follows: (3) Aerosols not meeting the provi- (1) High pressure liquefied gas which is sions of paragraphs (a) or (b) of this a gas with a critical temperature besection must be classed in accordance tween - 50 °C (-58 °F) and + 65 °C (149 with the appropriate tests of the UN °F), and Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see (2) Low pressure liquefied gas which is $171.7 of this subchapter). An aerosol a gas with a critical temperature above which was tested in accordance with + 65 °C (149 °F). the requirements of this subchapter in (f) Compressed gas in solution. A comeffect on December 31, 2005 is not repressed gas in solution is a non-liquefied quired to be retested. compressed gas which is dissolved in a (4) Division 2.3 gases may not be solvent. transported in an aerosol container. (g) Cryogenic liquid. A cryogenic liquid (5) When the contents are classified means a refrigerated liquefied gas havas Division 6.1 or Class 8. PG III, the ing a boiling point colder than 90 °C aerosol must be assigned a subsidiary (-130 °F) at 101.3 kPa (14.7 psia) absohazard of Division 6.1 or Class 8. lute. A material meeting this defini- (6) Substances of Division 6.1, PG I or tion is subject to requirements of this II, and substances of Class 8, PG I are subchapter without regard to whether it meets the definition of a non-flamforbidden from transportation in an mable, non-poisonous compressed gas aerosol container. in paragraph (b) of this section. (7) Flammable components are Class (h) Flammable range. The term flam- 3 flammable liquids. Class 4.1 flammable range means the difference bemable solids, or Division 2.1 flammable tween the minimum and maximum volgases. The chemical heat of combusume percentages of the material in air tion must be determined in accordance that forms a flammable mixture. 507 § 173.116 49 CFR Ch. 1 (10-1-06 Edition) with the UN Manual of Tests and Cri- (1) Any liquid meeting one of the teria (IBR, see $171.7 of this subdefinitions specified in § 173.115. chapter). (2) Any mixture having one or more components with a flash point of 60.5 °C [Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52634. Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66268, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR (141 °F) or higher, that make up at 45461. Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 173-236, 58 FR 50236, least 99 percent of the total volume of Sept. 24, 1993; Amdt. 173-234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. the mixture, if the mixture is not of- 1, 1993; Amdt. 173-241, 59 FR 67506, Dec. 29. fered for transportation or transported 1994: Amdt. 173-255, 61 FR 50625, Sept. 26. 1996; at or above its flash point. 66 FR 45379, 45380, 45382, Aug. 28, 2001: 67 FR (3) Any liquid with a flash point 51642. Aug. 8, 2002: 67 FR 16013, Sept. 27. 2002: greater than 35 °C (95 °F) that does not 68 FR 45033, July 31, 2003; 68 FR 75742. Dec. 31, sustain combustion according to ASTM 2003; 69 FR 76155, Dec. 20, 2004; 70 FR 34398, D 4206 (IBR. see $171.7 of this sub- June 14, 2005] chapter) or the procedure in appendix § 173.116 Class 2-Assignment of haz- H of this part. ard zone. (4) Any liquid with a flash point (a) The hazard zone of a Class 2, Divigreater than 35 °C (95 °F) and with a sion 2.3 material is assigned in column fire point greater than 100 °C (212 °F) 7 of the $172.101 table. There are no according to ISO 2592 (IBR, see $ 171.7 of hazard zones for Divisions 2.1 and 2.2. this subchapter). When the $172.101 table provides more (5) Any liquid with a flash point than one hazard zone for a Division 2.3 greater than 35 °C (95 °F) which is in a water-miscible solution with a water material, or indicates that the hazard zone be determined on the basis of the content of more than 90 percent by mass. grouping criteria for Division 2.3. the (b) Combustible liquid. (1) For the hazard zone shall be determined by appurpose of this subchapter, a combusplying the following criteria: tible liquid means any liquid that does Hazard not meet the definition of any other Inhalation toxicity zone hazard class specified in this sub- A LCso less than or equal to 200 ppm. chapter and has a flash point above 60.5 B LC₅₀ greater than 200 ppm and less than or °C (141 °F) and below 93 °C (200 °F). equal to 1000 ppm. (2) A flammable liquid with a flash C LCso greater than 1000 ppm and less than or point at or above 38 °C (100 °F) that equal to 3000 ppm. D LCso greater than 3000 ppm or less than or does not meet the definition of any equal to 5000 ppm. other hazard class may be reclassed as a combustible liquid. This provision (b) The criteria specified in paradoes not apply to transportation by graph (a) of this section are repvessel or aircraft. except where other resented graphically in $ 173.133, Figure means of transportation is impracti- 1. cable. An elevated temperature material that meets the definition of a Class [Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66268, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 3 material because it is intentionally 173-138. 59 FR 49133, Sept. 26, 1994; 67 FR heated and offered for transportation 61013, Sept. 27, 2002] or transported at or above its flash point may not be reclassed as a com- §§ 173.117-173.119 [Reserved] bustible liquid. (3) A combustible liquid that does not § 173.120 Class 3-Definitions. sustain combustion is not subject to (a) Flammable liquid. For the purpose the requirements of this subchapter as of this subchapter, a flammable liquid a combustible liquid. Either the test (Class 3) means a liquid having a flash method specified in ASTM D 4206 or the point of not more than 60.5 °C (141 °F), procedure in appendix H of this part or any material in a liquid phase with may be used to determine if a material a flash point at or above 37.8 °C (100 °F) sustains combustion when heated that is intentionally heated and offered under test conditions and exposed to an for transportation or transported at or external source of flame. above its flash point in a bulk pack- (c) Flash point. (1) Flash point means aging, with the following exceptions: the minimum temperature at which a 508 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT $ 173.121 liquid gives off vapor within a test ves- (3) For flash point determinations by sel in sufficient concentration to form Setaflash closed tester, the glass syan ignitable mixture with air near the ringe specified need not be used as the surface of the liquid. It shall be determethod of measurement of the test mined as follows: sample if a minimum quantity of 2 mL (i) For a homogeneous, single-phase, (0.1 ounce) is assured in the test cup. liquid having a viscosity less than 45 (d) If experience or other data indi- S.U.S. at 38 °C (100 °F) that does not cate that the hazard of a material is form a surface film while under test, greater or less than indicated by the one of the following test procedures criteria specified in paragraphs (a) and shall be used: (b) of this section, the Associate Ad- (A) Standard Method of Test for ministrator may revise the classifica- Flash Point by Tag Closed Tester, tion or make the material subject or (ASTM D 56); not subject to the requirements of (B) Standard Methods of Test for parts 170-189 of this subchapter. Flash Point of Liquids by Setaflash [Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52634 Dec. 21. 1990, as Closed Tester, (ASTM D 3278): or amended by Amdt. 173-227. 56 FR 49989, Oct. (C) Standard Test Methods for Flash 2, 1991: 56 FR 66268, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR 45461. Point by Small Scale Closed Tester, Oct. 1, 1992: Amdt. 173-241. 59 FR 67506, 67507, (ASTM D 3828). Dec. 29, 1994: Amdt. 173-255, 61 FR 50625, Sept. (ii) For a liquid other than one meet- 26, 1996: Amdt. 173-261, 62 FR 24731, May 6, ing all of the criteria of paragraph 1997: 66 FR 45379, 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR (c)(1)(i) of this section, one of the fol- 75743. Dec. 31, 2003] lowing test procedures shall be used: § 173.121 Class 3-Assignment of pack- (A) Standard Method of Test for ing group. Flash Point by Pensky-Martens (a) The packing group of a Class 3 Closed Tester, (ASTM D 93). For cutmaterial is as assigned in column 5 of back asphalt, use Method B of ASTM D the $172.101 table. When the $172.101 93 or alternate tests authorized in this table provides more than one packing standard; or (B) Standard Methods of Test for group for a hazardous material, the Flash Point of Liquids by Setaflash packing group shall be determined by Closed Tester (ASTM D 3278). applying the following criteria: (2) For a liquid that is a mixture of Packing Initial boiling Flash point (closed-cup) compounds that have different volagroup point tility and flash points, its flash point I 535°C (95°F) shall be determined as specified in II <23°C (73°F) >35°C (95°F) paragraph (c)(1) of this section, on the III >23°C. s60.5°C (273°F, S141°F) >35°C (95°F) material in the form in which it is to be shipped. If it is determined by this (b) Criteria for inclusion of viscous Class 3 materials in Packing Group III. (1) test that the flash point is higher than Viscous Class 3 materials in Packing -7 °C (20 °F) a second test shall be made as follows: a portion of the mix- Group II with a flash point of less than ture shall be placed in an open beaker 23 °C (73 °F) may be grouped in Packing (or similar container) of such dimen- Group III provided that- (i) Less than 3 percent of the clear sions that the height of the liquid can be adjusted so that the ratio of the volsolvent layer separates in the solvent ume of the liquid to the exposed surseparation test; (ii) The mixture does not contain any face area is 6 to one. The liquid shall be substances with a primary or a suballowed to evaporate under ambient sidiary risk of Division 6.1 or Class 8; pressure and temperature (20 to 25 °C (iii) The capacity of the packaging is (68 to 77 °F)) for a period of 4 hours or not more than 30 L (7.9 gallons): and until 10 percent by volume has evapo- (iv) The viscosity and flash point are rated. whichever comes first. A flash in accordance with the following table: point is then run on a portion of the liquid remaining in the evaporation Flow time in Jet diameter container and the lower of the two seconds in mm Flash point C.C. flash points shall be the flash point of 20<t<60 4 above 17 °C (62.6 °F). the material. 60<t>100 4 above 10 °C (50 °F). 509 § 173.124 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) Flow time t in Jet diameter and hazard class by the Associate Adin mm Flash point C.C. seconds ministrator under the provisions of- 20<ts32 6 above 5 °C (41 °F). (A) A special permit issued under 32<t>44 6 above °C (31.2 °F). subchapter A of this chapter; or 44<1s100 6 above °C (23 °F). 100<t 6 °C (23 °F) and below. (B) An approval issued under 173.56(i) of this part. (2) The methods by which the tests (2)(i) Self-reactive materials are mareferred to in paragraph (b)(1) of this terials that are thermally unstable and section shall be performed are as folthat can undergo a strongly lows: exothermic decomposition even with- (i) Viscosity test. The flow time in secout participation of oxygen (air). A maonds is determined at 23 °C (73.4 °F) terial is excluded from this definition using the ISO standard cup with a 4 if any of the following applies: mm (0.16 inch) jet as set forth in ISO (A) The material meets the definition 2431 (IBR, see $171.7 of this subchapter). of an explosive as prescribed in subpart Where the flow time exceeds 100 sec- C of this part, in which case it must be onds, a further test is carried out using classed as an explosive; the ISO standard cup with a 6 mm (0.24 (B) The material is forbidden from inch) jet. being offered for transportation ac- (ii) Solvent Separation Test. This test cording to $172.101 of this subchapter is carried out at 23 °C (73 °F) using a or $173.21; 100.0 mL(3 ounces) measuring cylinder (C) The material meets the definition of the stoppered type of approximately of an oxidizer or organic peroxide as 25.0 cm (9.8 inches) total height and of prescribed in subpart D of this part, in a uniform internal diameter of approxiwhich case it must be so classed; mately 30 mm (1.2 inches) over the cali- (D) The material meets one of the brated section. The sample should be following conditions: stirred to obtain a uniform consist- (1) Its heat of decomposition is less ency, and poured in up to the 100 mL (3 than 300 J/g; or ounces) mark. The stopper should be (2) Its self-accelerating decomposiinserted and the cylinder left standing tion temperature (SADT) is greater undisturbed for 24 hours. After 24 than 75 °C (167 °F) for a 50 kg package; hours, the height of the upper sepaor rated layer should be measured and the (E) The Associate Administrator has percentage of this layer as compared determined that the material does not with the total height of the sample calculated. present a hazard which is associated with a Division 4.1 material. [Amdt. 173-224. 55 FR 52634. Dec. 21. 1990, as (ii) Generic types. Division 4.1 self-reamended at 56 FR 66268. Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. active materials are assigned to a ge- 173-241, 59 FR 67507, Dec. 29, 1994 Amdt. 173- neric system consisting of seven types. 255, 61 FR 50625, Sept. 26, 1996; 64 FR 10777. A self-reactive substance identified by Mar. 5, 1999; 64 FR 51918, Sept. 27, 1999: 66 FR 45381, Aug. 28. 2001; 68 FR 75744, Dec. 31, 2003] technical name in the Self-Reactive Materials Table in $173.224 is assigned § 173.124 Class 4, Divisions 4.1, 4.2 and to a generic type in accordance with 4.3-Definitions. that table. Self-reactive materials not (a) Division 4.1 (Flammable Solid). For identified in the Self-Reactive Matethe purposes of this subchapter. flamrials Table in $173.224 are assigned to mable solid (Division 4.1) means any of generic types under the procedures of the following three types of materials: paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of this section. (1) Desensitized explosives that- (A) Type A. Self-reactive material (i) When dry are Explosives of Class 1 type A is a self-reactive material other than those of compatibility which, as packaged for transportation. group A. which are wetted with suffican detonate or deflagrate rapidly. cient water, alcohol, or plasticizer to Transportation of type A self-reactive suppress explosive properties; and material is forbidden. (ii) Are specifically authorized by (B) Type B. Self-reactive material name either in the $172.101Table or type B is a self-reactive material have been assigned a shipping name which, as packaged for transportation, 510 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.124 neither detonates nor deflagrates rap- (A) Its physical state (i.e. liquid or idly, but is liable to undergo a thermal solid), in accordance with the definiexplosion in a package. tion of liquid and solid in $171.8 of this (C) Performance of the self-reactive subchapter; material under the test procedures (B) A determination as to its control specified in the UN Manual of Tests temperature and emergency temperaand Criteria (IBR, see $171.7 of this ture, if any, under the provisions of subchapter) and the provisions of para- $173.21(f): graph (a)(2)(iii) of this section; and (C) Performance of the self-reactive (D) Type D. Self-reactive material material under the test procedures type D is a self-reactive material specified in the UN Recommendations whichon the Transport of Dangerous Goods, Tests and Criteria (see $171.7 of this (1) Detonates partially, does not deflagrate rapidly and shows no violent subchapter) and the provisions of paraeffect when heated under confinement; graph (a)(2)(iii) of this section; and (D) Except for a self-reactive mate- (2) Does not detonate at all, rial which is identified by technical deflagrates slowly and shows no violent name in the Self-Reactive Materials effect when heated under confinement; Table in $173.224(b) or a self-reactive or material which may be shipped as a (3) Does not detonate or deflagrate at sample under the provisions of $173.224, all and shows a medium effect when the self-reactive material is approved heated under confinement. in writing by the Associate Adminis- (E) Type E. Self-reactive material trator. The person requesting approval type E is a self-reactive material shall submit to the Associate Adminiswhich, in laboratory testing, neither trator the tentative shipping descripdetonates nor deflagrates at all and tion and generic type andshows only a low or no effect when (1) All relevant data concerning physheated under confinement. ical state, temperature controls, and (F) Type F. Self-reactive material tests results; or type F is a self-reactive material (2) An approval issued for the self-rewhich, in laboratory testing, neither active material by the competent audetonates in the cavitated state nor thority of a foreign government. deflagrates at all and shows only a low (iv) Tests. The generic type for a selfor no effect when heated under confinereactive material must be determined ment as well as low or no explosive using the testing protocol from Figure power. 14.2 (Flow Chart for Assigning Self-Re- (G) Type G. Self-reactive material active Substances to Division 4.1) from type G is a self-reactive material the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria. which, in laboratory testing, does not (3) Readily combustible solids are detonate in the cavitated state, will materials thatnot deflagrate at all, shows no effect (i) Are solids which may cause a fire when heated under confinement. nor through friction, such as matches; shows any explosive power. A type G (ii) Show a burning rate faster than self-reactive material is not subject to 2.2 mm (0.087 inches) per second when the requirements of this subchapter for tested in accordance with the UN Manself-reactive material of Division 4.1 ual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see provided that it is thermally stable $171.7 of this subchapter): or (self-accelerating decomposition tem- (iii) Any metal powders that can be perature is 50 °C (122 °F) or higher for ignited and react over the whole length a 50 kg (110 pounds) package). A self-reof a sample in 10 minutes or less, when active material meeting all charactertested in accordance with the UN Manistics of type G except thermal staual of Tests and Criteria. bility is classed as a type F self-reac- (b) Division 4.2 (Spontaneously Combustive, temperature control material. tible Material). For the purposes of this (iii) Procedures for assigning a self-resubchapter, spontaneously combustible active material to a generic type. A selfmaterial (Division 4.2) meansreactive material must be assigned to a (1) A pyrophoric material. A generic type based onpyrophoric material is a liquid or solid 511 $ 173.125 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) that, even in small quantities and teria. is less than 45 seconds or the rate without an external ignition source, of burning is more than 2.2 mm/s. Powcan ignite within five (5) minutes after ders of metals or metal alloys must be coming in contact with air when tested classified in Division 4.1 when they can according to UN Manual of Tests and be ignited and the reaction spreads Criteria. over the whole length of the sample in (2) A self-heating material. A self- 10 minutes or less. heating material is a material that, (2) Packing group criteria for readily when in contact with air and without combustible materials of Division 4.1 an energy supply, is liable to self-heat. are assigned as follows: A material of this type which exhibits (i) For readily combustible solids spontaneous ignition or if the tempera- (other than metal powders), Packing ture of the sample exceeds 200 °C (392 Group II if the burning time is less °F) during the 24-hour test period when than 45 seconds and the flame passes tested in accordance with UN Manual the wetted zone. Packing Group II of Tests and Criteria, is classed as a Dimust be assigned to powders of metal vision 4.2 material. or metal alloys If the zone of reaction (c) Division 4.3 (Dangerous when wet spreads over the whole length of the material). For the purposes of this chapsample in 5 minutes or less. ter, dangerous when wet material (Divi- (ii) For readily combustible solids sion 4.3) means a material that, by con- (other than metal powders), Packing tact with water, is liable to become Group III must be assigned if the burnspontaneously flammable or to give off ing rate time is less than 45 seconds flammable or toxic gas at a rate greatand the wetted zone stops the flame er than 1 L per kilogram of the matepropagation for at least 4 minutes. rial, per hour, when tested in accord- Packing Group III must be assigned to ance with UN Manual of Tests and Crimetal powders if the reaction spreads teria. over the whole length of the sample in [Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as more than 5 minutes but not more than amended at 56 FR 66268, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR 10 minutes. 45461, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 173-233, 58 FR 33305, (c) Packing group criteria for Divi- June 16, 1993; Amdt. 173-234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. sion 4.2 materials is as follows: 1, 1993: Amdt. 173-241, 59 FR 67507, Dec. 29, (1) Pyrophoric liquids and solids of 1994; Amdt. 173-261, 62 FR 24731, May 6, 1997: 66 FR 8647, Feb. 1, 2001; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, Division 4.2 are assigned to Packing 2001: 68 FR 75744. Dec. 31. 2003; 70 FR 73165, Group I. Dec. 9. 2005] (2) A self-heating material is assigned to- § 173.125 Class 4-Assignment of pack- (i) Packing Group II, if the material ing group. gives a positive test result when tested (a) The packing group of a Class 4 with a 25 mm cube size sample at 140 material is assigned in column (5) of °C; or the $172.101 Table. When the $172.101 (ii) Packing Group III, if- Table provides more than one packing (A) A positive test result is obtained group for a hazardous material, the in a test using a 100 mm sample cube at packing group shall be determined on 140 °C and a negative test result is obthe basis of test results following test tained in a test using a 25 mm sample methods given in the UN Manual of cube at 140 °C and the substance is Tests and Criteria (IBR, see $171.7 of transported in packagings with a volthis subchapter) and by applying the ume of more than 3 cubic meters; or appropriate criteria given in this sec- (B) A positive test result is obtained tion. in a test using a 100 mm sample cube at (b) Packing group criteria for readily 120 °C and a negative result is obtained combustible materials of Division 4.1 in a test using a 25 mm sample cube at are as follows: 140 °C and the substance is transported (1) Powdered, granular or pasty main packagings with a volume of more terials must be classified in Division than 450 L; or 4.1 when the time of burning of one or (C) A positive result is obtained in a more of the test runs, in accordance test using a 100 mm sample cube at 100 with the UN Manual of Tests and Cri- °C and a negative result is obtained in 512 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT $ 173.128 a test using a 25 mm sample cube at 140 less then the time of a 1:1 nitric acid °C and the substance is transported in (65 percent)/cellulose mixture. packagings with a volume of less than (b) Assignment of packing groups. (1) 450 L. The packing group of a Division 5.1 ma- (d) A Division 4.3 dangerous when wet terial which is a solid shall be assigned material is assigned tousing the following criteria: (1) Packing Group I, if the material (i) Packing Group I, for any material reacts vigorously with water at ambiwhich. in either concentration tested, ent temperatures and demonstrates a exhibits a mean burning time less than tendency for the gas produced to ignite the mean burning time of a 3:2 potasspontaneously. or which reacts readily sium bromate/cellulose mixture. with water at ambient temperatures (ii) Packing Group II. for any matesuch that the rate of evolution of flamrial which, in either concentration mable gases is equal or greater than 10 tested, exhibits a mean burning time L per kilogram of material over any less than or equal to the mean burning one minute; time of a 2:3 potassium bromate/cel- (2) Packing Group II, if the material lulose mixture and the criteria for reacts readily with water at ambient Packing Group I are not met. temperatures such that the maximum (111) Packing Group III for any materate of evolution of flammable gases is rial which, in either concentration equal to or greater than 20 L per kilotested, exhibits a mean burning time gram of material per hour, and which less than or equal to the mean burning does not meet the criteria for Packing time of a 3:7 potassium bromate/cel- Group I; or lulose mixture and the criteria for (3) Packing Group III, if the material Packing Group I and II are not met. reacts slowly with water at ambient (2) The packing group of a Division temperatures such that the maximum 5.1 material which is a liquid shall be rate of evolution of flammable gases is assigned using the following criteria: greater than 1 L per kilogram of mate- (i) Packing Group I for: rial per hour, and which does not meet (A) Any material which spontanethe criteria for Packing Group I or II. ously ignites when mixed with cel- [Amdt. 173-224. 55 FR 52634 Dec. 21, 1990, as lulose in a 1:1 ratio; or amended by Amdt. 173-255. 61 FR 50625, Sept. (B) Any material which exhibits a 26, 1996: Amdt. 173-261, 62 FR 24731, May 6, mean pressure rise time less than the 1997; 62 FR 51560, Oct. 1, 1997: 66 FR 45380. pressure rise time of a 1:1 perchloric Aug. 28. 2001: 68 FR 75744, Dec. 31, 2003} acid (50 percent)/cellulose mixture. § 173.127 Class 5, Division 5.1-Defini- (ii) Packing Group II, any material tion and assignment of packing which exhibits a mean pressure rise groups. time less than or equal to the pressure rise time of a 1:1 aqueous sodium chlo- (a) Definition. For the purpose of this rate solution (40 percent)/cellulose mixsubchapter, oxidizer (Division 5.1) ture and the criteria for Packing Group means a material that may. generally I are not met. by yielding oxygen, cause or enhance the combustion of other materials. (iii) Packing Group III, any material which exhibits a mean pressure rise (1) A solid material is classed as a Ditime less than or equal to the pressure vision 5.1 material if, when tested in rise time of a 1:1 nitric acid (65 peraccordance with the UN Manual of cent)/cellulose mixture and the criteria Tests and Criteria (IBR, see $ 171.7 of this subchapter), its mean burning for Packing Group I and II are not met. time is less than or equal to the burn- [Amdt. 173-261, 62 FR 24732, May 6, 1997, as ing time of a 3:7 potassium bromate/ amended at 68 FR 75744. Dec. 31, 2003] cellulose mixture. (2) A liquid material is classed as a $ 173.128 Class 5, Division 5.2-Defini- Division 5.1 material if, when tested in tions and types. accordance with the UN Manual of (a) Definitions. For the purposes of Tests and Criteria, it spontaneously igthis subchapter, organic peroxide (Divinites or its mean time for a pressure sion 5.2) means any organic compound rise from 690 kPa to 2070 kPa gauge is containing oxygen (0) in the bivalent 513 $ 173.128 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) -0-0- structure and which may be con- (2) Type B. Organic peroxide type B is sidered a derivative of hydrogen peran organic peroxide which, as packaged oxide, where one or more of the hydrofor transport, neither detonates nor gen atoms have been replaced by ordeflagrates rapidly, but can undergo a ganic radicals. unless any of the folthermal explosion. lowing paragraphs applies: (3) Type C. Organic peroxide type C is (1) The material meets the definition an organic peroxide which. as packaged of an explosive as prescribed in subpart for transport, neither detonates nor C of this part, in which case it must be deflagrates rapidly and cannot undergo classed as an explosive; a thermal explosion. (2) The material is forbidden from (4) Type D. Organic peroxide type D is being offered for transportation according to $172.101 of this subchapter an organic peroxide whichor $173.21; (i) Detonates only partially, but does (3) The Associate Administrator has not deflagrate rapidly and is not afdetermined that the material does not fected by heat when confined; present a hazard which is associated (ii) Does not detonate, deflagrates with a Division 5.2 material: or slowly, and shows no violent effect if (4) The material meets one of the folheated when confined: or lowing conditions: (iii) Does not detonate or deflagrate, (i) For materials containing no more and shows a medium effect when heatthan 1.0 percent hydrogen peroxide, the ed under confinement. available oxygen, as calculated using (5) Type E. Organic peroxide type E is the equation in paragraph (a)(4)(ii) of an organic peroxide which neither detthis section, is not more than 1.0 peronates nor deflagrates and shows low, cent, or or no, effect when heated under con- (ii) For materials containing more finement. than 1.0 percent but not more than 7.0 (6) Type F. Organic peroxide type F is percent hydrogen peroxide, the availan organic peroxide which will not detable oxygen, content (O) is not more onate in a cavitated state, does not than 0.5 percent, when determined deflagrate, shows only a low, or no. efusing the equation: fect if heated when confined. and has low, or no, explosive power. (7) Type G. Organic peroxide type G is an organic peroxide which will not detonate in a cavitated state, will not where, for a material containing k species of deflagrate at all. shows no effect when organic peroxides: heated under confinement, and shows n, = number of -0-0- groups per molecule of no explosive power. A type G organic the 1 th species a = concentration (mass percent) of the / th peroxide is not subject to the requirements of this subchapter for organic species m, = molecular mass of the i th species peroxides of Division 5.2 provided that it is thermally stable (self-accelerating (b) Generic types. Division 5.2 organic decomposition temperature is 50 °C (122 peroxides are assigned to a generic sys- °F) or higher for a 50 kg (110 pounds) tem which consists of seven types. An organic peroxide identified by techpackage). An organic peroxide meeting all characteristics of type G except nical name in the Organic Peroxides Table in $173.225 is assigned to a gethermal stability and requiring temneric type in accordance with that perature control is classed as a type F, table. Organic peroxides not identified temperature control organic peroxide. in the Organic Peroxides table are as- (c) Procedure for assigning an organic signed to generic types under the properoxide to a generic type. An organic cedures of paragraph (c) of this section. peroxide shall be assigned to a generic (1) Type A. Organic peroxide type A is type based onan organic peroxide which can detonate (1) Its physical state (i.e., liquid or or deflagrate rapidly as packaged for solid), in accordance with the definitransport. Transportation of type A ortions for liquid and solid in $171.8 of ganic peroxides is forbidden. this subchapter; 514 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.132 (2) A determination as to its control mans as to afford a hazard to health temperature and emergency temperaduring transportation, or which, in the ture, if any, under the provisions of absence of adequate data on human $173.21(f): and toxicity: (3) Performance of the organic per- (1) Is presumed to be toxic to humans oxide under the test procedures specibecause it falls within any one of the fied in the UN Manual of Tests and Crifollowing categories when tested on teria (IBR, see $171.7 of this sublaboratory animals (whenever possible, chapter), and the provisions of paraanimal test data that has been regraph (d) of this section. ported in the chemical literature (d) Approvals. (1) An organic peroxide should be used): must be approved, in writing, by the (i) Oral Toxicity. A liquid with an Associate Administrator, before being LDs₀ for acute oral toxicity of not more offered for transportation or transthan 500 mg/kg or a solid with an LD₅₀ ported, including assignment of a gefor acute oral toxicity of not more neric type and shipping description, exthan 200 mg/kg. cept for- (i) An organic peroxide which is iden- (ii) Dermal Toxicity. A material with an LDs₀ for acute dermal toxicity of tified by technical name in the Organic Peroxides Table in $ 173.225(c); not more than 1000 mg/kg. (ii) A mixture of organic peroxides (iii) Inhalation Toxicity. (A) A dust or prepared according to 173.225(b): or mist with an LCso for acute toxicity on (iii) An organic peroxide which may inhalation of not more than 10 mg/L: or be shipped as a sample under the provi- (B) A material with a saturated sions of $173.225(b). vapor concentration in air at 20°C (2) A person applying for an approval (68°F) greater than or equal to one-fifth must submit all relevant data conof the LC50 for acute toxicity on inhacerning physical state, temperature lation of vapors and with an LC₅₀ for controls, and tests results or an apacute toxicity on inhalation of vapors proval issued for the organic peroxide of not more than 5000 mL/mm3; or by the competent authority of a for- (2) Is an irritating material, with eign government. properties similar to tear gas, which (e) Tests. The generic type for an orcauses extreme irritation, especially in ganic peroxide shall be determined confined spaces. using the testing protocol from Figure (b) For the purposes of this sub- 20.1(a) (Classification and Flow Chart chapter- Scheme for Organic Peroxides) from (1) LDs0 (median lethal dose) for the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria acute oral toxicity is the statistically (IBR, see $ 171.7 of this subchapter). derived single dose of a substance that [Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21. 1990, as can be expected to cause death within amended at 56 FR 66268, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 14 days in 50% of young adult albino 173-234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173- rats when administered by the oral 241. 59 FR 67508. Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173-261, route. The LD₅₀ value is expressed in 62 FR 24732, May 6, 1997; 65 FR 58629, Sept. 29, terms of mass of test substance per 2000; 66 FR 8647, Feb. 1, 2001; 66 FR 45379, Aug. mass of test animal (mg/kg). 28, 2001: 68 FR 75744, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 76155, Dec. 20, 2004] (2) LD₅₀ for acute dermal toxicity means that dose of the material which, $ 173.129 Class 5, Division 5.2-Assignadministered by continuous contact for ment of packing group. 24 hours with the shaved intact skin All Division 5.2 materials are as- (avoiding abrading) of an albino rabbit, signed to Packing Group II in column 5 causes death within 14 days in half of of the $172.101 table. the animals tested. The number of animals tested must be sufficient to give $ 173.132 Class 6, Division 6.1-Definistatistically valid results and be in tions. conformity with good pharmacological (a) For the purpose of this subpractices. The result is expressed in chapter, poisonous material (Division mg/kg body mass. 6.1) means a material, other than a gas, (3) LC₅₀ for acute toxicity on inhalawhich is known to be so toxic to hution means that concentration of 515 $ 173.133 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) vapor, mist, or dust which, administive constituent, one of the following tered by continuous inhalation for one methods may be used to determine the hour to both male and female young oral or dermal LD₅₀ of the mixture: adult albino rats, causes death within (1) Obtain reliable acute oral and der- 14 days in half of the animals tested. If mal toxicity data on the actual mixthe material is administered to the ture to be transported: animals as a dust or mist, more than 90 (2) If reliable, accurate data is not percent of the particles available for available, classify the formulation acinhalation in the test must have a dicording to the most hazardous conameter of 10 microns or less if it is reastituent of the mixture as if that consonably foreseeable that such constituent were present in the same concentrations could be encountered by a centration as the total concentration human during transport. The result is of all active constituents: or expressed in mg/L of air for dusts and (3) If reliable, accurate data is not mists or in mL/m3 of air (parts per milavailable, apply the formula: lion) for vapors. See § 173.133(b) for LC₅₀ determination for mixtures and for limit tests. C₄ₜC₃ₜCz_100 TA TB T₂ TM (i) When provisions of this subchapter require the use of the LCso for where: acute toxicity on inhalation of dusts C = the % concentration of constituent A, B and mists based on a one-hour exposure Z in the mixture: and such data is not available, the LCs₀ T = the oral LDs0 values of constituent A. B for acute toxicity on inhalation based Z: on a four-hour exposure may be multi- TM = the oral LDso value of the mixture. plied by four and the product sub- NOTE TO FORMULA IN PARAGRAPH (c)(3): This stituted for the one-hour LC₅₀ for acute formula also may be used for dermal toxicity on inhalation. toxicities provided that this information is (ii) When the provisions of this subavailable on the same species for all conchapter require the use of the LC₅₀ for stituents. The use of this formula does not acute toxicity on inhalation of vapors take into account any potentiation or probased on a one-hour exposure and such tective phenomena. data is not available, the LCs₀ for acute (d) The foregoing categories shall not toxicity on inhalation based on a fourapply if the Associate Administrator hour exposure may be multiplied by has determined that the physical chartwo and the product substituted for the acteristics of the material or its probone-hour LC₅₀ for acute toxicity on inable hazards to humans as shown by halation. documented experience indicate that (iii) A solid substance should be testthe material will not cause serious ed if at least 10 percent of its total sickness or death. mass is likely to be dust in a respirable range, e.g. the aerodynamic diameter [Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66268, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. of that particle-fraction is 10 microns 173-234, 58 FR 51532. Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173- or less. A liquid substance should be 261, 62 FR 24732. May 6, 1997; 62 FR 45702, Autested if a mist is likely to be gengust 28, 1997: 65 FR 58629, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR erated in a leakage of the transport 45379, 45382, Aug. 28. 2001; 69 FR 76155, Dec. 20. containment. In carrying out the test 2004] both for solid and liquid substances, more than 90% (by mass) of a specimen $ 173.133 Assignment of packing group prepared for inhalation toxicity testing and hazard zones for Division 6.1 materials. must be in the respirable range as defined in this paragraph (b)(3)(iii). (a) The packing group of Division 6.1 (c) For purposes of classifying and asmaterials shall be as assigned in colsigning packing groups to mixtures umn 5 of the $172.101 table. When the possessing oral or dermal toxicity haz- $172.101 table provides more than one ards according to the criteria in packing group or hazard zone for a haz- $173.133(a)(1). it is necessary to deterardous material, the packing group and mine the acute LD₅₀ of the mixture. If hazard zone shall be determined by ap- a mixture contains more than one acplying the following criteria: 516 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT 173.133 (1) The packing group assignment for halation of vapors shall be in accordroutes of administration other than inance with the following table: Packing Group Oral toxicity LDso (mg/kg) Dermal toxicity LDso (mg/kg) Inhalation toxicity by dusts and mists LC₅₀ (mg/L) I 55 ≤ 40 ≤ 0.5 II > 5. ≤ 50 > 40, 5 200 > 0.5, <2 III solids: > 50, â 200; liquids: > 50. â 500 > 200, ≤ 1000 > 2, ≤ 10 (2)(1) The packing group and hazard based on inhalation of vapors shall be zone assignments for liquids (see in accordance with the following table: $ 173.115(c) of this subpart for gases) Packing Group Vapor concentration and toxicity I (Hazard Zone A) V ≥ 500 LCso and LCso â 200 mL/M3. I (Hazard Zone B} v≥ 10 LCso: LCso â 1000 mL/m3; and the criteria for Packing Group I, Hazard Zone A are not met. II V ≥ LCso; LCso ≤ 3000 mL/m3; and the criteria for Packing Group I, are not met. ill V > .2 LCso; LC, ≤ 5000 mL/m3; and the criteria for Packing Groups I and II, are not met. NOTE 1: V is the saturated vapor concentration in air of the material in mL/m³ at 20 °C and standard atmospheric pressure. NOTE 2: A liquid in Division 6.1 meeting criteria for Packing Group I, Hazard Zones A or B stated in paragraph (a)(2) of this section is a material poisonous by inhalation subject to the additional hazard communication requirements in §§ 172.203(m)(2), 172.313 and table 1 of $ 172.504(e) of this subchapter. (ii) These criteria are represented graphically in Figure 1: 517 § 173.133 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) Division 2.3 Gases Hazard Zone D Hazard Zone C Hazard Zone B Hazard Zone A 1,000,000 100,000 Inhalation Toxicity: Packing Group and Hazard Zone Borderlines Packing Hazard Group Zone A 10,000 Figure 1 Division 6.1 Liquids 1,000 Volatility ml/m³ 3 Group III Group 100 10 1,000 100 10 10.000 (3) When the packing group deterthe packing group assigned to the mamined by applying these criteria is difterial shall be that indicated for the ferent for two or more (oral, dermal or highest degree of toxicity for any of inhalation) routes of administration, the routes of administration. 518 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.133 (4) Notwithstanding the provisions of Packaging group Ratio of volatility and LCsa this paragraph, the packing group and (hazard zone) hazard zone of a tear gas substance is III R ≥ 1/5 and LCso (mixture) ≤ 5000 mL/ as assigned in column 5 of the $172.101 m³; and the criteria for Packing table. Group I, Hazard Zones A and B and Packing Group II are not met. (b) The packing group and hazard zone for Division 6.1 mixtures that are (2) In the absence of LC₅₀ data on the poisonous (toxic) by inhalation may be poisonous (toxic) constituent subdetermined by one of the following stances, the mixture may be assigned a methods: packing group and hazard zone based (1) Where LC₅₀ data is available on on the following simplified threshold each of the poisonous (toxic) subtoxicity tests. When these threshold stances comprising the mixturetests are used, the most restrictive (i) The LCso of the mixture is estipacking group and hazard zone must be mated using the formula: determined and used for the transpor- 1 tation of the mixture. LC₅₀(mixture)= (i) A mixture is assigned to Packing Group I. Hazard Zone A only if both the following criteria are met: (A) A sample of the liquid mixture is where vaporized and diluted with air to create f, = mole fraction of the ith component sub- a test atmosphere of 200 mL/m3 vaporstance of the liquid. ized mixture in air. Ten albino rats LC50; = mean lethal concentration of the 1th component substance in mL/m³ (five male and five female) are exposed to the test atmosphere as determined (ii) The volatility of each component by an analytical method appropriate substance is estimated using the forfor the material being classified for one mula: hour and observed for fourteen days. If five or more of the animals die within the fourteen-day observation period, 101.3 the mixture is presumed to have an LC₅₀ equal to or less than 200 mL/m3. where: (B) A sample of the vapor in equi- Pᵢ = partial pressure of the ith component librium with the liquid mixture is disubstance in kPa at 20 °C and one atmospheric pressure. Pi may be calculated acluted with 499 equal volumes of air to cording to Raoult's Law using appropriate form a test atmosphere. Ten albino activity coefficients. Where activity coeffirats (five male and five female) are excients are not available. the coefficient posed to the test atmosphere for one may be assumed to be 1.0. hour and observed for fourteen days. If (iii) The ratio of the volatility to the five or more of the animals die within LCso is calculated using the formula: the fourteen-day observation period, the mixture is presumed to have a volatility equal to or greater than 500 times the mixture LCso. (ii) A mixture is assigned to Packing (iv) Using the calculated values LCs₀ Group I. Hazard Zone B only if both the (mixture) and R. the packing group for following criteria are met, and the the mixture is determined as follows: mixture does not meet the criteria for Packing Group I, Hazard Zone A: Packaging group Ratio of volatility and LCso (A) A sample of the liquid mixture is (hazard zone) vaporized and diluted with air to create I (Hazard Zone A) R ≥ 500 and LCso (mixture) â 200 mL/ a test atmosphere of 1000 mL/m3 vapor- m3. ized mixture in air. Ten albino rats I (Hazard Zone B) R 2 10 and LCso (mixture) â 1000 mL/ m3; and the criteria for Packing (five male and five female) are exposed Group I, Hazard Zone A are not met. to the test atmosphere for one hour Il R ≥ 1 and LCsa (mixture) < 3000 mL/ and observed for fourteen days. If five m3; and the criteria for Packing or more of the animals die within the Group I, Hazard Zones A and B are not met. fourteen-day observation period, the 519 § 173.134 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) mixture is presumed to have an LCs₀ (B) The vapor pressure of the liquid equal to or less than 1000 mL/m³. mixture is measured and if the vapor (B) A sample of the vapor in equiconcentration is equal to or greater librium with the liquid mixture is dithan 1000 mL/m3, the mixture is preluted with 9 equal volumes of air to sumed to have a volatility equal to or form a test atmosphere. Ten albino greater than 1/5 the mixture LCso. rats (five male and five female) are ex- [Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52634. Dec. 21, 1990, as posed to the test atmosphere for one amended at 56 FR 66268-66270, Dec. 20. 1991; 57 hour and observed for fourteen days. If FR 45461-45463, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 173-234, 58 five or more of the animals die within FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173-138. 59 FR the fourteen-day observation period, 49133, Sept. 26. 1994: Amdt. 173-255, 61 FR the mixture is presumed to have a vol- 50626, Sept. 26, 1996; 66 FR 45183, 45380, Aug. atility equal to or greater than 10 28, 2001; 66 FR 49556, Sept. 28, 2001; 69 FR times the mixture LC₅₀. 54046. Sept. 7. 2004; 71 FR 54395. Sept. 14, 2006] (iii) A mixture is assigned to Packing $ 173.134 Class 6, Division 6.2-Defini- Group II only If both the following critions and exceptions. teria are met, and the mixture does not meet the criteria for Packing Group I (a) Definitions and classification cri- (Hazard Zones A or B): teria. For the purposes of this sub- (A) A sample of the liquid mixture is chapter, the following definitions and vaporized and diluted with air to create classification criteria apply to Division a test atmosphere of 3000 mL/m3 vapor- 6.2 materials. ized mixture in air. Ten albino rats (1) Division 6.2 (Infectious substance) (five male and five female) are exposed means a material known or reasonably to the test atmosphere for one hour expected to contain a pathogen. A and observed for fourteen days. If five pathogen is a microorganism (includor more of the animals die within the ing bacteria, viruses, rickettsiae, fourteen-day observation period, the parasites, fungi) or other agent. such mixture is presumed to have an LCso as a proteinaceous infectious particle equal to or less than 3000 mL/m3. (prion), that can cause disease in hu- (B) A sample of the vapor in equimans or animals. An Infectious sublibrium with the liquid mixture is used stance must be assigned the identificato form a test atmosphere. Ten albino tion number UN 2814, UN 2900. UN 3373, rats (five male and five female) are exor UN 3291 as appropriate, and must be posed to the test atmosphere for one assigned to one of the following cathour and observed for fourteen days. If egories: five or more of the animals die within (i) Category A: An infectious subthe fourteen-day observation period. stance in a form capable of causing the mixture is presumed to have a volpermanent disability or life-threatatility equal to or greater than the ening or fatal disease in otherwise mixture LCso. healthy humans or animals when expo- (iv) A mixture is assigned to Packing sure to it occurs. An exposure occurs Group III only if both the following criwhen an infectious substance is reteria are met, and the mixture does not leased outside of its protective packmeet the criteria for Packing Groups I aging, resulting in physical contact (Hazard Zones A or B) or Packing with humans or animals. A Category A Group II (Hazard Zone C): infectious substance must be assigned (A) A sample of the liquid mixture is to identification number UN 2814 or UN vaporized and diluted with air to create 2900, as appropriate. Assignment to UN a test atmosphere of 5000 mL/m3 vapor- 2814 or UN 2900 must be based on the ized mixture in air. Ten albino rats known medical history or symptoms of (five male and five female) are exposed the source patient or animal. endemic to the test atmosphere for one hour local conditions, or professional judgand observed for fourteen days. If five ment concerning the individual ciror more of the animals die within the cumstances of the source human or fourteen-day observation period, the animal. mixture is presumed to have an LC₅₀ (ii) Category B: An infectious subequal to or less than 5000 mL/m3. stance that is not in a form generally 520 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.134 capable of causing permanent dissigned to UN 3291, except for regulated ability or life-threatening or fatal dismedical waste containing a Category A ease in otherwise healthy humans or infectious substance, which must be animals when exposure to it occurs. classed as a Division 6.2 material, de- This includes Category B infectious scribed as an infectious substance, and substances transported for diagnostic assigned to UN 2814 or UN 2900, as apor investigational purposes. A Catpropriate. egory B infectious substance must be (6) Sharps means any object contamidescribed as "Biological substance, nated with a pathogen or that may be- Category B" and assigned identificacome contaminated with a pathogen tion number UN 3373. This does not inthrough handling or during transporclude regulated medical waste, which tation and also capable of cutting or must be assigned identification number UN 3291. penetrating skin or a packaging mate- (2) Biological product means a virus, rial. Sharps includes needles, syringes, therapeutic serum, toxin, antitoxin, scalpels, broken glass, culture slides, vaccine, blood, blood component or deculture dishes, broken capillary tubes, rivative, allergenic product, or analobroken rigid plastic, and exposed ends gous product, or arsphenamine or deof dental wires. rivative of arsphenamine (or any other (7) Toxin means a Division 6.1 matetrivalent arsenic compound) applicable rial from a plant, animal, or bacterial to the prevention. treatment, or cure source. A toxin containing an infectious of a disease or condition of human substance or a toxin contained in an inbeings or animals. A biological product fectious substance must be classed as includes a material subject to regula- Division 6.2, described as an infectious tion under 42 U.S.C. 262 or 21 U.S.C. substance, and assigned to UN 2814 or 151-159. Unless otherwise excepted. a bi- UN 2900. as appropriate. ological product known or reasonably (8) Used health care product means a expected to contain a pathogen that medical, diagnostic, or research device meets the definition of a Category A or or piece of equipment, or a personal B infectious substance must be ascare product used by consumers, medsigned the identification number UN ical professionals, or pharmaceutical 2814, UN 2900, or UN 3373. as approproviders that does not meet the defipriate. nition of a diagnostic specimen, bio- (3) Culture means an infectious substance containing a pathogen that is logical product, or regulated medical intentionally propagated. Culture does waste, is contaminated with potennot include a human or animal patient tially infectious body fluids or matespecimen as defined in paragraph (a)(4) rials, and is not decontaminated or disof this section. infected to remove or mitigate the in- (4) Patient specimen means human or fectious hazard prior to transportation. animal material collected directly (b) Exceptions. The following are not from humans or animals and transsubject to the requirements of this subported for research, diagnosis, inveschapter as Division 6.2 materials: tigational activities, or disease treat- (1) A material that does not contain ment or prevention. Patient specimen an infectious substance or that is unincludes excreta, secreta, blood and its likely to cause disease in humans or components, tissue and tissue swabs, animals. body parts, and specimens in transport (2) Non-infectious biological matemedia (e.g., transwabs, culture media, rials from humans. animals, or plants. and blood culture bottles). Examples include non-infectious cells, (5) Regulated medical waste means a tissue cultures, blood or plasma from waste or reusable material derived individuals not suspected of having an from the medical treatment of an aniinfectious disease, DNA, RNA or other mal or human, which includes diagnosis and immunization, or from bionon-infectious genetic elements. medical research, which includes the (3) A material containing micro-orgaproduction and testing of biological nisms that are non-pathogenic to huproducts. Regulated medical waste is asmans or animals. 521 § 173.134 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) (4) A material containing pathogens stance, contained in a patient sample that have been neutralized or inacbeing transported for research, diagtivated such that they no longer pose a nosis, investigational activities, or dishealth risk. ease treatment or prevention, or a bio- (5) A material with a low probability logical product, when such materials of containing an infectious substance, are transported by a private or conor where the concentration of the intract carrier in a motor vehicle used fectious substance is at a level natuexclusively to transport such materally occurring in the environment so rials. Medical or clinical equipment it cannot cause disease when exposure and laboratory products may be transto it occurs. Examples of these mateported aboard the same vehicle prorials include: Foodstuffs; environvided they are properly packaged and mental samples, such as water or a secured against exposure or contaminasample of dust or mold; and substances tion. If the human or animal sample or that have been treated so that the biological product meets the definition pathogens have been neutralized or deof regulated medical waste in paraactivated, such as a material treated graph (a)(5) of this section, it must be by steam sterilization, chemical disoffered for transportation and transinfection, or other appropriate method. ported in conformance with the approso it no longer meets the definition of priate requirements for regulated medan infectious substance. ical waste. (6) A biological product, including an (11) A human or animal sample (inexperimental or investigational prodcluding, but not limited to, secreta, exuct or component of a product, subject creta, blood and its components, tissue to Federal approval, permit, review, or and tissue fluids, and body parts) being licensing requirements, such as those transported for routine testing not rerequired by the Food and Drug Adminlated to the diagnosis of an infectious istration of the U.S. Department of disease, such as for drug/alcohol test- Health and Human Services or the U.S. ing, cholesterol testing. blood glucose Department of Agriculture. level testing, prostate specific anti- (7) Blood collected for the purpose of body testing, testing to monitor kidblood transfusion or the preparation of ney or liver function, or pregnancy blood products; blood products; plasma; testing. or for tests for diagnosis of plasma derivatives; blood components; non-infectious diseases, such as cancer tissues or organs intended for use in biopsies, and for which there is a low transplant operations; and human cell, probability the sample is infectious. tissues, and cellular and tissue-based (12) Laundry and medical equipment products regulated under authority of and used health care products, as folthe Public Health Service Act (42 lows: U.S.C. 264-272) and/or the Food, Drug. (i) Laundry or medical equipment and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 332 et seq.). conforming to the regulations of the (8) Blood, blood plasma, and blood Occupational Safety and Health Adcomponents collected for the purpose ministration of the Department of of blood transfusion or the preparation Labor in 29 CFR 1910.1030. This excepof blood products and sent for testing tion includes medical equipment inas part of the collection process, except tended for use, cleaning, or refurbishwhere the person collecting the blood ment, such as reusable surgical equiphas reason to believe it contains an inment, or equipment used for testing fectious substance, in which case the where the components within which test sample must be shipped as a Catthe equipment is contained essentially egory A or Category B infectious subfunction as packaging. This exception stance in accordance with $173.196 or does not apply to medical equipment $173.199, as appropriate. being transported for disposal. (9) Dried blood spots or specimens for (ii) Used health care products not fecal occult blood detection placed on conforming to the requirements in 29 absorbent filter paper or other mate- CFR 1910.1030 and being returned to the rial. manufacturer or the manufacturer's (10) A Division 6.2 material, other designee are excepted from the requirethan a Category A infectious subments of this subchapter when offered 522 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT $ 173.134 for transportation or transported in ac- (ii) Sanitary waste or sewage; cordance with this paragraph (b)(12). (iii) Sewage sludge or compost; For purposes of this paragraph, a (iv) Animal waste generated in anihealth care product is used when it has mal husbandry or food production: or been removed from its original pack- (v) Medical waste generated from aging. Used health care products conhouseholds and transported in accordtaminated with or suspected of conance with applicable state, local. or tamination with a Category A infectribal requirements. tious substance may not be transported (14) Corpses, remains, and anatomical under the provisions of this paragraph. parts intended for interment, crema- (A) Each used health care product tion, or medical research at a college, must be drained of free liquid to the exhospital, or laboratory. tent practicable and placed in a water- (15) Forensic material transported on tight primary container designed and behalf of a U.S. Government, state, constructed to assure that it remains local or Indian tribal government agenintact under conditions normally incicy, except thatdent to transportation. For a used (i) Forensic material known or sushealth care product capable of cutting pected to contain a Category B infecor penetrating skin or packaging matetious substance must be shipped in a rial, the primary container must be capackaging conforming to the provipable of retaining the product without sions of $173.24. puncture of the packaging under nor- (ii) Forensic material known or susmal conditions of transport. Each pripected to contain a Category A infecmary container must be marked with a tious substance or an infectious sub- BIOHAZARD marking conforming to 29 stance listed as a select agent in 42 CFR 1910.1030(g)(1)(i). CFR Part 73 must be transported in (B) Each primary container must be packaging capable of meeting the test placed inside a watertight secondary standards in $ 178.609 of this subchapter. container designed and constructed to The secondary packaging must be assure that it remains intact under marked with a BIOHAZARD symbol conditions normally incident to transconforming to specifications in 29 CFR portation. The secondary container 1910.1030(g)(1)(i). An itemized list of must be marked with a BIOHAZARD contents must be enclosed between the marking conforming to 29 CFR secondary packaging and the outer 1910.1030(g)(1)(i). packaging. (C) The secondary container must be (16) Agricultural products and food as placed Inside an outer packaging with defined in the Federal Food, Drug, and sufficient cushioning material to pre- Cosmetics Act (21 U.S.C. 332 et seq.). vent movement between the secondary (c) Exceptions for regulated medical container and the outer packaging. An waste. The following provisions apply itemized list of the contents of the prito the transportation of regulated medmary container and information conical waste: cerning possible contamination with a (1) A regulated medical waste trans- Division 6.2 material, including its posported by a private or contract carrier sible location on the product, must be is excepted fromplaced between the secondary con- (i) The requirement for an "INFECtainer and the outside packaging. TIOUS SUBSTANCE" label if the outer (D) Each person who offers or transpackaging is marked with a "BIOports a used health care product under HAZARD" marking in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph must 29 CFR 1910.1030; and know about the requirements of this (ii) The specific packaging requireparagraph. ments of $173.197, if packaged in a rigid (13) Any waste or recyclable matenon-bulk packaging conforming to the rial, other than regulated medical general packaging requirements of waste, including- $$173.24 and 173.24a and packaging re- (i) Garbage and trash derived from quirements specified in 29 CFR hotels, motels, and households, includ- 1910.1030, provided the material does ing but not limited to single and mulnot include a waste concentrated stock tiple residences; culture of an infectious substance. 523 § 173.136 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) Sharps containers must be securely sure times may be used for classificaclosed to prevent leaks or punctures. tion and assignment of packing group (2) A waste stock or culture of a Catfor Class 8 materials corrosive to skin. egory B infectious substance may be (d) Steel or aluminum corrosion test offered for transportation and transdata produced no later than September ported as a regulated medical waste 30, 2005, using the procedures of when it is packaged in a rigid non-bulk $ 173.137(c)(2). in effect on September 30, packaging conforming to the general 2004 (see 49 CFR 173.137 revised as of Ocpackaging requirements of §§ 173.24 and tober 1, 2003), for appropriate steel or 173.24a and packaging requirements aluminum types may be used for classispecified in 29 CFR 1910.1030 and transfication and assignment of packing ported by a private or contract carrier group for Class 8 materials corrosive to in a vehicle used exclusively to transsteel or aluminum. port regulated medical waste. Medical or clinical equipment and laboratory [Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52634. Dec. 21. 1990. as products may be transported aboard amended at 56 FR 66270, Dec. 20. 1991: Amdt. 173-234, 58 FR 51532. Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173- the same vehicle provided they are 241, 59 FR 67508, Dec. 29. 1994: Amdt. 173-261. properly packaged and secured against 62 FR 24732, May 6, 1997; 69 FR 76155, Dec. 20, exposure or contamination. Sharps 2004] containers must be securely closed to prevent leaks or punctures. § 173.137 Class 8-Assignment of pack- (d) If an item listed in paragraph (b) ing group. or (c) of this section meets the defini- The packing group of a Class 8 matetion of another hazard class or if it is rial is indicated in Column 5 of the a hazardous substance, hazardous $172.101 Table. When the § 172.101 Table waste, or marine pollutant, it must be provides more than one packing group offered for transportation and transfor a Class 8 material, the packing ported in accordance with applicable group must be determined using data requirements of this subchapter. obtained from tests conducted in ac- [67 FR 53138, Aug. 14. 2002. as amended at 68 cordance with the 1992 OECD Guideline FR 57632. Oct. 6, 2003; 70 FR 56098, Sept. 23, for Testing of Chemicals, Number 404, 2005; 71 FR 32258, June 2. 2006) "Acute Dermal Irritation/Corrosion (IBR, see $171.7 of this subchapter) as § 173.136 Class 8-Definitions. follows: (a) For the purpose of this sub- (a) Packing Group I. Materials that chapter, "corrosive material" (Class 8) cause full thickness destruction of inmeans a liquid or solid that causes full tact skin tissue within an observation thickness destruction of human skin at period of up to 60 minutes starting the site of contact within a specified after the exposure time of three minperiod of time. A liquid that has a seutes or less. vere corrosion rate on steel or alu- (b) Packing Group II. Materials other minum based on the criteria in than those meeting Packing Group I § 173.137(c) is also a corrosive matecriteria that cause full thickness derial. struction of intact skin tissue within (b) If human experience or other data an observation period of up to 14 days indicate that the hazard of a material starting after the exposure time of is greater or less than indicated by the more than three minutes but not more results of the tests specified in parathan 60 minutes. graph (a) of this section, PHMSA may (c) Packing Group III. Materials, revise its classification or make the deother than those meeting Packing termination that the material is not Group I or II criteriasubject to the requirements of this sub- (1) That cause full thickness destrucchapter. tion of intact skin tissue within an ob- (c) Skin corrosion test data produced servation period of up to 14 days startno later than September 30, 1995, using ing after the exposure time of more the procedures of part 173, appendix A, than 60 minutes but not more than 4 in effect on September 30, 1995 (see 49 hours; or CFR part 173, appendix A, revised as of (2) That do not cause full thickness October 1, 1994) for appropriate expodestruction of intact skin tissue but 524 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT $ 173.150 exhibit a corrosion on steel or alu- § 173.145 Other Regulated Materialsminum surfaces exceeding 6.25 mm (0.25 Assignment of packing group. inch) a year at a test temperature of 55 Packing groups are not assigned to °C (130 °F). The corrosion must be de- ORM-D materials. termined in accordance with the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see $ 173.150 Exceptions for Class 3 (flam- § 171.7 of this subchapter). mable and combustible liquids). (a) General. Exceptions for hazardous [Amdt. 173-224. 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as materials shipments in the following amended at 56 FR 66270, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. paragraphs are permitted only if this 173-241, 59 FR 67508, Dec. 29, 1994: Amdt. 173- section is referenced for the specific 261, 62 FR 24733. May 6, 1997; 68 FR 75744, Dec. hazardous material in the $ 172.101 31, 2003; 69 FR 76155, Dec. 20. 2004] Table of this subchapter. $ 173.140 Class 9-Definitions. (b) Limited quantities. Limited quantitles of flammable liquids (Class 3) and For the purposes of this subchapter, combustible liquids are excepted from miscellaneous hazardous material (Class labeling requirements, unless offered 9) means a material which presents a for transportation or transported by hazard during transportation but which aircraft, and the specification packdoes not meet the definition of any aging requirements of this subchapter other hazard class. This class includes: when packaged in combination pack- (a) Any material which has an anesagings according to this paragraph. For thetic, noxious or other similar proptransportation by aircraft, the package erty which could cause extreme annoymust also comply with the applicable ance or discomfort to a flight crew requirements of $173.27 of this submember so as to prevent the correct chapter and only hazardous materials performance of assigned duties; or authorized aboard passenger-carrying (b) Any material that meets the defiaircraft may be transported as a limnition in $171.8 of this subchapter for ited quantity. In addition, shipments of limited quantities are not subject to an elevated temperature material, a hazardous substance, a hazardous subpart F (Placarding) of part 172 of this subchapter. Each package must waste, or a marine pollutant. conform to the packaging require- [Amdt. 173-224, 57 FR 45463, Oct. 1, 1992, as ments of subpart B of this part and amended by Amdt. 173-231, 57 FR 52939, Nov. may not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross 5. 1992: Amdt. 173-233, 58 FR 33305. June 16, weight. The following combination 1993] packagings are authorized: (1) For flammable liquids in Packing $ 173.141 Class 9-Assignment of pack- Group I, inner packagings not over 0.5 ing group. L (0.1 gallon) net capacity each, packed The packing group of a Class 9 matein strong outer packagings; rial is as indicated in column 5 of the (2) For flammable liquids in Packing $172.101 table. Group II, inner packagings not over 1.0 L (0.3 gallons) net capacity each, unless $ 173.144 Other Regulated Materials the material has a subsidiary hazard of (ORM)-Definitions. Division 6.1. Packing Group II, in which case the inner packagings may For the purpose of this subchapter, not exceed 100 mL (3.38 ounces) net ca- "ORM-D material" means a material pacity each, packed in a strong outer such as a consumer commodity. which, packaging. although otherwise subject to the regu- (3) For flammable liquids in Packing lations of this subchapter, presents a Group III and combustible liquids, limited hazard during transportation inner packagings not over 5.0 L (1.3 galdue to its form, quantity and packlons) net capacity each, packed in aging. It must be a material for which strong outer packagings. exceptions are provided in the $172.101 (c) Consumer commodities. Except for a table. Each ORM-D material and catmaterial that has a subsidiary hazard egory of ORM-D material is listed in of Division 6.1, Packing Group II, a the $172.101 table. limited quantity which conforms to the 525 § 173.151 49 CFR Ch. 1 (10-1-06 Edition) provisions of paragraph (b) of this sec- (3) A combustible liquid that is in a tion and is a "consumer commodity" bulk packaging or a combustible liquid as defined in 171.8 of this subchapter, that is a hazardous substance, a hazmay be renamed "Consumer comardous waste, or a marine pollutant is modity" and reclassed as ORM-D matenot subject to the requirements of this rial. In addition to the exceptions prosubchapter except those pertaining to: vided by paragraph (b) of this section, (i) Shipping papers, waybills, switchshipments of ORM-D materials are not ing orders, and hazardous waste manisubject to the shipping paper requirefests; ments of subpart C of part 172 of this (ii) Marking of packages; subchapter, unless the material meets (iii) Display of identification numthe definition of a hazardous subbers on bulk packages: stance, hazardous waste, marine pol- (iv) For bulk packagings only, lutant, or are offered for transporplacarding requirements of subpart F tation and transported by aircraft, and of part 172 of this subchapter: are eligible for the exceptions provided (v) Carriage aboard aircraft and vesin $173.156. sels (for packaging requirements for (d) Alcoholic beverages. An alcoholic transport by vessel, see $ 176.340 of this beverage (wine and distilled spirits as subchapter); defined in 27 CFR 4.10 and 5.11) is not (vi) Reporting incidents as prescribed subject to the requirements of this subby $$171.15 and 171.16 of this subchapter if itchapter; (1) Contains 24 percent or less alcohol (vii) Packaging requirements of subby volume; part B of this part and, in addition, (2) Is In an inner packaging of 5 L (1.3 non-bulk packagings must conform gallons) or less, and for transportation with requirements of $ 173.203; on passenger-carrying aircraft con- (viii) The requirements of $ 173.1, forms to $175.10(a)(17) of this sub- 173.21, 173.24, 173.24a. 173.24b, 174.1, chapter as checked or carry-on bag- 177.804, 177.817, 177.834(j). and 177.837(d) gage; or of this subchapter: (3) Is a Packing Group III alcoholic (ix) The training requirements of beverage in a packaging of 250 L (66 subpart H of part 172 of this subgallons) or less, unless transported by chapter. air. (x) Emergency response information (e) Aqueous solutions of alcohol. An requirements of subpart G of part 172. aqueous solution containing 24 percent (4) A combustible liquid that is not a or less alcohol by volume and no other hazardous substance, a hazardous hazardous materialwaste, or a marine pollutant is not sub- (1) May be reclassed as a combustible ject to the requirements of this subliquid. chapter if it is a mixture of one or (2) Is not subject to the requirements more components thatof this subchapter if it contains no less (i) Has a flash point at or above 93 °C than 50 percent water. (200 °F), (f) Combustible liquids. (1) A flam- (ii) Comprises at least 99 percent of mable liquid with a flash point at or the volume of the mixture, and above 38 °C (100 °F) that does not meet (iii) Is not offered for transportation the definition of any other hazard class or transported as a liquid at a temperamay be reclassed as a combustible liqture at or above its flash point. uid. This provision does not apply to [Amdt. 173-224. 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21. 1990] transportation by vessel or aircraft, ex- EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER cicept where other means of transportations affecting $173.150. see the List of CFR tation is impracticable. Sections Affected which appears in the Find- (2) The requirements in this subing Aids section of the printed volume and chapter do not apply to a material on GPO Access. classed as a combustible liquid in a non-bulk packaging unless the combus- § 173.151 Exceptions for Class 4. tible liquid is a hazardous substance, a (a) General. Exceptions for hazardous hazardous waste, or a marine pollutmaterials shipments in the following ant. paragraphs are permitted only if this 526 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.152 section is referenced for the specific ardous substance, hazardous waste, hazardous material in the $172.101 table marine pollutant, or is offered for of this subchapter. transportation and transported by air- (b) Limited quantities of Division 4.1 craft, and are eligible for the excepflammable solids. Limited quantities of tions provided in § 173.156. flammable solids (Division 4.1) in Pack- (d) Limited quantities of Division 4.3 ing Groups II and III are excepted from (dangerous when wet) material. Limited labeling, unless offered for transporquantities of Division 4.3 (dangerous tation or transported by aircraft, and when wet) solids in Packing Groups II the specification packaging requireand III are excepted from labeling, unments of this subchapter when packless offered for transportation or transaged in combination packagings acported by aircraft, and the specificacording to this paragraph. For transtion packaging requirements of this portation by aircraft, the package subchapter when packaged in combinamust also comply with the applicable tion packagings according to this pararequirements of $173.27 of this subgraph. For transportation by aircraft, chapter and only hazardous materials the package must also comply with the authorized aboard passenger-carrying applicable requirements of $173.27 of aircraft may be transported as a limthis subchapter and only hazardous ited quantity. In addition, shipments of materials authorized aboard passengerlimited quantities are not subject to carrying aircraft may be transported subpart F (Placarding) of part 172 of as a limited quantity. In addition, shipthis subchapter. Each package must ments of limited quantities are not conform to the packaging requiresubject to subpart F (Placarding) of ments of subpart B of this part and part 172 of this subchapter. Each packmay not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. The following combination age must conform to the packaging repackagings are authorized: quirements of subpart B of this part (1) For flammable solids in Packing and may not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) Group II, inner packagings not over 1.0 gross weight. The following combinakg (2.2 pounds) net capacity each, untion packagings are authorized: less the material has a subsidiary haz- (1) For Division 4.3 solids in Packing ard of Division 6.1, Packing Group II, Group II, inner packagings not over 0.5 in which case the inner packagings kg (1.1 pound) net capacity each, may not exceed 0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) net packed in strong outer packagings; and capacity each, packed in a strong outer (2) For Division 4.3 solids in Packing packaging. Group III, inner packagings not over 1 (2) For flammable solids in Packing kg (2.2 pounds) net capacity each, Group III, inner packagings not over packed in strong outer packagings. 5.0 kg (11 pounds) net capacity each, [Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as packed in a strong outer packaging. amended by Amdt. 173-231, 57 FR 52940, Nov. (c) Consumer commodities. Except for a 5, 1992: Amdt. 173-234, 58 FR 51532. Oct. 1, material that has a subsidiary hazard 1993; Amdt. 173-255, 61 FR 50626, Sept. 26, 1996: of Division 6.1, Packing Group II, a 69 FR 76156, Dec. 20, 2004; 70 FR 34398, June limited quantity which conforms to the 14, 2005; 71 FR 14602, Mar. 22. 2006] provisions of paragraph (b) of this section, and charcoal briquettes in pack- § 173.152 Exceptions for Division 5.1 agings not exceeding 30 kg (66 pounds) (oxidizers) and Division 5.2 (organic peroxides). gross weight, may be renamed "Consumer commodity" and reclassed as (a) General. Exceptions for hazardous ORM-D material if the material is a materials shipments in the following "consumer commodity" as defined in paragraphs are permitted only if this $171.8 of this subchapter. In addition to section is referenced for the specific the exceptions provided by paragraph hazardous material in the § 172.101 table (b) of this section, shipments of ORMof this subchapter. D materials are not subject to the ship- (b) Limited quantities. Limited quanping paper requirements of subpart C of tities of oxidizers (Division 5.1) in part 172 of this subchapter, unless the Packing Groups II and III and organic material meets the definition of a hazperoxides (Division 5.2) are excepted 527 § 173.153 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) from labeling, unless offered for trans- (i) The organic peroxide component portation or transported by aircraft, must be packed in inner packagings and the specification packaging renot over 125 mL (4.22 ounces) net capacquirements of this subchapter when ity each for liquids or 500 g (17.64 packaging in combination packagings ounces) net capacity each for solids: according to this paragraph. For trans- (ii) The flammable liquid component portation by aircraft, the package must be packed in inner packagings must also comply with the applicable not over 5 L (1.3 gallons) net capacity requirements of $173.27 of this subeach for Packing Group II or III liquid; chapter and only hazardous materials and authorized aboard passenger-carrying (iii) The flammable liquid component aircraft may be transported as a limand the organic peroxide component ited quantity. In addition, shipments of may be packed in the same strong these limited quantities are not subject outer packaging provided they will not to subpart F of part 172 (Placarding) of interact dangerously in the event of this subchapter. Each package must leakage. conform to the packaging require- (c) Consumer commodities. Except for a ments of subpart B of this part and material that has a subsidiary hazard may not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross of Division 6.1, Packing Group II, a weight. The following combination limited quantity which conforms to the packagings are authorized: provisions of paragraph (b) of this sec- (1) For oxidizers in Packing Group II, tion, and is a "consumer commodity" inner packagings not over 1.0 L (0.3 galas defined in $171.8 of this subchapter, lon) net capacity each for liquids or may be renamed "Consumer comnot over 1.0 kg (2.2 pounds) net capacmodity" and reclassed as ORM-D. In ity each for solids, unless the material addition to the exceptions provided by has a subsidiary hazard of Division 6.1, paragraph (b) of this section, ship- Packing Group II, in which case the ments of ORM-D materials are not subinner packagings may not exceed 100 ject to the shipping paper requirements mL (3.38 ounces) for liquids or 0.5 kg of subpart C of part 172 of this sub- (1.1 pounds) for solids, packed in a chapter, unless the material meets the strong outer packaging. definition of a hazardous substance, (2) For oxidizers in Packing Group hazardous waste, marine pollutant, or III, inner packagings not over 5 L (1.3 are offered for transportation and gallons) net capacity each for liquids transported by aircraft, and are eligior not over 5.0 kg (11 lbs) net capacity ble for the exceptions provided in each for solids, and packed in strong § 173.156. outer packagings. (3) For organic peroxides which do [Amdt. 173-224. 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 173-231, 57 FR 52940, Nov. not require temperature control during 5, 1992; Amdt. 173-241. 59 FR 67508, Dec. 29, transportation- 1994: Amdt. 173-261, 62 FR 24733. May 6, 1997; (i) For Type D, E. or F organic perox- 66 FR 45381, Aug. 28, 2001: 68 FR 45033. July 31, ides, inner packagings not over 125 mL 2003; 69 FR 76156, Dec. 20, 2004; 71 FR 14603. (4.22 ounces) net capacity each for liq- Mar. 22, 2006] uids or 500 g (17.64 ounces) net capacity for solids, packed in strong outer pack- § 173.153 Exceptions for Division 6.1 agings. (poisonous materials). (ii) For Type B or C organic perox- (a) General. Exceptions for hazardous ides, inner packagings not over 25 mL materials shipments in the following (0.845 ounces) net capacity each for liqparagraphs are permitted only if this uids or 100 g (3.528 ounces) net capacity section is referenced for the specific for solids, packed in strong outer packhazardous material in the $172.101 table agings. of this subchapter. (4) For polyester resin kits consisting (b) Limited quantities of Division 6.1 of a base material component (Class 3, materials. The exceptions in this para- Packing Group II or III) and an actigraph do not apply to poison-by-inhalavator component (Type C, D. E, or F tion materials. Limited quantities of organic peroxide which does not repoisonous materials (Division 6.1) in quire temperature control)- Packing Group II and III are excepted 528 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.154 from the specification packaging rechapter. Shipments of ORM-D material quirements of this subchapter when are eligible for the exceptions provided packaged in combination packagings in § 173.156 and in paragraph (b) of this according to this paragraph. For transsection and are not subject to the shipportation by aircraft, the package ping paper requirements of subpart C of must also comply with the applicable part 172 of this subchapter, unless the requirements of $173.27 of this submaterial meets the definition of a hazchapter and only hazardous materials ardous substance, a hazardous waste, authorized aboard passenger-carrying or a marine pollutant or unless offered aircraft may be transported as a limfor transportation or transported by ited quantity. In addition, shipments of aircraft. these limited quantities are not subject to subpart F of part 172 (Placarding) of [Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as this subchapter. Each package must amended by Amdt. 173-231. 57 FR 52940, Nov. 5, 1992; 66 FR 45381, Aug. 28. 2001: 68 FR 45033, conform to the packaging require- July 31, 2003; 69 FR 76156, Dec. 20, 2004: 71 FR ments of subpart B of this part and 14603, Mar. 22, 2006; 71 FR 54938, Sept. 20, 2006] may not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. The following combination § 173.154 Exceptions for Class 8 (corropackagings are authorized: sive materials). (1) For poisonous materials in Pack- (a) General. Exceptions for hazardous ing Group II, inner packagings not over materials shipments in the following 100 mL (3.38 ounces) each for liquids or paragraphs are permitted only if this 0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) each for solids, section is referenced for the specific packed in a strong outer packaging. hazardous material in the $ 172.101 table (2) For poisonous materials in Packof this subchapter. ing Group III. inner packagings not over 4 L (1.0 gallon) each for liquids or (b) Limited quantities. Limited quan- 5.0 kg (11 pounds) each for solids, titles of corrosive materials (Class 8) in packed in a strong outer packaging. Packing Groups II and III are excepted (c) Consumer commodities. The folfrom labeling, unless offered for translowing provisions apply to consumer portation or transported by aircraft, commodities: and the specification packaging re- (1) A limited quantity of poisonous quirements of this subchapter when material in Packing Group III which packaged in combination packagings conforms to the provisions of paraaccording to this paragraph. For transgraph (b) of this section, and is a "conportation by aircraft, the package sumer commodity" as defined in $171.8 must also comply with the applicable of this subchapter, may be renamed requirements of $173.27 of this sub- "Consumer commodity" and reclassed chapter and only hazardous materials as ORM-D. authorized aboard passenger-carrying (2) A poisonous material which is a aircraft may be transported as a limdrug or medicine and is a "consumer ited quantity. In addition, shipments of commodity" as defined in $171.8 of this these limited quantities are not subject subchapter, may be renamed "Conto subpart F (Placarding) of part 172 of sumer commodity" and reclassed as this subchapter. Each package must ORM-D material if packaged in a comconform to the packaging requirebination packaging not exceeding 30 kg ments of subpart B of this part and (66 pounds) with inner packagings not may not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross over 250 mL (8 ounces) net capacity for weight. The following combination liquids or 250 g (8.8 ounces) net capacpackagings are authorized: ity for solids packed in strong outer (1) For corrosive materials in Packpackagings. Each package must coning Group II, inner packagings not over form to the packaging requirements of 1.0 L (0.3 gallon) net capacity each for subpart B of this part. liquids or not over 1.0 kg (2.2 pounds) (3) Packages of ORM-D material are net capacity each for solids, unless the excepted from the specification packmaterial has a subsidiary hazard of Diaging requirements of this subchapter vision 6.1, Packing Group II in which and from the labeling requirements of case the inner packagings may not exsubpart E of part 172 of this subceed 100 mL (3.38 ounces) for liquids or 529 § 173.155 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) 0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) for solids, packed in paragraphs are permitted only if this a strong outer packaging. section is referenced for the specific (2) For corrosive materials in Packhazardous material in the § 172.101 table ing Group III, in inner packagings not of this subchapter. over 5.0 L (1.3 gallons) net capacity (b) Limited quantities. Limited quaneach for liquids, or not over 5.0 kg (11 tities of miscellaneous hazardous malbs) net capacity each for solids, and terials (Class 9) are excepted from lapacked in strong outer packagings. beling, unless offered for transpor- (c) Consumer commodities. Except for a tation or transported by aircraft, and material that has a subsidiary hazard the specification packaging requireof Division 6.1, Packing Group II, a limited quantity which conforms to the ments of this subchapter when packprovisions of paragraph (b) of this secaged in combination packagings action, and is a "consumer commodity" cording to this paragraph. For transas defined in $171.8 of this subchapter, portation by aircraft, the package may be renamed "Consumer commust also comply with the applicable modity" and reclassed as ORM-D. In requirements of $173.27 of this subaddition to the exceptions provided by chapter and only hazardous materials paragraph (b) of this section, shipauthorized aboard passenger-carrying ments of ORM-D materials are not subaircraft may be transported as a limject to the shipping paper requirements ited quantity. In addition, shipments of of subpart C of part 172 of this subthese limited quantities are not subject chapter, unless the material meets the to subpart F (Placarding) of part 172 of definition of a hazardous substance, this subchapter. Each package must hazardous waste, marine pollutant, or conform to the packaging requireare offered for transportation and ments of subpart B of this part and transported by aircraft, and are eligimay not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross ble for the exceptions provided in weight. The following combination $173.156. packagings are authorized: (d) Materials corrosive to aluminum or (1) For liquids, inner packagings not steel only. Except for a hazardous subover 5.0 L (1.3 gallons) net capacity stance, a hazardous waste, or a marine each. packed in strong outer packpollutant, a material classed as a Class 8, Packing Group III, material solely agings. because of its corrosive effect- (2) For solids, inner packagings not (1) On aluminum is not subject to over 5.0 kg (11 pounds) net capacity any other requirements of this subeach, packed in strong outer packchapter when transported by motor veagings. hicle or rail car in a packaging con- (c) Consumer commodities. A limited structed of materials that will not quantity which conforms to the provireact dangerously with or be degraded sions of paragraph (b) of this section by the corrosive material: or and is a "consumer commodity" as de- (2) On steel is not subject to any fined in $171.8 of this subchapter, may other requirements of this subchapter be renamed "Consumer commodity" when transported by motor vehicle or and reclassed as ORM-D material. In rail car in a bulk packaging conaddition to the exceptions provided by structed of materials that will not paragraph (b) of this section, shipreact dangerously with or be degraded ments of ORM-D materials are not subby the corrosive material. ject to the shipping paper requirements [Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21. 1990, as of subpart C of part 172 of this subamended at 56 FR 66270. Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR chapter, unless the material meets the 45463, Oct. 1. 1992; Amdt. 173-231, 57 FR 52940. definition of a hazardous substance, a Nov. 5, 1992; 68 FR 45033, July 31, 2003; 69 FR hazardous waste, or a marine pollutant 76157, Dec. 20, 2004: 71 FR 14603, Mar. 22. 2006] or unless offered for transportation or § 173.155 Exceptions for Class 9 (miscellaneous hazardous materials). (a) General. Exceptions for hazardous materials shipments in the following 530 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.158 transported by aircraft, and are eligi- (iii) The trays are placed in a fiberble for the exceptions provided in board box which is banded and secured § 173.156. to a wooden pallet by metal, fabric, or plastic straps, to form a single [Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52634. Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66270. Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. palletized unit; 173-231. 57 FR 52940, Nov. 5. 1992; Amdt. 173- (iv) The package conforms to the 253, 61 FR 27174, May 30, 1996; 71 FR 14603, general packaging requirements of sub- Mar. 22, 2006) part B of this part; (v) The maximum net quantity of § 173.156 Exceptions for ORM matehazardous material permitted on one rials. palletized unit is 250 kg (550 pounds); (a) Exceptions for hazardous mateand rials shipments in the following para- (vi) The package is properly marked graphs are permitted only if this secin accordance with $172.316 of this subtion is referenced for the specific hazchapter. ardous material in the $172.101 table or [Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as in a packaging section in this part. amended at 56 FR 66270. Dec. 20. 1991; 57 FR (b) ORM-D. Packagings for ORM-D 45463, Oct. 1, 1992: Amdt. 173-255, 61 FR 50626, materials are specified according to Sept. 26, 1996; 63 FR 37461. July 10, 1998) hazard class in $$173.150 through 173.155 and in $173.306. In addition to other ex- Subpart E-Non-bulk Packaging ceptions specified for ORM-D materials for Hazardous Materials Other in this part: Than Class 1 and Class 7 (1) Strong outer packagings as specified in this part, marking requirements specified in subpart D of part 172 of this SOURCE: Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, subchapter, and the 30 kg (66 pounds) 1990. unless otherwise noted. gross weight limitation are not re- § 173.158 Nitric acid. quired for materials classed as ORM-D when- (a) Nitric acid exceeding 40 percent (i) Unitized in cages, carts, boxes or concentration may not be packaged similar overpacks; with any other material. (ii) Offered for transportation or (b) Nitric acid in any concentration transported by: which does not contain sulfuric acid or (A) Rail; hydrochloric acid as impurities, when (B) Private or contract motor caroffered for transportation or transrier; or ported by rail, highway, or water shall (C) Common carrier in a vehicle be packaged in specification containers under exclusive use for such service; as follows: and (1) 1A1 stainless steel drums are au- (iii) Transported to or from a manuthorized, subject to the following limifacturer, a distribution center, or a retations: tail outlet, or transported to a disposal (i) Stainless steel used in drums must facility from one offeror. conform to the following thicknesses: (2) The 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight Nominal (marked) capacity (in Minimum thickness (in mm) limitation does not apply to materials liters) of 1A1 drum of stainless steel classed as ORM-D when offered for transportation, or transported, by 55 0.9 115 1.2 highway or rail between a manufac- 210 1.5 turer, a distribution center, and a re- 450 2.0 tail outlet provided- (i) Inner packagings conform to the (ii) Drums weighing less than 85 perquantity limits for inner packagings cent of their original tare weight may specified in $173.150(b). 173.152(b). not be used. 173.154(b), 173.155(b) and 173.306 (a) and (iii) Type 304 or other grades of (b), as appropriate; equivalent corrosion-resistant steels in (ii) The inner packagings are packed the as-welded condition are permissible into corrugated fiberboard trays to prefor nitric acid concentrations up to and vent them from moving freely: including 78 percent. 531 § 173.158 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) (iv) For all concentrations of nitric (d) Nitric acid of 90 percent or greatacid, the following are permissible: er concentration, when offered for (A) Type 304 heat-treated (quenched transportation or transported by rail, in water at 1040 °C (1900 °F)). highway, or water may be packaged as (B) Stabilized Type 347 in the asfollows: welded condition, (1) In 4C1, 4C2, 4D or 4F wooden boxes (C) Stabilized Type 347 stress-relieved with inner packagings consisting of (845-900 °C (1550-1650 °F)), glass bottles further individually over- (D) Stabilized Type 347 heat-treated packed in tightly closed metal pack- (quenched in water at 1040 °C (1900 °F)), agings. Glass bottles must be of 2.5 L or (0.66 gallon) or less capacity and cush- (E) Other grades of equivalent corroioned with a non-reactive, absorbent sion resistance. material within the metal packagings. (v) All parts of drum exposed to lad- (2) In combination packagings with ing must be capable of withstanding 1A2, 1B2, ID, 1G, 1H2, 3H2 or 4G outer the corrosive effect of nitric acid to the packagings with inner glass packagings extent that 65 percent boiling nitric of 2.5 L (0.66 gallons) or less capacity cushioned with a non-reactive, absorbacid does not penetrate the metal more than 0.0381 mm (0.002 inches) per ent material and packed within a month. (ASTM A 262 may be used for a tightly closed intermediate packaging suitable corrosion test procedure.) of metal or plastic. (vi) In addition to marking required (e) Nitric acid of less than 90 percent concentration, when offered for transby $178.503 of this subchapter, the following marks, in lettering of at least portation or transported by rail, high- 12.7 mm (0.5 inch) height, must be way, or water may be packaged in 4G fiberboard boxes or 4C1, 4C2, 4D or 4F placed on drums used to transport nitric acid: wooden boxes with inside glass pack- (A) The type of steel used in body and agings of not over 2.5 L (0.66 gallon) cahead sheets as identified by American pacity each. (f) Nitric acid of 70 percent or less Iron and Steel Institute type number, concentration, when offered for transand, in addition, the letters "HT" folportation or transported by rail, highlowing the steel designation on conway, or water, may be packaged as foltainers subject to stress relieving or lows: heat treatment during manufacture. (1) In composite packagings 6PA1, (B) The thickness in mm of metal in 6PA2, 6PB1, 6PB2, 6PC, 6PDI, 6PH1, or thinnest part. When the thickness of 6PH2. 6HH1 and 6HA1 composite packmetal in the body differs from that in aging with plastic inner receptacles the head, both must be indicated with meeting the compatibility requireslanting line between and with the ments $173.24(e) (e.g., PFA Teflon) are gauge of the body indicated first. authorized. (C) Original tare weight in kilo- (2) In 4H1 expanded plastic boxes with grams, preceded by the letters "TW." inner glass packagings of not over 2.5 L An example of the markings required (0.66 gallon) each. by paragraphs (b)(1)(vi) (A), (B), and (C) (3) In combination packagings with of this section is "304HT/1.9/2.7/TW55. 1A2, 1B2, 1D, IG, 1H2, 3H2, 4C1, 4C2, 4D, (2) 4H1 expanded plastics outer pack- 4F or 4G outer packagings and plastic agings with glass inner receptacles of inner packagings not over 2.5 L (0.66 not greater than 2.5 L (0.66 gallon) cagallon) capacity further individually pacity each. No more than four 2.5 L overpacked in tightly closed metal (0.66 gallon) inner receptacles may be packagings. packed in one outer packaging. (g) Nitric acid of more than 70 per- (c) Nitric acid of 80 percent or greater cent concentration, when offered for concentration which does not contain transportation or transported by cargo sulfuric acid or hydrochloric acid as aircraft only. must be packaged in impurities, when offered for transporcombination packagings with 1A2, 1B2. tation or transported by rail, highway. 1D. 1G, 1H2, 3H2, 4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F or 4G or water may be packaged in 1B1 aluouter packagings with glass or earthminum drums. enware inner packagings of not over 1 532 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.159 L (0.3 gallon) or glass ampoules of not water. The height of the completed over 0.5 L (0.1 gallon). unit must not exceed 1½ times the (h) Nitric acid of less than 70 percent width of the skid or pallet. The unit concentration, when offered for transmust be capable of withstanding, withportation in cargo aircraft only must out damage, a superimposed weight be packaged in combination packequal to two times the weight of the agings with 1A2, 1B2, 1D, 1G, 1H2, 3H2, unit or, if the weight of the unit ex- 4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F or 4G outer packagings ceeds 907 kg (2000 pounds), a superwith inner packagings ofimposed weight of 1814 kg (4000 (1) Glass or earthenware not over 2.5 pounds). Battery terminals must not be L (0.66 gallon) capacity: relied upon to support any part of the (2) Plastic not over 2.5 L (0.66 gallon) superimposed weight. capacity further individually over- (2) Electric storage batteries weighpacked in tightly closed metal packing 225 kg (500 pounds) or more, conagings; or sisting of carriers' equipment. may be (3) Glass ampoule not over 0.5 L (0.1 shipped by rail when mounted on sultgallon) capacity. able skids and protected against short [Amdt. 173-224. 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21. 1990, as circuits. Such shipments may not be amended at 56 FR 66270, Dec. 20, 1991: Amdt. offered in interchange service. 173-241, 59 FR 67509, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173- (3) One to three batteries not over 255, 61 FR 50626, Sept. 26, 1996; 68 FR 75744, 11.3 kg (25 pounds) each, packed in Dec. 31, 2003] outer boxes. The maximum authorized § 173.159 Batteries, wet. gross weight is 34 kg (75 pounds). (4) Not more than four batteries not (a) Electric storage batteries, conover 7 kg (15 pounds) each, packed in taining electrolyte acid or alkaline strong outer fiberboard or wooden corrosive battery fluid, must be comboxes. Batteries must be securely cushpletely protected so that short circuits ioned and packed to prevent short cirwill be prevented; they may not be cuits. The maximum authorized gross packed with other materials except as weight is 30 kg (65 pounds). provided in paragraphs (g) and (h) of this section and in $173.220 and 173.222. (5) Not more than five batteries not For transportation by aircraft, the over 4.5 kg (10 pounds) each, packed in packaging for wet cell batteries must strong outer fiberboard or wooden boxes. Batteries must be securely cushincorporate an acid-or alkali-proof liner, or include a supplementary packioned and packed to prevent short circuits. The maximum authorized gross aging with sufficient strength and adequately sealed to prevent leakage of weight is 30 kg (65 pounds). electrolyte fluid in the event of spill- (6) Single batteries not exceeding 34 kg (75 pounds) each, packed in 5-sided age. (b) The following specification packslip covers or in completely closed flagings are authorized for batteries berboard boxes. Slip covers and boxes packed without other materials: must be of solid or double-faced cor- (1) 4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F wooden boxes. rugated fiberboard of at least 91 kg (200 (2) 4G fiberboard boxes. pounds) Mullen test strength. The slip (3) 1D plywood drums. cover or fiberboard box must fit snugly (4) IG fiber drums. and provide inside top clearance of at (5) 1H2 and 3H2 plastic drums and least 1.3 cm (0.5 inch) above battery jerricans. terminals and filler caps with rein- (6) 4H2 plastic boxes. forcement in place. Assembled for ship- (c) The following non-specification ment, the bottom edges of the slipcover packagings are authorized for batteries must come to within 2.5 cm (1 inch) of packed without other materials: the bottom of the battery. The com- (1) Electric storage batteries propleted package (battery and box or slip tected against short circuits and firmly cover) must be capable of withstanding secured to skids or pallets capable of a top-to-bottom compression test of at withstanding the shocks normally incileast 225 kg (500 pounds) without damdent to transportation. are authorized age to battery terminals, cell covers or for transportation by rail, highway, or filler caps. 533 § 173.159 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) (7) Single batteries exceeding 34 kg each mounting position (direction of (75 pounds) each may be packed in comvibrator) of the battery. The battery pletely closed fiberboard boxes. Boxes must be tested in three mutually permust be of double-wall corrugated fipendicular positions (to include testing berboard of at least 181 kg (400 pounds) with fill openings and vents, if any, in test, or solid fiberboard testing at least an inverted position) for equal time pe- 181 kg (400 pounds); a box may have riods. hand holes in its ends provided that the (ii) Pressure differential test. Folhandholes will not materially weaken lowing the vibration test, the battery the box. Sides and ends of the box must. must be stored for six hours at 24 °C±4 have cushioning between the battery °C (75 °F+7 °F) while subjected to a and walls of the box; combined thickpressure differential of at least 88 kPa ness of cushioning material and walls (13 psig). The battery must be tested in of the box must not be less than 1.3 cm three mutually perpendicular positions (0.5 inch); and cushioning must be ex- (to include testing with fill openings celsior pads, corrugated fiberboard, or and vents, if any, in an inverted posiother suitable cushioning material. tion) for at least six hours in each posi- The bottom of the battery must be protion. tected by a minimum of one excelsior (4) At a temperature of 55 °C (131 °F). or double-wall corrugated fiberboard the battery must not contain any pad. The top of the battery must be unabsorbed free-flowing liquid, and protected by a wood frame, corrugated must be designed so that electrolyte trays or scored sheets of corrugated fiwill not flow from a ruptured or berboard having minimum test of 91 kg cracked case. (200 pounds), or other equally effective (e) Electric storage batteries concushioning material. Top protection taining electrolyte or corrosive battery must bear evenly on connectors and/or fluid are not subject to the requireedges of the battery cover to facilitate ments of this subchapter for transporstacking of batteries. No more than tation by highway or rail if all of the one battery may be placed in one box. following requirements are met: The maximum authorized gross weight (1) No other hazardous materials may is 91 kg (200 pounds). (d) A nonspillable wet electric storbe transported in the same vehicle; age battery is excepted from all other (2) The batteries must be loaded or requirements of this subchapter under braced so as to prevent damage and short circuits in transit; the following conditions: (1) The battery must be protected (3) Any other material loaded in the against short circuits and securely same vehicle must be blocked, braced, packaged: or otherwise secured to prevent con- (2) For batteries manufactured after tact with or damage to the batteries; September 30, 1995, the battery and the and outer packaging must be plainly and (4) The transport vehicle may not durably marked "NONSPILLABLE"" or carry material shipped by any person "NONSPILLABLE BATTERY": and other than the shipper of the batteries. (3) The battery must be capable of (f) Electric storage batteries, conwithstanding the following two tests, taining electrolyte or corrosive battery without leakage of battery fluid from fluid in a coil from which it is injected the battery: into the battery cells by a gas gener- (i) Vibration test. The battery must be ator and initiator assembled with the rigidly clamped to the platform of a vibattery. and which are nonspillable bration machine, and a simple harunder the criteria of paragraph (d) of monic motion having an amplitude of this section, are excepted from other 0.8 mm (0.03 inches), with a 1.6 mm requirements of this subchapter when (0.063 inches) maximum total excursion examined by the Bureau of Explosives must be applied. The frequency must and approved by the Associate Adminbe varied at the rate of 1 Hz/min beistrator. tween the limits of 10 Hz to 55 Hz. The (g) Electrolyte, acid, or alkaline corentire range of frequencies and return rosive battery fluid, packed with stormust be traversed in 95+5 minutes for age batteries wet or dry, must be 534 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT $ 173.161 packed in one of the following speci- $173.160 Bombs, smoke, non-explosive fication packagings: (corrosive). (1) In 4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F wooden Bombs, smoke, non-explosive may be boxes with inner receptacles of glass, shipped provided they are without igninot over 4.0 L (1 gallon) each with not tion elements, bursting charges, detoover 8.0 L (2 gallons) total in each outnating fuses or other explosive composide container. Inside containers must nents. They must be packaged in woodbe well-cushioned and separated from en (4C1, 4C2), plywood (4D) or reconstibatteries by a strong solid wooden partuted wood (4F) boxes, or plywood tition. The completed package must drums (1D). which meet Packing Group conform to Packing Group III require- II requirements. ments. (2) Electrolyte, acid, or alkaline cor- § 173.161 Chemical kits and first aid rosive battery fluid included with storkits. age batteries and filling kits may be (a) Chemical kits and First aid kits packed in strong rigid outer packagings when shipments are made by, must conform to the following requirefor, or to the Departments of the ments: Army, Navy, or Air Force of the United (1) The kits may only contain haz- States. Packagings must conform to ardous materials for which packaging military specifications. The electroexceptions are provided in column 8(A) lyte, acid, or alkaline corrosive battery the $172.101 Table of this subchapter. fluid must be packed in polyethylene (2) The kits must be packed in a bottles of not over 1.0 L (0.3 gallon) castrong outer packaging conforming to pacity each. Not more than 24 bottles. the packaging requirements of subpart securely separated from storage bat- B of this subchapter. teries and kits, may be offered for (3) The kits must include sufficient transportation or transported in each absorbent material to completely abpackage. sorb the contents of any liquid haz- (3) In 4G fiberboard boxes with not ardous materials contained in the kits. more than 12 inside packagings of poly- The contents must be separated, ethylene or other material resistant to placed, or packed, and closed with the lading, each not over 2.0 L (0.5 galcushioning material to protect them lon) capacity each. Completed packfrom damage. ages must conform to Packing Group (4) The contents of the kits must be III requirements. Inner packagings packed so there will be no possibility of must be adequately separated from the the mixture of contents causing danstorage battery. The maximum authorgerous evolution of heat or gas. ized gross weight is 29 kg (64 pounds). (5) The packing group assigned to the These packages are not authorized for kits as a whole must be the most strintransportation by aircraft. gent packing group assigned to any in- (h) Dry storage batteries or battery dividual substance contained in the charger devices may be packaged in 4G kits. fiberboard boxes with inner receptacles (6) Inner receptacles containing hazcontaining battery fluid. Completed ardous materials within the kits must packagings must conform to Packing not contain more than 250 ml for liq- Group III requirements. Not more than uids or 250 g for solids per receptacle. 12 inner receptacles may be packed in (7) The total quantity of hazardous one outer box. The maximum authormaterials in any one outer package ized gross weight is 34 kg (75 pounds). must not exceed either 10 L or 10 kg. [Amdt. 173-224. 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as (b) Chemical kits and First aid kits amended at 56 FR 66270, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR are excepted from the specification 45463, Oct. 1. 1992; Amdt. 173-235, 58 FR 50502. packaging requirements of this sub- Sept. 27, 1993; Amdt. 173-234. 58 FR 51532, Oct. chapter. Chemical kits and First aid 1, 1993; Amdt. 173-246, 60 FR 49110, Sept. 21, 1995; 64 FR 10777, Mar. 5, 1999; 65 FR 58629, kits are also excepted from the label- Sept. 29. 2000; 66 FR 45379, 45380, Aug. 28. 2001; ing requirements of this subchapter ex- 68 FR 45033, July 31, 2003) cept when offered for transportation or 535 § 173.162 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) transported by air. In addition. Chemsistant material. Bags and liner mateical kits and First aid kits are not subrial must be chemically resistant to ject to subpart F of part 172 of this subgallium. chapter (Placarding), part 174 (Carriage (3) Cylinders and steel flasks with by rail) of this subchapter except vaulted bottoms are also authorized. $174.24 (Shipping papers), and part 177 (b) When it is necessary to transport (Carriage by highway) of this subgallium at low temperatures in order chapter except $177.817 (Shipping pato maintain it in a completely solid pers). Kits that meet the definition for state, the above packagings may be a consumer commodity in $ 171.8 of this overpacked in a strong, water-resistant subchapter may be transported in acouter packaging which contains dry ice cordance with the exceptions for ORM or other means of refrigeration. If a rematerials in $ 173.156. frigerant is used, all of the above mate- [Doc. No. 2002-13658, 68 FR 45033, July 31, rials used in the packaging of gallium 2003] must be chemically and physically re- § 173.162 Gallium. sistant to the refrigerant and must have impact resistance at the low tem- (a) Except when packaged in cylperatures of the refrigerant employed. inders or steel flasks, gallium must be If dry ice is used, the outer packaging packaged in packagings which meet must permit the release of carbon dioxthe requirements of part 178 of this ide gas. subchapter at the Packing Group I per- (c) Manufactured articles or formance level for transportation by aircraft, and at the Packing Group III apparatuses, each containing not more performance level for transport by than 100 mg (0.0035 ounce) of gallium highway, rail or vessel. as follows: and packaged so that the quantity of (1) In combination packagings ingallium per package does not exceed 1 tended to contain liquids consisting of g (0.35 ounce) are not subject to the reglass. earthenware or rigid plastic quirements of this subchapter. inner packagings with a maximum net [64 FR 10777, Mar. 5. 1999: as amemded at 66 mass of 15 kg (33 pounds) each. The FR 33430, June 21. 2001] inner packagings must be packed in wood boxes (4C1, 4C2. 4D, 4F). fiber- $ 173.163 Hydrogen fluoride. board boxes (4G), plastic boxes (4H1, (a) Hydrogen fluoride (hydrofluoric 4H2). fiber drums (1G) or removable acid, anhydrous) must be packaged as head steel and plastic drums or follows: jerricans (1A2, 1H2, 3A2 or 3H2) with sufficient cushioning materials to pre- (1) In specification 3, 3A, 3AA, 3B, vent breakage. Either the inner pack- 3BN, or 3E cylinders; or in specification 4B, 4BA, or 4BW cylinders except that agings or the outer packagings must have an inner liner that is leakproof or brazed 4B, 4BA, and 4BW cylinders are bags of strong leakproof and puncturenot authorized. The filling density may resistant material impervious to the not exceed 85 percent of the cylinder's contents and completely surrounding water weight capacity. In place of the the contents to prevent it from escapperiodic volumetric expansion test, ing from the package, irrespective of cylinders used in exclusive service may its position. be given a complete external visual in- (2) In packagings intended to contain spection in conformance with part 180, liquids consisting of semi-rigid plastic subpart C. of this subchapter, at the inner packagings of not more than 2.5 time such requalification becomes due. kg (5.5 pounds) net capacity each, indi- (2) In a UN cylinder, as specified in vidually enclosed in a sealed, leakpart 178 of this subchapter, having a tight bag of strong puncture-resistant minimum test pressure of 10 bar and a material. The sealed bags must be maximum filling ratio of 0.84. packed in wooden (4C1, 4C2), plywood (b) A cylinder removed from hydro- (4D), reconstituted wood (4F). fibergen fluoride service must be conboard (4G) or plastic (4H1, 4H2) boxes or demned in accordance with $180.205 of in fiber (IG) or steel (1A2) drums, which this subchapter. Alternatively, at the are lined with leak-tight, puncture-redirection of the owner, the requalifier 536 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.164 may render the cylinder incapable of cury vapor tubes and similar tubes, see holding pressure. paragraph (c)(3) of this section), must be in strong outer packagings, having [71 FR 33880, June 12, 2006] sealed inner liners or bags of strong § 173.164 Mercury (metallic and artileakproof and puncture-resistant matecles containing mercury). rial impervious to mercury. which will (a) For transportation by aircraft, prevent the escape of mercury from the mercury must be packaged in packpackage irrespective of its position. agings which meet the requirements of Mercury switches and relays are expart 178 of this subchapter at the Packcepted from these packaging requireing Group I performance level, as folments, if they are totally enclosed, lows: leakproof and in sealed metal or plas- (1) In inner packagings of earthentic units. ware, glass or plastic containing not (2) Thermometers. switches and remore than 3.5 kg (7.7 pounds) of merlays, each containing a total quantity cury, or inner packagings which are of not more than 15 g (0.53 ounces) of glass ampoules containing not more mercury, are excepted from the rethan 0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) of mercury, or quirements of this subchapter if iniron or steel quicksilver flasks constalled as an integral part of a machine taining not more than 35 kg (77 pounds) or apparatus and so fitted that shock of mercury. The inner packagings or of impact damage, leading to leakage flasks must be packed in steel drums of mercury, is unlikely to occur under (1A2), steel jerricans (3A2), wooden conditions normally incident to transboxes (4C1), (4C2), plywood boxes (4D), port. reconstituted wood boxes (4F). fiber- (3) Electron tubes, mercury vapor board boxes (4G), plastic boxes (4H2), tubes and similar tubes must be packplywood drums (1D) or fiber drums aged as follows: (1G). (i) Tubes which are packed in strong (2) [Reserved] outer packagings with all seams and (3) When inner packagings of earthjoints sealed with self-adhesive, presenware, glass or plastic are used, they sure-sensitive tape which will prevent must be packed in the outer packaging the escape of mercury from the packwith sufficient cushioning material to age, are authorized up to a total net prevent breakage. quantity of 450 g (15.9 ounces) of mer- (4) Either the inner packagings or the cury per package; outer packagings must have inner lin- (ii) Tubes with more than 450 g (15.9 ings or bags of strong leakproof and ounces) of mercury are authorized only puncture-resistant material imperwhen packed in strong outer packvious to mercury, completely suragings, having sealed inner liners or rounding the contents, so that the esbags of strong leakproof and puncturecape of mercury will be prevented irreresistant material impervious to merspective of the position of the package. cury which will prevent escape of mer- (b) Manufactured articles or cury from the package irrespective of apparatuses, each containing not more its position; than 100 mg (0.0035 ounce) of mercury (iii) Tubes which do not contain more and packaged so that the quantity of than 5 g (0.2 ounce) of mercury each mercury per package does not exceed 1 and which are packed in the manufac- g (0.035 ounce) are not subject to the turer's original packagings, are authorrequirements of this subchapter. ized up to a total net quantity of 30 g (c) Manufactured articles or (1.1 ounces) of mercury per package; apparatuses containing mercury are (iv) Tubes which are completely jackexcepted from the specification packeted in sealed leakproof metal cases aging requirements of this subchapter are authorized in the manufacturer's when packaged as follows: original packagings. (1) Manufactured articles or (4) A person offering for transporapparatuses of which metallic mercury tation electron tubes, mercury vapor is a component part, such as tubes, and similar tubes shall indicate manometers, pumps, thermometers, the quantity of mercury therein on the switches, etc. (for electron tubes, mershipping paper. 537 § 173.166 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) (5) Mercurial barometers conforming maximum parameters of each parto paragraph (c)(1) of this section, ticular inflator or pretensioner design which are loaded and unloaded from an type for which approval is sought and aircraft under the supervision of, and details on the complete package. The accompanied in flight by, a National manufacturer must submit an applica- Weather Service official or similar tion, including the test results and re- United States agency official, are export recommending the shipping decepted from any other requirements of scription and classification for each dethis subchapter. vice or design type to the Associate (d) For transportation by other than Administrator, and must receive writaircraft, mercury must be packagedten notification from the Associate Ad- (1) In any packaging which meets the ministrator that the device has been requirements of part 178 of this subapproved for transportation and aschapter at the Packing Group III persigned an EX number; or, formance level: or (2) The manufacturer has submitted (2) In non-specification reusable an application, including a classificametal packagings. tion issued by the competent authority (e) Except for a hazardous substance of a foreign government to the Assoor a hazardous waste or for transporciate Administrator, and received writtation by aircraft or vessel. packages ten notification from the Associate Adcontaining less than 0.45 kg (1.0 pound) ministrator that the device has been net weight of mercury are not subject approved for transportation and asto the requirements of this subchapter. signed an EX number. (c) EX numbers. When offered for [Amdt. 173-224. 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990. as amended at 56 FR 66270, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. transportation, the shipping paper 173-241, 59 FR 67509, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173- must contain the EX number or prod- 246, 60 FR 49110, Sept. 21, 1995; 64 FR 10777, uct code for each approved inflator, 10778. Mar. 5. 1999: 68 FR 57632, Oct. 6. 2003) module or pretensioner in association with the basic description required by § 173.166 Air bag inflators, air bag $172.202(a) of this subchapter. Product modules and seat-belt codes must be traceable to the specific pretensioners. EX number assigned to the inflator, (a) Definitions. An air bag inflator module or pretensioner by the Asso- (consisting of a casing containing an ciate Administrator. The EX number igniter, a booster material, a gas or product code is not required to be generant and, in some cases, a pressure marked on the outside package. vessel (cylinder)) is a gas generator (d) Exceptions. (1) An air bag module used to inflate an air bag in a suppleor seat-belt pretensioner that has been mental restraint system in a motor veapproved by the Associate Adminishicle. An air bag module is the air bag trator and is installed in a motor vehiinflator plus an inflatable bag assemcle or in completed vehicle compobly. A seat-belt pre-tensioner contains nents, such as steering columns or door similar hazardous materials and is used panels. is not subject to the requirein the operation of a seat-belt restrainments of this subchapter. ing system in a motor vehicle. (2) An air bag module containing an (b) Classification. An air bag inflator, inflator that has been previously apair bag module, or seat-belt proved for transportation is not repretensioner may be classed as Class 9 quired to be submitted for further ex- (UN3268) if: amination or approval. (1) The manufacturer has submitted (3) An air bag module containing an each design type air bag inflator. air inflator that has previously been apbag module, or seat-belt pretensioner proved as a Division 2.2 material is not to a person approved by the Associate required to be submitted for further ex- Administrator. in accordance with amination to be reclassed as a Class 9 § 173.56(b), for examination and testing. material. The submission must contain a de- (4) Shipments for recycling. When oftailed description of the inflator or fered for domestic transportation by pretensioner or, if more than a single highway, rail freight, cargo vessel or inflator or pretensioner is involved, the cargo aircraft, a serviceable air bag 538 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT $ 173.170 module or seat-belt pretensioner reparagraph (e) of this section are also moved from a motor vehicle that was authorized. manufactured as required for use in the (f) Labeling. Notwithstanding the pro- United States may be offered for transvisions of $172.402 of this subchapter, portation and transported without each package or handling device must compliance with the shipping paper redisplay a CLASS 9 label. Additional laquirement prescribed in paragraph (c) beling is not required when the packof this section. However, the word age contains no hazardous materials "Recycled" must be entered on the other than the devices. shipping paper immediately after the basic description prescribed in $172.202 [Amdt. 173-230, 57 FR 1878, Jan. 16, 1992. as of this subchapter. No more than one amended by Amdt. 173-241. 59 FR 67509, Dec. device is authorized in the packaging 29, 1994; Amdt. 173-261, 62 FR 24733. May 6. 1997; 62 FR 51560, Oct. 1, 1997: 64 FR 10778, prescribed in paragraph (e)(1), (2) or (3) Mar. 5, 1999; 65 FR 50461. Aug. 18, 2000; 65 FR of this section. The device must be 58629. Sept. 29. 2000; 66 FR 8647, Feb. 1. 2001; cushioned and secured within the pack- 66 FR 45183, 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 45034, age to prevent movement during trans- July 31, 2003; 68 FR 57632, Oct. 6, 2003; 68 FR portation. 61941, Oct. 30. 2003: 71 FR 54395, Sept. 14. 2006] (e) Packagings. Rigid, outer packagings, meeting the general packaging $ 173.170 Black powder for small arms. requirements of part 173, and the pack- Black powder for small arms that has aging specification and performance rebeen classed in Division 1.1 may be requirements of part 178 of this subclassed as a Division 4.1 material, for chapter at the Packing Group III performance level are. authorized as foldomestic transportation by motor velows. The packagings must be designed hicle, rail freight, and cargo vessel and constructed to prevent movement only, subject to the following condiof the articles and inadvertent opertions: ation. (a) The powder must be examined and (1) 1A2, 1B2, 1G or 1H2 drums. approved for Division 1.1 and Division 4.1 classification in accordance with (2) 3A2 or 3H2 jerricans. (3) 4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F, 4G or 4H2 boxes. $$ 173.56 and 173.58; (4) Reusable high strength plastic or (b) The total quantity of black powmetal containers or dedicated handling der in one motor vehicle, rail car, or devices are authorized for shipment of freight container may not exceed 45.4 air bag inflators, air bag modules, and kg (100 pounds) net mass, and no more seat-belt pretensioners from a manuthan four freight containers may be on facturing facility to the assembly facilboard one cargo vessel; ity. subject to the following conditions: (c) The black powder must be packed (i) The gross weight of the container in inner metal or heavy wall conducor handling device may not exceed 1000 tive plastic receptacles not over 454 g kg (2205 pounds). The container or han- (16 ounces) net capacity each. with no dling device structure must provide more than 25 cans in one outer UN 4G adequate support to allow them to be fiberboard box. The inner packagings stacked at least three high with no must be arranged and protected so as damage to the containers or devices. to prevent simultaneous ignition of the (ii) If not completely enclosed by decontents. The complete package must sign, the container or handling device be of the same type which has been exmust be covered with plastic. fiberamined as required in $ 173.56; board, or metal. The covering must be (d) Each completed package must be secured to the container by banding or marked "BLACK POWDER FOR other comparable methods. SMALL ARMS" and "NA 0027"; and (iii) Internal dunnage must be suffi- (e) Each package must bear the cient to prevent shifting of the devices FLAMMABLE SOLID label. within the container. (5) Packagings specified in the ap- [Amdt. 173-255. 61 FR 50626, Sept. 26, 1996, as proval document issued by the Assoamended at Amdt. 173-255. 62 FR 14338, Mar. ciate Administrator in accordance with 26. 1997) 539 § 173.171 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) $ 173.171 Smokeless powder for small vessel must consist of a welded aluarms. minum bladder having a maximum in- Smokeless powder for small arms ternal volume of 46 L (12 gallons). The which has been classed in Division 1.3 outer vessel must have a minimum demay be reclassed in Division 4.1, for sign gauge pressure of 1,275 kPa (185 transportation by motor vehicle, rail psig) and a minimum burst gauge prescar, vessel, or cargo-only aircraft, subsure of 2,755 kPa (400 psig). Each vessel ject to the following conditions: must be leak-checked during manufac- (a) The powder must be examined and ture and before shipment and must be approved for a Division 1.3 and Division found leakproof. The complete inner 4.1 classification in accordance with unit must be securely packed in non- $173.56 and 173.58 of this part. combustible cushioning material, such (b) The total quantity of smokeless as vermiculite, in a strong outer tightpowder may not exceed 45.4 kg (100 ly closed metal packaging which will pounds) net mass in: (1) One rail car, motor vehicle, or adequately protect all fittings. Maxcargo-only aircraft; or imum quantity of fuel per unit and (2) One freight container on a vessel, package is 42 L (11 gallons); or not to exceed four freight containers (b) The unit must consist of an aluper vessel. minum pressure vessel. Primary con- (c) Only combination packagings tainment of the fuel within this vessel with inner packagings not exceeding must consist of a welded hermetically 3.6 kg (8 pounds) net mass are authorsealed fuel compartment with an elasized. Inner packagings must be artomeric bladder having a maximum inranged and protected so as to prevent ternal volume of 46 L (12 gallons). The simultaneous ignition of the contents. pressure vessel must have a minimum The complete package must be of the design gauge pressure of 5,170 kPa (750 same type which has been examined as psig). Each vessel must be leakrequired in $173.56 of this part. checked during manufacture and before (d) Inside packages that have been shipment and must be securely packed examined and approved by the Assoin non-combustible cushioning mateciate Administrator may be packaged rial, such as vermiculite. in a strong in UN 4G fiberboard boxes meeting the outer tightly closed metal packaging Packing Group I performance level, which will adequately protect all fitprovided all inside containers are tings. Maximum quantity of fuel per packed to prevent shifting and the net unit and package is 42 L (11 gallons). weight of smokeless powder in any one box does not exceed 7.3 kg (16 pounds). [Amdt. 173-224. 55 FR 52643. Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by 66 FR 45380) [Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66270, Dec. 20, 1991: Amdt. $ 173.173 Paint, paint-related material, 173-241, 59 FR 67509, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173- adhesives, ink and resins. 253, 61 FR 27174. May 30, 1996; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 61941. Oct. 30, 2003] (a) When the $172.101 table specifies that a hazardous material be packaged § 173.172 Aircraft hydraulic power under this section, the following reunit fuel tank. quirements apply. Except as otherwise Aircraft hydraulic power unit fuel provided in this part, the description tanks containing a mixture of anhy- "Paint" is the proper shipping name drous hydrazine and monomethyl hyfor paint, lacquer, enamel, stain, sheldrazine (M86 fuel) and designed for inlac, varnish, liquid aluminum, liquid stallation as complete units in aircraft bronze, liquid gold. liquid wood filler, are excepted from the specification and liquid lacquer base. The descrippackaging requirements of this subtion "Paint-related material" is the chapter when they conform to either of proper shipping name for a paint the following conditions: thinning, drying, reducing or removing (a) The unit must consist of an alucompound. However, if a more specific minum pressure vessel made from tubdescription is listed in the $172.101 ing and having welded heads. Primary table of this subchapter. that descripcontainment of the fuel within this tion must be used. 540 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT $ 173.182 (b) Paint, paint-related material, adin the vapor space of the cylinder. (See hesives, ink and resins must be pack- $ 177.838(h) of this subchapter.) aged as follows: (b) Wooden boxes (4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F) (1) As prescribed in § 173.202 of this or fiberboard boxes (4G) enclosing not part if it is a Packing Group II matemore than four strong. tight metal rial or $173.203 of this part If it is a cans with inner receptacles of glass or Packing Group III material; or metal, not over 1 L (0.3 gallon) capac- (2) In inner glass packagings of not ity each, having positive screwcap cloover 1 L (0.3 gallon) capacity each or sures adequately gasketed. Inner packinner metal packagings of not over 5 L agings must be cushioned on all sides (1 gallon) each, packed in a strong with dry. absorbent, incombustible maouter packaging. Packages must conform to the packaging requirements of terial in a quantity sufficient to absorb the entire contents. The strong, tight subpart B of this part but need not conform to the requirements of part 178 of metal cans must be closed by positive this subchapter. means, not by friction. (c) Steel drums (1A2) or fiber drums [Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as (IG) not exceeding 220 L (58 gallons) caamended at 56 FR 66270. Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-241, 59 FR 67509, Dec. 29, 1994) pacity each with strong tight inner metal cans not over 4.0 L (1 gallon) ca- $ 173.174 Refrigerating machines. pacity each, closed by positive means, A refrigerating machine assembled not friction. for shipment and containing 7 kg (15 (1) Inner packagings must have no pounds) or less of a flammable liquid opening exceeding 25 mm (1 inch) difor its operation in a strong, tight reameter and must be surrounded with ceptacle is excepted from labeling (exnoncombustible cushioning material. cept when offered for transportation or (2) Net quantity of pyrophoric liquids transported by air) and the specificamay not exceed two-thirds of the rated tion packaging requirements of this capacity of the outer drum. For examsubchapter. In addition. shipments are ple, a 220 L (58 gallons) outer drum may not subject to subpart F of part 172 of contain no more than 147 L (39 gallons) this subchapter (Placarding), to part of pyrophoric liquids. 174 of this subchapter (Carriage by rail) (3) Each layer of inner containers except § 174.24 (Shipping papers) and to must be separated by a metal plate seppart 177 (Carriage by highway) of this arator in addition to cushioning matesubchapter except $ 177.817 (Shipping rial. papers). [Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as $ 173.181 Pyrophoric materials (liqamended at 56 FR 66270, Dec. 20, 1991; 65 FR uids). 58629. Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 45183. 45380, Aug. 28, 2001: 68 FR 24660, May 8. 2003: 68 FR 61941. When the $172.101 table specifies that Oct. 30, 2003) a hazardous material be packaged under this section, only the following $ 173.182 Barium azide-50 percent or non-bulk packagings are authorized: more water wet. (a) Specification steel or nickel cylinders prescribed for any compressed Barium azide-50 percent or more gas except acetylene having a minwater wet, must be packed in wooden imum design pressure of 1206 kPa (175 boxes (4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F) or fiber psig). Cylinders with valves must be: drums (1G) with inner glass packagings (1) Equipped with steel valve protecnot over 0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) capacity tion caps or collars, unless overpacked: each. Packagings must have rubber or stoppers wire tied for securement. If (2) Overpacked in a wooden box (4C1, transportation is to take place when 4C2, 4D or 4F); fiberboard box (4G), or and where freezing weather is possible, plastic box (4H1 or 4H2). Cylinders a suitable antifreeze solution must be must be secured to prevent shifting in used to prevent freezing. Each packthe box and, when offered for transporaging must conform to the requiretation or transported. must be SO loadments of part 178 of this subchapter at ed that pressure relief devices remain the Packing Group I performance level. 541 $ 173.183 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) § 173.183 Nitrocellulose base film. § 173.185 Lithium batteries and cells. Films, nitrocellulose base, must be (a) Except as otherwise provided in packaged in packagings conforming to this subpart, a lithium cell or battery the requirements of part 178 of this is authorized for transportation only if subchapter at the Packing Group III it conforms to the provisions of this performance level. as follows: section. For the purposes of this sub- (a) In steel drums (1A2). aluminum chapter, "lithium content" means the drums (1B2), steel jerricans (3A2), mass of lithium in the anode of a lithwooden (4C1, 4C2), plywood (4D) or reium metal or lithium alloy cell, except constituted wood (4F) boxes or plywood in the case of a lithium ion cell where drums (1D) with each reel in a tightly the "equivalent lithium content" in closed metal can, polypropylene cangrams is calculated to be 0.3 times the ister, or strong cardboard or fiberboard rated capacity in ampere-hours. The inner packaging with cover held in lithium-equivalent content of a batplace by adhesive tape or paper; or tery equals the sum of the grams of (b) In fiberboard (4G) boxes or fiber lithium-equivalent content contained drums (1G) with a single tightly closed in the component cells of the battery. metal can, polypropylene canister, or (b) Exceptions. Except for primary strong cardboard or fiberboard inner (non-rechargeable) lithium batteries and cells transported aboard passengerpackaging with cover held in place by adhesive tape or paper; authorized only carrying aircraft, cells and batteries for not over 600 m (1969 feet) of film. are not subject to any other requirements of this subchapter if they meet [Amdt. 173-224. 55 FR 52643 Dec. 21, 1990, as the following: amended by Amdt. 173-255, 61 FR 50627. Sept. (1) Each cell with a liquid cathode 26, 1996] may contain not more than 0.5 g of lithium content. Each cell with a solid § 173.184 Highway or rail fusee. cathode may contain not more than 1.0 (a) A fusee is a device designed to g of lithium content. Each lithium ion burn at a controlled rate and to cell may contain not more than 1.5 g of produce visual effects for signaling equivalent lithium content; purposes. The composition of the fusee (2) Each battery with a liquid cathmust be such that the fusee will not igode may contain an aggregate quantity nite spontaneously or undergo marked of not more than 1.0 g of lithium condecomposition when subjected to a tent. Each battery with a solid cathode temperature of 75 °C (167 °F) for 48 conmay contain an aggregate quantity of secutive hours. not more than 2.0 g of lithium content. (b) Fusees (highway and railway) Each lithium-ion battery may contain must be packaged in steel drums (1A2), an aggregate quantity of not more steel jerricans (3A2), wooden (4C1, 4C2), than 8.0 grams of equivalent lithium plywood (4D) or reconstituted wood content: (4F) boxes or in fiberboard boxes (4G), (3) Each cell or battery containing a plywood (ID) or fiber (1G) drums. If the liquid cathode must be hermetically fusees are equipped with spikes packsealed; agings must have reinforced ends to (4) Cells and batteries must be prevent penetration of spikes through packed in such a way so as to prevent the outer packagings: packages must short circuits and must be packed in be capable of passing drop test requirestrong packagings, except when inments ($178.603 of this subchapter). installed in equipment; and cluding at least one drop with spike in (5) The outside of each package that a downward position, and other recontains a primary (non-rechargeable) quirements of part 178 of this sublithium battery or cell must be marked "PRIMARY LITHIUM BATTERIESchapter, at the Packing Group II per- FORBIDDEN FOR TRANSPORT formance level. ABOARD PASSENGER AIRCRAFT" [Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21. 1990, as on a background of contrasting color, amended at 66 FR 45379) in letters: 542 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT $ 173.185 (i) At least 12 mm (0.5 inch) in height (ii) At least 6 mm (0.25 inch) on packon packages having a gross mass of ages having a gross mass of 30 kg (66 more than 30 kg (66 pounds); or pounds) or less; and (ii) At least 6 mm (0.25 inch) on pack- (5) Cells and batteries are designed or ages having a gross mass of 30 kg (66 packed in such a way as to prevent pounds) or less; and short circuits under conditions nor- (6) If when fully charged, the aggremally encountered in transportation. gate lithium content of the anodes in a (d) Except for transportation aboard liquid cathode battery is more than 0.5 passenger-carrying aircraft, cells and g. or the aggregate lithium content of batteries and equipment containing the anodes in a solid cathode battery is cells and batteries that were first more than 1.0 g. then the battery may transported prior to January 1, 1995, not contain a liquid or gas that is a and were assigned to Class 9 on the hazardous material according to this basis of the requirements of this subsubchapter unless the liquid or gas, if chapter in effect on October 1, 1993, free. would be completely absorbed or may continue to be transported in acneutralized by other materials in the cordance with the applicable requirements in effect on October 1, 1993. battery. (e) Cells and batteries may be trans- (c) Except for primary lithium (nonported as items of Class 9 if they meet rechargeable) batteries and cells transthe requirements in paragraphs (e)(1) ported aboard passenger-carrying airthrough (e)(7) of this section: craft, cells and batteries are not sub- (1) Each cell and battery must be ject to any other requirements of this equipped with an effective means of subchapter if they meet the following: preventing external short circuits. (1) The lithium content of the anode (2) Each cell and battery must incorof each cell, when fully charged, is not porate a safety venting device or be demore than 5 g: signed in a manner that will preclude a (2) The aggregate lithium content of violent rupture under conditions northe anodes of each battery, when fully mally incidental to transportation. charged. is not more than 25 g; (3) Batteries containing cells or se- (3) Each cell or battery is of the type ries of cells connected in parallel must proven to be non-dangerous by testing be equipped with effective means, (such in accordance with Tests in the UN as diodes, fuses, etc.) as necessary to Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR: see prevent dangerous reverse current $171.7 of this subchapter). Such testing flow. must be carried out on each type of cell (4) Authorized outer packagings: or battery prior to the initial transport rigid outer packagings that conform to of that type. A cell or battery and the general packaging requirements of equipment containing a cell or battery part 173 and the packaging specificawhich was first transported prior to tion and performance requirements of January 1, 2006 and is of a type proven part 178 of this subchapter at the Packto meet the criteria of Class 9 by testing Group II performance level. Cells ing in accordance with the tests in the and batteries must be packed in such a UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, Third manner as to effectively prevent short Revised Edition, 1999 is not required to circuits through the use of inner packbe retested; agings, dividers, or other suitable means. (4) The outside of each package that (5) [Reserved] contains a primary (non-rechargeable) (6) Each cell or battery is of the type lithium battery or cell must be marked proven to meet the lithium battery re- "PRIMARY LITHIUM BATTERIESquirements in the UN Manual of Tests FORBIDDEN FOR TRANSPORT and Criteria (IBR: see $171.7 of this ABOARD PASSENGER AIRCRAFT" subchapter). A cell or battery and on a background of contrasting color, equipment containing a cell or battery in letters: of a design type which was first trans- (i) At least 12 mm (0.5 inch) in height ported prior to January 1, 2006 and is of on packages having a gross mass of a type proven to meet the criteria of more than 30 kg (66 pounds); or Class 9 by testing in accordance with 543 § 173.186 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) the tests in the UN Manual of Tests batteries which do not comply with the and Criteria, Third Revised Edition, provisions of this section may be trans- 1999 is not required to be retested; ported only if they are approved by the (7) Except as provided in paragraph Associate Administrator. (h) of this section, cells and batteries (j) For testing purposes, when not with a liquid cathode containing sulfur contained in equipment, cells and batdioxide, sulfuryl chloride or thionyl teries may be offered for transporchloride may not be offered for transtation or transported by highway as portation or transported if any cell has items of Class 9. Packaging must conbeen discharged to the extent that the form with paragraph (e)(4) of this secopen circuit voltage is less than two tion. volts, or is less than two-thirds of the (k) Batteries employing a strong. imvoltage of the fully charged cell, pact-resistant outer casing and exceedwhichever is less. ing a gross mass of 12 kg (26.5 lbs.). and (f) Equipment containing or packed assemblies of such batteries, may be with cells and batteries meeting the repacked in strong outer packagings, in quirements of paragraph (b) or (c) of protective enclosures (for example. in this section is excepted from all other fully enclosed wooden slatted crates) or requirements of this subchapter. on pallets. Batteries must be secured (g) Equipment containing or packed to prevent inadvertent movement. and with cells and batteries may be transthe terminals may not support the ported as items of Class 9 if the batweight of other superimposed elements. teries and cells meet all requirements Batteries packaged in this manner are of paragraph (e) of this section and are not permitted for transportation by packaged as follows: passenger aircraft, and may be trans- (1) Equipment containing cells and ported by cargo aircraft only if apbatteries must be packed in a strong outer packaging that is waterproof or proved by the Associate Administrator has a waterproof liner, unless the prior to transportation. equipment is made waterproof by na- [66 FR 8647, Feb. 1, 2001: 66 FR 33430. June 21, ture of its construction. The equipment 2001. as amended at 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; must be secured within the outer pack- 67 FR 15743, Apr. 3, 2002; 68 FR 45034, July 31, aging and be packed as to effectively 2003; 68 FR 75742. Dec. 31. 2003; 69 FR 34611, prevent moving, short circuits, and ac- June 22, 2004: 69 FR 54046, Sept. 7. 2004; 69 FR 75216. Dec. 15, 2004; 69 FR 76157. Dec. 20, 2004: cidental operation during transport; 68 FR 61941, Oct. 30, 2003; 70 FR 34398. June 14. and 2005] (2) Cells and batteries packed with equipment must be packed in inner EDITORIAL NOTE: At 68 FR 61941, Oct. 30, packagings conforming to (e)(4) of this 2003, $173.185 was amended: however. a portion of the amendment could not be incorsection in such a manner as to effecporated due to inaccurate amendatory Intively prevent moving and short cirstruction. cuits. (h) Cells and batteries, for disposal, § 173.186 Matches. may be offered for transportation or transported to a permitted storage fa- (a) Matches must be of a type which cility and disposal site by motor vehiwill not ignite spontaneously or undercle when they meet the following rego marked decomposition when subquirements: jected for 8 consecutive hours to a tem- (1) Be equipped with an effective perature of 93 °C (200 °F). means of preventing external short cir- (b) Definitions. (1) Fusee matches are cuits; and matches the heads of which are pre- (2) Be packed in a strong outer packpared with a friction-sensitive igniter aging conforming to the requirements composition and a pyrotechnic comof $173.24 and 173.24a. The packaging position which burns with little or no need not conform to performance reflame, but with intense heat. quirements of part 178 of this sub- (2) Safety matches are matches comchapter. bined with or attached to the box, book (i) Cells and batteries and equipment or card that can be ignited by friction containing or packed with cells and only on a prepared surface. 544 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.188 (3) Strike anywhere matches are (a) In wooden boxes (4CI, 4C2, 4D. or matches that can be ignited by friction 4F) with inner metal receptacles which on a solid surface. have a positive (not friction) means of (4) Wax "Vesta" matches are matches closure and contain not more than 15 that can be ignited by friction either kg (33 pounds) each. on a prepared surface or on a solid sur- (b) In steel drums (1A1 or 1A2) with a face. gross mass not exceeding 150 kg (331 (c) Safety matches and wax "Vesta" pounds) per drum. matches must be tightly packed in se- (c) In fiberboard boxes (4G) with curely closed inner packagings to preinner metal receptacles which have a vent accidental ignition under condipositive (not friction) means of closure tions normally incident to transporand contain not more than 7.5 kg (17 tation. and further packed in outer fipounds) each. berboard, wooden, or other equivalent- (d) In fiber drums (1G) with inner type packagings. These matches in metal receptacles which have a posiouter packagings not exceeding 23 kg tive (not friction) means of closure and (50 pounds) gross weight are not subcontain not more than 15 kg (33 ject to any other requirement (except pounds) each. marking) of this subchapter. These (e) In plywood drums (1D) with inner matches may be packed in the same metal receptacles which have a posiouter packaging with materials not tive (not friction) means of closure and subject to this subchapter. contain not more than 15 kg (33 (d) Strike-anywhere matches may pounds) each. not be packed in the same outer pack- (f) In specification cylinders, as preaging with any material other than scribed for any compressed gas, except safety matches or wax "Vesta" for Specifications 8 and 3HT. matches, which must be packed in sep- [Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as arate inner packagings. amended at 69 FR 76157. Dec. 20. 2004] (e) Packagings. Strike-anywhere matches must be tightly packed in se- § 173.188 White or yellow phosphorus. curely closed chipboard. fiberboard, Phosphorus, white or yellow, when wooden, or metal inner packagings to offered for transportation or transprevent accidental ignition under conported by rail, highway, or water, must ditions normally incident to transporbe packaged in water or dry in packtation. Each inner packaging may conagings conforming to the requirements tain no more than 700 strike-anywhere of part 178 of this subchapter at the matches and must be packed in outer Packing Group I performance level, as steel drums (1A2). aluminum drums follows: (1B2), steel jerricans (3A2), wooden (a) When placed in water, it must be (4C1, 4C2), plywood (4D). reconstituted packaged in specification packagings wood (4F) or fiberboard (4G) boxes, plyas follows: wood (1D) or fiber (1G) drums. Gross (1) Wooden boxes (4C1, 4C2, 4D. or 4F) weight of fiberboard boxes (4G) must with: not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds). Gross (1) Inner hermetically sealed (solweight of other outer packagings must dered) metal cans, enclosed in other not exceed 45 kg (100 pounds). hermetically sealed (soldered) metal [Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as cans, or amended at 69 FR 76157, Dec. 20, 2004) (ii) Inner water-tight metal cans containing not over 0.5 kg (1 pound) of § 173.187 Pyrophoric solids, metals or phosphorus with screw-top closures; or alloys, n.o.s. (2) Steel drums (1A1) not over 250 L Packagings for pyrophoric solids, (66 gallons) capacity each or steel metals, or alloys, n.o.s. must conform drums (1A2) not over 115 L (30 gallons) to the requirements of part 178 of this capacity each. subchapter at the packing group per- (b) When dry, it must be cast solid formance level specified in the $172.101 and shipped in packagings as follows: table. These materials must be pack- (1) Steel drums (1A2) not over 115 L aged as follows: (30 gallons) capacity each, or 545 $ 173.189 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) (2) In projectiles or bombs when rail car or vessel under the following shipped by, for, or to the Departments conditions: of the Army, Navy, or Air Force of the (1) Batteries must be equipped with United States Government, without an effective means of preventing exterbursting elements. nal short circuits, such as by providing [Amdt. 173-224. 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990. as complete electrical insulation of batamended at 56 FR 66271, Dec. 20, 1991) tery terminals or other external electrical connectors. Battery terminals or § 173.189 Batteries containing sodium other electrical connectors penetrating or cells containing sodium. the heat insulation fitted in battery (a) Batteries and cells may not concasings must be provided with thermal tain any hazardous material other than insulation sufficient to prevent the sodium, sulfur or polysulfides. Cells temperature of the exposed surfaces of not forming a component of a comsuch devices from exceeding 55 °C (130 pleted battery may not be offered for °F). transportation at a temperature at which any liquid sodium is present in (2) No battery may be offered for the cell. Batteries may only be offered transportation if the temperature at for transportation, or transported, at a any point on the external surface of temperature at which any liquid sothe battery exceeds 55 °C (130 °F). dium present in the battery conforms (3) If any external source of heating to the conditions prescribed in parais used during transportation to maingraph (d) of this section. tain sodium in batteries in a molten (b) Cells must consist of hermetically state, means must be provided to ensealed metal casings which fully ensure that the internal temperature of close the hazardous materials and the battery does not reach or exceed which are so constructed and closed as 400 °C (752 °F). to prevent the release of the hazardous (4) When loaded in a transport vehimaterials under normal conditions of cle or freight container: transport. Cells must be placed in suit- (i) Batteries must be secured SO as to able outer packagings with sufficient prevent significant shifting within the cushioning material to prevent contact between cells and between cells and the transport vehicle or freight container under conditions normally incident to internal surfaces of the outer packaging, and to ensure that no dangerous transportation: shifting of the cells within the outer (ii) Adequate ventilation and/or sepapackaging occurs in transport. Cells ration between batteries must be promust be packaged in 1A2, 1B2, 1D, 1G, vided to ensure that the temperature 1H2, 4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F. 4G or 4H2 outer at any point on the external surface of packagings which meet the requirethe battery casing will not exceed 240 ments of part 178 of this subchapter at °C (464 °F) during transportation: and the Packing Group II performance (iii) No other hazardous materials, level. with the exception of cells containing (c) Batteries must consist of cells sesodium, may be loaded in the same cured within, and fully enclosed by a transport vehicle or freight container. metal casing so constructed and closed Batteries must be separated from all as to prevent the release of the hazother freight by a distance of not less ardous materials under normal condithan 0.5 m (1.6 feet). tions of transport. Batteries may be of- (e) Batteries containing sodium or fered for transportation, and transcells containing sodium, when installed ported. unpacked or in protective packas part of a motor vehicle, are not subagings that are not subject to the reject to the requirements of this subquirements of part 178 of this subchapter. chapter. (d) Batteries containing any liquid [Amdt. 173-241. 59 FR 67511. Dec. 29, 1994. as sodium may not be offered for transamended by Amdt. 173-256, 61 FR 51338, Oct. portation, or transported. by aircraft. 1. 1996: 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28. 2001: 68 FR 61941, Batteries containing liquid sodium Oct. 30, 2003] may be transported by motor vehicle, 546 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.194 § 173.192 Packaging for certain toxic be cushioned in cans with at least 12.7 gases in Hazard Zone A. mm (0.5 inch) of absorbent material. When $172.101 of this subchapter Total amount of liquid in the outer box specifies a toxic material must be must not exceed 11 kg (24 pounds). packaged under this section, only the Packagings must conform to the refollowing cylinders are authorized: quirements of part 178 of this sub- (a) Specification 3A1800, 3AA1800, chapter at the Packing Group I per- 3AL1800, 3E1800. or seamless UN cylformance level. inders with a minimum test pressure in (b) Bromoacetone, methyl bromide, accordance with P200 of the UN Recchloropicrin and methyl bromide mixommendations (IBR, see $ 171.7 of this tures, chloropicrin and methyl chloride subchapter). mixtures, and chloropicrin mixtures (1) Specification 3A, 3AA, or 3AL cylcharged with non-flammable, non-liqinders may not exceed 57 kg (125 lb) uefied compressed gas must be packed water capacity (nominal). in Specification 3A, 3AA. 3B, 3C, 3E, 4A, (2) Specification 3AL cylinders may 4B, 4BA, 4BW. or 4C cylinders having only be offered for transportation or not over 113 kg (250 pounds) water catransported by highway and rail. pacity (nominal). This capacity does (b) Packagings must conform to the not apply to shipments of methyl brorequirements of $ 173.40. mide. (c) For cylinders used for phosgene: (c) Methyl bromide mixtures con- (1) The filling density may not exceed taining up to 2% chloropicrin must be 125 percent; packaged in 4G fiberboard boxes with (2) A cylinder may not contain more inside metal cans containing not over than 68 kg (150 lb) of phosgene; and one pound each, or inside metal cans (3) Each cylinder containing phoswith a minimum wall thickness of 0.007 gene must be tested for leakage before inch containing not over 13/4 pounds it is offered for transportation or each. The one-pound can must be capatransported and must show no leakage. ble of withstanding an internal pres- The leakage test must consist of imsure of 130 psig without leakage or permersing the cylinder and valve, withmanent distortion. Vapor pressure of out the protective cap attached, in a the contents must not exceed 130 psig bath of water at a temperature of apat 55 °C (130 °F). The 13/4-pound can proximately 66 °C (150 °F) for at least 30 must be capable of withstanding an inminutes, during which time frequent ternal pressure of 140 psig without examinations must be made to note leakage or permanent distortion. any escape of gas. The valve of the cyl- Vapor pressure of the contents must inder may not be loosened after this not exceed 140 psig at 55 °C (130 °F). test. Suitable safeguards must be pro- Cans must not be liquid full at 130 °F. vided to protect personnel and facili- Cans must be constructed of tinplate or ties should failure occur during the lined with suitable material and must test. As an alternative, each cylinder have concave or pressure ends. containing phosgene may be tested for (d) Cylinders, except those conleakage by a method approved in writtaining methyl bromide, must conform ing by the Associate Administrator. to $173.40 of this part. (67 FR 51643, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 71 [Amdt. 173-224. 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as FR 33880, June 12, 2006] amended at 56 FR 66271. Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR § 173.193 Bromoacetone, methyl bro- 45463, Oct. 1. 1992] mide, chloropicrin and methyl bromide or methyl chloride mixtures, $ 173.194 Gas identification sets. etc. Gas identification sets containing (a) Bromoacetone must be packaged poisonous material must be packaged as follows in wooden boxes (4C1, 4C2. 4D in packagings conforming to the reor 4F) with inner glass receptacles or quirements of part 178 of this subtubes in hermetically sealed metal rechapter at the Packing Group I perceptacles in corrugated fiberboard carformance level, as follows: tons. Bottles may not contain over 500 (a) In glass inner receptacles, her- g (17.6 ounces) of liquid each and must metically sealed, of not over 40 mL (1.4 547 § 173.195 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) fluid ounces) each. Each glass inner retion cylinders or UN pressure recepceptacle must in turn be placed in a tacles as follows: sealed fiberboard receptacle, cushioned (1) As prescribed in § 173.192; with absorbent material. Not more (2) Specification 3A480, 3A480X, than 12 fiberboard receptacles must in 3AA480, or 3A1800 metal cylinders of turn be placed in a 4G fiberboard box. not over 126 kg (278 pounds) water ca- No more than four boxes, well-cushpacity (nominal): ioned, may in turn be placed in a steel (3) Shipments in 3AL cylinders are cylinder. The cylinder must have a authorized only when transported by wall thickness of at least 3.7 mm (0.146 highway and rail; or inch) and must have a hermetically (4) UN cylinders, as specified in part sealed steel closure. 178, with a minimum test pressure of (b) When the poisonous material is 100 bar and a maximum filling ratio of absorbed in a medium such as acti- 0.55. The use of UN tubes and MEGCs is vated charcoal or silical gel, gas identinot authorized. fication sets may be shipped as follows: (b) Cylinders may not be charged with more than 0.27 kg (0.6 pound) of (1) If the poisonous material does not exceed 5 mL (0.2 fluid ounce) if a liquid liquid per 0.45 kg (1 pound) water caor 5 g (0.2 ounce) if a solid, it may be pacity of cylinder. Each filled cylinder must be tested for leakage before being packed in glass inner receptacles of not offered for transportation or transover 120 mL (4.1 fluid ounces) each. ported and must show absolutely no Each glass receptacle, cushioned with leakage; this test must consist of passabsorbent material must be packed in a ing a piece of Guignard's sodium pichermetically sealed metal can of not rate paper over the closure of the cylless than 0.30 mm (0.012 inch) wall inder, without the protection cap atthickness. Metal cans, surrounded on tached. to detect any escape of hydroall sides by at least 25 mm (1 inch) of gen cyanide from the cylinder. Other dry sawdust, must be packed in 4C1, equally efficient test methods may be 4C2, 4D or 4F wooden boxes. Not more used in place of sodium picrate paper. than 100 mL (3.4 fluid ounces) or 100 g (c) Packagings for hydrogen cyanide (3.5 ounces) of poisonous materials may must conform to $173.40. be packed in one outer wooden box. (2) If the poisonous material does not [Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as exceed 5 mL (0.2 fluid ounce) if a liquid amended at 56 FR 66271, Dec. 20, 1991: 71 FR 33880, June 12, 2006] or 20 g (0.7 ounce) if a solid, it may be packed in glass inner receptacles with § 173.196 Category A infectious subscrew-top closures of not less than 60 stances. mL (2 ounces). hermetically sealed. (a) Category A infectious substances Twelve bottles containing poisonous material, not to exceed 100 mL (3.4 packaging. A packaging for a Division 6.2 material that is a Category A infecounces) or 100 g (3.5 ounces). or both, tious substance must meet the test may be placed in a plastic carrying standards of $178.609 of this subchapter case, each glass receptacle surrounded and must be marked in conformance by absorbent cushioning and each sepawith $ 178.503(f) of this subchapter. A rated from the other by sponge rubber packaging for a Category A infectious partitions. The plastic carrying case substance is a triple packaging conmust be placed in a tightly fitting fisisting of the following components: berboard box which in turn must be (1) A watertight primary receptacle. placed in a tightly fitting 4C1, 4C2, 4D (2) A watertight secondary packor 4F wooden box. aging. If multiple fragile primary re- [Amdt. 173-224. 55 FR 52643. Dec. 21, 1990. as ceptacles are placed in a single secamended at 66 FR 45183, 45381. Aug. 28, 2001] ondary packaging, they must be either wrapped individually or separated to § 173.195 Hydrogen cyanide, anhyprevent contact between them. drous, stabilized (hydrocyanic acid, (3) A rigid outer packaging of adeaqueous solution). quate strength for its capacity, mass (a) Hydrogen cyanide, anhydrous, and intended use. The outer packaging stabilized, must be packed in specificamust measure not less than 100 mm (3.9 548 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.196 inches) at its smallest overall external overpack must be leakproof. If dry ice dimension. is used, the outer packaging or over- (4) For a liquid infectious substance, pack must permit the release of carbon an absorbent material placed between dioxide gas and otherwise meet the the primary receptacle and the secprovisions in § 173.217. The primary reondary packaging. The absorbent maceptacle and the secondary packaging terial must be sufficient to absorb the must maintain their integrity at the entire contents of all primary receptemperature of the refrigerant used, as tacles. well as the temperatures and pressures (5) An itemized list of contents enof transport by aircraft to which they closed between the secondary packcould be subjected if refrigeration were aging and the outer packaging. lost. (6) The primary receptacle or sec- (3) Infectious substances shipped in liqondary packaging used for infectious uid nitrogen. The primary receptacle substances must be capable of withand the secondary packaging must standing, without leakage, an internal maintain their integrity at the tempressure producing a pressure differenperature of the liquid nitrogen as well tial of not less than 95 kPa (0.95 bar, 14 as the temperatures and pressures of psi). transport by aircraft to which they (7) The primary receptacle or seccould be subjected if refrigeration were ondary packaging used for infectious lost. Refrigerated liquid nitrogen packsubstances must be capable of withagings must be metal vacuum insustanding without leakage temperatures lated vessels or flasks vented to the atin the range of - 40 °C to +55 °C (-40 °F mosphere to prevent any increase in to +131 °F). pressure within the packaging. The use (b) Additional requirements for packof safety relief valves, check valves, aging Category A infectious substances. frangible discs, or similar devices in Category A infectious substances must the vent lines is prohibited. Fill and be packaged according to the following discharge openings must be protected requirements, depending on the physagainst the entry of foreign materials ical state and other characteristics of that might cause an increase in the inthe material. ternal pressure. The package orienta- (1) Infectious substances shipped at amtion markings specified in § 172.312(a) of blent temperatures or higher. Primary rethis subchapter must be marked on the ceptacles must be made of glass, metal, packaging. The packaging must be deor plastic. Positive means of ensuring a signed to prevent the release of any releakproof seal must be provided, such frigerated liquid nitrogen irrespective as heat seal, skirted stopper. or metal of the packaging orientation. crimp seal. If screw caps are used, they (c) Live animals may not be used to must be secured by positive means, transport infectious substances unless such as with adhesive tape, paraffin such substances cannot be sent by any sealing tape, or manufactured locking other means. An animal containing or closure. Lyophilized substances may contaminated with an infectious subalso be transported in primary recepstance must be transported under tacles that are flame-sealed with glass terms and conditions approved by the ampoules or rubber-stoppered glass Associate Administrator for Hazardous vials fitted with metal seals. Materials Safety. (2) Infectious substances shipped refrig- (d) Body parts. organs or whole boderated or frozen (ice, pre-frozen packs, ies meeting the definition of Division dry ice). Ice, dry ice, or other refrig- 6.2 material must be packaged as folerant must be placed around the seclows: ondary packagings or in an overpack (1) In Division 6.2 packaging. as specwith one or more complete packages ified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this marked in accordance with $178.503 of section; or this subchapter. Interior supports must be provided to secure the secondary (2) In packaging meeting the requirements of $173.197. packagings in the original position after the ice or dry ice has dissipated. [67 FR 53140. Aug. 14, 2002, as amended at 71 If ice is used, the outer packaging or FR 32260, June 2. 2006] 549 § 173.197 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) $ 173.197 Regulated medical waste. (2) Additional requirements. Each (a) General provisions. Non-bulk pack- Large Packaging used to transport liqagings, Large Packagings, and nonuid regulated medical waste must contain absorbent material in sufficient specification bulk outer packagings used for the transportation of reguquantity and appropriate location to lated medical waste must be rigid conabsorb the entire amount of liquid tainers meeting the provisions of subpresent in the event of an unintenpart B of this part. tional release of contents. Each Large (b) Non-bulk packagings. Except as Packaging design intended for the provided in $173.134(c) of this subpart, transportation of sharps containers non-bulk packagings for regulated must be puncture resistant and capable medical waste must be UN standard of retaining liquids. The design must packagings conforming to the requirealso be tested and certified as meeting ments of Part 178 of this subchapter at the performance tests specified for inthe Packing Group II performance termediate bulk containers intended level. A non-bulk packaging used as a for the transportation of liquids in subsharps container must be puncture-repart 0 of part 178 of this subchapter. sistant for sharps and sharps with re- (d) Non-specification bulk packaging. A sidual fluid as demonstrated by conwheeled cart (Cart) or bulk outer packducting the performance tests in Part aging (BOP) is authorized as an outer 178, subpart M, of this subchapter on packaging for the transportation of packagings containing materials repregulated medical waste in accordance resentative of the sharps and fluids with the provisions of this paragraph (such as sterile sharps) intended to be (d). transported in the packagings. Sharps (1) General requirements. The folcontainers must be securely closed to lowing requirements apply to the prevent leaks or punctures in conformtransportation of regulated medical ance with the instructions provided by waste in Carts or BOPs: the packaging manufacturer in accord- (i) Regulated medical waste in each ance with $178.2(c) of this subchapter. Cart or BOP must be contained in non- (c) Large Packagings. Large Packbulk inner packagings conforming to agings constructed, tested, and marked paragraph (e) of this section. in accordance with the requirements of (ii) Each Cart or BOP must have the UN Recommendations (IBR, see smooth, non-porous interior surfaces $171.7 of this subchapter) and confree of cracks, crevices, and other deforming to other requirements of this fects that could damage plastic film paragraph (c) may be used for the inner packagings or impede disinfectransportation of regulated medical tion operations. waste, provided the waste is contained (iii) Except as otherwise provided in in inner packagings conforming to the this paragraph (d), each Cart or BOP requirements of paragraph (e) of this must be used exclusively for the transsection. Each Large Packaging design portation of regulated medical waste. must be capable of meeting the vibra- Prior to reuse, each Cart or BOP must tion test specified in $178.819 of this be disinfected by any means effective subchapter. Each Large Packaging is for neutralizing the infectious subsubject to the periodic design requalistance the packaging previously confication requirements for IBCs in tained. $178.801(e) of this subchapter, and to (iv) Untreated concentrated stock the proof of compliance requirements cultures of infectious substances conof $ 178.801(j) and record retention retaining Category A materials may not quirements of $178.801(1) of this subbe transported in a Cart or BOP. chapter. Inner packagings used for liq- (v) Division 6.1 toxic waste or Class 7 uids must be rigid. radioactive waste, with the exception (1) Authorized packagings. Only the of chemotherapeutic waste, may not be following Large Packagings are autransported in a Cart or BOP. thorized for the transportation of liq- (vi) Division 6.1 or Class 7 uid or solid regulated medical waste: chemotherapeutic waste; untreated (i) Metal: 50A, 50B, or 50N. concentrated stock cultures of infec- (ii) Rigid plastic: 50H. tious substances containing Category B 550 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.197 infectious substances; unabsorbed liq- (vi) Division 6.1 or Class 7 uids; and sharps containers may be chemotherapeutic waste, untreated transported in a Cart or BOP only if concentrated stock cultures of infecpackaged in rigid non-bulk packagings tious substances containing Category B conforming to paragraph (a) of this secinfectious substances, unabsorbed liqtion. uids, and sharps may be transported in (2) Wheeled cart (Cart). A Cart is au- a BOP only if separated and secured as thorized as an outer packaging for the required in paragraph (d)(3)(v) of this transportation of regulated medical section. waste if it conforms to the following (e) Inner packagings authorized for requirements: Large Packagings, Carts, and BOPs. (i) Each Cart must consist of a solid, After September 30, 2003, inner packone-piece body with a nominal volume agings must be durably marked or not exceeding 1,655 L (437 gallons). tagged with the name and location (ii) Each Cart must be constructed of (city and state) of the offeror, except metal, rigid plastic, or fiberglass fitted when the entire contents of the Large with a lid to prevent leakage during Packaging, Cart, or BOP originates at transport. a single location and is delivered to a (iii) Each Cart must be capable of single location. meeting the requirements of $178.810 (1) Solids. A plastic film bag is au- (drop test) at the Packing Group II perthorized as an inner packaging for solid formance level. regulated medical waste transported in (iv) Inner packagings must be placed a Cart, Large Packaging, or BOP. into a Cart and restrained in such a Waste material containing absorbed manner as to minimize the risk of liquid may be packaged as a solid in a breakage. plastic film bag if the bag contains suf- (3) Bulk outer packaging (BOP). A BOP ficient absorbent material to absorb is authorized as an outer packaging for and retain all liquid during transporregulated medical waste if it conforms tation. to the following requirements: (1) The film bag may not exceed a (1) Each BOP must be constructed of volume of 175 L (46 gallons). The film metal or fiberglass and have a capacity bag must be marked and certified by of at least 3.5 cubic meters (123.6 cubic its manufacturer as having passed the feet) and not more than 45 cubic meters tests prescribed for tear resistance in (1,590 cubic feet). ASTM D 1922. "Standard Test Method (ii) Each BOP must have bottom and for Propagation Tear Resistance of side joints of fully welded or seamless Plastic Film and Thin Sheeting by construction and a rigid, weatherproof Pendulum Method" (IBR, §171.7 of this top to prevent the intrusion of water subchapter) and for impact resistance (e.g., rain or snow). in ASTM D 1709, "Standard Test Meth- (iii) Each opening in a BOP must be ods for Impact Resistance of Plastic fitted with a closure to prevent the in- Film by the Free-Falling Dart Method" trusion of water or the release of any (IBR, $171.7 of this subchapter). The liquid during all loading, unloading, film bag must meet an impact resistand transportation operations. ance of 165 grams and a tearing resist- (iv) In the upright position. each BOP ance of 480 grams in both the parallel must be leakproof and able to contain and perpendicular planes with respect a liquid quantity of at least 300 liters to the length of the bag. (79.2 gallons) with closures open. (ii) The plastic film bag must be (v) Inner packagings must be placed closed with a minimum of entrapped in a BOP in such a manner as to miniair to prevent leakage in transpormize the risk of breakage. Rigid inner tation. The bag must be capable of packagings may not be placed in the being held in an inverted position with same BOP with plastic film bag inner the closed end at the bottom for a pepackagings unless separated from each riod of 5 minutes without leakage. other by rigid barriers or dividers to (iii) When used as an inner packaging prevent damage to the packagings for Carts or BOPs, a plastic film bag caused by load shifting during normal may not weigh more than 10 kg (22 lbs.) conditions of transportation. when filled. 551 § 173.198 49 CFR Ch. 1 (10-1-06 Edition) (2) Liquids. Liquid regulated medical (b) Packagings for nickel carbonyl waste transported in a Large Packmust conform to $173.40. aging, Cart, or BOP must be packaged [Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643. Dec 21. 1990. as in a rigid inner packaging conforming amended at 67 FR 51643, Aug. 8, 2002; 68 FR to the provisions of subpart B of this 75742. Dec. 31, 2003] part. Liquid materials are not authorized for transportation in inner pack- § 173.199 Category B infectious substances. agings having a capacity greater than 19 L (5 gallons). (a) Category B infectious substances. (3) Sharps. Sharps transported in a Except as provided in this paragraph Large Packaging, Cart, or BOP must be (a), Category B infectious substances are excepted from all other requirepackaged in a puncture-resistant inner ments of this subchapter when offered packaging (sharps container). Each for transportation or transported in acsharps container must be securely cordance with this section. Category B closed to prevent leaks or punctures in infectious substances offered for transconformance with instructions proportation or transported under the provided by the packaging manufacturer. visions of this section are subject to Each sharps container exceeding 76 L the incident reporting requirements in (20 gallons) in volume must be capable §§ 171.15 and 171.16 of this subchapter of passing the performance tests in and to the requirements in § 175.85 of Part 178, subpart M. of this subchapter this subchapter concerning cargo locaat the Packing Group II performance tion. Except as provided in paragraph level. A sharps container may be re- (a)(9) of this section, a Category B inused only if it conforms to the folfectious substance meeting the definilowing criteria: tion of a hazard class other than Divi- (i) The sharps container is specifision 6.2 must be offered for transporcally approved and certified by the U.S. tation or transported in accordance Food and Drug Administration as a with applicable requirements of this medical device for reuse. subchapter. (ii) The sharps container must be per- (1) A Category B infectious substance manently marked for reuse. must be packaged in a triple packaging consisting of a primary receptacle. a (iii) The sharps container must be secondary packaging, and a rigid outer disinfected prior to reuse by any means packaging. effective for the infectious substance (2) Primary receptacles must be the container previously contained. packed in secondary packaging in such (iv) The sharps container must have a way that, under normal conditions of a capacity greater than 7.57 L (2 galtransport, they cannot break, be punclons) and not greater than 151.42 L (40 tured. or leak their contents into the gallons) in volume. secondary packaging. (3) Secondary packagings must be se- [67 FR 53140, Aug. 14, 2002. as amended at 68 FR 57632, Oct. 6. 2003; 68 FR 75744, Dec. 31. cured in rigid outer packagings with 2003; 71 FR 32261, June 2. 2006] suitable cushioning material such that any leakage of the contents will not § 173.198 Nickel carbonyl. impair the protective properties of the cushioning material or the outer pack- (a) Nickel carbonyl must be packed aging. in specification steel or nickel cyl- (4) The completed package must be inders as prescribed for any compressed designed, constructed. maintained. gas except acetylene. A cylinder used filled, its contents limited. and closed exclusively for nickel carbonyl may be so that under conditions normally engiven a complete external visual incountered in transportation, including spection instead of the pressure test reremoval from a pallet or overpack for quired by $180.205 of this subchapter. subsequent handling. there will be no Visual inspection must be in accordrelease of hazardous material into the ance with CGA Pamphlet C-6 (IBR, see environment. Package effectiveness $171.7 of this subchapter). must not be substantially reduced for minimum and maximum temperatures, 552 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.199 changes in humidity and pressure, and such knowledge and information, must shocks, loadings and vibrations norbe included on a written document mally encountered during transpor- (such as an air waybill or bill of lading) tation. The packaging must be capable or on the outer packaging. of successfully passing the drop tests in (8) For transportation by aircraft, $178.609(d) and (h) of this subchapter each package, overpack, pallet, or unit at a drop height of at least 1.2 meters load device containing a Category B in- (3.9 feet). Following the drop tests, fectious substance must be inspected there must be no leakage from the prifor leakage when it is unloaded from mary receptacle, which must remain the aircraft. If evidence of leakage is protected by absorbent material, when found. the cargo compartment in which required, in the secondary packaging. the package, overpack, pallet. or unit At least one surface of the outer packload device was transported must be aging must have a minimum dimension disinfected. Disinfection may be by any of 100 mm by 100 mm (3.9 inches). means that will make the material re- (5) The following mark must be disleased ineffective at transmitting displayed on the outer packaging on a ease. background of contrasting color. The (9) A packaging containing inner width of the line must be at least 2 mm packagings of Category B infectious (0.08 inches) and the letters and numsubstances may not contain other hazbers must be at least 6 mm (0.24 inches) ardous materials excepthigh. The size of the mark must be (i) Refrigerants, such as dry ice or such that no side of the diamond is less liquid nitrogen, as authorized under than 50 mm (1.97 inches) in length. The paragraph (d) of this section; proper shipping name "Biological sub- (ii) Anticoagulants used to stabilize stances, Category B" must be marked blood or plasma; or on the outer packaging adjacent to the (iii) Small quantities of Class 3. Class diamond-shaped mark in letters that 8, Class 9, or other materials in Packare at least 6 mm (0.24 inches) high. ing Groups II and III used to stabilize or prevent degradation of the sample, provided the quantity of such materials does not exceed 30 mL (1 ounce) or 30 g (1 ounce) in each inner packaging. Such preservatives are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter. (10) Clear instructions on filling and closing a packaging used to transport a UN3373 Category B infectious substance must be provided by the packaging manufacturer and subsequent distributors to the consignor or person who prepares the package to enable the package to be correctly prepared for transport. A copy or electronic image of these instructions must be retained by the manufacturer and subsequent distributors for at least one year from the date (6) When packages are placed in an of issuance, and made available for inoverpack, the package markings respection by a Federal or state governquired by this section must be either ment representative upon request. clearly visible or reproduced on the Packagings must be filled and closed in outside of the overpack. accordance with the information pro- (7) The name and telephone number vided by the packaging manufacturer of a person who is either knowledgeor subsequent distributor. able about the material being shipped (b) Liquid Category B infectious suband has comprehensive emergency restances. Liquid Category B infectious sponse and incident mitigation inforsubstances must be packaged in conmation for the material, or has immeformance with the following providiate access to a person who possesses sions: 553 § 173.199 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) (1) The primary receptacle must be liquid during transportation must be leakproof. transported in accordance with para- (2) Absorbent material must be graph (b) of this section. placed between the primary receptacle (5) Except for packages containing and secondary packaging. If several body parts, organs, or whole bodies, for fragile primary receptacles are placed shipment by aircraft, the outer packin a single secondary packaging, they aging may not contain more than 4 kg must be either individually wrapped or (8.8 pounds), including any material separated to prevent contact between used to stabilize or prevent degradathem. The absorbent material must be tion of the samples. The outer packof sufficient quantity to absorb the enaging limitation does not include ice, tire contents of the primary recepdry ice, or liquid nitrogen when used to tacles and not compromise the integmaintain the integrity of the material. rity of the cushioning material or the outer packaging. (d) Refrigerated or frozen specimens (3) The secondary packaging must be (ice, dry ice, and liquid nitrogen). In adleakproof. dition to complying with the require- (4) For shipments by aircraft, the priments in this paragraph (d), dry ice and mary receptacle or the secondary packliquid nitrogen must be offered for aging must be capable of withstanding transportation or transported in acwithout leakage an internal pressure cordance with the applicable requireproducing a pressure differential of not ments of this subchapter. less than 95 kPa (0.95 bar, 14 psi). (1) Ice or dry ice must be placed out- (5) For shipments by aircraft, the side the secondary packaging or in an maximum quantity contained in each overpack. Interior supports must be primary receptacle, including any maprovided to secure the secondary packterial used to stabilize or prevent degagings in the original position after the radation of the sample, may not exceed ice or dry ice has dissipated. If ice is 1 L (34 ounces), and the maximum used, the outside packaging must be quantity contained in each outer packleakproof or must have a leakproof aging, including any material used to liner. If dry ice is used, the outside stabilize or prevent degradation of the packaging must permit the release of samples, may not exceed 4 L (1 gallon). carbon dioxide gas and otherwise meet The outer packaging limitation does not include ice, dry ice, or liquid nitrothe provisions in $173.217. The primary gen when used to maintain the integreceptacle and secondary packaging must maintain their integrity at the rity of the material. (c) Solid Category B infectious subtemperature of the refrigerant used, as stances. Solid Category B infectious well as the temperatures and pressures substances must be packaged in a triof transport by aircraft they could be ple packaging, consisting of a primary subjected to if refrigeration were lost, receptacle, secondary packaging, and and sufficient absorbent material must outer packaging, conforming to the folbe provided to absorb all liquid. includlowing provisions: ing melted ice. (1) The primary receptacle must be (2) The package is marked "Carbon siftproof. dioxide, solid" or "Dry ice" and an in- (2) If several fragile primary recepdication that the material being refrigtacles are placed in a single secondary erated is used for diagnostic treatment packaging, they must be either individpurposes (e.g., frozen medical speciually wrapped or separated to prevent mens). contact between them. (e) Training. Each person who offers (3) The secondary packaging must be or transports a Category B infectious siftproof. substance under the provisions of this (4) If residual liquid may be present section must know about the requirein the primary receptacle during transments of this section. portation, then the material must be transported in accordance with re- [67 FR 53142, Aug. 14, 2002. as amended at 71 quirements in paragraph (b) of this sec- FR 32261, June 2. 2006) tion. A solid material that may become 554 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.202 § 173.201 Non-bulk packagings for liq- Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, aluuid hazardous materials in Packing minum, wooden or fiberboard box: 6PA2. Group I. 6PB2, 6PC or 6PG2 Glass, porcelain or stoneware in solid or ex- (a) When $ 172.101 of this subchapter panded plastic packaging: 6PHI or 6PH2 specifies that a liquid hazardous mate- Cylinders, specification or UN standard. as rial be packaged under this section, prescribed for any compressed gas, except only non-bulk packagings prescribed in 3HT and those prescribed for acetylene. this section may be used for its trans- [Amdt. 173-224. 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21. 1990, as portation. Each packaging must conamended by Amdt. 173-241, 59 FR 67518, Dec. form to the general packaging require- 29, 1994; Amdt. 173-261, 62 FR 24734, May 6, ments of subpart B of part 173, to the 1997: 71 FR 33880, June 12, 2006) requirements of part 178 of this sub- $ 173.202 Non-bulk packagings for liqchapter at the Packing Group I peruid hazardous materials in Packing formance level, and to the require- Group II. ments of the special provisions of column 7 of the $ 172.101 table. (a) When $172.101 of this subchapter (b) The following combination packspecifies that a liquid hazardous material be packaged under this section, agings are authorized: only non-bulk packagings prescribed in Outer packagings: this section may be used for its trans- Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 portation. Each packaging must con- Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 form to the general packaging require- Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: ments of subpart B of part 173, to the 1N1 or 1N2 requirements of part 178 of this sub- Plywood drum: ID chapter at the Packing Group I or II Fiber drum: 1G Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 performance level (unless otherwise ex- Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 cepted). and to the particular require- Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 ments of the special provisions of col- Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 umn 7 of the § 172.101 table. Steel box: 4A (b) The following combination pack- Aluminum box: 4B agings are authorized: Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2 Outer packagings: Plywood box: 4D Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 Reconstituted wood box: 4F Aluminum drum: 1B1 or IB2 Fiberboard box: 4G Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: Expanded plastic box: 4HI 1N1 or IN2 Solid plastic box: 4H2 Plywood drum: ID Inner packagings: Fiber drum: 1G Glass or earthenware receptacles Plastic drum: IHI or 1H2 Plastic receptacles Wooden barrel: 2C2 Metal receptacles Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 Glass ampoules Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 (c) Except for transportation by pas- Steel box: 4A senger aircraft, the following single Aluminum box: 4B packagings are authorized: Natural wood box: 4CI or 4C2 Plywood box: 4D Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 Reconstituted wood box: 4F Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 Fiberboard box: 4G Metal drum other than steel, or aluminum: Expanded plastic box: 4H1 INI or 1N2 Solid plastic box: 4H2 Plastic drum: IHI or 1H2 Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 Inner packagings: Glass or earthenware receptacles Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 Plastic receptacles Aluminum jerrican: 3BI or 3B2 Metal receptacles Plastic receptacle in steel. aluminum, fiber Glass ampoules or plastic drum: 6HA1, 6HBI, 6HG1. 6HH1 Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum. wood- (c) Except for transportation by pasen, plywood or fiberboard box: 6HA2, 6HB2, senger aircraft, the following single 6HC, 6HD2 or 6HG2 packagings are authorized: Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, aluminum or fiber drum: 6PA1, 6PB1 or 6PG1 Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 555 $ 173.203 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) Aluminum drum: IB1 or 1B2 Steel box: 4A Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: Aluminum box: 4B INI or 1N2 Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2 Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 Plywood box: 4D Fiber drum: 1G (with liner) Reconstituted wood box: 4F Wooden barrel: 2CI Fiberboard box: 4G Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 Expanded plastic box: 4H1 Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 Solid plastic box: 4H2 Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, fiber Inner packagings: or plastic drum: 6HA1, 6HB1, 6HG1 or 6HH1 Glass or earthenware receptacles Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum. wood- Plastic receptacles en, plywood or fiberboard box: 6HA2, 6HB2. Metal receptacles 6HC, 6HD2 or 6HG2 Glass ampoules Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, aluminum or fiber drum: 6PA1, 6PB1 or 6PG1 (c) The following single packagings Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, aluare authorized: minum, wooden or fiberboard box: 6PA2, 6PB2, 6PC or 6PG2 Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 Glass, porcelain or stoneware in solid or ex- Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 panded plastic packaging: 6PH1 or 6PH2 Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: Plastic receptacle in plywood drum: 6HD1 INI Glass, porcelain or stoneware in plywood Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 drum or wickerwork hamper: 6PD1 or 6PD2 Fiber drum: 1G (with liner) Cylinders. specification. as prescribed for Wooden barrel: 2C1 any compressed gas, except for Specifica- Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 tions 8 and 3HT Plastic jerrican: 3HI or 3H2 [Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990. as Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 amended at 56 FR 66271, Dec. 20, 1991: Amdt Plastic receptacle in steel. aluminum, fiber 173-241, 59 FR 67518, Dec. 29. 1994; Amdt. 173- or plastic drum: 6HA1. 6HB1. 6HG1 or 6HH1 261, 62 FR 24734, May 6, 1997: 62 FR 51560. Oct. Plastic receptacle in steel. aluminum, wood- 1, 1997] en, plywood or fiberboard box: 6HA2. 6HB2, 6HC, 6HD2 or 6HG2 § 173.203 Non-bulk packagings for liq- Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, aluuid hazardous materials in Packing minum or fiber drum: 6PA1, 6PB1, or 6PG1 Group III. Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, alu- (a) When $172.101 of this subchapter minum, wooden or flberboard box: 6PA2. specifies that a liquid hazardous mate- 6PB2, 6PC or 6PG2 rial be packaged under this section, Glass, porcelain or stoneware in solid or expanded plastic packaging: 6PH1 or 6PH2 only non-bulk packagings prescribed in Plastic receptacle in plywood drum: 6HD1 this section may be used for its trans- Glass. porcelain or stoneware in plywood portation. Each packaging must condrum or wickerwork hamper: 6PD1 or 6PD2 form to the general packaging require- Cylinders. as prescribed for any compressed ments of subpart B of part 173, to the gas, except for Specifications 8 and 3HT requirements of part 178 of this sub- [Amdt. 173-224. 55 FR 52643. Dec. 21, 1990, as chapter at the Packing Group I, II or amended at 56 FR 66271, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. III performance level. and to the re- 173-241, 59 FR 67518, Dec. 29, 1994: Amdt. 173- quirements of the special provisions of 261, 62 FR 24734, May 6. 1997) column 7 of the $172.101 table. (b) The following combination pack- § 173.204 Non-bulk, non-specification agings are authorized: packagings for certain hazardous materials. Outer packagings: Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 When $172.101 of this subchapter Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 specifies that a liquid or solid haz- Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: ardous material be packaged under this INI or 1N2 section, any appropriate non-bulk Plywood drum: ID packaging which conforms to the gen- Fiber drum: IG eral packaging requirements of subpart Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 B of part 173 may be used for its trans- Wooden barrel: 2C2 Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 portation. Packagings need not con- Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 form to the requirements of part 178 of Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 this subchapter. 556 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.212 § 173.205 Specification cylinders for Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: liquid hazardous materials. INI or 1N2 Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 When 172.101 of this subchapter Fiber drum: 1G specifies that a hazardous material Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 must be packaged under this section, Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 the use of any specification or UN cyl- Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 inder, except those specified for Steel box with liner: 4A acetylene, is authorized. Cylinders used Aluminum box with liner: 4B for toxic materials in Division 6.1 or 2.3 Natural wood box. sift proof: 4C2 must conform to the requirements of Plastic receptacle in steel. aluminum. plywood. fiber or plastic drum: 6HA1, 6HB1, $ 173.40. 6HD1. 6HG1 or 6HH1 [71 FR 33881, June 12, 2006] Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, aluminum. plywood or fiber drum: 6PA1, 6PB1. § 173.211 Non-bulk packagings for 6PDI or 6PGI solid hazardous materials in Pack- Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, aluing Group I. minum, wooden or fiberboard box: 6PA2, 6PB2, 6PC or 6PG2 (a) When $172.101 of this subchapter Glass, porcelain or stoneware in expanded or specifies that a solid hazardous matesolid plastic packaging: 6PH1 or 6PH2 rial be packaged under this section, Cylinders, as prescribed for any compressed only non-bulk packagings prescribed in gas. except for Specification 8 and 3HT this section may be used for its trans- [Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as portation. Each package must conform amended at 56 FR 66271, Dec. 20, 1991: 57 FR to the general packaging requirements 45463, Oct. 1, 1992: Amdt. 173-241, 59 FR 67511, of subpart B of part 173, to the require- 67518, Dec. 29, 1994: Amdt. 173-261. 62 FR 24734, ments of part 178 of this subchapter at May 6, 1997: 69 FR 76157, Dec. 20, 2004] the Packing Group I performance level, § 173.212 Non-bulk packagings for and to the requirements of the special solid hazardous materials in Packprovisions of column 7 of the § 172.101 ing Group II. table. (b) The following combination pack- (a) When $172.101 of this subchapter agings are authorized: specifies that a solid hazardous material be packaged under this section, Outer packagings: only non-bulk packagings prescribed in Steel drum: IA1 or 1A2 this section may be used for its trans- Aluminum drum: IB1 or 1B2 Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: portation. Each package must conform 1N1 or 1N2 to the general packaging requirements Plywood drum: ID of subpart B of part 173, to the require- Fiber drum: 1G ments of part 178 of this subchapter at Plastic drum: IHI or 1H2 the Packing Group I or II performance Wooden barrel: 2C2 level, and to the requirements of the Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 Plastic jerrican: 3HI or 3H2 special provisions of column 7 of the Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 $172.101 table. Steel box: 4A (b) The following combination pack- Aluminum box: 4B agings are authorized: Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2 Plywood box: 4D Outer packagings: Reconstituted wood box: 4F Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 Fiberboard box: 4G Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 Solid plastic box: 4H2 Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: 1N1 or 1N2 Inner packagings: Plywood drum: ID Glass or earthenware receptacles Fiber drum: IG Plastic receptacles Plastic drum: IHI or 1H2 Metal receptacles Wooden barrel: 2C2 Glass ampoules Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 (c) Except for transportation by pas- Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 senger aircraft, the following single Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 Steel box: 4A packagings are authorized: Aluminum box: 4B Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2 Aluminum drum: 1BI or 1B2 Plywood box: 4D 557 $ 173.213 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) Reconstituted wood box: 4F rial be packaged under this section. Fiberboard box: 4G only non-bulk packagings prescribed in Solid plastic box: 4H2 this section may be used for its trans- Inner packagings: portation. Each package must conform Glass or earthenware receptacles to the general packaging requirements Plastic receptacles of subpart B of part 173, to the require- Metal receptacles ments of part 178 of this subchapter at Glass ampoules the Packing Group I, II or III perform- (c) Except for transportation by pasance level, and to the requirements of senger aircraft, the following single the special provisions of column 7 of packagings are authorized: the $172.101 table. Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 (b) The following combination pack- Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 agings are authorized: Plywood drum: 1D Outer packagings: Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 Steel drum: IAI or 1A2 Fiber drum: IG Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: 1N1 or 1N2 INI or 1N2 Wooden barrel: 2C1 or 2C2 Plywood drum: ID Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 Fiber drum: IG Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 Aluminum jerrican: 3BI or 3B2 Wooden barrel: 2C2 Steel box: 4A Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 Steel box with liner: 4A Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 Aluminum box: 4B Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 Aluminum box with liner: 4B Steel box: 4A Natural wood box: 4C1 Aluminum box: 4B Natural wood box, sift proof: 4C2 Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2 Plywood box: 4D Plywood box: 4D Reconstituted wood box: 4F Reconstituted wood box: 4F Fiberboard box: 4G Fiberboard box: 4G Expanded plastic box: 4H1 Solid plastic box: 4H2 Solid plastic box: 4H2 Bag, woven plastic: 5H1, 5H2 or 5H3 Inner packagings: Bag. plastic film: 5H4 Glass or earthenware receptacles Bag. textile: 5LI. 5L2 or 5L3 Plastic receptacles Bag. paper, multiwall. water resistant: 5M2 Metal receptacles Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, ply- Glass ampoules wood, fiber or plastic drum: 6HA1, 6HB1. (c) The following single packagings 6HDI. 6HG1 or 6HH1 Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, wood, are authorized: plywood or fiberboard box: 6HA2. 6HB2, Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 6HC, 6HD2 or 6HG2 Aluminum drum: 1BI or 1B2 Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, alu- Plywood drum: ID minum. plywood or fiber drum: 6PA1, 6PB1, Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 6PD1 or 6PG1 Fiber drum: 1G Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, alu- Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: minum. wooden or fiberboard box: 6PA2, INI or 1N2 6PB2, 6PC or 6PG2 Wooden barrel: 2C1 or 2C2 Glass, porcelain or stoneware in expanded or Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 solid plastic packaging: 6PH1 or 6PH2 Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 Cylinders. as prescribed for any compressed Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 gas, except for Specification 8 and 3HT Steel box: 4A [Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21. 1990, as Steel box with liner: 4A amended by Amdt. 173-241. 59 FR 67511, 67518, Aluminum box: 4B Dec. 29, 1994: Amdt. 173-261, 62 FR 24734. May Aluminum box with liner: 4B 6, 1997: 69 FR 76157, Dec. 20, 2004; 70 FR 34398, Natural wood box: 4C1 Natural wood box. sift proof: 4C2 June 14, 2005) Plywood box: 4D § 173.213 Non-bulk packagings for Reconstituted wood box: 4F solid hazardous materials in Pack- Fiberboard box: 4G ing Group III. Expanded plastic box: 4H1 Solid plastic box: 4H2 (a) When $172.101 of this subchapter Bag. woven plastic: 5H1, 5H2 or 5H3 specifies that a solid hazardous mate- Bag, plastic film: 5H4 558 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.217 Bag. textile: 5LI, 5L2 or 5L3 the consignor and unloaded by the con- Bag. paper, multiwall, water resistant: 5M2 signee; Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, plywood, fiber or plastic drum: 6HA1. 6HB1, (3) Bags or other non-rigid pack- 6HD1, 6HG1 or 6HHI agings which are dust and sift-proof. Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, wood, When transported by other than priplywood or fiberboard box: 6HA2, 6HB2. vate carrier by highway, such pack- 6HC, 6HD2 or 6HG2 agings containing asbestos must be Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, alupalletized and unitized by methods minum, plywood or fiber drum: 6PA1. 6PB1, 6PD1 or 6PG1 such as shrink-wrapping in plastic film Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, aluor wrapping in fiberboard secured by minum, wooden or fiberboard box: 6PA2, strapping. Pallets need not be used dur- 6PB2, 6PC or 6PG2 ing transportation by vessel for loads Glass, porcelain or stoneware in expanded or with slings that are unitized by methsolid plastic packaging: 6PHI or 6PH2 ods such as shrink-wrapping, if the Cylinders, as prescribed for any compressed gas, except for Specification 8 and 3HT slings adequately and evenly support the loads and the unitizing method pre- [Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as vents shifting of the bags or other nonamended by Amdt. 173-241, 59 FR 67511, 67518. Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173-261, 62 FR 24734, May rigid packagings during conditions nor- 6, 1997; 69 FR 76158, Dec. 20, 2004; 70 FR 34398, mally incident to transportation; or June 14. 2005] (4) Bags or other non-rigid packagings which are dust and sift-proof in § 173.214 Packagings which require strong outside fiberboard or wooden approval by the Associate Adminisboxes. trator. When $172.101 of this subchapter [Amdt. 173-224. 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as specifies that a hazardous material be amended at 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001: 68 FR 45034, July 31, 2003] packaged under this section, packagings and method of shipment must § 173.217 Carbon dioxide, solid (dry be approved by the Associate Adminisice). trator prior to the first shipment. (a) Carbon dioxide, solid (dry ice). [Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21. 1990, as when offered for transportation or amended at 66 FR 45379. Aug. 28, 2001] transported by aircraft or water, must § 173.216 Asbestos, blue, brown or be packed in packagings designed and white. constructed to permit the release of carbon dioxide gas to prevent a build- (a) Asbestos, blue, brown or white, up of pressure that could rupture the includes each of the following hydrated packagings. Packagings must conform mineral silicates: chrysolite, crocidolite, amosite, anthophyllite asbestos, to the general packaging requirements of subpart B of this part but need not tremolite asbestos, actinolite asbestos, and every product containing any of conform to the requirements of part 178 these materials. of this subchapter. For each shipment (b) [Reserved] by air exceeding 2.3 kg (5 lbs) per pack- (c) Packagings for asbestos must conage, advance arrangements must be form to the general packaging requiremade between the shipper and each ments of subpart B of this part but carrier. need not conform to the requirements (b) Railroad cars and motor vehicles of part 178 of this subchapter. Asbestos containing solid carbon dioxide, when must be offered for transportation and accepted for transportation on board transported inocean vessels, must be conspicuously (1) Rigid, leaktight packagings, such marked on two sides "WARNING CO2 as metal, plastic or fiber drums, port- SOLID (DRY ICE)." able tanks, hopper-type rail cars, or (c) Other packagings containing solid hopper-type motor vehicles; carbon dioxide, when offered or accept- (2) Bags or other non-rigid packed for transportation on board ocean agings in closed freight containers. vessels, must be marked "CARBON DImotor vehicles, or rail cars that are OXIDE, SOLID-DO NOT STOW loaded by and for the exclusive use of BELOW DECKS." 559 $ 173.218 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) (d) Not more than 200 kg (441 pounds) anti-oxident (ethoxyquin) at the time of solid carbon dioxide may be transof shipment. ported in any one cargo compartment [Amdt. 173-224. 55 FR 52643. Dec. 21, 1990, as or bin on any aircraft except by speamended at 68 FR 45034. July 31, 2003] cific and special written arrangement between the shipper and the aircraft § 173.219 Life-saving appliances. operator. (a) A life-saving appliance, self-in- (e) Carbon dioxide, solid (dry ice) is flating or non-self-inflating, containing excepted from the shipping paper and small quantities of hazardous matecertification requirements of this subrials that are required as part of the chapter if the requirements of paralife-saving appliance must conform to graphs (a) and (d) of this section are the requirements of this section. Packcomplied with and the package is agings must conform to the general marked "Carbon dioxide, solid" or packaging requirements of subpart B of "Dry ice" and marked with an indicathis part but need not conform to the tion that the material being refrigrequirements of part 178 of this suberated is used for diagnostic or treatchapter. The appliances must be ment purposes (e.g., frozen medical packed, so that they cannot be accidenspecimens). tally activated and, except for life (f) Carbon dioxide, solid (dry ice), vests, the hazardous materials must be when offered or transported by airin inner packagings packed SO as to craft, in quantities not exceeding 2.3 kg prevent movement. The hazardous ma- (5 pounds) per package and used as a terials must be an integral part of the refrigerant for the contents of the appliance and in quantities that do not package is excepted from all other reexceed those appropriate for the actual quirements of this subchapter if the reappliance when in use. quirements of paragraphs (a) and (d) of (b) Life saving appliances may conthis section are complied with and the tain: package is marked "Carbon dioxide, (1) Division 2.2 compressed gases, insold" or "Dry ice", marked with the cluding oxygen. However, oxygen genname of the contents being cooled. and erators are not permitted; marked with the net weight of the dry (2) Signal devices (Class 1), which ice or an indication the net weight is may include smoke and illumination 2.3 kg (5 pounds) or less. signal flares; [Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990. as (3) Electric storage batteries and amended by Amdt. 173-138, 59 FR 49133, Sept. lithium batteries (Life saving appli- 26, 1994; 71 FR 14603, Mar. 22. 2006] ances containing lithium batteries must be transported in accordance $ 173.218 Fish meal or fish scrap. with $173.185.): (a) Except as provided in Column (7) (4) First aid or repair kits conof the HMT in $172.101 of this subforming to the applicable material and chapter. fish meal or fish scrap, conquantity limitations of $173.161 of this taining at least 6%, but not more than subchapter; 12% water, is authorized for transpor- (5) Strike-anywhere matches; tation by vessel only when packaged as (6) For self-inflating life saving applifollows: ances only, cartridges power device of (1) Burlap (jute) bag: Division 1.4S, for purposes of the self- (2) Multi-wall paper bag; inflating mechanism provided that the (3) Polyethylene-lined burlap or quantity of explosives per appliance paper bag; does not exceed 3.2 g: or (4) Cargo tank: (7) Limited quantities of other haz- (5) Portable tank; ardous materials. (6) Rail car; or (c) Hazardous materials in life saving (7) Freight container. appliances must be packaged as fol- (b) [Reserved] lows: (c) When fish scrap or fish meal is of- (1) Division 2.2 compressed gases fered for transportation by vessel in must be packaged in cylinders in acbulk in freight containers, the fish cordance with the requirements of this meal must contain at least 100 ppm of subchapter; 560 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT $ 173.220 (2) Signal devices (Class 1) must be in are subject to the following requirepackagings that prevent them from ments: being inadvertently activated; (1) Flammable liquid fuel. A fuel tank (3) Strike-anywhere matches must be containing a flammable liquid fuel cushioned to prevent movement or fricmust be drained and securely closed, tion in a metal or composition recepexcept that up to 500 mL (17 ounces) of tacle with a screw-type closure in a residual fuel may remain in the tank, manner that prevents them from being engine components, or fuel lines proinadvertently activated; vided they are securely closed to pre- (4) Limited quantities of other hazvent leakage of fuel during transporardous materials must be packaged in tation. Self-propelled vehicles conaccordance with the requirements of taining diesel fuel are excepted from this subchapter; and the requirement to drain the fuel (5) For other than transportation by tanks, provided that sufficient ullage aircraft, life saving appliances conspace has been left inside the tank to taining no hazardous materials other allow fuel expansion without leakage, than carbon dioxide cylinders with a and the tank caps are securely closed. capacity not exceeding 100 cm3 are not (2) Flammable liquefied or compressed subject to the provisions of this subgas fuel. (i) For transportation by chapter provided they are overpacked motor vehicle, rail car or vessel, fuel in rigid outer packagings with a maxtanks and fuel systems containing imum gross mass of 40 kg. flammable liquefied or compressed gas fuel must be securely closed. For trans- [69 FR 76158, Dec. 20. 2004) portation by vessel. the requirements § 173.220 Internal combustion engines, of $176.78(k) and 176.905 of this subself-propelled vehicles, mechanical chapter apply. equipment containing internal com- (ii) For transportation by aircraft: bustion engines, and battery pow- (A) Flammable gas-powered vehicles, ered vehicles or equipment. machines, equipment or cylinders con- (a) Applicability. An internal combustaining the flammable gas must be tion engine, self-propelled vehicle, completely emptied of flammable gas. mechanized equipment containing an Lines from vessels to gas regulators, internal combustion engine, or a batand gas regulators themselves, must tery powered vehicle or equipment is also be drained of all traces of flamsubject to the requirements of this submable gas. To ensure that these condichapter when transported as cargo on a tions are met, gas shut-off valves must transport vehicle, vessel, or aircraft be left open and connections of lines to ifgas regulators must be left discon- (1) The engine or fuel tank contains a nected upon delivery of the vehicle to liquid or gaseous fuel. An engine may the operator. Shut-off valves must be be considered as not containing fuel closed and lines reconnected at gas regwhen the fuel tank, engine compoulators before loading the vehicle nents, and fuel lines have been comaboard the aircraft; or alternatively pletely drained, sufficiently cleaned of (B) Flammable gas powered vehicles, residue, and purged of vapors to remachines or equipment, which have move any potential hazard and the encylinders (fuel tanks) that are equipped gine when held in any orientation will with electrically operated valves, may not release any liquid fuel; be transported under the following con- (2) It is equipped with a wet electric ditions: storage battery other than a non-spill- (f) The valves must be in the closed able battery, or with a sodium or lithposition and in the case of electrically ium battery; or operated valves, power to those valves (3) Except as provided in paragraph must be disconnected; (e)(1) of this section, it contains other (2) After closing the valves, the vehihazardous materials subject to the recle, equipment or machinery must be quirements of this subchapter. operated until it stops from lack of fuel (b) Requirements. Unless otherwise exbefore being loaded aboard the aircraft; cepted in paragraph (b)(4) of this sec- (3) In no part of the system between tion, vehicles, engines and equipment the pressure receptacle and the shut off 561 § 173.220 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) valve shall the pressure exceed more cles, machinery or equipment includthan 5% of the maximum allowable ing battery powered wheelchairs and working pressure of the system; and mobility aids are excepted from the re- (4) There must not be any residual quirements of this subchapter when liquefied gas in the system, including transported by rail, highway or vessel. the fuel tank. (d) Lithium batteries. Except as pro- (3) Truck bodies or trailers on flat vided in $172.102, Special Provision cars-flammable liquid or gas powered. A102, of this subchapter, vehicles and Truck bodies or trailers with automachinery powered by primary lithium matic heating or refrigerating equipbatteries that are transported with ment of the flammable liquid type may these batteries installed are forbidden be shipped with fuel tanks filled and aboard passenger-carrying aircraft. equipment operating or inoperative, Lithium batteries contained in vehiwhen used for the transportation of cles or engines must be securely fasother freight and loaded on flat cars as tened in the battery holder of the vehipart of a joint rail and highway movecle or engine, and be protected in such ment, provided the equipment and fuel a manner as to prevent damage and supply conform to the requirements of short circuits. Lithium batteries must $177.834(1) of this subchapter. be of a type that have successfully (4) Modal exceptions. Quantities of passed each test in the UN Manual of flammable liquid fuel greater than 500 Tests and Criteria as specified in mL (17 ounces) may remain in self-pro- $173.185, unless approved by the Assopelled vehicles and mechanical equipciate Administrator. Equipment, other ment only under the following condithan vehicles or engines, containing tions: lithium batteries must be transported (i) For transportation by motor vehiin accordance with $173.185. cle or rail car, the fuel tanks must be securely closed. (e) Other hazardous materials. (1) (ii) For transportation by vessel, the Items of equipment containing hazshipment must conform to $176.905 of ardous materials, fire extinguishers, this subchapter. compressed gas accumulators, safety devices and other hazardous materials (iii) For transportation by aircraft, when carried in aircraft designed or which are integral components of the modified for vehicle ferry operations motor vehicle, engine or mechanical and when all of the following condiequipment and are necessary for the tions are met: operation of the vehicle, engine or (A) Authorization for this type operequipment, or for the safety of its operation has been given by the appropriate ator or passengers must be securely inauthority in the government of the stalled in the motor vehicle, engine or country in which the aircraft is regmechanical equipment. Such items are istered; not otherwise subject to the require- (B) Each vehicle is secured in an upments of this subchapter. right position: (2) Other hazardous materials must (C) Each fuel tank is filled in a manbe packaged and transported in accordner and only to a degree that will preance with the requirements of this subclude spillage of fuel during loading, chapter. unloading. and transportation: and (f) Additional requirements for internal (D) Each area or compartment in combustion engines and vehicles with cerwhich a self-propelled vehicle is being tain electronic equipment when transtransported is suitably ventilated to ported by aircraft or vessel. When an inprevent the accumulation of fuel vaternal combustion engine that is not pors. installed in a vehicle or equipment is (c) Battery powered or installed. Batoffered for transportation by aircraft teries must be securely installed, and or vessel, all fuel, coolant or hydraulic wet batteries fastened in an upright posystems remaining in the engine must sition. Batteries must be protected be drained as far as practicable, and all against short circuits and leakage or disconnected fluid pipes that preremoved and packaged separately viously contained fluid must be sealed under $173.159. Battery powered vehiwith leak-proof caps that are positively 562 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT $ 173.222 retained. When offered for transporing normal conditions of transportation by aircraft, vehicles equipped tation. with theft-protection devices, installed (b) Bulk shipments of Polymeric radio communications equipment or beads (or granules), expandable, evolvnavigational systems must have such ing flammable vapor or Plastic molding devices, equipment or systems discompounds in dough, sheet or extruded abled. rope, evolving flammable vapor may be (g) Exceptions. Except as provided in packed in non-specification bulk packparagraph (e)(2) of this section, shipagings. Except for transportation by ments made under the provisions of highway and rail, bulk packagings this sectionmust be capable of containing any (1) Are not subject to any other regases evolving from the contents durquirements of this subchapter, for ing normal conditions of transportransportation by motor vehicle or rail tation. car; and (2) Are not subject to the require- [64 FR 10779. Mar. 5. 1999] ments of subparts D, E and F (marking, labeling and placarding, respectively) $ 173.222 Dangerous goods in equipment, machinery or apparatus. of part 172 of this subchapter or $172.604 of this subchapter (emergency response Hazardous materials in machinery or telephone number) for transportation apparatus are excepted from the speciby vessel or aircraft. For transporfication packaging requirements of tation by aircraft, all other applicable this subchapter when packaged accordrequirements of this subchapter, ining to this section. Hazardous matecluding shipping papers, emergency rerials in machinery or apparatus must sponse information. notification of be packaged in strong outer packpilot-in-command, general packaging agings, unless the receptacles conrequirements, and the requirements taining the hazardous materials are afspecified in $173.27 must be met. For forded adequate protection by the contransportation by vessel, additional exstruction of the machinery or appaceptions are specified in § 176.905 of this ratus. Each package must conform to subchapter. the packaging requirements of subpart [64 FR 10778, Mar. 5, 1999, as amended at 66 B of this part, except for the require- 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 45035, July 31, 2003; ments in §§ 173.24(a)(1) and 173.27(e). and 69 FR 75216. Dec. 15, 2004; 69 FR 76158, Dec. 20. the following requirements: 2004: 70 FR 34398, June 14, 2005; 71 FR 14603, (a) If the equipment, machinery or Mar. 22, 2006] apparatus contains more than one haz- $ 173.221 Polymeric beads, expandable ardous material. the materials must and Plastic molding compound. not be capable of reacting dangerously (a) Non-bulk shipments of Polymeric together. (b) The nature of the containment beads (or granules), expandable, evolvmust be as followsing flammable vapor and Plastic molding compound in dough, sheet or extruded (1) Damage to the receptacles conrope form, evolving flammable vapor must taining the hazardous materials during be packed in: wooden (4C1 or 4C2). plytransport is unlikely. However, in the wood (4D), fiberboard (4G), reconstievent of damage to the receptacles contuted wood (4F) boxes, plywood drums taining the hazardous materials. no (1D) or fiber drums (1G) with sealed leakage of the hazardous materials inner plastic liners; in vapor tight from the equipment, machinery or apmetal or plastic drums (1A1, 1A2. 1B1, paratus is possible. A leakproof liner 1B2, 1H1 or 1H2); or packed in non-specmay be used to satisfy this requireification packagings when transported ment. in dedicated vehicles or freight con- (2) Receptacles containing hazardous tainers. The packagings need not conmaterials must be secured and cushform to the requirements for package ioned so as to prevent their breakage testing in part 178 of this subchapter, or leakage and so as to control their but must be capable of containing any movement within the equipment, maevolving gases from the contents durchinery or apparatus during normal 563 $ 173.223 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) conditions of transportation. Cush- (2) Fiberboard box (4G) or fiber drum ioning material must not react dan- (1G), with a plastic inner packaging gerously with the content of the recepnot exceeding 5 kg (11 lbs). and a maxtacles. Any leakage of the contents imum net mass of not more than 25 kg must not substantially impair the pro- (55 lbs). tective properties of the cushioning (3) Fiber drum (1G), and a maximum material. net mass of not more than 50 kg (110 (3) Receptacles for gases, their conlbs), that may be fitted with a coating tents and filling densities must conor lining. form to the applicable requirements of (b) [Reserved] this subchapter, unless otherwise ap- [Doc. No. 2002-13658, 68 FR 45035, July 31, proved by the Associate Administrator. 2003) (c) The total net quantity of hazardous materials contained in one item § 173.224 Packaging and control and of equipment, machinery or apparatus emergency temperatures for self-reactive materials. must not exceed the following: (1) 1 kg (2.2 pounds) in the case of sol- (a) General. When the $172.101 table of ids; this subchapter specifies that a Divi- (2) 0.5 L (0.1 gallons) in the case of sion 4.1 material be packaged in acliquids; cordance with this section, only pack- (3) 0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) in the case of agings which conform to the provisions Division 2.2 gases; and of this section may be used. Each pack- (4) A total quantity of not more than aging must conform to the general the aggregate of that permitted in packaging requirements of subpart B of paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(3) of this this part and the applicable requiresection, for each category of material ments of part 178 of this subchapter. in the package, when a package con- Non-bulk packagings must meet Packtains hazardous materials in two or ing Group II performance levels. To more of the categories in paragraphs avoid unnecessary confinement. metal- (c)(1) through (c)(3) of this section. lic non-bulk packagings meeting Pack- (d) When a package contains hazing Group I are not authorized. Self-reardous materials in two or more of the active materials which require temcategories listed in paragraphs (c)(1) perature control are subject to the prothrough (c)(3) of this section, the total visions of $173.21(f). Packagings requantity required by $172.202(c) of this quired to bear a Class 1 subsidiary label must conform to §§ 173.60 through subchapter to be entered on the ship- 173.62. ping paper, must be the aggregate (b) Self-Reactive Materials Table. The quantity of all hazardous materials, ex- Self-Reactive Materials Table specipressed as net mass. fies, by technical name, those self-reac- [64 FR 10779. Mar. 5, 1999. as amended at 64 tive materials that are authorized for FR 44428, Aug. 16, 1999; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, transportation and not subject to the 2001: 70 FR 56098, Sept. 23. 2005] approval provisions of $173.124(a)( (2) (iii). A self-reactive material identified by $ 173.223 Musk xylene. technical name in the following table (a) Packagings for "Musk xylene" or is authorized for transportation only if "5-tert-Butyl-2,4,6-trinitro-m-xylene," it conforms to all applicable provisions when offered for transportation or of the table. The column headings of transported by rail, highway, or vessel, the Self-Reactive Materials Table are must conform to the general packaging as follows: requirements of subpart B of part 173, (1) Technical name. Column 1 specifies and to the requirements of part 178 of the technical name. this subchapter at the Packing Group (2) ID number. Column 2 specifies the III performance level and may only be identification number which is used to transported in the following packidentify the proper shipping name in agings: the § 172.101 table. (1) Fiberboard box (4G) with a single (3) Concentration of self-reactive mateinner plastic bag, and a maximum net rial. Column 3 specifies the concentramass of not more than 50 kg (110 lbs). tion (percent) limitations, if any, in 564 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT $ 173.224 mixtures or solutions for the self-reac- $173.225(f) for IBCs and $173.225(h) for tive material. Limitations are given as bulk packagings other than IBCs. Addiminimums, maximums, or a range, as tional bulk packagings are authorized appropriate. A range includes the lower if approved by the Associate Adminisand upper limits (i.e., "53-100" means trator. from, and including, 53 percent to, and (5) Control temperature. Column 5 including 100 percent). specifies the control temperature in °C. (4) Packing method. Column 4 specifies Temperatures are specified only when the highest packing method which is temperature controls are required (see authorized for the self-reactive mate- $173.21(f)). rial. A packing method corresponding (6) Emergency temperature. Column 6 to a smaller package size may be used, specifies the emergency temperature in but a packing method corresponding to °C. Temperatures are specified only a larger package size may not be used. when temperature controls are re- The Table of Packing Methods in quired (see $173.21(f). $173.225(d) defines the packing meth- (7) Notes. Column 7 specifies other apods. Bulk packagings for Type F selfplicable provisions, as set forth in reactive substances are authorized by notes following the table. SELF-REACTIVE MATERIALS TABLE Identi- Control tem- Concentration- Packing method perature-( Emergency Self-reactive substance fication Notes (%) temperature (1) No. °C) (7) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) Azodicarbonamide formulation type B, 3232 <100 OPS 1 temperature controlled. Azodicarbonamide formulation type C 3224 <100 OP6 Azodicarbonamide formulation type C, 3234 <100 OP6 1 temperature controlled. Azodicarbonamide formulation type D 3226 <100 OPT Azodicarbonamide formulation type D. 3236 <100 OP7 1 temperature controlled. 2,2'-Azodi(2,4-dimethyl-4- 3236 100 OP7 -5 +5 methoxyvaleronitrile). 2,2-Azodi(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) 3236 100 OP7 +10 +15 2,2'-Azodi(ethyl 2-methylpropionate) 3235 100 OP7 +20 +25 1,1-Azodi(hexahydrobenzonitrile) 3226 100 OP7 2,2-Azodi(isobutyronitrile) 3234 100 OP6 +40 +45 2,2-Azodi(isobutyronitrile) as a water 3224 <50 OP6 based paste. 2,2-Azodi(2-methylbutyronitrile) 3236 100 OP7 +35 +40 Benzene-1,3-disulphonylhydrazide, as a 3226 52 OP7 paste. Benzene sulphohydrazide 3226 100 OP7 4-(Benzyl(ethyl)amino)-3- 3226 100 OP7 ethoxybenzenediazonium zinc chioride. 4-(Benzyl(methyl)amino)-3- 3236 100 OP7 +40 +45 ethoxybenzenediazonium zinc chloride. 3-Chioro-4- 3226 100 OP7 diethylaminobenzenediazonium zinc chloride. 2-Diazo-1-Naphthol sulphonic acid ester 3226 <100 OP7 4 mixture. 2-Diazo-1-Naphthol-4-sulphonyl chloride 3222 100 OP5 2-Diazo-1-Naphthol-5-sutphonyl chloride 3222 100 OP5 2,5-Dibutoxy-4-(4-morpholinyl)-Benzene- 3228 100 OP8 diazonium, tetrachlorozincate (2:1). 2,5-Diethoxy-4- 3236 67-100 OP7 +35 +40 morpholinobenzenediazonium zinc chloride. 2,5-Diethoxy-4- 3236 66 OP7 +40 +45 morpholinobenzenediazonium zinc chloride. 2,5-Diethoxy-4- 3236 100 OP7 +30 +35 morpholinobenzenediazonium tetrafluoroborate. 2,5-Diethoxy-4- 3236 67 OP7 +40 +45 (phenylsulphonyl)benzenediazoniu zinc chloride. 565 $ 173.224 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) SELF-REACTIVE MATERIALS TABLE-Continued Identi- Self-reactive substance Concentration- Control temfication Packing (%) method perature-( Emergency Notes (1) No. °C) temperature (2) (3) (4) (6) (7) (5) 2,5-Diethoxy-4-(4-morpholinyl)-benzene 3226 100 OP7 diazonium sulphate. Diethylene glycol bis(ally) carbonate) + 3237 >88+512 OP8 -10 0 Dlisopropylperoxydicarbonate. 2,5-Dimethoxy-4-(4- 3236 79 OP7 +40 +45 methylphenylsulphon- y)benzenediazonium zinc chloride. 4-Dimethylamino-6-(2- 3236 100 OP7 +40 +45 dimethylaminoethoxy)toluene-2-diazonium zinc chloride. 4-(Dimethylamino)-benzenediazonium 3228 100 OP8 trichlorozincate (-1). N,N'-Dinitroso-N, N°-dimethyl- 3224 72 OP6 terephthalamide, as a paste. N,N'-Dinitrosopentamethylenetetramine 3224 82 OP6 2 Diphenyloxide-4,4'-disulphohydrazide 3226 100 OP7 Diphenyloxide-4,4-disulphonyIhydrazide 3226 100 OP7 4-Dipropylaminobenzenediazonium zinc 3226 100 OP7 chloride. 2-(N,N-Ethoxycarbonylphenytamino)-3- 3236 63-92 OP7 +40 +45 methoxy-4-(N-methyl-N- cyclohexylamino)benzenediazonium zinc chloride. 2-(N,N-Ethoxycarbonylphenylamino)-3- 3236 62 OP7 +35 +40 methoxy-4(N-methy-N- cyclahexylamlno)benzenediazonium zinc chioride. N-Formyl-2-(nitromethylene)-1,3- 3236 100 OP7 +45 +50 perhydrothiazine. 2-(2-Hydroxyethoxy)-1-(pyrrolidin-1- 3236 100 OP7 +45 +50 yl)benzene-4-diazonium zinc chloride. 3-(2-Hydroxyethoxy)4-(pyrrolidin-1- 3236 100 OP7 +40 +45 yl)benzenediazonium zinc chloride. 2-(N,N-Methylaminoethylcarbonyl)-4-(3,4- 3236 96 OP7 +45 +50 dimethy1-phenylsulphonyl)benzene diazonium zinc chloride. 4-Methylbenzenesulphonyihydrazide 3226 100 OP7 3-Methyl-4-(pyrrolldin-1- 3234 95 OP6 +45 +50 yl)benzenediazonium tetrafluoroborate. 4-Nitrosophenol 3236 100 OP7 +35 +40 Self-reactive liquid, sample 3223 OP2 3 Self-reactive liquid, sample, temperature 3233 OP2 3 control. Self-reactive solid, sample 3224 OP2 3 Self-reactive solid, sample, tempera- 3234 OP2 3 ture control. Sodium 2-diazo-1-naphthol-4-sulphonate 3226 100 OP7 Sodium 2-dlazo-1-naphthol-5-sulphonate 3226 100 OP7 Tetramine palladium (II) nitrate 3234 100 OP6 +30 +35 NOTES: 1. The emergency and control temperatures must be determined in accordance with § 173.21(f). 2. With a compatible diluent having a boiling point of not less than 150 °C. 3. Samples may only be offered for transportation under the provisions of paragraph(c)(3) of this section. 4. This entry applies to mixtures of esters of 2-diazo-1-naphthol-4-sulphonic acid and 2-diazo-1-naphthol-5-sulphonic acid. (c) New self-reactive materials, formulatechnical name in the table, unless the tions and samples. (1) Except as provided self-reactive material is assigned a gefor samples in paragraph (c) (3) of this neric type and shipping description and section, no person may offer, accept for is approved by the Associate Administransportation, or transport a self-retrator under the provisions of active material which is not identified §173.124(a)(2)(iiii). by technical name in the Self-Reactive (2) Except as provided by an approval Materials Table of this section, or a issued under $173.124(a)(2)(iiii), interformulation of one or more self-reacmediate bulk and bulk packagings are tive materials which are identified by not authorized. 566 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT $ 173.225 (3) Samples. Samples of new self-reacthe general requirements of subpart B tive materials or new formulations of of part 173 and to the applicable reself-reactive materials identified in the quirements of part 178 of this sub- Self-Reactive Materials Table in parachapter. Non-bulk packagings must graph (b) of this section, for which meet Packing Group II performance complete test data are not available, levels. To avoid unnecessary confineand which are to be transported for furment, metallic non-bulk packagings ther testing or product evaluation, meeting Packing Group I are not aumay be assigned an appropriate shipthorized. No used material, other than ping description for Self-reactive mateproduction residues or regrind from the rials Type C, packaged and offered for same production process, may be used transportation under the following in plastic packagings. Organic peroxconditions: ides that require temperature control (i) Data available to the person offerare subject to the provisions of ing the material for transportation $173.21(f). When an IBC or bulk packmust indicate that the sample would aging is authorized and meets the repose a level of hazard no greater than quirements of paragraph (f) or (h) of that of a self-reactive material Type B this section, respectively. lower conand that the control temperature, if trol temperatures than those specified any, is sufficiently low to prevent any for non-bulk packaging may be redangerous decomposition and suffiquired. An organic peroxide not identiciently high to prevent any dangerous fied in paragraph (c), (e), or (g) of this phase separation; section by technical name, or not as- (ii) The sample must be packaged in signed to a generic type in accordance accordance with packing method OP2: with the provisions in paragraph (b)(3) (iii) Packages of the self-reactive maof this section, must conform to the terial may be offered for transporprovisions of paragraph (c) of 173.128. tation and transported in a quantity (b) New organic peroxides, formulations not to exceed 10 kg (22 pounds) per and samples. (1) Except as provided for transport vehicle; and samples in paragraph (b) (2) of this sec- (iv) One of the following shipping detion, no person may offer for transporscriptions must be assigned: tation an organic peroxide that is not (A) Self-reactive, liquid, type C, 4.1, identified by technical name in the Or- UN3223. ganic Peroxides Table, Organic Per- (B) Self-reactive, solid, type C. 4.1, UN3224. oxide IBC Table, or the Organic Peroxide Portable Tank Table of this sec- (C) Self-reactive, liquid, type C. temtion, or a formulation of one or more perature controlled, 4.1, UN3233. organic peroxides that are identified by (D) Self-reactive, solid, type C. temtechnical name in one of those tables, perature controlled, 4.1, UN3234. unless the organic peroxide is assigned [Amdt. 173-241, 59 FR 67511, Dec. 29, 1994, as a generic type and shipping description amended by Amdt. 173-242. 60 FR 26806, May and is approved by the Associate Ad- 18, 1995; Amdt. 173-246, 60 FR 49110. Sept. 21, ministrator under the provisions of 1995: Amdt. 173-256, 61 FR 51338, Oct. 1, 1996; § 173.128(d) of this subchapter. Amdt. 173-261, 62 FR 24734, 24735. May 6. 1997; 62 FR 45702, Aug. 28, 1997; 64 FR 10779, Mar. 5, (2) Samples. Samples of new organic 1999; 65 FR 58630, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 33431, peroxides or new formulations of or- June 21, 2001; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR ganic peroxides identified in the Or- 45035, July 31. 2003; 69 FR 76159. Dec. 20, 2004] ganic Peroxides Table in paragraph (c) of this section, for which complete test $ 173.225 Packaging requirements and data are not available, and that are to other provisions for organic peroxbe transported for further testing or ides. product evaluation, may be assigned an (a) General. When the § 172.101 table appropriate shipping description for orspecifies that an organic peroxide must ganic peroxide Type C, packaged and be packaged under this section, the oroffered for transportation, under the ganic peroxide must be packaged and following conditions: offered for transportation in accord- (i) Data available to the person offerance with the provisions of this secing the material for transportation tion. Each packaging must conform to must indicate that the sample would 567 § 173.225 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) pose a level of hazard no greater than column denotes that the material is that of an organic peroxide Type B and not regulated as an organic peroxide. that the control temperature, if any, is (3) Concentration of organic peroxide. sufficiently low to prevent any dan- The third column specifies concentragerous decomposition and sufficiently tion (mass percent) limitations, if any, high to prevent any dangerous phase in mixtures or solutions for the organic separation; peroxide. Limitations are given as (ii) The sample must be packaged in minimums, maximums, or a range, as accordance with packing method OP2, appropriate. A range includes the lower for a liquid or solid, respectively; and upper limits (i.e., "53-100" means (iii) Packages of the organic peroxide from, and including, 53% to, and inmay be offered for transportation and cluding 100%). See introductory paratransported in a quantity not to exceed graph of $172.203(k) of this subchapter 10 kg (22 pounds) per transport vehicle; for additional description requirements and for an organic peroxide that may qual- (iv) One of the following shipping descriptions must be assigned: ify for more than one generic listing, (A) Organic peroxide Type C, liquid, depending on its concentration. 5.2, UN 3103; (4) Concentration of diluents. The (B) Organic peroxide Type C, solid, fourth column specifies the type and 5.2. UN 3104; concentration (mass percent) of diluent (C) Organic peroxide Type C. liquid, or inert solid, when required. Other temperature controlled, 5.2, UN 3113; or types and concentrations of diluents (D) Organic peroxide Type C, solid, may be used if approved by the Assotemperature controlled, 5.2, UN 3114. clate Administrator. (3) Mixtures. Mixtures of organic per- (i) The required mass percent of oxides individually identified in the Or- "Diluent type A" is specified in column ganic Peroxides Table in paragraph (c) 4a. A diluent type A is an organic liqof this section may be classified as the uid that does not detrimentally affect same type of organic peroxide as that the thermal stability or increase the of the most dangerous component and hazard of the organic peroxide and with be transported under the conditions for a boiling point not less than 150 °C at transportation given for this type. If atmospheric pressure. Type A diluents the stable components form a thermay be used for desensitizing all ormally less stable mixture, the SADT of ganic peroxides. the mixture must be determined and (ii) The required mass percent of the new control and emergency tem- "Diluent type B" is specified in column perature derived under the provisions 4b. A diluent type B is an organic liqof $173.21(f). uid which is compatible with the or- (c) Organic peroxides table. The folganic peroxide and which has a boiling lowing Organic Peroxides Table specipoint, at atmospheric pressure, of less fies by technical name those organic than 150 °C (302 °F) but at least 60 °C peroxides that are authorized for trans- (140 °F), and a flash point greater than portation and not subject to the approval provisions of $173.128 of this 5 °C (41 °F). Type B diluents may be part. An organic peroxide identified by used for desensitizing all organic pertechnical name in the following table oxides, when specified in the organic is authorized for transportation only if peroxide tables, provided that the boilit conforms to all applicable provisions ing point is at least 60 °C (140 °F) above of the table. The column headings of the SADT of the peroxide in a 50 kg the Organic Peroxides Table are as fol- (110 lbs) package. A type A diluent may lows: be used to replace a type B diluent in (1) Technical name. The first column equal concentration. specifies the technical name. (iii) The required mass percent of (2) ID number. The second column "Inert solid" is specified in column 4c. specifies the identification (ID) number An inert solid is a solid that does not which is used to identify the proper detrimentally affect the thermal stashipping name in the $172.101 table. bility or hazard of the organic per- The word "EXEMPT" appearing in the oxide. 568 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT $ 173.225 (5) Concentration of water. Column 5 Packing Methods in paragraph (d) of specifies, in mass percent. the minthis section defines the non-bulk packimum amount of water, if any, which ing methods. must be in formulation. (7) Temperatures. Column 7a specifies (6) Packing method. Column 6 specifies the control temperature. Column 7b the highest packing method (largest specifies the emergency temperature. packaging capacity) authorized for the Temperatures are specified only when organic peroxide. Lower numbered temperature controls are required. (See packing methods (smaller packaging $173.21(f)). capacities) are also authorized. For ex- (8) Notes. Column 8 specifies other apample, if OP3 is specified, then OP2 and plicable provisions, as set forth in OP1 are also authorized. The Table of notes following the table. 569 ORGANIC PEROXIDE TABLE Diluent (mass %) Temperature ( Con- Water ID num- °C) Technical name ber centration (mass Packing method Notes $173.225 § (mass %) A B I %) Con- Emertrol gency (1) (2) (3) (4a) (4b) (4c) (5) (6) (7a) (7b) (8) Acetyl acetone peroxide UN3105 ≤42 248 >8 OP7 2 Acetyl acetons peroxide [as a paste] UN3106 <32 OP7 21 Acetyl cyclohexaneaulfonyl peroxide UN3112 <82 >12 OP4 -10 0 Acetyl cyclohexanesulfonyl peroxide UN3115 <32 >88 OP7 -10 0 tert-Amyl hydroperoxide UN3107 588 26 26 OP8 tert-Amyl peroxyacetate UN3105 <62 238 OP7 tert-Amyl peroxybenzoate UN3103 ≤100 OP5 tert-Amyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate UN3115 <100 OP7 +20 +25 tert-Amyl permxy-2-ethylhexyl carbonate UN3105 <100 OP7 tert-Amyl peroxy isopropyl carbonate UN3103 ST7 >23 OP5 tert-Amyl peroxyneodecancate UN3115 STI >23 OP7 0 +10 tert-Amyl peroxypivalate UN3113 ≤17 >23 OP5 +10 +15 tert-Amyl peroxy-3,5,5-trimelhylhexanoate UN3101 ≤100 OP5 tert-Butyl curnyl peroxide UN3107 >42-100 OP8 9 tert-Butyl cumyl peroxide UN3108 <52 >48 OP8 9 570 n-Butyl-4,4-di-(tert-butylperoxy)valerale UN3103 >52-100 OP5 n-Butyi-4,4-di-(tert-butylperoxy)valerale UN3108 <52 >48 OP8 tert-Butyl hydroperoxide UN3103 >79-90 ≥10 OP5 13 tert-Butyl hydroperoxide UN3105 <80 >20 OP7 4, 13 tert-Butyl hydroperoxide UN3107 578 >14 OP8 13, 16 tert-Butyl hydroperoxide UN3109 572 >28 OP8 13 tert-Butyl hydroperoxide [and] Di-tert-butyfperoxide UN3103 <82+>9 27 OP5 13 tert-Butyl monoperoxymaleate UN3102 >52-100 OP5 tert-Butyl monoperoxymaleate UN3103 <52 248 OP6 tert-Butyl monoperoxymaleate UN3108 <52 >48 OP8 tert-Butyl monoperoxymaleate [as a paste] UN3108 <52 OP8 tert-Butyl peroxyacetate UN3101 >52-77 >23 OP5 tert-Butyl peroxyacetate UN3103 >32-52 248 OP6 tert-Butyl peroxyacetate UN3109 <32 268 OP8 tert-Butyl peroxybenzoate UN3103 >77-100 OP5 tert-Butyl peroxybenzoate UN3105 >52-77 >23 OP7 1 tert-Butyl peroxybenzoate UN3106 <52 >48 OP7 tert-Butyl peroxybutyl furnarate UN3105 552 248 OP7 tert-Butyl peroxycrotonate UN3105 STI 223 OP7 tert-Butyl peroxydiethylacetate UN3113 $100 OP5 +20 +25 tert-Butyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate UN3113 >52-100 OP6 +20 +25 tert-Butyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate UN3117 >32-52 248 OP8 +30 +35 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) tert-Butyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate UN3118 <52 >48 OP8 +20 +25 ** tert-Butyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate UN3119 <32 >68 OP8 +40 +45 tert-Butyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate [and] 2,2-dl-(tert-Butyiperxy)butane UN3106 <12+514 >14 >60 OP7 tert-Butyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate [and] 2,2-dl-{tert-Butylperoxy)butane UN3115 531+536 >33 OP7 +35 +40 -- tert-Butyl peroxy-2-ethylhexylcarbonate UN3105 <100 OP7 tert-Butyl peroxylsobutyrate UN3111 >52-77 >23 OP5 +15 +20 tert-Butyl peroxyisobutyrate UN3115 <52 248 OP7 +15 +20 tert-Butylperoxy isopropylcarbonate UN3103 577 >23 OP5 1-(2-tert-Butylperoxy isopropyf)-3-isopropenylbenzene UN3105 577 >23 OP7 1-(2-tert-Butylperoxy isopropyl)-3-lsopropanytbenzene UN3108 <42 >58 OP8 tert-Butyl peroxy-2-methylbenzoate UN3103 ≤100 OP5 tert-Butyl peroxyneodecanoate UN3115 >77-100 OP7 5 +5 tert-Butyl percxyneodecanoate UN3115 STI >23 OP7 0 +10 -- tert-Butyl percxyneodecanoate (as a stable dispersion in water) UN3119 <52 OP8 0 +10 tert-Butyl peroxyneodecanoate [as a stable dispersion in water (frozen)] UN3118 <42 OP8 0 +10 tert-Butyl peroxyneodecanoate UN3119 <32 >68 OP8 0 +10 tert-Butyl peroxynecheptanoste UN3115 STI >23 OP7 0 +10 tert-Butyl peroxynecheptanoste [as a stable dispersion in water] UN3117 <42 OP8 0 +10 tert-Butyl peroxypivalate UN3113 >07-77 >23 OPS 0 +10 tert-Butyl peroxypivalate UN3115 >27-67 >33 OP7 0 +10 tert-Buly peroxypivalate UN3119 ≤27 >73 OP8 +30 +35 tert-Bulylperoxy stearylcarbonate UN3106 ≤100 OP7 tert-Butyl peroxy-3,5,5-rimethylhexanoate UN3105 >32-100 OP7 tert-Butyl peroxy-3,5,5-trimethylihexanoate UN3109 532 268 OP8 3-Chioroperoxybenzolc acid UN3102 >57-88 >14 OP1 3-Chiaroperoxybenzolc acid UN3106 <57 **** >3 >40 OP7 3-Chioroperoxybenzolc acid UN3106 STI >6 >17 OP7 Cumyl hydroperoxide UN3107 >90-98 <10 OP8 13 571 Cumyl hydroperoxide UN3109 <90 >10 OP8 13, 15 Cumyl peroxyneodecanoate UN3115 ST7 >23 They OP7 -10 0 Cumyl peroxyneodecanoate [as a stable dispersion in water] UN3119 <52 OP8 -10 0 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT Cumyl peroxyneoheptanoate UN3115 577 >23 OP7 -10 0 Cumyl peroxypivalate UN3115 577 >23 OP7 -6 - +5 Cyclohexanone peroxide(s) UN3104 <91 >9 OP6 13 Cyclohexanone peroxide(s) UN3105 <72 >28 OP7 5 Cyclohexanone peroxide(s) [as a paste] UN3108 <72 OP7 5,21 Cyclohexanone peroxide(s) Exempt <32 >68 Exempt Diacetone alcohol peroxides UN3115 <57 >26 ≥8 OP7 +40 +45 5 Diacetyl peroxide UN3115 <27 >73 OP7 +20 +25 8,13 Di-tert-amyl peroxide UN3107 ≤100 OP8 1,1-DI-(tert-amylperoxy)cyclohexane UN3103 <62 >18 OPS Dibenzoyl peroxide UN3102 >51-100 <48 OP2 3 Dibenzoyl peroxide UN3102 >77-94 26 OP4 3 Dibenzoyl peroxide UN3104 577 223 OP6 Dibenzoyl peroxide UN3106 <62 >28 >10 OP7 Dibenzoyl peroxide (as a paste) UN3106 >52-62 **** OP7 21 Dibenzoyl peroxide UN3106 >36-52 >48 OP7 Dibenzoyl peroxide UN3107 >36-42 >18 <40 OP8 Dibenzoyl peroxide [as a paste] UN3108 <56.5 >15 OP8 Dibenzoyl peroxide [as a paste] UN3108 <52 OP8 21 Dibenzoy peroxide (as a stable dispersion in water] UN3109 <42 OP8 Dibenzoyl peroxide Exempt <35 >65 Exempt Di-(4-tert-butylcyclohexyl)peroxydicarbonate UN3114 ≤100 OP6 +30 +35 $ 173.225 $ : Di-(4-tert-butylcyclohexyl)peroxydicarbonate (as a stable dispersion in water] UN3119 ≤42 OP8 +30 +35 -- ORGANIC PEROXIDE TABLE-Continued Diluent (mass %) Temperature ( ID num- Con- Water °C) Technical name ber centration (mass Packing method Notes in $ 173.225 (mass %) A B I %) Con- Emertrol gency (1) (2) (3) (4a) (4b) (4c) (5) (6) (7a) (7b) (8) Di-tert-butyl peroxide UN3107 >52-100 OP8 Di-tert-butyl peroxide UN3109 <52 >48 OP8 24 Di-tert-butyl peroxyazelate UN3105 <52 248 **** OP7 2,2-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)butane UN3103 <52 248 OP6 1,6-Di-(tert-butyiperoxycarbonyloxy)hexane UN3103 <72 >28 **** OP5 1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)cycichexane UN3101 >80-100 OP5 1,1-DI-(tert-butylperoxy)cyciohexane UN3103 >52-60 >20 OP5 1,1-Di-(tert-butylpsroxy)cyclohexane UN3105 >42-52 248 OP7 1,1-DI-(tert-butylperoxy)cyciohexane UN3106 ≤42 ≥13 >45 OP7 1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)cyciohexane UN3107 <27 >25 OP8 22 1,1-Di(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexane UN3109 <42 >58 **** OPB 1,1-DI-(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexane UN3109 <25 >25 >50 OP8 1,1-Di-(tert-butytperoxy)cyclohexane UN3109 ≤13 >13 274 OP8 Di-n-butyl peroxydicarbonate UN3115 >27-52 248 OP7 -15 5 Di-n-butyl peroxydicarbonate UN3117 <27 >73 OP8 572 -10 0 ****** Di-n-butyl peroxydicarbonate [as a stable dispersion in water (frozen)] UN3118 ≤42 OP8 -15 -5 Di-sec-butyl peroxydicarbonate UN3113 >52-100 **** OP4 -20 10 6 Di-sec-butyl peroxydicarbonate UN3115 <52 >48 .... OP7 -15 -5 DI-(2-tert-butylperoxyisopropyi)benzene(s) UN3106 >42-100 <57 OP7 1,9 DI-(2-tert-butylperoxyisopropyl)benzene(s) Exempt <42 >58 Exempt DI-{tert-butyiperoxy)phthalale UN3105 >42-52 >48 OP7 Di-(tert-butyiperoxy)phthalate (as a paste] UN3106 <52 OP7 21 D-(tert-butyiperoxy)phthalate UN3107 <42 >68 .... OP8 2,2-DI-(tert-butyiperoxy)propane UN3105 <52 248 .... OP7 2,2-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)propane UN3106 <42 >13 245 OP7 1,1-Di-(tert-butyiperoxy)-3,3,5-trimethylcyciohexane UN3101 >90-100 OP5 1,1-Di-(tert-butyperoxy)-3,3,5-trimethylcyciohexane UN3103 >57-90 >10 OP5 1,1-Di-(tert-butyiperoxy)-3,3,5-trimethycycioexane UN3103 <77 >23 OP5 1,1-DI-(tert-butyiperoxy)-3,3,5-trimethylcycloexane UN3110 557 >43 OP8 1,1-Di-(tert-butyiperoxy)-3,3,5-trimethylcycionexane UN3107 <57 >43 OP8 1,1-Di-(tert-butyiperoxy)-3,3,5-ttmethyicycioexane UN3107 <32 >28 >42 .... OP8 Dicetyl peroxydicarbonate UN3116 <100 .... OP7 +30 +35 -- Dicetyl peroxydicarbonate (as a stable dispersion in water] UN3119 <42 .... OP8 +30 +35 DI-4-chlorobenzoyl peroxide UN3102 STI .... >23 OP5 DI-4-chlorobenzoyl peroxide [as a paste] UN3106 <52 OP7 21 DI-4-chlorobenzoyl peroxide Exempt <32 >68 Exempt Dicumy peroxide UN3110 >52-100 <48 OP8 9 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) Dicumy peroxide Exempt <52 248 Exempt Dicyclohexyl peroxydicarbonate UN3112 >91-100 OP3 +10 +15 Dicyclohexyl peroxydicarbonate UN3114 591 >9 OP5 +10 +15 -- Dicyclohexy peroxydicarbonate [as a stable dispersion in water] UN3119 ≤42 OP8 +15 +20 .. Didecanoyl peroxide UN3114 <100 .... OPB +30 +35 2,2-DI-(4,4-dl(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexyl)propane UN3106 ≤42 >58 OP7 2,2-Di-(4,4-di(tert-butylperoxy)cyciohexy)propane UN3107 <22 278 OP8 DI-2,4-dichlorobenzoyl peroxide UN3102 577 >23 OP5 DI-2,4-dichlorobenzoyl peroxide [as a paste with silicone oll] UN3106 <52 OP7 Di-(2-ethoxyethyi) peroxydicarbonate UN3115 <52 248 OP7 -10 0 Di-(2-ethylhexyl) peroxydicarbonate UN3113 >77-100 **** OP5 -20 Di-(2-ethythexyl) peroxydicarbonate -10 UN3115 577 >23 OPT 15 -5 DI-(2-ethylhexyl) peroxydicarbonate [as a stable dispersion In water] UN3117 <62 OP8 -15 Di-(2-ethylhexyl) peroxydicarbonate [as a stable dispersion in water] -5 UN3119 <52 OP8 -15 Di-(2-ethythexyl) peroxydicarbonate [as a stable dispersion In water (frozen) -5 ... UN3120 <52 OP8 -16 2,2-Dihydroperoxypropane -5 UN3102 <27 **** 273 OP5 DI-(1-hydroxycyclohexyl)peroxide UN3106 ≤100 .... OP7 Disobutyry peroxide UN3111 >32-52 >48 OP5 20 Disobutyryl peroxide -10 UN3115 <32 268 .... OP7 -20 -10 Disopropylbenzene dihydroperoxide UN3106 <82 25 1100 25 OP7 Disopropyl peroxydicarbonate 17 UN3112 >62-100 OP2 -15 Dissopropyl peroxydicarbonate -5... UN3115 <52 >48 .... OP7 -20 Dilsopropyl peroxydicarbonate -10 UN3115 <28 >72 OP7 Dilauroy peroxide -15 -5 .. UN3106 <100 OP7 Dilauroy peroxide [as a stable dispersion in water] UN3109 ≤42 OP8 DI-(3-methoxybutyi) peroxydicarbonate UN3115 <52 >48 OP7 -5 DI-(2-methylbenzoyl)peroxide +5 UN3112 <87 >13 OP5 +30 DI-(4-methylbenzoyl)peroxide (as a paste with silicone oil] +35 UN3106 <52 OP7 573 DI-(3-methylbenzoyi) peroxide + Benzoyl (3-methylbenzoyl) peroxide + Dibenzoyl UN3115 <20+7 >58 OP7 +35 +40 peroxide. -- s18+54. 2,6-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(benzoylperoxy)hexane UN3102 >82-100 OP5 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT 2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(benzoyperoxy)hexene .... UN3106 <82 >18 OP7 2.5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(benzoyiperoxy)hexane UN3104 <82 >18 OP5 2,5-Dimethy1-2,5-di-(tert-butyiperoxy)hexane UN3105 >52-100 **** OP7 2,5-Dlmethyl-2,5-di-(tert-butyiperoxy)hexane UN3108 577 >23 OP8 2,5-DImethyl-2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxy)hexane UN3109 <52 248 OP8 2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di(tert-butytperoxy)hexane [as a paste] UN3108 <47 OP8 2,5-Dimethy)-2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxy)hexyne-3 UN3101 >86-100 OP5 2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-butyperoxy)hexyne-3 UN3103 >52-86 >14 .... .... OP6 2,5-Dimethy-2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxy)nexyne-3 UN3106 <52 248 OP7 2.5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(2-ethylhexanoy/peroxy)hecane UN3113 ≤100 .... OP5 +20 2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-dihydroperoxyhexane +25 -- UN3104 <82 >18 OP6 2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-d-(3,5,5-dimethylhexanoyperoxy)hexane UN3105 STI >23 .... OP7 1,1-Dimethyl-3-hydroxybutylperoxyneoheptancate UN3117 <52 248 OP8 0 +10 Dimyristyl peroxydicarbonate UN3116 <100 OP7 +20 +25 Dimyristyl peroxydicarbonate [as a stable dispersion in water] UN3119 ≤42 OP8 +20 DI-{2-neodecanoylparoxyisopropyl)benzene +25 UN3115 <52 >48 .... OP7 -10 0 Di-n-nonanoyi peroxide UN3118 ≤100 .... OP7 0 Di-n-octanoyl peroxide +10 UN3114 ≤100 OP5 +10 DI-(2-phenoxyethyl)peroxydicarbonate +15 -- UN3102 >85-100 OP5 DI-(2-phenoxyethyl)peroxydicarbonate UN3106 <85 **** >15 OP7 Diproplonyl peroxide UN3117 ≤27 >73 Di-n-propyl peroxydicarbonate .... OP8 +15 +20 .. UN3113 $100 OP3 -25 - 15 Di-n-propyl peroxydicarbonate $ 173.225 UN3113 577 >23 OP5 -20 -10 ORGANIC PEROXIDE TABLE-Continued Diluent (mass %) Temperature ( ID num- Con- Water °C) Technical name centration ber (mass Packing method Notes $173.225 § (mass %) A B I %) Con- Emertrol gency (1) (2) (3) (4a) (4b) (4c) (5) (6) (7a) (7b) (8) Disuccinic acid peroxide UN3102 >72-100 OP4 18 Disuccinic acid peroxide UN3116 <72 >28 OP7 +10 +15 DI-(3,5,5-trimethylhexancyt)peroxlde UN3115 >38-82 >18 OP7 0 +10 Di-(3,5,5-trtmethythexanayl)peroxdde (as a stable dispersion in water] UN3119 <52 OPB +10 +15 DI-(3,5,5-trimethylhexanayl)perodde UN3119 538 >62 OP8 +20 +25 Ethyl 3,3-di-(tert-amylperoxy)butyrate UN3105 <67 >33 OP7 Ethryl 3,3-di-(tert-bulylperoxy)butyrate UN3103 >77-100 OP5 Ethyl 3,3-dl-(tert-bufylperoxy)butyrate UN3105 577 >23 OP7 Ethyl 3,3-di-(tert-bufylperoxy)butyrate UN3106 <52 >48 OP7 1-(2-elhyihexanoylperoxy)-1,3-Dinethylbutyl peroxypivalate UN3115 <52 245 >10 OP7 -20 10 tert-Hexyl peroxyneodecancate UN3115 571 >29 OP7 0 +10 tert-Hexyl peroxypivalate UN3115 572 >28 OP7 +10 +15 Isopropyl sec-butyl peroxydicarbonal +Di-sec-butyl peroxydicarbonate+Disopropyl UN3111 552+528 OP5 -20 10 peroxydicarbonate. +<22. Isopropyt sec-butyl peroxydicarbonate+Di-sec-butyl peroxydicarbonate+Dl-isopropy UN3115 532+515 >38 OP7 -20 10 574 peroxydicarbonate. -18 +512 -15. Isopropylcumyl hydroperoxide UN3109 ≤72 >28 OP8 13 p-Menthyl hydroperoxide UN3105 > 72-100 OP7 13 p-Menthyl hydroperoxide UN3109 572 >28 OP8 Methylcyclohexanone peroxide(s) UN3115 <67 >33 OF7 +35 +40 Methyl ethyl ketone peroxide(s) UN3101 <52 248 OP5 5,13 Methyl ethyl ketone peroxide(s) UN3105 ≤45 255 OP7 5 Methyl ethyl ketone peroxide(s) UN3107 540 >60 OP8 7 Methyl isobutyl ketone percxide(s) UN3105 <62 >19 OP7 5,23 Organic peroxide, liquid, sample UN3103 OP2 12 Organic peroxide, liquid, sample, temperature controlled UN3113 OP2 12 Organic peroxide, solid, sample UN3104 OP2 12 Organic peroxide, solld, sample, temperature controlled UN3114 OP2 12 Peroxyacetic acid, type D, stabilized UN3105 543 OP7 13,20 Peroxyacetic acid, type E. atabilized UN3107 ≤43 OP8 13,20 Peroxyacetic acid, type F. stabilized UN3109 S43 OP8 13,20,28 Peroxyacetic acid or peracetic acid [with not more than 7% hydrogen peroxide) UN3107 536 >15 OP8 13,20,28 Peroxyacetic acid or peracetic acid [with not more than 20% hydrogen peroxide] Exempt SB >60 Exempt 28 Peroxyacetic acid or peracetic acid [with not more than 26% hydrogen peroxide] UN3109 <17 OP8 13,20,28 Peroxylauric acid UN3118 ≤100 OP8 +35 +40 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) Pinanyl hydroperoxide UN3105 >56-100 OP7 13 Pinanyl hydroperoxide UN3109 556 244 OP8 Polyether poly-tert-butylperoxycarbonate UN3107 <52 248 OP8 Tetrehydronaphthyl hydroperoxide UN3106 ≤100 OP7 1,1,3,3-Tetramethylbutyl hydroperoxide UN3105 ≤100 OP7 1,1,3,3-Tetramethylbutyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate UN3115 ≤100 OP7 +15 +20 .... .... 1,1,3,3-Tetramethylbutyl peroxyneodecanoste UN3115 572 >28 OP7 -5 +5 .... 1,1,3,3-Tetramethylbulyl peroxyneodecanoate [as a stable dispersion In water] UN3119 <52 OP8 -5 +5 ...... 1,1,3,3-tetramathylbutyl peroxyplvalate UN3115 577 >23 OP7 0 +10 3,6,9-Trlethyl-3,6,9-rimethiyl-1,4,7-hiperxna UN3105 <42 >58 OP7 ...... ...... 26 ---- 575 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT $ 173.225 § 173.225 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) NOTES 26. Available oxygen must be ≤7.6%. 1. For domestic shipments, OP8 is author- 27. Formulations derived from distillation ized. of peroxyacetic acid originating from per- 2. Available oxygen must be <4.7%. oxyacetic acid in a concentration of not 3. For concentrations <80% OP5 is allowed. more than 41% with water, total active oxy- For concentrations of at least 80% but <85%, gen less than or equal to 9.5% (peroxyacetic OP4 is allowed. For concentrations of at acid plus hydrogen peroxide). least 85%, maximum package size is OP2. 28. For the purposes of this section, the 4. The diluent may be replaced by di-tertnames "Peroxyacetic acid" and "Peracetic butyl peroxide. acid" are synonymous. 5. Available oxygen must be <9% with or without water. (d) Packing Method Table. Packagings 6. For domestic shipments, OP5 is authorfor organic peroxides and self-reactive ized. substances are listed in the Maximum 7. Available oxygen must be <8.2% with or without water. Quantity per Packing Method Table. 8. Only non-metallic packagings are au- The packing methods are designated thorized. OP1 to OP8. The quantities specified 9. For domestic shipments this material for each packing method represent the maybe transported under the provisions of maximum that is authorized. paragraph (h)(3)(xii) of this section. 10. [Reserved] (1) The following types of packagings 11. [Reserved] are authorized: 12. Samples may only be offered for trans- (1) Drums: 1A1, 1A2, 1B1, 1B2, ID. 1G, portation under the provisions of paragraph 1H1, 1H2; (b)(2) of this section. (ii) Jerricans: 3A1, 3A2, 3B1, 3B2, 3H1, 13. "Corrosive" subsidiary risk label is required. 3H2; 14. [Reserved] (iii) Boxes: 4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F. 4G, 4HI, 15. No "Corrosive" subsidiary risk label is 4H2, 4A, 4B; or required for concentrations below 80%. (iv) Composite packagings with a 16. With <6% di-tert-butyl peroxide. 17. With >8% 1-isopropylhydroperoxy-4- plastic inner receptacle: 6HA1, 6HA2, isopropylhydroxybenzene. 6HB1, 6HB2, 6HC, 6HD1, 6HD2. 6HG1, 18. Addition of water to this organic per- 6HG2, 6HH1, 6HH2. oxide will decrease its thermal stability. (2) Metal packaging (including inner 19. [Reserved] packagings of combination packagings 20. Mixtures with hydrogen peroxide. water and acid(s). and outer packagings of combination 21. With diluent type A. with or without or composite packagings) are used only water. for packing methods OP7 and OP8. 22. With >36% diluent type A by mass, and (3) In combination packagings, glass in addition ethylbenzene. receptacles are used only as inner 23. With >19% diluent type A by mass, and packagings with a maximum content of in addition methyl isobutyl ketone. 24. Diluent type B with boiling point >100 0.5 kg for solids or 0.5 L for liquids. C. (4) The maximum quantity per pack- 25. No "Corrosive" subsidiary risk label is aging or package for Packing Methods required for concentrations below 56%. OP1-OP8 must be as follows: MAXIMUM QUANTITY PER PACKAGING/PACKAGE [For Packing Methods OP1 to OP8] Packing Method Maximum quantity OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4' OP5 OP6 OP7 OP8 Solids and combination packagings (liquid and solid) (kg) 0.5 0.5/10 5 5 25 50 50 2400 Liquids (L) 0.5 5 30 60 60 325 1H two values are given, the first applies to the maximum net mass per inner packaging and the second to the maximum net mass of the complete package. 260 kg for jerricans/200 kg for boxes and, for solids, 400 kg in combination packagings with outer packagings comprising boxes (4C1, 4C2, 4D. 4F, 4G, 4H1, and 4H2) and with inner packagings of plastics or fiber with a maximum net mass of 25 kg. 360 L for jerricans. 576 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.225 (e) Organic Peroxide IBC Table. The subject to the approval provisions of following Organic Peroxide IBC Table $173.128 of this part. Additional respecifies, by technical name, those orquirements for authorized IBCs are ganic peroxides that are authorized for found in paragraph (f) of this section. transportation in certain IBCs and not ORGANIC PEROXIDE IBC TABLE UN No. Organic peroxide Maximum Type of IBC Control tempera- Emergency temquantity (litres) ture perature 3109 ORGANIC PEROXIDE, TYPE F, LIQUID. tert-Butyl hydroperoxide, not 31A 1250 more than 72% with water. tert-Butyl peroxyacetate, not 31A 1250 more than 32% in diluent type A. 31HA1 1000 tert-Butyl peroxy-3.5,5- 31A 1250 trimethylhexanoate, not more than 32% in diluent type A. 31HA1 1000 Cumyl hydroperoxide, not more 31HA1 1250 than 90% in diluent type A. Dibenzoyl peroxide, not more 31H1 1000 than 42% as a stable dispersion. Di-tert-butyl peroxide, not more 31A 1250 than 52% in diluent type B. 31HA1 1000 1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy) 31H1 1000 cyclohexane, not more than 42% in diluent type A. Dicumyl peroxide, less than or 31A 1250 equal to 100%. 31HA1 1000 Dilauroyl peroxide, not more 31HA1 1000 than 42%, stable dispersion, in water. Isopropyl cumyl hydroperoxide, 31HA1 1250 not more than 72% in diluent type A. p-Menthyl hydroperoxide, not 31HA1 1250 more than 72% in diluent type A. Peroxyacetic acid, stabilized, 31H1 1500 not more than 17%. 31HA1 1500 31A 1500 Peroxyacetic acid, with not 31A 1500 more than 26% hydrogen peroxide. 31HA1 1500 Peroxyacetic acid, type F, sta- 31A 1500 bilized. 31HA1 1500 3110 ORGANIC PEROXIDE TYPE F, SOLID. Dicumy peroxide, less than or 31A 2000 equal to 100%. 31H1 31HA1 3119 ORGANIC PEROXIDE, TYPE F, LIQUID, TEMPERATURE CONTROLLED. tert-Butyl peroxy-2- 31HA1 1000 +30 °C +35 °C ethylhexanoate, not more than 32% in dilluent type B. 31A 1250 +30 °C +35 °C tert-Butyl peroxyneodecanoate, 31A 1250 D °C +10 °C not more than 32% in diluent type A. 577 $ 173.225 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) ORGANIC PEROXIDE IBC TABLE-Continued Maximum Control tempera- Emergency tem- UN No. Organic peroxide Type of IBC quantity (litres) ture perature tert-Butyl peroxyneodecanoate. 31A 1250 °C +5 °C not more than 42% stable dispersion, in water. tert-Butyl peroxypivalate. not 31HA1 1000 +10 °C +15 °C more than 27% in diluent type B. 31A 1250 +10 °C +15 °C Cumyl peroxyneodecanoate, 31A 1250 15 °C -5 °C not more than 52%. stable dispersion, in water. Dicyclohexylperoxydicarbonate, 31A 1250 +10 °C +15 °C not more than 42% as a stable dispersion, in water. Di-(4-tert-butylcyclohaxyl) 31HA1 1000 +30 °C +35 °C peroxydicarbonate, not more than 42%, stable dispersion, in water. Dicetyl peroxydicarbonate, not 31HA1 1000 +30 °C +35 °C more than 42%, stable dispersion, in water. Di-(2-ethythexyl) 31A 1250 -20 °C 10 °C peroxydicarbonate, not more than 52%, stable dispersion, in water. Dimyristyl peroxydicarbonate, 31HA1 1000 +15 °C +20 °C not more than 42%, stable dispersion, in water. Di-(3,5,5-trimethylhexanoyl) 31HA1 1000 +10 °C +15 °C peroxide, not more than 38% in diluent type A. 31A 1250 +10 °C +15 °C Di-(3,5,5-trlmethylhexanoyl) 31A 1250 +10 °C +15 °C peroxide, not more than 52%. stable dispersion, in water. 1,1,3,3-Tetramethylbutyl 31A 1250 -5 °C +5 °C peroxyneodecanoate, not more than 52%, stable dispersion, in water. (f) IBCs. IBCs are authorized subject of the IBC under maximum filling conto the conditions and limitations of ditions during transportation. this section if the IBC type is author- (2) To prevent explosive rupture of ized according to paragraph (e) of this metal IBCs or composite IBCs with a section, as applicable, and the IBC concomplete metal casing, the emergencyforms to the requirements in subpart 0 relief devices shall be designed to vent of part 178 of this subchapter at the all the decomposition products and va- Packing Group II performance level. pors evolved during self-accelerating Type F organic peroxides or self-reacdecomposition or during a period of not tive substances are not authorized for less than one hour of complete fire-entransportation in IBCs other than those specified, unless approved by the gulfment as calculated by the formula Associate Administrator. in paragraph (h)(3)(v) of this section. (1) IBCs shall be provided with a de- The control and emergency temperavice to allow venting during transportures specified in the Organic Peroxide tation. The inlet to the pressure relief IBC Table are based on a non-insulated device shall be sited in the vapor space IBC. 578 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.225 (g) Organic Peroxide Portable Tank in paragraph (h). Organic peroxides Table. The following Organic Peroxide listed in this table, provided they meet Portable Tank Table provides certain the specific packaging requirements portable tank requirements and identifound in paragraph (h). are not subject fies, by technical name, those organic to the approval provisions of $ 173.128 of peroxides that are authorized for transthis part. portation in the bulk packagings listed 579 ORGANIC PEROXIDE PORTABLE TANK TABLE Minimum Minimum shell test UN No. Hazardous material thickness (mm-ref- Bottom opening re- Pressure-rellef reerence steel) quirements quirements pres- Filling limits Control tempera- Emergency tem- $173.225 See. See. ture perature sure See. (bar) 3109 ORGANIC PEROXIDE, TYPE F, LIQUID. tert-Butyl hydroperoxide, not 4 176.274(d)(2) § 178.275(d)(3) § 178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at more than 72% with water. 59 °F (15 °C) *Provided that steps have been taken to achieve the safety equivalence of 65% tert-Butyl hydroperoxide and 35% water. Cumyl hydro-peroxide, not more 4 178.274(d)(2) § 178.275(d)(3) $178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at then 90% in diluent type A. 59 °F (15 °C) Di-tart-butyl peroxide, not more 4 $ 178.274(d)(2) $ 178.275(d)(3) § 178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at 32% in diluent type A. 59 °F (15 °C) Dicumyl peroxide, less than or 4 $ 178.274(d)(2) $ 178.275(d)(3) $178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at equal to 100% In diluent type 59 °F (15 °C) B. 580 Isopropyl curnyl hydro-peroxide, 4 $178.274(d)(2) § 178.275(d)(3) $178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at not more than 72% in diluent 59 *F (15 °C) type A. p-Menthyl hydro-peroxide, not 4 $ 178.274(d)(2) § 178.275(d)(3) $178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at more than 72% in diluent type 59 °F (15 °C) A. Pinanyl hydro-peroxide, not more 4 $178.274(d)(2) $ 178.275(d)(3) $178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at than 56% in diluent type A. 59 °F (15 °C) 3110 ORGANIC PEROXIDE, TYPE F, SOLID. Dicumyl peroxide less than or 4 $ 178.274(d)(2) $ 178.275(d)(3) $178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at equal to 100% with Inert solids. 59 °F (15 °C) *Maximum quantity per portable tank 2,000 kg. 3119 ORGANIC PEROXIDE, TYPE F, LIQUID, TEMPERATURE CONTROLLED. tert-Butyl peroxyacetate, not 4 178.274(d)(2) $ 178.275(d)(3) § 178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at +30 °C +35 °C more than 32% in diluent type 59 °F (15 °C) B. tert-Butyl peroxy-2- 4 $ 178.274(d)(2) $178.275(d)(3) $ 178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at +15 °C +20 °C ethylhexanoate, not more than 59 °F (15 °C) 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) 32% In diluent B. tert-Butylperoxyplivalate, not 4 $ 178.274(d)(2) $ 178.275(d)(3) $ 178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at +5 °C +10 °C more than 27% in diluent type 59 °F (15 °C) B. tert-Butyl peroxy-3,5,5-trimethyl- 4 $ 178.274(d)(2) $178.275(d)(3) $ 178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at +35 °C +40 °C hexanoate, not more than 32% 69 °F (15 °C) In diluent type B. DI-(3,5,5-trimethyl-hexanoyl) per- 4 $ 178.274(d)(2) $178.275(d)(3) $ 178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at 0 °C +5 °C oxide, not more than 38% in 59 °F (15 °C) diluent type A. Peroxyacatic acid, distilled, sta- 4 $178.274(d)(2) 178.275(d)(3) § 178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at +30 °C +35 °C bilized, not more than 41%. 59 °F (15 °C) 581 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT cos $173.225 § 173.225 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) (h) Bulk packagings other than IBCs. portable tank of the decomposition The following bulk packagings are auproducts and vapors released at a temthorized, subject to the conditions and perature of 50 °C (122 °F). The capacity limitations of this section, if the orand start-to-discharge pressure of the ganic peroxide is listed in the Organic relief devices must be in accordance Peroxide Portable Tank Table and bulk with the applicable requirements of packagings are authorized, or if the orthis subchapter specified for the portganic peroxide is specifically authorable tank. The pressure relief devices ized for transport in a bulk packaging must not allow liquid to escape in the by this paragraph (h). and the bulk event the portable tank is overturned packaging conforms to the requirein a loaded condition. ments of this subchapter: (v)(A) The emergency-relief devices (1) Rail cars. Class DOT 103, 104, 105, may be of the reclosing or frangible 109, 111, 112, 114, 115, or 120 fusion-weld types, or a combination of the two, detank car tanks are authorized. DOT signed to vent all the decomposition 103W, 111A60F1 and 111A60W1 tank car products and vapors evolved during a tanks must have bottom outlets effecperiod of not less than one hour of tively sealed from inside. Gauging decomplete fire engulfment as calculated vices are required on DOT 103W tank by the following formula: car tanks. Riveted tank car tanks are not authorized. q = 70961 F 0.82 (2) Cargo tanks. Specification MC 307, Where: MC 310, MC 311, MC 312, DOT 407, and DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehicles q ** heat absorption (W) A = wetted area (m²) with a tank design pressure of at least F = insulation factor (-) 172 kPa (25 psig) are authorized. (3) Portable tanks. The following re- (B) Insulation factor (F) in the forquirements apply to portable tanks inmula in paragraph (h)(3)(v)(A) of this tended for the transport of organic persection equals 1 for non-insulated vesoxides or self-reactive substances. DOT sels and for insulated vessels F is cal- 51, 57, IM 101 portable tanks, and UN culated using the following formula: portable tanks that conform to the requirements of paragraph (g) of this sec- (923-Tₚ₀) tion, are authorized. Type F organic F = 47032 peroxide or self-reactive substance formulations other than those indicated Where: in the Organic Peroxide Portable Tank U = K/L = heat transfer coefficient of the insulation (W.m⁻².K⁻¹); where K = heat con- Table may be transported in portable ductivity of insulation layer (W.m⁻¹.K⁻¹), tanks if approved by the Associate Adand L = thickness of insulation layer (m). ministrator. The following conditions Tpo - temperature of material at relieving also apply: conditions (K). (i) The portable tank must be de- (vi) The start-to-discharge pressure signed for a test pressure of at least 0.4 of emergency-relief devices must be MPa (4 bar). higher than that specified for the pres- (ii) The portable tank must be fitted sure relief devices in paragraph with temperature-sensing devices. (h) (iv) of this section. The emer- (iii) The portable tank must be fitted gency-relief devices must be sized and with pressure relief devices and emerdesigned in such a way that the maxgency-relief devices. Vacuum-relief deimum pressure in the shell never exvices may also be used. Pressure relief ceeds the test pressure of the portable devices must operate at pressures detank. termined according to both the properties of the hazardous material and NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (h)(3)(vi): An example the construction characteristics of the of a method to determine the size of emerportable tank. Fusible elements are gency-relief devices is given in Appendix 5 of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR. not allowed in the shell. see $171.7 of this subchapter). A second ex- (iv) The pressure relief devices must ample of a test method for venting sizing is consist of reclosing devices fitted to given in the American Institute of Chemical prevent significant build-up within the Engineers Process Safety Progress Journal, 582 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.226 June 2002 issue (Vol. 21, No. 2) (Informational ually inspected after each trip and, at materials not requiring incorporation by ref- a minimum, once every 12 months, and erence. see $171.7(b)). replaced when discoloration, fracture, (vii) For insulated portable tanks, severe deformation. or other indication the capacity and setting of emergencyof change is noted. relief devices must be determined as- [69 FR 76159. Dec. 20. 2004, as amended at 70 surning a loss of insulation from 1% of FR 34398, June 14. 2005) the surface area. (viii) Vacuum-relief devices and re- § 173.226 Materials poisonous by inhaclosing devices on portable tanks used lation, Division 6.1, Packing Group for flammable hazardous materials I, Hazard Zone A. must be provided with flame arresters. Division 6.1, Packing Group I, Zone A Any reduction of the relief capacity poisonous by inhalation (see $173.133) caused by the flame arrester must be must be packed in non-bulk packagings taken into account and the appropriate in accordance with the following pararelief capacity must be provided. graphs: (ix) Service equipment such as de- (a) In seamless specification or UN vices and external piping must be decylinders conforming to the requiresigned and constructed so that no hazments of $173.40. ardous material remains in them after (b) In 1A1, 1B1, 1H1, 1N1. or 6HA1 filling the portable tank. drums further packed in a 1A2 or 1H2 (x) Portable tanks may be either indrum. Both inner and outer drums sulated or protected by a sun-shield. If must conform to the performance test the SADT of the hazardous material in requirements of subpart M of part 178 the portable tank is 55 °C (131 °F) or of this subchapter at the Packing less, the portable tank must be com- Group I performance level. The outer pletely insulated. The outer surface drums may be tested either as a packmust be finished in white or bright age intended to contain inner packmetal. agings (combination package) or as a (xi) The degree of filling must not exsingle packaging intended to contain ceed 90% at 15 °C (59 °F). solids or liquids at a mass cor- (xii) DOT 57 metal portable tanks are responding to the mass of the assemauthorized only for those materials or bled packaging system. All outer mixtures of two or more materials that drums, even those tested to contain are provided with a reference to Note 9 inner packaging or as single packin Column 8 of the Organic Peroxide agings for solids, must withstand a hy- Table, found in paragraph (c) of this drostatic test pressure of 100 kPa (15 section. DOT 57 portable tanks must psig). The outer drum must have a conform to the venting requirements of minimum thickness of 1.35 mm (0.053 paragraph (f) of this section. These inch) for a 1A2 outer drum or 6.3 mm portable tanks are not subject to any (0.248 inch) for a 1H2 outer drum. In adother requirements of paragraph (h) of dition, the inner drum mustthis section. (1) Be capable of satisfactorily with- (4) For tertiary butyl hydroperoxide standing the hydrostatic pressure test (TBHP). each tank car, cargo tank or in $178.605 of this subchapter at a test portable tank must contain 7.6 cm (3.0 pressure of 300 kPa (45 psig): inches) low density polyethylene (PE) (2) Satisfactorily withstand the saddles having a melt index of at least leakproofness test in $178.604 of this 0.2 grams per 10 minutes (for example subchapter using an internal air pressee, ASTM D1238, condition E) as part sure of at least twice the vapor presof the lading, with a ratio of PE to sure at 55 °C (131 °F) of the material to TBHP over a range of 0.008 to 0.012 by be packaged: mass. Alternatively, plastic or metal (3) Have screw-type closures that containers equipped with fusible plugs arehaving a melting point between 69 °C (1) Closed and tightened to a torque (156 °F) and 71 °C (160 °F) and filled with prescribed by the closure manufac- a sufficient quantity of water to dilute turer, using a properly calibrated dethe TBHP to 65% or less by mass may vice that is capable of measuring be used. The PE saddles must be vistorque: 583 § 173.226 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) (ii) Physically held in place by any ening of the closure by impact or vibrameans capable of preventing back-off tion during transportation. or loosening of the closure by impact (ii) Packed within a leak-tight packor vibration during transportation; and aging of metal or plastic. (iii) Provided with a cap seal that is (iii) This combination packaging in properly applied in accordance with the turn is packed within the outer packcap seal manufacturer's recommendaaging. tions and is capable of withstanding an (A) The total amount of liquid coninternal pressure of at least 100 kPa (15 tained in the outer packaging may not psig). exceed 16 L (4 gallons). (4) Have a minimum thickness as follows: (iv) the inner packaging system must (i) For a 1A1 or 1N1 drum, 1.3 mm conform to the performance test re- (0.051 inch); quirements of subpart M of part 178 of (ii) For a 1B1 drum, 3.9 mm (0.154 this subchapter, at the Packaging Group I performance level when subinch); jected to the following tests: (iii) For a 1H1 drum, 3.16 mm (0.124 inch); and (A) 178.603-Drop Test (iv) For a 6HA1 drum, the plastic (B) § 178.604-Leakproofness Test inner container shall be 1.58 mm (0.0622 (C) $ 178.605-Hydrostatic Pressure inch) and the outer steel drum shall be Test 0.96 mm (0.0378 inch). (v) The inner packaging system must (5) Be isolated from the outer drum meet the above tests without the benby a shock-mitigating, non-reactive efit of the outer packaging. material, which completely surrounds (vi) The leakproofness and hydrothe inner packaging on all sides. static pressure test may be conducted (c) In combination packagings, conon either the inner receptacle or the sisting of an inner packaging system outer packaging of the inner packaging and an outer packaging. as follows: system. (1) Outer packagings: (vii) In addition to the requirements Steel drum: 1A2 in $173.226(b), the outer package must Aluminum drum: 1B2 conform to the performance test re- Metal drum, other than steel or aluquirements of subpart M of part 178 of minum: 1N2 this subchapter, at the Packaging Plywood drum: ID Group I performance level as applicable Fiber drum: 1G for the type of package being used. Plastic drum: 1H2 (d) If approved by the Associate Ad- Steel box: 4A ministrator, 1A1, 1B1, 1H1, 1N1, 6HA1 or Aluminum box: 4B 6HH1 drums described in paragraph (b) Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2 of this section may be used without Plywood box: 4D being further packed in a 1A2 or 1H2 Reconstituted wood box: 4F drum if the shipper loads the material, Fiberboard box: 4G palletizes the drums, blocks and braces Expanded plastic box: 4H2 the drums within the transport vehicle Solid plastic box: 4H2 and seals the transport vehicle used. (2) Inner packaging system. The Drums may not be stacked (double inner packaging system consists of two decked) within the transport vehicle. packagings: Shipments must be from one origin to (i) an impact-resistant receptacle of one destination only without any inglass, earthenware, plastic or metal setermediate pickup or delivery. curely cushioned with a non-reactive, (e) Prior to reuse, all authorized absorbent material, and inner drums must be leakproofness (A) Capacity of each inner receptacle tested and marked in accordance with may not exceed 4 L (1 gallon). $173.28 using a minimum test pressure (B) An inner receptacle that has a as indicated in paragraph (b)(2) of this closure must have a closure which is section. physically held in place by any means [69 FR 76172, Dec. 20, 2004, as amended at 71 capable of preventing back-off or loos- FR 33881, June 12, 2006] 584 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.228 $ 173.227 Materials poisonous by inha- (ii) For a 1B1 drum, 2.79 mm (0.110 lation, Division 6.1, Packing Group inch); I, Hazard Zone B. (ifi) For a 1H1 drum, 1.14 mm (0.045 (a) In packagings as authorized in inch); or § 173.226 and seamless and welded speci- (iv) For a 6HAI drum, the plastic fication cylinders or UN seamless cyl- Inner container shall be 1.58 mm (0.0625 inders conforming to the requirements inch), the outer steel drum shall be 0.70 of $173.40. mm (0.027 inch). (b) 1A1, 1B1, 1N1 or 1H1 drum or 6HA1 (4) Be isolated from the outer drum composite further packed in a 1A2 or by a shock-mitigating, non-reactive 1H2 drum. Both the inner and outer material which completely surrounds drums must conform to the performthe inner packaging on all sides. ance test requirements of subpart M of (5) Prior to reuse, all authorized part 178 of this subchapter at the Packinner drums must be leakproofness ing Group I performance level. The tested and marked in accordance with outer drums may be tested either as a $173.28 using a minimum test pressure package intended to contain inner as indicated in paragraph (b)(1) of this packagings (combination package) or section. as a single packaging intended to con- (c) 1A1, 1B1, 1H1, 1N1, 6HA1 or 6HH1 tain solids or liquids at a mass cordrums described in paragraph (b) of responding to the mass of the assemthis section may be used without being bled packaging system. The outer drum further packed in a 1A2 or 1H2 drum if must have a minimum thickness of 1.35 the shipper loads the material, blocks mm (0.053 inches) for a 1A2 outer drum and braces the drums within the transor 6.30 mm (0.248 inches) for a 1H2 outer port vehicle and seals the transport vedrum. Outer 1A2 and 1H2 drums must hicle used. Drums may not be stacked withstand a hydrostatic test pressure (double decked) within the transport of 100 kPa (15 psig). Capacity of the vehicle. Shipments must be from one inner drum may not exceed 220 liters. In addition, the inner drum must conorigin to one destination only without form to all of the following requireany intermediate pickup or delivery. ments: [70 FR 34398. June 14. 2005, as amended at 71 (1) Satisfactorily withstand the FR 33881, June 12. 2006) leakproofness test in $178.604 of this subchapter using an internal air pres- $173.228 Bromine pentafluoride or bromine trifluoride. sure of at least two times the vapor pressure at 55 °C (131 °F) of the mate- (a) Bromine pentafluoride and brorial to be packaged; mine trifluoride are authorized in (2) Have screw closures that arepackagings as follows: (i) Closed and tightened to a torque (1) Specification 3A150, 3AA150. 3B240, prescribed by the closure manufac- 3BN150, 4B240. 4BA240, 4BW240, and turer, using a properly calibrated de- 3E1800 cylinders. vice that is capable of measuring (2) UN cylinders as specified in part torque; 178 of this subchapter, except acetylene (ii) Physically held in place by any cylinders and non-refillable cylinders, means capable of preventing back-off with a minimum test pressure of 10 bar or loosening of the closure by impact and a minimum outage of 8 percent by or vibration during transportation: and volume. The use of UN tubes and (iii) Provided with a cap seal that is MEGCs is not authorized. properly applied in accordance with the (3) The use of a pressure relief device cap seal manufacturer's recommendais not authorized. tions and is capable of withstanding an (b) A material in Hazard Zone A must internal pressure of at least 100 kPa (15 be transported in a seamless specificapsig). tion cylinder conforming to the re- (3) Have a minimum thickness as folquirements of $173.40. However, a weldlows: ed cylinder filled before October 1, 2002, (i) For a 1A1 drum, 0.69 mm (0.027 in accordance with the requirements of inch): this subchapter in effect at the time of 585 § 173.229 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) filling. may be transported for reproc- (c) Portable tanks and closed bulk bins. essing or disposal of the cylinder's con- DOT 51, 56, 57 and 60 portable tanks; tents until December 31, 2003. No cyl- IMO type 1. 2 and 5, and IM 101 and IM inder may be equipped with a pressure 102 portable tanks; UN portable tanks; relief device. marine portable tanks conforming to 46 CFR part 64; and sift-proof non-DOT [67 FR 51643, Aug. 8, 2002. as amended at 67 FR 61289, Sept. 30. 2002; 68 FR 24660, May 8, Specification portable tanks and closed 2003, as amended at 71 FR 33881. June 12. 2006] bulk bins are authorized. (d) IBCs. IBCs are authorized subject § 173.229 Chloric acid solution or chloto the conditions and limitations of rine dioxide hydrate, frozen. this section provided the IBC type is When the $172.101 table specifies that authorized according to the IBC pack- a hazardous material be packaged in aging code specified for the specific accordance with this section. only 4G hazardous material in Column (7) of fiberboard boxes, with inner packthe $172.101 Table of this subchapter agings of polyethylene or other suitand the IBC conforms to the requireable material, are authorized. Fiberments in subpart 0 of part 178 of this board boxes must be reinforced and insubchapter at the Packing Group persulated and sufficient dry ice must be formance level as specified in Column used to maintain the hydrate or acid in (5) of the $172.101 Table of this sub- a frozen state during transportation. chapter for the material being trans- Each packaging must conform to the ported. general packaging requirements of sub- (1) IBCs may not be used for the folpart B of part 173, and to the requirelowing hazardous materials: ments of part 178 of this subchapter at (i) Packing Group I liquids; and the Packing Group I performance level. (ii) Packing Group I solids that may Transportation is authorized only by become liquid during transportation. private or contract carrier by motor (2) The following IBCs may not be vehicle. used for Packing Group II and III solids that may become liquid during trans- Subpart F-Bulk Packaging for portation: Hazardous Materials Other (i) Wooden: 11C. 11D and 11F; Than Class 1 and Class 7 (ii) Fiberboard: 11G; (iii) Flexible: 13H1, 13H2, 13H3, 13H4, § 173.240 Bulk packaging for certain 13H5, 13L1. 13L2, 13L3, 13L4, 13M1 and low hazard solid materials. 13M2; and When $172.101 of this subchapter (iv) Composite: 11HZ2 and 21HZ2. specifies that a hazardous material be [Amdt. 173-224. 55 FR 52663, Dec. 21, 1990, as packaged under this section, only the amended at 56 FR 66274. Dec. 20. 1991; Amdt. following bulk packagings are author- 173-238. 59 FR 38067, July 26, 1994; Amdt. 173- ized, subject to the requirements of 252, 61 FR 28676, June 5, 1996; 66 FR 33435, subparts A and B of part 173 of this sub- June 21, 2001] chapter and the special provisions spec- EDITORIAL NOTE: Amendments published at ified in column 7 of the $172.101 table. 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001. could not be incor- (a) Rail cars: Class DOT 103, 104, 105, porated because of inaccurate amendatory 109, 111, 112, 114, 115, or 120 tank car instruction. tanks; Class 106 or 110 multi-unit tank car tanks; and metal non-DOT speci- § 173.241 Bulk packagings for certain fication, sift-proof tank car tanks and low hazard liquid and solid materials. sift-proof closed cars. (b) Motor vehicles: Specification MC When $172.101 of this subchapter 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303. MC 304, MC specifies that a hazardous material be 305, MC 306, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, MC packaged under this section, only the 312, MC 330, MC 331, DOT 406, DOT 407, following bulk packagings are authorand DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehiized. subject to the requirements of cles; non-DOT specification, sift-proof subparts A and B of part 173 of this subcargo tank motor vehicles; and siftchapter and the special provisions specproof closed vehicles. ified in column 7 of the $172.101 table. 586 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.242 (a) Rall cars: Class DOT 103, 104, 105, (iv) Composite: 11HZ2 and 21HZ2. 109, 111. 112, 114, 115, or 120 tank car [Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52663, Dec. 21. 1990. as tanks: Class 106 or 110 multi-unit tank amended at 56 FR 66275, Dec. 20. 1991; Amdt. car tanks and AAR Class 203W, 206W, 173-238, 59 FR 38067. July 26, 1994; Amdt. 173- and 211W tank car tanks. 252, 61 FR 28676, June 5, 1996: 66 FR 33435. (b) Cargo tanks: DOT specification MC June 21, 2001: 68 FR 57632. Oct. 6. 2003; 70 FR 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 304, MC 34075, June 13. 2005.] 305, MC 306, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, MC EDITORIAL NOTE: Amendments published at 312, MC 330, MC 331, DOT 406, DOT 407, 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28. 2001, could not be incorand DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehiporated because of inaccurate amendatory instruction. cles; and non-DOT specification cargo tank motor vehicles suitable for trans- § 173.242 Bulk packagings for certain port of liquids. medium hazard liquids and solids, (c) Portable tanks. DOT Specification including solids with dual hazards. 51, 56, 57 and 60 portable tanks; IMO When $172.101 of this subchapter type 1, 2 and 5, and IM 101 and IM 102 specifies that a hazardous material be portable tanks; UN portable tanks: mapackaged under this section. only the rine portable tanks conforming to 46 following bulk packagings are author- CFR part 64; and non-DOT Specificaized, subject to the requirements of tion portable tanks suitable for transsubparts A and B of part 173 of this subport of liquids are authorized. For chapter and the special provisions spectransportation by vessel. also see ified in column 7 of the $172.101 table. $176.340 of this subchapter. For trans- (a) Rail cars: Class DOT 103, 104, 105, portation of combustible liquids by 109, 111, 112, 114, 115, or 120 tank car vessel, additional requirements are tanks; Class 106 or 110 multi-unit tank specified in $176.340 of this subchapter. car tanks and AAR Class 206W tank car tanks. (d) IBCs. IBCs are authorized subject to the conditions and limitations of (b) Cargo tanks: Specification MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 304, MC 305, this section provided the IBC type is MC 306, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, MC 312, authorized according to the IBC pack- MC 330, MC 331, DOT 406, DOT 407. and aging code specified for the specific DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehicles. hazardous material in Column (7) of Cargo tanks used to transport Class 3, the $172.101 Table of this subchapter Packing Group I or II, or Packing and the IBC conforms to the require- Group III with a flash point of less ments in subpart 0 of part 178 of this than 38 °C (100 °F); Class 6, Packing subchapter at the Packing Group per- Group I or II; and Class 8, Packing formance level as specified in Column Group I or II materials must conform (5) of the $172.101 Table for the mateto the following special requirements: rial being transported. (1) Pressure relief system: Except as (1) IBCs may not be used for the folprovided by $173.33(d), each cargo tank lowing hazardous materials: must be equipped with a pressure relief (i) Packing Group I liquids; and system meeting the requirements of (ii) Packing Group I solids that may $178.346-3 or $178.347-4 of this subbecome liquid during transportation. chapter. However, pressure relief de- (2) The following IBCs may not be vices on MC 310, MC 311 and MC 312 used for Packing Group II and III solids cargo tanks must meet the requirethat may become liquid during transments for a Specification MC 307 cargo tank (except for Class 8, Packing Group portation: I and II). Pressure relief devices on MC (i) Wooden: 11C, IID and 11F; 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks must meet (ii) Fiberboard: 11G; the requirement in $178.337-9 of this (iii) Flexible: 13H1, 13H2, 13H3, 13H4, subchapter. 13H5, 13L1. 13L2, 13L3, 13L4, 13M1 and (2) Bottom outlets: DOT 406, DOT 407 13M2; and and DOT 412 must be equipped with stop-valves meeting the requirements of $178.345-11 of this subchapter; MC 304, MC 307. MC 310, MC 311. and MC 312 587 § 173.242 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) cargo tanks must be equipped with tation (temperature up to and includstop-valves capable of being remotely ing 54 °C. (130 °F.) and closed within 30 seconds of actuation (3) Venting capacity. The minimum by manual or mechanic means and (exventing capacity for pressure activated cept for Class 8, Packing Group I and vents must be 6,000 cubic feet of free II) by a closure activated at a temperaair per hour (measured at 101.3 kPa ture not over 121 °C (250 °F): MC 330 and (14.7 psi) and 15.6 °C. (60 °F.)) at not MC 331 cargo tanks must be equipped more than 34.4 kPa (5 psi). The total with internal self-closing stop-valves emergency venting capacity (cu. ft./hr.) meeting the requirements in § 178.337-11 of each portable tank must be at least of this subchapter. that determined from the following (c) Portable tanks. DOT Specification table: 51, 56, 57 and 60 portable tanks; Speci- Cubic feet free fication IM 101, IM 102, and UN port- Total surface area square feet 1,2 air per hour able tanks when a T Code is specified 20 15,800 in Column (7) of the § 172.101 Hazardous 30 23,700 Materials Table for a specific haz- 40 31,600 ardous material: and marine portable 50 39,500 60 47,400 tanks conforming to 46 CFR part 64 are 70 55,300 authorized. DOT Specification 57 port- 80 63,300 able tanks used for the transport by 90 71,200 100 79,100 vessel of Class 3, Packaging Group II 120 94,900 materials must conform to the fol- 140 110,700 lowing: 160 126,500 (1) Minimum design pressure. Each Interpolate for intermediate sizes. tank must have a minimum design 2Surface area excludes area of legs. pressure of 62 kPa (9 psig); (4) Unless provided by $ 173.32(h)(3), (2) Pressure relief devices. Each tank an IM 101, 102 or UN portable tank with must be equipped with at least one a bottom outlet and used to transport pressure relief device, such as a spring- a liquid hazardous material that is a loaded valve or fusible plug, con- Class 3, PG I or II, or PG III with a forming to the following: flash point of less than 38 °C (100 °F): (i) Each pressure relief device must Division 5.1 PG I or II; or Division 6.1, communicate with the vapor space of PG I or II, must have internal valves the tank when the tank is in a normal conforming to §178.275(d)(3) of this subtransportation attitude. Shutoff valves chapter. may not be installed between the tank (d) IBCs. IBCs are authorized subject opening and any pressure relief device. to the conditions and limitations of Pressure relief devices must be mountthis section provided the IBC type is ed, shielded, or drained to prevent the authorized according to the IBC packaccumulation of any material that aging code specified for the specific could impair the operation or discharge hazardous material in Column (7) of capability of the device; the $172.101 Table of this subchapter (ii) Frangible devices are not authorand the IBC conforms to the requireized; ments in subpart 0 of part 178 of this (iii) No pressure relief device may subchapter at the Packing Group peropen at less than 34.4 kPa (5 psig); formance level as specified in Column (iv) If a fusible device is used for re- (5) of the $172.101 Table of this sublieving pressure, the device must have chapter for the material being trans- a minimum area of 1.25 square inches. ported. The device must function at a tempera- (1) IBCs may not be used for the folture between 104 °C. and 149 °C. (220 °F. lowing hazardous materials: and 300 °F.) and at a pressure less than (i) Packing Group I liquids; and the design test pressure of the tank, (ii) Packing Group I solids that may unless this latter function is accombecome liquid during transportation. plished by a separate device; and (2) The following IBCs may not be (v) No relief device may be used used for Packing Group II and III solids which would release flammable vapors that may become liquid during transunder normal conditions of transporportation: 588 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.243 (i) Wooden: 11C. 11D and 11F; the requirement in § 178.337-9 of this (ii) Fiberboard: 11G; subchapter. (iii) Flexible: 13H1. 13H2, 13H3, 13H4, (2) Bottom outlets: DOT 407 and DOT 13H5, 13L1, 13L2, 13L3. 13L4, 13M1 and 412 cargo tanks must be equipped with 13M2; and stop-valves meeting the requirements (iv) Composite: 11HZ2 and 21HZ2. of $178.345-11 of this subchapter; MC 304, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, and MC 312 [Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52663, Dec. 21. 1990, as cargo tanks must be equipped with amended at 56 FR 66275. Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-238, 59 FR 38067, July 26, 1994; Amdt. 173- stop-valves capable of being remotely 243, 60 FR 40038, Aug. 4. 1995; Amdt. 173-246, 60 closed within 30 seconds of actuation FR 49110, Sept. 21, 1995; Amdt. 173-252. 61 FR by manual or mechanic means and (ex- 28676, June 5, 1996; 62 FR 51560, Oct. 1, 1997; 65 cept for Class 8, Packing Group I and FR 50461. Aug. 18, 2000; 66 FR 33435, June 21, II) by a closure activated at a tempera- 2001; 67 FR 15743. Apr. 3, 2002; 68 FR 32413. ture not over 121 °C (250 °F); MC 330 and May 30, 2003] MC 331 cargo tanks must be equipped EDITORIAL NOTE: Amendments published at with internal self-closing stop-valves 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001, could not be incormeeting the requirements in $178.337-11 porated because of inaccurate amendatory of this subchapter. instruction. (c) Portable tanks. DOT Specification § 173.243 Bulk packaging for certain 51 and 60 portable tanks; UN portable high hazard liquids and dual haztanks and IM 101 and IM 102 portable ard materials which pose a modtanks when a T code is specified in Colerate hazard. umn (7) of the $172.101 Table of this When $172.101 of this subchapter subchapter for a specific hazardous maspecifies that a hazardous material be terial; and marine portable tanks conpackaged under this section, only the forming to 46 CFR part 64 with design following bulk packagings are authorpressure of at least 172.4 kPa (25 psig) ized, subject to the requirements of are authorized. Unless provided by subparts A and B of part 173 of this sub- § 173.32(h)(3), an IM 101, 102 or UN portchapter and the special provisions specable tank, with a bottom outlet, used ified in column 7 of the $172.101 table. to transport a liquid hazardous material that is a Class 3, PG I or II, or PG (a) Rail cars: Class DOT 103, 104, 105. 109. 111. 112, 114, 115, or 120 fusion-weld- III with a flash point of less than 38 °C ed tank car tanks; and Class 106 or 110 (100 °F); Division 5.1, PG I or II; or Dimulti-unit tank car tanks. vision 6.1. PG I or II, must have inter- (b) Cargo tanks. Specification MC 304, nal valves conforming to $178.275(d)(3) MC 307, MC 330, MC 331 cargo tank of this subchapter. motor vehicles; and MC 310, MC 311. MC (d) IBCs. IBCs are authorized subject 312, DOT 407. and DOT 412 cargo tank to the conditions and limitations of motor vehicles with tank design presthis section provided the IBC type is sure of at least 172.4 kPa (25 psig). authorized according to the IBC pack- Cargo tanks used to transport Class 3 aging code specified for the specific or Division 6.1 materials, or Class 8, hazardous material in Column (7) of Packing Group I or II materials must the $172.101 Table of this subchapter conform to the following special reand the IBC conforms to the requirequirements: ments in subpart 0 of part 178 of this (1) Pressure relief system: Except as subchapter at the Packing Group perprovided by $173.33(d), each cargo tank formance level as specified in Column must be equipped with a pressure relief (5) of the $172.101 Table of this subsystem meeting the requirements of chapter for the material being trans- $178.346-3 or 178.347-4 of this subported. chapter. However, pressure relief de- (1) IBCs may not be used for the folvices on MC 310, MC 311 and MC 312 lowing hazardous materials: cargo tanks must meet the require- (i) Packing Group I liquids; and ments for a Specification MC 307 cargo (ii) Packing Group I solids that may tank (except for Class 8, Packing Group become liquid during transportation. I and II). Pressure relief devices on MC (2) The following IBCs may not be 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks must meet used for Packing Group II and III solids 589 $ 173.244 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) that may become liquid during transchapter for the specific hazardous maportation: terial, are authorized. (i) Wooden: 11C, 11D and 11F; [Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52663. Dec. 21, 1990, as (ii) Fiberboard: 11G; amended at 56 FR 66275. Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR (iii) Flexible: 13H1, 13H2, 13H3, 13H4, 45463, Oct. 1. 1992; Amdt. 173-252. 61 FR 28676, 13H5, 13L1, 13L2, 13L3, 13L4, 13M1 and June 5. 1996; 68 FR 45037. July 31, 2003] 13M2; and (iv) Composite: 11HZ2 and 21HZ2. $ 173.245 Bulk packaging for extremely (e) A dual hazard material may be hazardous materials such as poipackaged in accordance with § 173.242 if: sonous gases (Division 2.3). (1) The subsidiary hazard is Class 3 When $172.101 of this subchapter with a flash point greater than 38 °C specifies that a hazardous material be (100 °F); or packaged under this section, only the (2) The subsidiary hazard is Division following bulk packagings are author- 6.1, Packing Group III; or ized, subject to the requirements of (3) The subsidiary hazard is Class 8, subparts A and B of part 173 of this sub- Packaging Group, III. chapter and the special provisions specified in column 7 of the $172.101 table. [Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52663, Dec. 21, 1990, as (a) Tank car tanks and multi-unit amended at 56 FR 66275. Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. tank car tanks, when approved by the 173-138, 59 FR 49134, Sept. 26, 1994; Amdt. 173- 238. 59 FR 38068, July 26, 1994; Amdt. 173-243, Associate Administrator. 60 FR 40038, Aug. 4, 1995; Amdt. 173-246, 60 FR (b) Cargo tank motor vehicles and 49110, Sept. 21, 1995: Amdt. 173-252, 61 FR portable tanks, when approved by the 28676, June 5, 1996: 62 FR 51560, Oct. 1, 1997; 64 Associate Administrator. FR 10780. Mar. 5, 1999; 66 FR 33435, June 21, 2001; 67 FR 15743. Apr. 3, 2002: 68 FR 32413, (Amdt. 173-224. 55 FR 52663. Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66275, Dec. 20. 1991: 66 FR May 30. 2003] 45379, Aug. 28. 2001] EDITORIAL NOTE: Amendments published at 66 FR 45380. Aug. 28, 2001, could not be incor- § 173.247 Bulk packaging for certain porated because of inaccurate amendatory elevated temperature materials. instruction. When $172.101 of this subchapter § 173.244 Bulk packaging for certain specifies that a hazardous material be pyrophoric liquids (Division 4.2), packaged under this section, only the dangerous when wet (Division 4.3) following bulk packagings are authormaterials, and poisonous liquids ized, subject to the requirements of with inhalation hazards (Division subparts A and B of part 173 of this sub- 6.1). chapter and the special provisions in When $172.101 of this subchapter column 7 of the $172.101 table. On or specifies that a hazardous material be after October 1, 1993, authorized packpackaged under this section, only the agings must meet all requirements in following bulk packagings are authorparagraph (g) of this section, unless ized, subject to the requirements of otherwise excepted. subparts A and B of part 173 of this sub- (a) Rail cars: Class DOT 103, 104, 105, chapter and the special provisions spec- 109, 111, 112. 114, 115, or 120 tank car ified in column 7 of the $172.101 table. tanks; Class DOT 106, 110 multi-unit (a) Rall cars: Class DOT 105, 109, 112, tank car tanks; AAR Class 203W, 206W, 114, or 120 fusion-welded tank car 211W tank car tanks; and non-DOT tanks; and Class 106 or 110 multi-unit specification tank car tanks equivalent tank car tanks. in structural design and accident dam- (b) Cargo tanks: Specifications MC 330 age resistance to specification packand MC 331 cargo tank motor vehicles agings. and, except for Division 4.2 materials, (b) Cargo tanks: Specification MC 300, MC 312 and DOT 412 cargo tank motor MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 304, MC 305, vehicles. MC 306, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, MC 312, (c) Portable tanks: DOT 51 portable MC 330, MC 331 cargo tank motor vehitanks and UN portable tanks that meet cles; DOT 406, DOT 407, DOT 412 cargo the requirements of this subchapter, tank motor vehicles; and non-DOT when a T code is specified in Column specification cargo tank motor vehi- (7) of the $172.101 Table of this subcles equivalent in structural design and 590 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.247 accident damage resistance to speciments of paragraph (g)(2) of this secfication packagings. A non-DOT specition and the rollover protection refication cargo tank motor vehicle conquirements of paragraph (g)(6) of this structed of carbon steel which is in elesection, if closures meet the requirevated temperature material service is ments of paragraph (e)(2)(iii) of this excepted from § 178.345-7(d)(5) of this section. subchapter. (ii) Kettles with a total capacity of (c) Portable tanks. DOT Specification 2650 L (700 gallons) or more and a ratio 51, 56, 57 and 60 portable tanks; IM 101 of track-width to fully loaded CG and IM 102 portable tanks; UN portable height of 2.5 or more are excepted from tanks; marine portable tanks conthe "substantially leak tight" requireforming to 46 CFR part 64; metal IBCs ments of paragraph (g)(2) of this secand non-specification portable tanks tion and the rollover protection reequivalent in structural design and acquirements of paragraph (g)(6) of this cident damage resistance to specificasection if closures meet the requiretion packagings are authorized. ments of paragraph (e)(2)(iii) of this (d) Crucibles: Nonspecification crusection. cibles designed and constructed such (iii) Closures must be securely closed that the stress in the packaging does during transportation. Closures also not exceed one fourth (0.25) of the ultimust be designed to prevent opening mate strength of the packaging mateand the expulsion of lading in a rollrial at any temperature within the deover accident. sign temperature range. Stress is de- (f) Other bulk packagings: Bulk packtermined under a load equal to the sum agings, other than those specified in of the static or working pressure in paragraphs (a) through (e) of this seccombination with the loads developed tion, which are used for the transport from accelerations and decelerations of elevated temperature materials. incident to normal transportation. For must conform to all requirements of highway transportation, these forces paragraph (g) of this section on or after are assumed to be "1.7g" vertical, October 1, 1993. "0.75g" longitudinal, and "0.4g" trans- (g) General requirements. Bulk packverse, in reference to the axes of the agings authorized or used for transport transport vehicle. Each accelerative or of elevated temperature materials decelerative load may be considered must conform to the following requireseparately. ments: (e) Kettles: A kettle, for the purpose (1) Pressure and vacuum control equipof this section, is a bulk packaging ment. When pressure or vacuum control (portable tank or cargo tank) having a equipment is required on a packaging capacity not greater than 5678 L (1500 authorized in this section, such equipgallons) with an integral heating appament must be of a self-reclosing design. ratus used for melting various bitumust prevent package rupture or colminous products such as asphalt. Ketlapse due to pressure, must prevent sigtles used for the transport of asphalt or nificant release of lading due to packbitumen are subject to the following aging overturn or splashing or surging requirements: during normal transport conditions, (1) Low stability kettles. Kettles with a and may be external to the packaging. ratio of track-width to fully loaded (i) Pressure control equipment is not center of gravity (CG) height less than required if pressure in the packaging 2.5 must meet all requirements of parawould increase less than 10 percent as a graph (g) of this section (track-width is result of heating the lading from the the distance measured between the lowest design operating temperature to outer edge of the kettle tires; CG a temperature likely to be encountered height is measured perpendicular from if the packaging were engulfed in a the road surface). fire. When pressure control equipment (2) High stability kettles. (i) Kettles is required, it must prevent rupture of with a total capacity of less than 2650 the packaging from heating, including L (700 gallons) and a ratio of trackfire engulfment. width to fully loaded CG height of 2.5 (ii) Vacuum control equipment is not or more are excepted from all requirerequired if the packaging is designed to 591 § 173.247 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) withstand an external pressure of 100 (4) Compatibility. The packaging and kPa (14.5 psig) or if pressure in the lading must be compatible over the enpackaging would decrease less than 10 tire operating temperature range. percent as a result of the lading cool- (5) Markings. In addition to any other ing from the highest design operating markings required by this subchapter, temperature to the lowest temperature each packaging must be durably incurred in transport. When vacuum marked in a place readily accessible for control equipment is required, it must inspection in characters at least 4.8 prevent collapse of the packaging from mm (3/16 inch) with the manufacturer's a cooling-induced pressure differential. name, date of manufacture, design (iii) When the regulations require a temperature range, and maximum reclosing pressure relief device, the product weight (or "load limit" for lading must not render the devices intank cars) or volumetric capacity. operable (i.e. from clogging, freezing, (6) Accident damage protection. For or fouling). If the lading affects the transportation by highway, external proper operation of the device, the loading and unloading valves and clopackaging must have: sures must be protected from impact (A) A safety relief device incordamage resulting from collision or porating a frangible disc or a permaoverturn. Spraying equipment and the nent opening, each having a maximum effective area of 22 cm2 (3.4 in.2). for road oil application portion of a packtransportation by highway; aging are excepted from this requirement. (B) For transportation of asphalt by highway, a safety relief device incor- (7) New construction. Specification porating a frangible disc or a permapackagings that are being manufacnent opening, each having a maximum tured for the transport of elevated temeffective area of 48 cm2 (7.4 in2): or perature materials must be authorized (C) For transportation by rail, a nonfor current construction. reclosing pressure relief device incor- (h) Exceptions-(1) General. Packporating a rupture disc conforming to agings manufactured for elevated temthe requirements of $179.15 of this subperature materials service prior to Occhapter. tober 1, 1993. which are not in full com- (iv) Reclosing pressure relief devices, pliance with the requirements in pararupture discs or permanent openings graph (g) of this section, may continue must not allow the release of lading in service if they meet the applicable during normal transportation condirequirements of subparts A and B of tions (i.e., due to splashing or surging). this part and meet the closure require- (2) Closures. All openings, except perments in paragraph (g)(2) of this secmanent vent openings authorized in tion by March 30, 1995. paragraph (g)(1)(iii) of this section. (2) Kettles. Kettles in service prior to must be securely closed during trans- October 1, 1993. which are used to portation. Packagings must be subtransport asphalt or bitumen, are exstantially leak-tight so as not to allow cepted from specific provisions of this any more than dripping or trickling of section as follows: a non-continuous flow when over- (i) Kettles with a total capacity of turned. Closures must be designed and less than 2650 L (700 gallons), which are constructed to withstand, without exnot in full compliance with the receeding the yield strength of the packquirements of paragraph (g) of this secaging, twice the static loading protion, may continue in elevated temduced by the lading in any packaging perature material service if they meet orientation and at all operating temthe applicable requirements of subparts peratures. A and B of this part and if, after March (3) Strength. Each packaging must be 30, 1995, closures are secured during designed and constructed to withstand, without exceeding the yield strength of transport to resist opening in an overthe packaging, twice the static loading turn. produced by the lading in any orienta- (ii) Kettles with a total capacity of tion and at all operating temperatures. 2650 L (700 gallons) or more, which are 592 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.249 not in full compliance with the re- August 31, 1991 may continue in service quirements of paragraph (g) of this secunder the requirements contained in tion, may continue in elevated tem- §173.252(a)(4) of this part in effect on perature material service if they meet September 30, 1991. the applicable requirements of subparts (c) UN portable tanks conforming to A and B of this part and if, after March tank code T22 (see § 172.102 of this sub- 30, 1995, closures are secured during chapter) or specification IM 101 porttransport to resist opening in an overable tanks conforming with paragraphs turn and no opening exceeds 46 cm2 (7.1 (d) through (f) of this section. Except in2). when transported as a residue, the (3) Molten metals and molten glass. total quantity in one tank may not be This section does not apply to packless than 88% nor more than 92% of the agings used for transportation of molvolume of the tank. ten metals and molten glass by rail when movement is restricted to oper- (d) The tank must be made from ating speeds less than 15 miles per nickel-clad or lead-lined steel plate. hour. (See $172.203(g)(3) of this sub- Nickel cladding or lead lining must be chapter for shipping paper requireon the inside of the tank. Nickel cladments.) ding must comprise at least 20 percent (4) Solid elevated temperature materials. of the required minimum total thick- A material which meets the definition ness. Nickel cladding must conform to of a solid elevated temperature mate- ASTM B 162 (IBR, see $171.7 of this subrial is excepted from all requirements chapter). Lead lining must be at least of this subchapter except $172.325 of 4.763 mm (0.188 inch) thick. All tank this subchapter. equipment and appurtenances in contact with the lading must be lined or [Amdt. 173-227. 58 FR 3349, Jan. 8. 1993, as amended by Amdt. 173-234, 58 FR 51532. Oct. made from metal not subject to dete- 1, 1993: 173-237, 59 FR 28493, June 2. 1994: 62 rioration by contact with lading. FR 51560, Oct. 1, 1997: 63 FR 52849, Oct. 1, 1998; (e) Maximum filling density is 300 65 FR 50461. Aug. 18. 2000; 66 FR 33436, June percent of the tank's water capacity. 21. 2001: 66 FR 45382, Aug. 28, 2001: 67 FR 61013, Minimum filling density is 287 percent Sept. 27, 2002] of the tank's water capacity. Maximum § 173.249 Bromine. water capacity is 9,253 kg (20,400 When $172.101 of this subchapter pounds) for DOT 105A300W tank cars. specifies that a hazardous material be Maximum quantity of lading in DOT packaged under this section. only the 105A300W tank cars is 27,216 kg (60,000 following bulk packagings are authorpounds). Maximum water capacity is ized, subject to the requirements of 16,964 kg (37,400 pounds) for DOT subparts A and B of part 173 of this sub- 105A500W tank cars and DOT 105A500W chapter and the special provisions spectank cars equipped as described in ified in column 7 of the $172.101 table. paragraph (a) of this section. Maximum (a) Class DOT 105A300W or 105A500W quantity of lading in DOT 105A500W tank cars. Class 105A500W tank cars tank cars is 49,895 kg (110,000 pounds). may be equipped with manway cover (f) Tank shell and head thickness for plates, pressure relief valves, vent cargo tank motor vehicles and portable valves, and loading/unloading valves tanks must be at least 9.5 mm (0.375 that are required on Class 105A-300W inch) excluding lead lining. tank cars. Tank cars must conform with paragraphs (d) through (f) of this [Amdt. 173-224. 55 FR 52663, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66275, Dec. 20, 1991: 68 FR section. 75745. Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 76174, Dec. 20, 2004] (b) Specification MC 310, MC 311, MC 312 or DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehicles conforming with paragraphs (d) through (f) of this section. The total quantity in one tank may not be less than 88 percent nor more than 96 percent of the volume of the tank. Cargo tanks in bromine service built prior to 593 § 173.300 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) Subpart G-Gases; Preparation 4L 8 and Packaging 8AL $ 173.300 [Reserved] 39 (2) A cylinder must be filled in ac- $ 173.301 General requirements for shipment of compressed gases and cordance with this part. Before each other hazardous materials in cylfilling of a cylinder, the person filling inders, UN pressure receptacles and the cylinder must visually inspect the spherical pressure vessels. outside of the cylinder. A cylinder that (a) General qualifications for use of cylhas a crack or leak, is bulged, has a deinders. Unless otherwise stated, as used fective valve or a leaking or defective in this section, the term "cylinder" inpressure relief device, or bears evidence cludes a UN pressure receptacle. As of physical abuse, fire or heat damage, used in this subpart, filled or charged or detrimental rusting or corrosion, means an introduction or presence of a may not be filled and offered for transhazardous material in a cylinder. A portation. A cylinder may be repaired cylinder filled with a Class 2 hazardous and requalified only as prescribed in material (gas) and offered for transporsubpart C of part 180 of this subchapter. tation must meet the requirements in (3) Pressure relief devices must be this section and §§ 173.301a through tested for leaks before a filled cylinder 173.305, as applicable. is shipped from the cylinder filling (1) Compressed gases must be in UN plant. It is expressly forbidden to repressure receptacles built in accordpair a leaking fusible plug device where ance with the UN standards or in metal the leak is through the fusible metal or cylinders and containers built in acbetween the fusible metal and the cordance with the DOT and ICC speciopening in the plug body, except by refications and part 178 of this submoval and replacement of the pressure chapter in effect at the time of manurelief device. facture, and requalified and marked as (4) A cylinder that previously conprescribed in subpart C in part 180 of tained a Class 8 material must be rethis subchapter, if applicable. The DOT qualified in accordance with § 180.205(e) and ICC specifications authorized for of this subchapter. use are as follows: (5) When a cylinder with a marked Packagings pressure limit is prescribed. another 2P cylinder made under the same speci- 2Q fication but with a higher marked pres- ICC-31 sure limit is authorized. For example, a 3A cylinder marked "DOT-4B500" may be 3AA used when "DOT-4B300" is specified. 3AL 3AX (6) No person may fill a cylinder 3A480X overdue for periodic requalification 3AAX with a hazardous material and then 3B offer it for transportation. The prohibi- 3BN tion against offering a cylinder for 3E transportation that is overdue for peri- 3HT 3T odic requalification does not apply to a 4AA480 cylinder filled prior to the requalifica- 4B tion due date. 4B240ET (7) A cylinder with an authorized 4BA service life may not be offered for 4BW transportation in commerce after its 4D authorized service life has expired. 4DA 4DS However, a cylinder in transportation 4E or a cylinder filled prior to the expiration of its authorized service life may 1Use of existing cylinders is authorized. be transported for reprocessing or dis- New construction is not authorized. posal of the cylinder's contents. After 594 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.301 emptying, the cylinder must be conuse of UN cylinders made of aluminum demned in accordance with $ 180.205 of alloy 6351-T6 is prohibited. this subchapter. (e) Ownership of cylinder. A cylinder (8) The pressure of the hazardous mafilled with a hazardous material may terial at 55 °C (131 °F) may not exceed not be offered for transportation unless 5/4 of the service pressure of the cylit was filled by the owner of the cylinder. Sufficient outage must be proinder or with the owner's consent. vided SO the cylinder will not be liquid (f) Pressure relief device systems. (1) Exfull at 55 °C (131 °F). cept as provided in paragraphs (f)(5). (9) Specification 2P, 2Q, 3E, 3HT, (f)(6), and (1)(2) of this section. a cylspherical 4BA, 4D, 4DA, 4DS, and 39 inder filled with a gas and offered for cylinders must be packed in strong transportation must be equipped with non-bulk outer packagings. The outone or more pressure relief devices side of the combination packaging sized and selected as to type. location, must be marked with an indication and quantity, and tested in accordance with CGA S-1.1 and S-7. The CGA S-1.1, that the inner packagings conform to 2001 edition should be used for DOT the prescribed specifications. (10) Any person who installs a valve specification cylinders and the CGA S- 1.1 2003 edition should be used for UN into an aluminum cylinder in oxygen service must verify the valve and the pressure receptacles (compliance with cylinder have the same thread type. paragraph 9.1.1.1 of CGA S-1.1 is not required). The pressure relief device must (b) Cylinder markings. Required markbe capable of preventing rupture of the ings on a cylinder must be legible and normally filled cylinder when submust meet the applicable requirements jected to a fire test conducted in acof subpart C of part 180 of this subcordance with CGA C-14 (IBR, see chapter. Additional information may $171.7 of this subchapter), or, in the be marked on the cylinder provided it case of an acetylene cylinder, CGA C-12 does not affect the required markings (IBR, see $171.7 of this subchapter). prescribed in the applicable cylinder (2) After December 31, 2003, a pressure specification. relief device, when installed, must be (c) Toxic gases and mixtures. Cylinders in communication with the vapor space containing toxic gases and toxic gas of a cylinder containing a Division 2.1 mixtures meeting the criteria of Divi- (flammable gas) material. sion 2.3 Hazard Zone A or B must con- (3) For a specification 3, 3A, 3AA, form to the requirements of $173.40 and 3AL, 3AX, 3AXX, 3B, 3BN, or 3T cyl- CGA S-1.1 and S-7 (IBR; see $171.7 of inder filled with gases in other than Dithis subchapter). The CGA S-1.1, 2001 vision 2.2, beginning with the first reedition should be used for DOT speciqualification due after December 31, fication cylinders and the CGA S-1.1 2003, the burst pressure of a CG-1, CG- 2003 edition should be used for UN pres- 4, or CG-5 pressure relief device must sure receptacles (compliance with be at test pressure with a tolerance of paragraph 9.1.1.1 of CGA S-1.1 is not replus zero to minus 10%. An additional quired). A DOT 39 cylinder, UN non-re- 5% tolerance is allowed when a comfillable cylinder. or a UN composite bined rupture disk is placed inside a cylinder certified to ISO-11119-3 may holder. This requirement does not not be used for a toxic gas or toxic gas apply if a CG-2, CG-3 or CG-9 thermixture meeting the criteria for Divimally activated relief device or a CG-7 sion 2.3, Hazard Zone A or B. reclosing pressure valve is used on the (d) Gases capable of combining chemicylinder. cally. A cylinder may not contain any (4) A pressure relief device is required gas or material capable of combining on a DOT 39 cylinder regardless of cylchemically with the cylinder's coninder size or filled pressure. A DOT 39 tents or with the cylinder's material cylinder used for liquefied Division 2.1 construction, SO as to endanger the cylmaterials must be equipped with a inder's serviceability. DOT 3AL cylmetal pressure relief device. Fusible inders made of aluminum alloy 6351-T6 pressure relief devices are not authormay not be filled and offered for transized on a DOT 39 cylinder containing a portation with pyrophoric gases. The liquefied gas. 595 $ 173.301 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) (5) A pressure relief device is not remust be arranged to discharge unobquired onstructed to the open air. In addition, (i) A cylinder 305 mm (12 inches) or for Division 2.1 (flammable gas) mateless in length, exclusive of neck, and rial, the PRDs must be arranged to dis- 114 mm (4.5 inches) or less in outside charge upward to prevent any escaping diameter, except when the cylinder is gas from contacting personnel or any filled with a liquefied gas for which adjacent cylinders. Valves and pressure this part requires a service pressure of relief devices on manifolded cylinders 1800 psig or higher or a nonliquefied gas filled with a compressed gas must be to a pressure of 1800 psig or higher at 21 protected from damage by framing. a °C (70 °F); cabinet, or other method. Manifolding (ii) A cylinder with a water capacity is authorized for cylinders containing of less than 454 kg (1000 lbs) filled with the following gases: a nonliquefied gas to a pressure of 300 (i) Nonliquefied (permanent) compsig or less at 21 °C (70 °F), except for pressed gases authorized by $173.302. a DOT 39 cylinder or a cylinder used for (ii) Liquefied compressed gases auacetylene in solution; or thorized by $173.304. Each manifolded (iii) A cylinder containing a Class 3 cylinder containing a liquefied comor a Class 8 material without pressurpressed gas must be separately filled ization, unless otherwise specified for and means must be provided to ensure the hazardous material. no interchange of cylinder contents (iv) A UN pressure receptacle transcan occur during transportation. ported in accordance with paragraph (iii) Acetylene as authorized by (k) or (1) or this section. $173.303. (6) A pressure relief device is prohibited on a cylinder filled with a Division (2) For the checking of tare weights 2.3 or 6.1 material in Hazard Zone A. or replacing solvent. the cylinder must be removed from the manifold. This re- (g) Manifolding cylinders in transportation. (1) Cylinder manifolding is auquirement is not intended to prohibit thorized only under conditions prefilling acetylene cylinders while manifolded. scribed in this paragraph (g). Manifolded cylinders must be sup- (h) Cylinder valve protection. UN presported and held together as a unit by sure receptacles must meet the valve structurally adequate means. Except protection requirements in 173.301b(c). for Division 2.2 materials, each cyl- A DOT specification cylinder used to inder must be equipped with an inditransport a hazardous material must vidual shutoff valve that must be meet the requirements specified in this tightly closed while in transit. Maniparagraph (h). fold branch lines must be sufficiently (1) The following specification cylflexible to prevent damage to the inders are not subject to the cylinder valves that otherwise might result valve protection requirements in this from the use of rigid branch lines. Each paragraph (h): cylinder must be individually equipped (i) A cylinder containing only a Diviwith a pressure relief device as resion 2.2 material without a Division 5.1 quired in paragraph (f) of this section, subsidiary hazard; except that pressure relief devices on (ii) A cylinder containing a Class 8 manifolded horizontal cylinders that liquid corrosive only to metal; are mounted on a motor vehicle or (iii) A cylinder with a water capacity framework may be selected as to type, of 4.8 liters (293 in³) or less containing location, and quantity according to the oxygen, compressed; lowest marked pressure limit of an in- (iv) A cylinder containing oxygen, redividual cylinder in the manifolded frigerated liquid (cryogenic liquid): unit. The pressure relief devices se- (v) A Medical E cylinder with a water lected for the manifolded unit must capacity of 4.9 liters (300 in³) or less; have been tested in accordance with (vi) A fire extinguisher; or CGA pamphlets S-1.1 and S-7 (IBR, see (vii) A "B" style cylinder with a ca- $171.7 of this subchapter). Pressure repacity of 40 ft3 (1.13 m3) or an "MC" lief devices on manifolded horizontal style cylinder with a capacity of 10 ft3 cylinders filled with a compressed gas (0.28m³) containing acetylene. 596 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.301 (2) For cylinders manufactured before transported by rail in container on October 1, 2007, a cylinder must have freight car (COFC) or trailer on flat car its valves protected by one of the fol- (TOFC) service except under conditions lowing methods: approved by the Associate Adminis- (i) By equipping the cylinder with setrator for Safety, Federal Railroad Adcurely attached metal caps of suffiministration. The cylinder must be cient strength to protect valves from configured as follows: damage during transportation; (1) Each cylinder must be fixed at one (ii) By boxing or crating the cylend of the vehicle or framework with inders so as to protect valves from provision for thermal expansion at the damage during transportation; opposite end attachment; (iii) By constructing the cylinder so (2) The valve and pressure relief dethat the valve is recessed into the cylvice protective structure must be suffiinder or otherwise protected to the exciently strong to withstand a force tent that it will not be subjected to a equal to twice the weight of the cylblow when the container is dropped inder and framework assembly with a onto a flat surface; or safety factor of four, based on the ulti- (iv) By loading the cylinders in an mate strength of the material used; upright position and securely bracing and the cylinders in rail cars or motor ve- (3) The pressure relief device must be hicles, when loaded by the consignor arranged to discharge unobstructed to and unloaded by the consignee. the open air. In addition. for Division (3) For cylinders manufactured on or 2.1 (flammable gas) material. the presafter October 1, 2007, each cylinder sure relief devices must be arranged to valve assembly must be of sufficient discharge upward to prevent any escapstrength or protected such that no ing gas from contacting personnel or leakage occurs when a cylinder with any adjacent cylinders. the valve installed is dropped 1.8 m (6 (j) Non-specification cylinders in domesft.) or more onto a non-yielding surtic use. Except as provided in paraface, such as concrete or steel, impactgraphs (k) and (1) of this section, a ing the valve assembly or protection filled cylinder manufactured to other device at an orientation most likely to than a DOT specification or a UN cause damage. The cylinder valve asstandard in accordance with part 178 of sembly protection may be provided by this subchapter. or a DOT exemption or any method meeting the performance special permit cylinder or a cylinder requirement in this paragraph (h)(3). used as a fire extinguisher in conform- Examples include: ance with $173.309(a). may not be trans- (1) Equipping the cylinder with a seported to, from, or within the United curely attached metal cap. States. (ii) Packaging the cylinder in a box, (k) Importation of cylinders for discrate, or other strong outside packcharge within a single port area. A cylaging conforming to the requirements inder manufactured to other than a of $173.25. DOT specification or UN standard in (iii) Constructing the cylinder such accordance with part 178 of this subthat the valve is recessed into the cylchapter and certified as being in coninder or otherwise protected. formance with the transportation regu- (i) Cylinders mounted on motor vehicles lations of another country may be auor in frames. MEGCs must conform to thorized. upon written request to and the requirements in $173.312. DOT specapproval by the Associate Adminisification cylinders mounted on motor trator, for transportation within a sinvehicles or in frames must conform to gle port area, providedthe requirements specified in this para- (1) The cylinder is transported in a graph (i). Seamless DOT specification closed freight container; cylinders longer than 2 m (6.5 feet) are (2) The cylinder is certified by the authorized for transportation only importer to provide a level of safety at when horizontally mounted on a motor least equivalent to that required by the vehicle or in an ISO framework or regulations in this subchapter for a other framework of equivalent struccomparable DOT specification or UN tural integrity. Cylinders may not be cylinder; and 597 $ 173.301, Nt. 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) (3) The cylinder is not refilled for exthat the pressure receptacles are not port unless in compliance with parafitted with pressure relief devices and graph (1) of this section. provide appropriate guidance for expo- (1) Filling of cylinders for export. (1) A sure to fire. cylinder not manufactured, inspected, (m) Canadian cylinders in domestic use. tested and marked in accordance with A Canadian Transport Commission part 178 of this subchapter, or a cyl- (CTC) specification cylinder manufacinder manufactured to other than a UN tured, originally marked and approved standard, DOT specification, exempin accordance with the CTC regulations tion or special permit, may be filled and in full conformance with the Canawith a gas in the United States and ofdian Transport of Dangerous Goods fered for transportation and trans- (TDG) Regulations (IBR, see $171.7 of ported for export or alternatively, for this subchapter) is authorized for the use on board a vessel, if the following transportation of a hazardous material conditions are met: to, from or within the United States (i) The cylinder has been requalified under the following conditions: and marked with the month and year (1) The CTC specification corresponds of requalification in accordance with with a DOT specification and the cylsubpart C of part 180 of this subchapter, inder markings are the same as those or has been requalified as authorized specified in this subchapter except that by the Associate Administrator; they were originally marked with the (ii) In addition to other requirements letters "CTC" in place of "DOT"; of this subchapter, the maximum fill- (2) The cylinder has been requalified ing density, service pressure, and presunder a program authorized by the Casure relief device for each cylinder connadian TDG regulations or requalified form to the requirements of this part in accordance with the requirements in for the gas involved; and $180.205 within the prescribed requali- (iii) The bill of lading or other shipfication period provided for the corping paper identifies the cylinder and responding DOT specification: includes the following certification: (3) When the regulations authorize a "This cylinder has (These cylinders cylinder for a specific hazardous matehave) been qualified, as required. and rial with a specification marking prefix filled in accordance with the DOT reof "DOT", a cylinder marked "CTC" quirements for export." which otherwise bears the same mark- (2) A DOT specification or a UN cylings that would be required of the specinder manufactured, inspected, tested ified "DOT" cylinder may be used: and and marked in accordance with part 178 (4) Transport of the cylinder and the of this subchapter and otherwise conmaterial it contains is in all other reforms to the requirements of this part spects in conformance with the refor the gas involved, except that the quirements of this subchapter (e.g. cylinder is not equipped with a presvalve protection, filling requirements, sure relief device may be filled with a operational requirements, etc.). gas and offered for transportation and (n) Metal attachments. Metal attachtransported for export if the following ments to cylinders must have rounded conditions are met: or chamfered corners, or be otherwise (i) Each DOT specification cylinder protected, so as to prevent the likelior UN pressure receptacle must be hood of causing puncture or damage to plainly and durably marked "For Exother hazardous materials packages. port Only" This requirement applies to anything (ii) The shipping paper must carry temporarily or permanently attached the following certification: "This cylto the cylinder, such as metal skids. inder has (These cylinders have) been [67 FR 51643, Aug. 8. 2002, as amended at 67 retested and refilled in accordance FR 61289, Sept. 30, 2002; 68 FR 24660, May 8, with the DOT requirements for ex- 2003; 68 FR 32680, June 2. 2003; 68 FR 75742. port.": and 75745. Dec. 31, 2003; 70 FR 34075. June 13, 2005; (iii) The emergency response infor- 70 FR 73165, Dec. 9, 2005; 71 FR 33881. June 12. mation provided with the shipment and 2006; 71 FR 54395, Sept. 14, 2006] available from the emergency response EFFECTIVE DATE NOTE: At 71 FR 51127, Aug. telephone contact person must indicate 29, 2006, $173.301 was amended by revising 598 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT $ 173.301b paragraph (d). and by adding paragraph (o). (1) For a cylinder filled with effective Jan. 1. 2007. For the convenience of acetylene, liquefied nitrous oxide. or the user, the revised and added text is set carbon dioxide. forth as follows: (2) For a cylinder filled in accordance $173.301 General requirements for shipwith 173.302a(b), the pressure in the ment of compressed gases and other hazcylinder at 55 °C (131 °F) may not exardous materials in cylinders, UN pressure receptacles and spherical pressure ceed 5/4 times the filling pressure. vessels. (3) The pressure at 55 °C (131 °F) of Hazard Zone A and, after December 31, 2003, Hazard Zone B materials. may not exceed the service pressure of the cyl- (d) Gases capable of combining chemically. A inder. Sufficient outage must be profilled cylinder may not contain any gas or material capable of combining chemically vided so that the cylinder will not be with the cylinder's contents or with the cylliquid full at 55 °C (131 °F). inder's material of construction. so as to en- (e) Grandfather clause. A cylinder in danger the cylinder's serviceability. domestic use prior to the date on which the specification for the cylinder was * * first made effective may be used if the (o) DOT 3AL cylinders made of aluminum cylinder has been properly tested and alloy 6351-T6. A DOT 3AL cylinder manufacotherwise conforms to the requiretured of aluminum alloy 6351-T6 may not be ments applicable to the gas with which filled and offered for transportation or transit is charged. ported with pyrophoric gases. [67 FR 51645, Aug. 8, 2002. as amended at 67 § 173.301a Additional general require- FR 61289, Sept. 30. 2002; 68 FR 24661. May 8, ments for shipment of specification 2003] cylinders. § 173.301b Additional general require- (a) General. The requirements in this ments for shipment of UN pressure section are in addition to the requirereceptacles. ments in § 173.301 and apply to the shipment of gases in specification cyl- (a) General. The requirements of this section are in addition to the requireinders. (b) Authorized cylinders not marked ments in $173.301 and apply to the shipwith a service pressure. For authorized ment of gases in UN pressure recepcylinders not marked with a service tacles. A UN pressure receptacle, inpressure, the service pressure is descluding closures, must conform to the ignated as follows: design, construction, inspection and testing requirements specified in parts Service 178 and 180 of this subchapter, as appli- Specification marking Pressure cable. Bundles of cylinders must conpsig form to the requirements in § 178.70(e) 3 1800 of this subchapter. 3E 1800 8 250 (1) A UN pressure receptacle may not be filled and offered for transportation (c) Cylinder pressure at 21 °C (70 °F). when damaged to such an extent that The pressure in a cylinder at 21 °C (70 the integrity of the UN pressure recep- °F) may not exceed the service pressure tacle or its service equipment may be for which the cylinder is marked or affected. Prior to filling, the service designated, except as provided in equipment must be examined and found $173.302a(b). For certain liquefied to be in good working condition (see gases, the pressure at 21 °C (70 °F) must $178.70(d) of this subchapter). In addibe lower than the marked service prestion. the required markings must be sure to avoid having a pressure at a legible on the pressure receptacle. temperature of 55 °C (131 °F) that is (2) The gases or gas mixtures must be greater than permitted. compatible with the UN pressure recep- (d) Cylinder pressure at 55 °C (131 °F). tacle and valve materials as prescribed The pressure in a cylinder at 55 °C (131 for metallic materials in ISO 11114-1 °F) may not exceed 5/4 times the serv- (IBR, see $171.7 of this subchapter) and ice pressure, except: for non-metallic materials in ISO 599 § 173.302 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) 11114-2 (IBR, see $171.7 of this sub- (iii) By protecting the valves by chapter). shrouds or guards conforming to the (3) A refillable UN pressure receprequirements in ISO 11117; tacle may not be filled with a gas or (iv) By using valves designed and gas mixture different from that preconstructed with sufficient inherent viously contained in the UN pressure strength to withstand damage in acreceptacle unless the necessary opercordance with Annex B of ISO 10297: ations for change of gas service have (v) By enclosing the UN pressure rebeen performed in accordance with ISO ceptacles in frames, e.g., bundles of 11621 (IBR, see $171.7 of this subcylinders; or chapter). (vi) By packing the UN pressure receptacles in a strong outer package, (4) When a strong outer packaging is such as a box or crate, capable of meetprescribed, for example as provided by ing the drop test specified in $178.603 of paragraph (c)(2)(vi) or (d)(1) of this secthis subchapter at the Packing Group I tion, the UN pressure receptacles must performance level. be protected to prevent movement. Un- (d) Non-refillable UN pressure recepless otherwise specified in this part, tacles. Non-refillable UN pressure remore than one UN pressure receptacle ceptacles must conform to the folmay be enclosed in the strong outer lowing requirements: packaging. (1) The receptacles must be trans- (b) Individual shut-off valves and presported as an inner package of a comsure relief devices. Except for Division bination package; 2.2 permanent gases, each UN pressure (2) The receptacle must have a water receptacle must be equipped with an capacity not exceeding 1.25 L when individual shutoff valve that must be used for a flammable or toxic gas; and tightly closed while in transit. Each (3) The receptacle is prohibited for UN pressure receptacle must be indi- Hazard Zone A material. vidually equipped with a pressure relief (e) Pyrophoric gases. A UN pressure device as prescribed by $173.301(f). exreceptacle must have valves equipped cept that pressure relief devices on with gas-tight plugs or caps when used bundles of cylinders or manifolded horfor pyrophoric or flammable mixtures izontal cylinders must have a set-toof gases containing more than 1% discharge pressure that is based on the pyrophoric compounds. lowest marked pressure of any cylinder (f) Hydrogen bearing gases. A steel UN in the bundle or manifolded unit. pressure receptacle bearing an "H" mark must be used for hydrogen bear- (c) Pressure receptacle valve requirements. (1) When the use of a valve is ing gases or other embrittling gases that have the potential of causing hyprescribed, the valve must conform to drogen embrittlement. the requirements in ISO 10297 (IBR, see (g) Composite cylinders in underwater $171.7 of this subchapter). use. A composite cylinder certified to (2) A UN pressure receptacle must ISO-11119-2 or ISO-11119-3 may not be have its valves protected from damage used for underwater applications unless that could cause inadvertent release of the cylinder is manufactured in accordthe contents of the UN pressure recepance with the requirements for undertacle by one of the following methods: water use and is marked "UW" as pre- (i) By constructing the pressure rescribed in $178.71(o)(17) of this subceptacle so that the valves are recessed chapter. inside the neck of the UN pressure re- [71 FR 33882, June 12. 2006, as amended at 71 ceptacle and protected by a threaded FR 54395, Sept. 14, 2006] plug or cap; (ii) By equipping the UN pressure re- § 173.302 Filling of cylinders with nonceptacle with a valve cap conforming liquefied (permanent) compressed to the requirements in ISO 11117 (IBR, gases. see $171.7 of this subchapter). The cap (a) General requirements. A cylinder must have vent-holes of sufficient filled with a non-liquefied compressed cross-sectional area to evacuate the gas (except gas in solution) must be ofgas if leakage occurs at the valve; fered for transportation in accordance 600 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.302a with the requirements of this section 173.302 Filling of cylinders with nonliqueand § 173.301. In addition, a DOT specified (permanent) compressed gases. fication cylinder must meet the requirements in $173.301a, 173.302a and * 173.305, as applicable. UN pressure re- (e) DOT 3AL cylinders manufactured of 6351- ceptacles must meet the requirements T6 aluminum alloy. Suitable safeguards in $$173.301b and 173.302b, as applicable. should be provided to protect personnel and Where more than one section applies to facilities should failure occur while filling a cylinder, the most restrictive recylinders manufactured of aluminum alloy quirements must be followed. 6351-T6 used in self-contained underwater (b) Aluminum cylinders in oxygen servbreathing apparatus (SCUBA), self-contained ice. Each aluminum cylinder filled with breathing apparatus (SCBA) or oxygen servoxygen must meet all of the following ice. The cylinder filler should allow only those individuals essential to the filling conditions: process to be in the vicinity of the cylinder (1) Metallic portions of a valve that during the filling process. may come into contact with the oxygen in the cylinder must be con- 173.302a Additional requirements for structed of brass or stainless steel. shipment of nonliquefied (perma- (2) Except for UN cylinders, each cylnent) compressed gases in specificainder opening must be configured with tion cylinders. straight threads only. (a) Detailed filling requirements. Non- (3) Each UN pressure receptacle must liquefied compressed gases (except gas be cleaned in accordance with the rein solution) for which filling requirequirements of ISO 11621 (IBR, see $171.7 ments are not specifically prescribed in or this subchapter). Each DOT cylinder $173.304a must be shipped subject to must be cleaned in accordance with the the requirements in this section and requirements of GSA Federal Speci- $$ 173.301, 173.301a, 173.302, and 173.305 in fication RR-C-901D, paragraphs 3.3.1 specification cylinders. as follows: and 3.3.2 (IBR, see $171.7 of this sub- (1) DOT 3, 3A, 3AA, 3AL, 3B, 3E. 4B, chapter). Cleaning agents equivalent to 4BA and 4BW cylinders. those specified in Federal Specification RR-C-901D may be used provided they (2) DOT 3HT cylinders. These cylinders are authorized for aircraft use do not react with oxygen. One cylinder selected at random from a group of 200 only and only for nonflammable gases. or fewer and cleaned at the same time They have a maximum service life of 24 must be tested for oil contamination in years from the date of manufacture. accordance with Federal Specification The cylinders must be equipped with RR-C-901D, paragraph 4.3.2, and meet frangible disc type pressure relief dethe specified standard of cleanliness. vices that meet the requirements of (4) The pressure in each cylinder may $173.301(f). Each frangible disc must not exceed 3000 psig at 21 °C (70 °F). have a rated bursting pressure not ex- (c) Notwithstanding the provisions of ceeding 90 percent of the minimum re- §173.24(b)(1). an authorized cylinder quired test pressure of the cylinder. containing oxygen continuously fed to Discs with fusible metal backing are tanks containing live fish may be ofnot permitted. Specification 3HT cylfered for transportation and transinders may be offered for transporported. tation only when packaged in accord- (d) Shipment of Division 2.1 mateance with $173.301(a)(9). rials in aluminum cylinders is author- (3) DOT 39 cylinders. When the cylized for transportation only by motor inder is filled with a Division 2.1 matevehicle, rail car, or cargo-only aircraft. rial, the internal volume of the cylinder may not exceed 1.23 L (75 1n³). [67 FR 51646, Aug. 8. 2002. as amended at 67 FR 61289, Sept. 30. 2002; 68 FR 75745, Dec. 31, (4) DOT 3AX, 3AAX, and 3T cylinders 2003; 71 FR 33883; June 12, 2006] are authorized for Division 2.1 and 2.2 materials and for carbon monoxide. EFFECTIVE DATE NOTE: At 71 FR 51127. Aug. 29, 2006, $173.302 was amended by adding DOT 3T cylinders are not authorized paragraph (e), effective Jan. 1, 2007. For the for hydrogen. When used in methane convenience of the user, the added text is set service, the methane must be a nonforth as follows: liquefied gas with a minimum purity of 601 $ 173.302a 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) 98.0 percent methane and commercially EE = (PKVD2) / (D²-d²) free of corroding components. (ii) The maximum wall stress must (5) Aluminum cylinders manufacbe computed from the formula: tured in conformance with specifications DOT 39 and 3AL are authorized S = (P(1.3D² + 0.4d²)) / (D²-d²) for oxygen only under the conditions Where: specified in $173.302(b). S = wall stress, pounds per square inch; (b) Special filling limits for DOT 3A, P = test pressure. pounds per square inch; 3AX, 3AA, 3AAX, and 3T cylinders. A D = outside diameter. inches; DOT 3A, 3AX, 3AA, 3AAX, and 3T cyldi = D-2t, where t=minimum wall thickness inder may be filled with a compressed determined by a suitable method. gas, other than a liquefied, dissolved. (iii) Compliance with average wall Division 2.1. or Division 2.3 gas, to a stress limitation may be determined by pressure 10 percent in excess of its computing the elastic expansion rejecmarked service pressure, provided: tion limit in accordance with CGA C-5, (1) The cylinder is equipped with a by reference to data tabulated in CGA frangible disc pressure relief device C-5, or by the manufacturer's marked (without fusible metal backing) having elastic expansion rejection limit (REE) a bursting pressure not exceeding the on the cylinder. minimum prescribed test pressure. (4) An external and internal visual (2) The cylinder's elastic expansion examination made at the time of test was determined at the time of the last or retest shows the cylinder to be free test or retest by the water jacket from excessive corrosion. pitting, or method. dangerous defects. (3) Either the average wall stress or (5) A plus sign (+) is added following the maximum wall stress does not exthe test date marking on the cylinder ceed the wall stress limitation shown to indicate compliance with parain the following table: graphs (b) (2), (b)(3), and (b)(4) of this section. Average Maximum wall wall (c) Carbon monoxide. Carbon mon- Type of steel stress stress oxide must be offered in a DOT 3, 3A, limitation limitation 3AX, 3AA, 3AAX, 3AL, 3E, or 3T cyl- I. Plain carbon steels over 0.35 carinder having a minimum service presbon and medium manganese steels 53,000 58,000 sure of 1800 psig. The pressure in a steel II. Steels of analysis and heat treatcylinder may not exceed 1000 psig at 21 ment specified in spec. 3AA 67,000 73,000 °C (70 °F), except that if the gas is dry III. Steels of analysis and heat treatand sulfur free, the cylinder may be ment specified in spec. DOT-3T 87,000 94,000 IV. Plain carbon steels less than 0.35 filled to 5/6 of the cylinder's service carbon made prior to 1920 45,000 48,000 pressure or 2000 psig, whichever is less. A DOT 3AL cylinder may be filled to (i)(A) The average wall stress must its marked service pressure. A DOT be computed from the elastic expan- 3AL cylinder is authorized only when sion data using the following formula: transported by motor vehicle, rail car, or cargo-only aircraft. S = 1.7EE / 0.4P (d) Diborane and diborane mixtures. Where: Diborane and diborane mixed with S = wall stress, pounds per square inch; compatible compressed gas must be of- EE - elastic expansion (total less permafered in a DOT 3AL1800 or 3AA1800 cylnent) in cubic centimeters; inder. Diborane mixed with compatible K = factor X 10 -7 experimentally determined for the particular type of cylinder being compressed gas may not have a prestested or derived in accordance with CGA sure exceeding the service pressure of C-5 (IBR, see $171.7 of this subchapter): the cylinder if complete decomposition V = internal volume in cubic centimeter (1 of the diborane occurs. Cylinder valve cubic inch and 16.387 cubic centimeters): assemblies must be protected in ac- P = test pressure, pounds per square inch. cordance with $173.301(h). (B) The formula in paragraph (e) Fluorine. Fluorine must be shipped (b)(3)(i)(A) of this section is derived in specification 3A1000, 3AA1000, or from the formula in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) 3BN400 cylinders without pressure reof this section and the following: lief devices and equipped with valve 602 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.303 protection cap. The cylinder may not inder. The use of UN tubes and MEGCs be charged to over 400 psig at 21 °C (70 is not authorized. °F) and may not contain over 2.7 kg (6 (e) Carbon monoxide, compressed UN lbs) of gas. 1016. Carbon monoxide, compressed is (67 FR 51646, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 68 authorized in UN pressure receptacles. FR 75745, Dec. 31, 2003; 70 FR 34075. June 13, The settled pressure in a steel pressure 2005; 71 FR 54395, Sept. 14, 2006) receptacle containing carbon monoxide may not exceed 1/3 of the pressure re- § 173.302b Additional requirements for ceptacle's test pressure at 65 °C (149 °F) shipment of non-liquefied (permaexcept, if the gas is dry and sulfur-free, nent) compressed gases in UN presthe settled pressure may not exceed 1/2 sure receptacles. of the marked test pressure. (a) General. A cylinder filled with a [71 FR 33883, June 12. 2006] non-liquefied gas must be offered for transportation in UN pressure recep- $ 173.303 Charging of cylinders with tacles subject to the requirements in compressed gas in solution this section and $173.302. In addition, (acetylene). the requirements in $173.301 and (a) Cylinder, filler and solvent require- 173.301b must be met. ments. (Refer to applicable parts of (b) UN pressure receptacles filling lim- Specification 8 and 8AL). Acetylene gas its. A UN pressure receptacle is authormust be shipped in Specification 8 or ized for the transportation of non-liq- 8AL cylinders ($178.59 or $178.60 of this uefied compressed gases as specified in subchapter). The cylinders shall conthis section. Except where filling limsist of metal shells filled with a porous its are specifically prescribed in this material, and this material must be section, the working pressure of a UN charged with a suitable solvent. The pressure receptacle may not exceed 2/3 cylinders containing the porous mateof the test pressure of the receptacle. rial and solvent shall be successfully Alternatively, the filling limits specitested in accordance with CGA C-12 fied for non-liquefied gases in Table 1 (IBR, see $171.7 of this subchapter). of P200 of the UN Recommendations Representative samples of cylinders (IBR, see $171.7 of this subchapter) are charged with acetylene must be sucauthorized. In no case may the internal cessfully tested in accordance with pressure at 65 °C (149 °F) exceed the CGA C-12. test pressure. (b) Filling limits. For DOT specifica- (c) Fluorine, compressed, UN 1045 and tion cylinders, the pressure in the cyl- Oxygen diflouride, compressed, UN 2190. inder containing acetylene gas may not Fluorine, compressed and Oxygen exceed 250 psig at 70 °F. If cylinders are difluoride, compressed must be packmarked for a lower allowable charging aged in a UN pressure receptacle with a pressure at 70 °F., that pressure must minimum test pressure of 200 bar and a not be exceeded. For UN cylinders, the maximum working pressure not to expressure in the cylinder may not exceed 30 bar. A UN pressure receptacle ceed the limits specified in made of aluminum alloy is not author- § 173.304b(b)(2). ized. The maximum quantity of gas au- (c) Data requirements on filler and solthorized in each UN pressure receptacle vent. Cylinders containing acetylene is 5 kg. gas must not be shipped unless they (d) Diborane and diborane mixtures, UN were charged by or with the consent of 1911. Diborane and diborane mixtures the owner, and by a person, firm. or must be packaged in a UN pressure recompany having possession of complete ceptacle with a minimum test pressure information as to the nature of the poof 250 bar and a maximum filling ratio rous filling, the kind and quantity of dependent on the test pressure not to solvent in the cylinders, and the meanexceed 0.07. Filling should be further ing of such markings on the cylinders limited so that if complete decomposias are prescribed by the Department's tion of diborane occurs, the pressure of regulations and specifications applying diborane or diborane mixtures will not to containers for the transportation of exceed the working pressure of the cylacetylene gas. 603 § 173.304 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) (d) Verification of container pressure. (1) A DOT 3AL cylinder may not be (1) Each day, the pressure in a conused for any material with a primary tainer representative of that day's or subsidiary hazard of Class 8. compression must be checked by the (2) Shipments of Division 2.1 matecharging plant after the container has rials in aluminum cylinders are aucooled to a settled temperature and a thorized only when transported by record of this test kept for at least 30 motor vehicle, rail car, or cargo-only days. aircraft. (e) Prefill requirements. Before each (b) Filling limits. Except for carbon difilling of an acetylene cylinder, the oxide; 1,1-Difluoroethylene (R-1132A): person filling the cylinder must visnitrous oxide; and vinyl fluoride, inhibually inspect the outside of the cylited. the liquid portion of a liquefied inder in accordance with the prefill regas may not completely fill the packquirements contained in CGA C-13, aging at any temperature up to and in- Section 3 (IBR, see $171.7 of this subcluding 55 °C (131 °F). The liquid porchapter). tion of vinyl fluoride, inhibited, may (f) UN cylinders. (1) UN cylinders and completely fill the cylinder at 55 °C bundles of cylinders are authorized for (131 °F) provided the pressure at the the transport of acetylene gas as specicritical temperature does not exceed fied in this section. Each UN acetylene 1.25 times the service pressure of the cylinder must conform to ISO 3807-2 cylinder. (IBR, see $171.7 of this subchapter). (c) Mixture of compressed gas and other have a homogeneous monolithic porous material. A mixture of compressed gas mass filler and be charged with acetone must be shipped in accordance with or a suitable solvent as specified in the $173.305. standard. UN acetylene cylinders must (d) Refrigerant and dispersant gases. have a minimum test pressure of 52 bar Nontoxic and nonflammable refrigand may be filled up to the pressure erant or dispersant gases must be oflimits specified in ISO 3807-2. The use fered for transportation in cylinders of UN tubes and MEGCs is not authorprescribed in $173.304a. or in DOT 2P ized. and 2Q containers (SS 178.33, 178.33a of (2) UN cylinders equipped with presthis subchapter). DOT 2P and 2Q consure relief devices or that are tainers must be packaged in a strong wooden or fiberboard box of such demanifolded together must be transported upright. sign as to protect valves from damage or accidental functioning under condi- (29 FR 18743, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 tions incident to transportation. Pres- FR 5606, Apr. 5. 1967] sure in the inside metal containers EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER cimay not exceed 87 psia at 21 °C (70 °F). tations affecting $173.303, see the List of CFR Each completed metal container filled Sections Affected which appears in the Findfor shipment must be heated until its ing Aids section of the printed volume and contents reach a minimum temperaon GPO Access. ture of 55 °C (131 °F) without evidence of leakage, distortion, or other defect. $ 173.304 Filling of cylinders with liq- Each outside package must be plainly uefied compressed gases. marked "INSIDE CONTAINERS COM- (a) General requirements. A cylinder PLY WITH PRESCRIBED SPECIFICAfilled with a liquefied compressed gas TIONS". (except gas in solution) must be offered (e) Engine starting fluid. Engine startfor transportation in accordance with ing fluid containing a flammable comthe requirements of this section and pressed gas or gases must be shipped in the general requirements in $173.301. In a cylinder as prescribed in $173.304a or addition, a DOT specification cylinder as follows: must meet the requirement in (1) Inside non-refillable metal con- $$ 173.301a, 173.304a, and 173.305, as applitainers having a capacity not greater cable. UN pressure receptacles must be than 500 mL (32 in³). The containers shipped in accordance with the requiremust be packaged in strong. tight ments in 173.301b and 173.304b, as appliouter packagings. The pressure in the cable. container may not exceed 145 psia at 54 604 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT $ 173.304a °C (130 °F). If the pressure exceeds 145 § 173.304a Additional requirements for psia at 54 °C (130 °F). a DOT 2P conshipment of liquefied compressed tainer must be used. In either case, the gases in specification cylinders. metal container must be capable of (a) Detailed filling requirements. Liquewithstanding, without bursting, a presfied gases (except gas in solution) must sure of 1.5 times the pressure of the be offered for transportation, subject contents at 54 °C (130 °F). The liquid to the requirements in this section and content of the material and gas may §§ 173.301 and 173.304, in specification not completely fill the container at 54 cylinders, as follows: °C (130 °F). Each container filled for (1) DOT 3, 3A, 3AA, 3AL, 3B, 3BN, 3E, shipment must have been heated until 4B, 4BA, 4B240ET, 4BW, 4E, 39, except its contents reach a minimum temthat no DOT 4E or 39 packaging may be perature of 54 °C (130 °F), without evifilled and shipped with a mixture condence of leakage, distortion, or other taining a pyrophoric liquid, carbon bidefect. Each outside shipping container sulfide (disulfide), ethyl chloride. must be plainly marked, "INSIDE ethylene oxide, nickel carbonyl, spirits CONTAINERS COMPLY WITH PREof nitroglycerin. or toxic material (Di- SCRIBED SPECIFICATIONS". vision 6.1 or 2.3), unless specifically au- (2) [Reserved] thorized in this part. [67 FR 51647. Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 68 (2) For the gases named, the fol- FR 24661, May 8, 2003; 71 FR 33883. June 12. lowing requirements apply (for cryo- 2006] genic liquids, see $ 173.316): Packaging marked as shown in this column or of Maximum permitted fillthe same type with higher service pressure must Kind of gas ing density (percent) be used, except as provided in §§ 173.301(I). (see Note 1) 173.301e(e), and 180.205(a) (see notes following table) Anhydrous ammonia 54 DOT-3A480; DOT-3AA480; DOT-3A480X; DOT- 4AA480; DOT-3; DOT-3E1800; DOT-3AL480. Bromotrifluoromethane (R-13B1 or H-1301) 124 DOT-3A400; DOT-3AA400; DOT-3B400; DOT- 4AA480; DOT-4B400; DOT-4BA400; DOT- 4BW400; DOT-3E1800; DOT-39; DOT- 3AL400. Carbon dioxide (see Notes 4, 7, and 8) 68 DOT-3A1800; DOT-3AX1800; DOT-3AA1800; DOT-3AAX1800; DOT-3; DOT-3E1800; DOT- 3T1800; DOT-3HT2000; DOT-39; DOT- 3AL1800. Carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid (see paragraph DOT-4L. (e) of this section). Chlorine (see Note 2) 125 DOT-3A480; DOT-3AA480; DOT-3; DOT- 3BN480; DOT-3E1800. Chlorodifluroethane or 1-Chioro-1, 1- 100 DOT-3A150; DOT-3AA150; DOT-3B150; DOTdifluoroethane (R-142b). 4B150; DOT-4BA225; DOT-4BW225; DOT- 3E1800; DOT-39; DOT-3AL150. Chlorodifluoromethane (R-22) (see Note B) 105 DOT-3A240; DOT-3AA240; DOT-3B240; DOT- 4B240; DOT-4BA240; DOT-4BW240; DOT- 4B240ET; DOT-4E240; DOT-39; DOT-3E1800; DOT-3AL240. Chioropentafluprethane (R-115) 110 DOT-3A225; DOT-3AA225; DOT-38225; DOT- 4BA225; DOT-48225; DOT-4BW225; DOT- 3E1800; DOT-39; DOT-3AL225. Chlorotrifluoromethane (R-13) (see Note 8) 100 DOT-3A1800; DOT-3AA1800; DOT-3; DOT- 3E1800; DOT-39; DOT-3AL1800. Cyclopropane (see Note 8) 55 DOT-3A225; DOT-3A480X; DOT-3AA225; DOT- 3B225; DOT-4AA480; DOT4B225; DOT- 4BA225; DOT-4BW225; DOT-48240ET; DOT- 3; DOT-3E1800; DOT-39; DOT-3AL225. Dichlorodifluoromethane (R-12) (see Note 8) 119 DOT-3A225; DOT-3AA225; DOT-3B225; DOT- 4B225; DOT-4BA225; DOT-4BW225; DOT- 4B240ET; DOT-4E225; DOT-39; DOT-3E1800; DOT-3AL225. Dichlorodiftuoromethane and difluoroethane mix- Not liquid full at 131 °F DOT-3A240; DOT-3AA240; DOT-3B240; DOTture (constant boiling mixture) (R-500) (see 3E1800; DOT-4B240; DOT-4BA240; DOT- Note 8). 4BW240; DOT-4E240; DOT-39. 1,1-Difluoroethane (R-152a) (see note 8) 79 DOT-3A150; DOT-3AA150; DOT-3B150; DOT- 4B150; DOT-4BA225; DOT-4BW225: DOT- 3E1800; DOT-3AL150. 605 $ 173.304a 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) Packaging marked as shown in this column or of Maximum permitted fillthe same type with higher service pressure must Kind of gas ing density (percent) be used, except as provided in §§ 173.301(I), (see Note 1) 173.301a(e). and 180.205(a) (see notes following table) 1,1-Difluaroethylene (R-1132A) 73 DOT-3A2200; DOT-3AA2200; DOT-3AX2200; DOT-3AAX2200; DOT-3T2200; DOT-39. Dimethylamine, anhydrous 59 DOT-3A150; DOT-3AA150; DOT-3B150; DOT- 4B150; DOT-4BA225; DOT-4BW225; ICC- 3E1800. Ethane (see Note 8) 35.8 DOT-3A1800; DOT-3AX1800; DOT-3AA1800; DOT-3AAX1800; DOT-3; DOT-3E1800; DOT- 3T1800; DOT-39; DOT-3AL1800. Ethane (see Note 8) 36.8 DOT-3A2000; DOT-3AX2000; DOT-3AA2000; DOT-3AAX2000; DOT-3T2000; DOT-39; DOT- 3AL2000. Ethylene (see Note 8) 31.0 DOT-3A1800; DOT-3AX1800; DOT-3AA1800; DOT-3AAX1800; DOT-3; DOT-3E1800; DOT- 3T1800; DOT-39; DOT-3AL1800. Ethylene (see Note 8) 32.5 DOT-3A2000; DOT-3AX2000; DOT-3AA2000; DOT-3AAX2000; DOT-3T2000; DOT-39; DOT- 3AL2000. Ethylene (see Note 8) 35.5 DOT-3A2400; DOT-3AX2400; DOT-3AA2400; DOT-3AAX2400; DOT-3T2400; DOT-39; DOT- 3AL2400. Hydrogen chloride, anhydrous 65 DOT-3A1800; DOT-3AA1800; DOT-3AX1800; DOT-3AAX1800; DOT-3; DOT-3T1800; DOT- 3E1800. Hydrogen sulfide (see Notes 10 and 14) 62.5 DOT-3A; DOT-3AA; DOT-3B; DOT-4A; DOT-4B; DOT-4BA; DOT-4BW; DOT-3E1800; DOT- 3AL. Insecticide, gases liquefied (see Notes 8 and 12) Not liquid full at 131 °F DOT-3A300; DOT-3AA300; DOT-3B300; DOT- 4B300; DOT-4BA300; DOT-48W300; DOT- 3E1800. Liquefied nonflammable gases, other than classi- Not liquid full at 131 °F Specification packaging authorized In paragraph fied flammable, corrosive, toxic & mixtures or (a)(1) of this section and DOT-3HT; DOT 4D; solution thereof filled w/nitrogen, carbon dioxide, DOT-4DA; DOT-4DS. or air (see Notes 7 and B).. Methyl acetylene-propadiene, mixtures, stabilized; Not liquid at 131 °F DOT-4B240 without brazed seams; DOT- (see Note 5).. 4BA240 without brazed seams; DOT-3A240; DOT-3AA240; DOT-3B240; DOT-3E1800; DOT-4BW240; DOT-4E240; DOT-48240ET; DOT-3AL240. Mathyl chloride B4 DOT-3A225; DOT-3AA225; DOT-3B225; DOT- 4B225; DOT-48A225; DOT-4BW225; DOT-3; DOT-3E1800; DOT-4B240ET. Cylinders complying with DOT-3A150; DOT-3B150; and DOT-4B150 manufactured prior to Dec. 7, 1936 are also authorized. Methyl mercaptan 80 DOT-3A240; DOT-3AA240; DOT-3B240; OT- 4B240; DOT-4B240ET; DOT-3E1800; DOT- 4BA240; DOT-4BW240. Nitrosyl chloride 110 DOT-3BN400 only. Nitrous oxide (see Notes 7, 8, and 11) 68 DOT-3A1800; DOT-3AX1800; DOT-3AA1800; DOT-3AAX1800; DOT-3; DOT-3E1800; DOT- 3T1800; DOT-3HT2000; DOT-39; DOT- 3AL1800. Nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid (see paragraph DOT-4L. (e) of this section.). Refrigerant gas, n.o.s. or Dispersant gas, n.o.s. Not liquid full at 130 °F DOT-3A240; DOT-3AA240; DOT-3B240; DOT- (see Notes 8 and 13). 3E1800; DOT-4B240; DOT-4BA240; DOT- 4BW240; DOT-4E240; DOT-39; DOT-3AL240. Sulfur dioxide (see note B) 125 DOT-3A225; DOT-3AA225; DOT-3B225; DOT- 4B225; DOT-48A225; DOT-4BW225; DOT- 4B240ET; DOT-3; DOT-39; DOT-3E1800; DOT-3AL225. Suffur hexafluoride 120 DOT-3A1000; DOT-3AA1000; DOT-AAX2400; DOT-3; DOT-3AL1000; DOT-3E1800; DOT- 3T1800. Sulfury fluoride 106 DOT-3A480; DOT-3AA480; DOT-3E1800; DOT- 4B480; DOT-4BA480; DOT-4BW480. Tetrafluoroethylene, stabilized 90 DOT-3A1200; DOT-3AA1200; DOT-3E1800. Trifluorochlorosthylene, stabilized 115 DOT-3A300; DOT-3AA300; DOT-3B300; DOT- 4B300; DOT-4BA300; DOT-4BW300; DOT- 3E1800. 606 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.304a Packaging marked as shown in this column or of Maximum permitted fillthe same type with higher service pressure must Kind of gas ing density (percent) be used, except as provided in 173.301(l), (see Note 1) 173.301a(e). and 180.205(a) (see notes following table) Trimethylamine, anhydrous 57 DOT-3A150; DOT-3AA150; DOT-3B150; DOT- 4B150; DOT-4BA225; DOT-4BW225; DOT- 3E1800. Vinyl chloride (see Note 5) 84 DOT-4B150 without brazed seams; DOT- 4BA225 without brazed seams; DOT-4BW225; DOT-3A150; DOT-3AA150; DOT-3E1800; DOT-3AL150. Vinyl fluoride, stabilized 62 DOT-3A1800; DOT-3AA1800; DOT-3E1800; DOT-3AL1800. Vinyl methyl ether, stabilized(see Note 5) 68 DOT-4B150, without brazed seams; DOT- 4BA225 without brazed seams; DOT-4BW225; DOT-3A150; DOT-3AA150; DOT-3B1800; DOT-3E1800. NOTE 1: "Filling density" means the percent ratio of the weight of gas in a packaging to the weight of water that the container will hold at 16 °C (60 °F). (1 lb of water=27.737 in³ at 60 F.). NOTE 2: Cylinders purchased after Oct. 1, 1944, for the transportation of chlorine must contain no aperture other than that provided in the neck of the cylinder for attachment of a valve equipped with an approved pressure relief device. Cylinders purchased after Nov. 1, 1935, and filled with chlorine may not contain over 68.04 kg (150 lb) of gas. NOTE 3: [Reserved] NOTE 4: Special carbon dioxide mining devices containing a heating element and filled with not over 2.72 kg (6 lb) of carbon dioxide may be filled to a density of not over 85 percent, provided the cylinder is made of steel with a calculated bursting pressure in excess of 39000 psig, fitted with a frangible disc that will operate at not over 57 percent of that pressure, and is able to withstand a drop of 10 feet when striking crosswise on a steel rail while under a pressure of at least 3000 psig. Such devices must be shipped in strong boxes or must be wrapped in heavy burlap and bound by 12-gauge wire with the wire completely COVered by friction tape. Wrapping must be applied so as not to interfere with the functioning of the frangible disc pressure relief device. Shipments must be described as "liquefied carbon dloxide gas (mining device)" and marked, labeled, and certified as prescribed for liquefied carbon dioxide. NOTE 5: All parts of valve and pressure relief devices in contact with contents of cylinders must be of a metal or other material, suitably treated if necessary, that will not cause formation of any acetylides. NOTE 6: [Reserved] NOTE 7: Specification 3HT cylinders for aircraft use only, having a maximum service life of 24 years. Authorized only for nonflammable gases. Cylinders must be equipped with pressure relief devices of the frangible disc type that meet the requirements of $173.301(f). Each frangible disc must have a rated bursting pressure that does not exceed 90 percent of the minimum required test pressure of the cylinder. Discs with fusible metal backing are not permitted. Cylinders may be offered for transportation only when packaged in accordance with § 173.301(a)(9). NOTE B: See § 173.301(a)(9). NOTE 9: [Reserved] NOTE 10: Each valve outlet must be sealed by a threaded cap or a threaded solid plug. NOTE 11: Must meet the valve and cleaning requirements in § 173.302(b). NOTE 12: For an insecticide gas that is nontoxic and nonflammable, see § 173.305(c). NOTE 13: For a refrigerant or dispersant gas that is nontoxic and nonflammable, see $ 173.304(d). NOTE 14: The use of DOT specification cylinder with a marked service pressure of 480 psi is authorized until December 31, 2003. (b) [Reserved] Minimum specific gravity of Maximum the filling density in (c) Verification of content in cylinder. liquid material at 60 °F percent of the water-weight capacity of the cylinder Except as noted in paragraph (d)(4) of this section, the amount of liquefied 0.271 to 0.289 26 0.290 to 0.305 27 gas filled into a cylinder must be by 0.307 to 0.322 28 weight or, when the gas is lower in 0.323 to 0.338 29 0.339 to 0.354 30 pressure than required for liquefaction, 0.355 to 0.371 31 a pressure-temperature chart for the 0.372 to 0.398 32 specific gas may be used to ensure that 0.399 to 0.425 33 0.426 to 0.440 34 the service pressure at 55 °C (131 °F) 0.441 to 0.452 35 will not exceed 5/4 of the service pres- 0.453 to 0.462 36 sure at 21 °C (70 °F). The weight of liq- 0.463 to 0.472 37 0.473 to 0.480 38 uefied gas filled into the cylinder also 0.481 to 0.488 39 must be checked, after disconnecting 0.489 to 0.495 40 0.496 to 0.503 41 the cylinder from the filling line, by 0.504 to 0.510 42 the use of an accurate scale. 0.511 to 0.519 43 (d) Requirements for liquefied petro- 0.520 to 0.527 44 0.528 to 0.536 45 leum gas. (1) Filling density limits are 0.537 to 0.544 46 as follows: 0.545 to 0.552 47 0.553 to 0.560 48 0.561 to 0.568 49 0.569 to 0.576 50 607 § 173.304a 49 CFR Ch. I (10-1-06 Edition) Maximum the filling density in inders marked for 1800 psig, or higher, Minimum specific gravity of liquid material at 60 °F percent of the water-weight service pressure. capacity of the cylinder (3) Liquefied petroleum gas must be 0.577 to 0.584 51 shipped in specification cylinders as 0.585 to 0.592 52 follows: 0.593 to 0.500 53 0.601 to 0.608 54 (i) DOT 3, 3A, 3AA, 3B, 3E, 3AL, 4B, 0.609 to 0.617 55 4BA, 4B240ET. 4BW, 4E, or 39 cylinders. 0.618 to 0.626 56 0.627 to 0.634 57 Shipments of flammable gases in DOT 3AL cylinders are authorized only (2) Subject to § 173.301a(d). any filling when transported by motor vehicle, density percentage prescribed in this rail car, or cargo-only aircraft. section is authorized to be increased by (ii) Additional containers may be a factor of 2 for liquefied petroleum gas used within the limits of quantity and in DOT 3 cylinders or in DOT 3A cylpressure as follows: Maximum capacity Maximum filling pressure Type of container (cubic (psig) inches) DOT-2P or DOT-2Q (see Note 1) 31.83 45 psig at 70 °F and 105 psig at 130 °F (see Note 2). DOT-2P or DOT-2Q (see Note 1) 31.83 35 psig at 70 °F and 100 psig at 130 °F. NOTE 1: Containers must be packed In strong wooden or fiber boxes of such design as to protect valves from damage or accidental functioning under conditions normally incident to transportation. Each completed container filled for shipment must have been heated until its contents reach a temperature of 54 °C (130 °F), without evidence of leakage, distortion, or other defect. Each outside shipping container must be plainly marked "INSIDE CONTAINERS COMPLY WITH PRESCRIBED SPECIFICA- TIONS'. NOTE 2: A container must be equipped with a pressure relief device that will prevent rupture of the container and dangerous projection of a closing device when exposed to fire. (4) Verification of content. A cylinder groups of substantially identical conwith a water capacity of 90.72 kg (200 tainers, in which case one of each 25 lb) or more and for use with a liquefied containers must be weighed. The quanpetroleum gas with a specific gravity tity of liquefied gas in each container of 0.504 or greater at 16 °C (60 °F) may must be checked by means of the dip have the quantity of its contents detertube after disconnecting from the fillmined by using a fixed length dip tube ing line. The outlet from the dip tube gauging device. The length of the dip may not be larger than 0.1016 centitube must be such that when a liquemeters (0.040 inch: No. 54 drill bit size fied petroleum gas, with a specific volorifice). A container representative of ume of 0.03051 cu. ft./lb. at a temperaeach day's filling at each filling plant ture of 40 °F, is filled into the conmust have its contents checked by tainer, the liquid just reaches the botweighing after disconnecting from the tom of the tube. The weight of this liqfilling line. uid may not exceed 42 percent of the (e) Carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid water capacity of the container. which or nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid. (1) must be stamped on the cylinder. The The following provisions apply to carlength of the dip tube, expressed in inches carried out to one decimal place bon dioxide, refrigerated liquid, and niand prefixed with the letters "DT", trous oxide, refrigerated liquid: must be stamped on the container and (i) DOT 4L cylinders conforming to on the exterior of removable type dip the provisions of this paragraph are autube. For the purpose of this requirethorized. ment, the marked length must be ex- (ii) Each cylinder must be protected pressed as the distance measured along with at least one pressure relief device the axis of a straight tube from the top and at least one frangible disc conof the boss through which the tube is forming to $173.301(f) and paragraph inserted to the proper level of the liq- (a) (2) of this section. The relieving cauid in the container. The length of pacity of the pressure relief device syseach dip tube must be checked when intem must be equal to or greater than stalled by weighing each container that calculated by the applicable forafter filling except when installed in mula in paragraph 5.9 of CGA Pamphlet 608 Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Admin., DOT § 173.304b S-1.1 (IBR, see $171.7 of this subbon dioxide and - 15.6 °C (+4 °F) and 290 chapter). psig for nitrous oxide. Maximum time (iii) The temperature and pressure of in transit may not exceed 120 hours. the gas at the time the shipment is of- (2) The following pressure relief defered for transportation may not exvice settings, design service temperaceed - 18 °C (0 °F) and 290 psig for cartures and filling densities apply: Maximum permitted filling density (percent by weight) Pressure relief device setting maximum start-to discharge gauge pressure in psig Carbon dioxide, refrigerated Nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid liquid 105 psig 108 104 170 psig 105 101 230 psig 104 99 295 psig 102 97 360 psig 100 95 450 psig 98 63 540 psig 92 87 625 psig 86 80 Design service temperature °C(°F) 196 °C(-320 °F) 196 °F) [67 FR 51647. Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 24661, May 8. 2003; 68 FR 57632, Oct. 6, 2003; 68 FR 75742, Dec. 31, 2003; 70 FR 34076, June 13, 2005] EDITORIAL NOTE: At 70 FR 34076. June 13, 2005, $173.304a was amended in the table in paragraph (a)(2) by removing the phrase "DOT-4A480" from the entry "Hydrogen sulfide": however, the amendment could not be incorporated because that phrase does not exist in the entry. § 173.304b Additional requirements for settled pressure at 65 °C (149 °F) exceed shipment of liquefied compressed the test pressure of the UN pressure regases in UN pressure receptacles. ceptacle. (a) General. Liquefied gases and gas (2) For low pressure liquefied gases, mixtures must be offered for transporthe filling factor (maximum mass of tation in UN pressure receptacles subcontents per liter of water capacity) ject to the requirements in this section must be less than or equal to 95 percent and $173.304. In addition, the general of the liquid phase at 50 °C. In addition, requirements applicable to UN pressure the UN pressure receptacle may not be receptacles in §§ 173.301 and 173.301b liquid full at 60 °C. The test pressure of must be met. the pressure receptacle must be equal (b) UN pressure receptacle filling limits. to or greater than the vapor pressure of A UN pressure receptacle is authorized the liquid at 65 °C. for the transportation of liquefied com- (3) For high pressure liquefied gases pressed gases and gas mixtures as specor gas mixtures, the maximum filling ified in this section. When a liquefied ratio may be determined using the forcompressed gas or gas mixture is transmulas in (3)(b) of P200 of the UN Recported in a UN pressure receptacle. the ommendations. filling ratio may not exceed the maximum filling ratio (FR) prescribed in (4) For low pressure liquefied gases or this section and the applicable ISO gas mixtures, the maximum filling standard. Compliance with the filling ratio may be determined using the forlimits may be determined by refmulas in (3)(c) of P200 of the UN Recerencing the numerical values and data ommendations. in Table 2 of P200 of the UN Rec- (c) Special filling limits. Notwithommendations (IBR, see $171.7 of this standing the numerical values shown subchapter). Alternatively, the maxin Table 2 of P200, the maximum allowimum allowable filling limits may be able filling limits authorized for the determined as follows: following gases in UN pressure recep- (1) For high pressure liquefied gases, tacles must be in accordance with the in no case may the filling ratio of the following table: 609 § 173.305 49 CFR Ch. 1 (10-1-06 Edition) Identification P-200 filling HMR filling Proper shipping name No. limit limit UN1020 Chloropentafluoroethane or Refrigerant gas R 115 1.08